compliance checklist
PURSHE KAPLAN STERLING INVESTMENTS
SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES MANUAL
Amended March 2022
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVES By his/her signature below, the undersigned recipient of this Manual acknowledges that he/she has received the Manual, is responsible for knowing its contents and has read and understood its contents to the level of being able to answer questions about it from supervisors and regulatory auditors and to put its principles into practice. The undersigned understands that the Manual is continually updated and agrees to take responsibility for obtaining, reviewing and understanding any updates or supplements published by PKS. By his/her signature below, the undersigned expressly certifies that he/she is familiar with and understands each of the following subtopics listed below regarding Registered Representative Conduct, contained in Section 6 of the Manual.
• Duties and Responsibilities of Registered Representative • Prohibited Conduct • Firm Policy on Insider Trading • New Issue Rules • Private Securities Transactions ("Selling Away") [FINRA Rule 3280] • Transactions by Associated Persons of Other Broker-Dealers [FINRA RULE 3210] • Transactions by PKS Associated Persons at Other Broker-Dealers [FINRA RULE 3210] • Outside Business Activities
By his/her signature below, the undersigned expressly certifies that he/she is familiar with and understands the privacy , Protection of Customer Information and Identity Theft [Section 19.13] provisions of the Manual. By his/her signature below, the undersigned expressly certifies that he/she is familiar with and understands the Anti-Money Laundering [AML] Provisions of the Manual. __________________________________ _________________ Signature [Date] __________________________________ [Print or Type Name] (Amended 2/2015)
TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION SECTION1: USE AND DISTRIBUTION OF THIS SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES MANUAL [“SPM”] SECTION 2: SUPERVISORY AND COMPLIANCE PERSONNEL
2.1 Executive Representative 2.2 Government Securities Act Amendments of 1993 2.3 Audit Committee 2.4 Annual Report Under FINRA Rule 3130 2.5 Annual Certification by Chief Executive Officer 2.6 SPM Committee 2.7 Growth Impact Assessment Committee 2.8 Cyber Security Committee 2.8.1 Cyber Incident Identification & Reporting Sub-Committee 2.9 Best Execution Committee SECTION 3: LICENSING 3.0 General 3.1 Institution al Sales Department 3.2 Licensing Department
3.3 Documentation Required 3.4 Assessment of Applicant 3.5 Procedures on Transition from Prior Firm 3.5.1 Waiver Requests 3.6 Compliance Department Procedures for New Associated Persons 3.7 State Registration 3.8 Termination of Registration 3.9 Investment Advisory Outside Business Activities
SECTION 4: STANDARDS OF SUPERVISION
4.1 Supervisory Review System 4.2 Centralized Supervisory System 4.2.1 Documentation and Supervision of Supervisory Personnel 4.3 Supervisory Responsibilities of Regional Supervisors 4.4 Trade Desk Supervision 4.5 Reserved 4.6 Heightened Supervision 4.7 Reserved 4.8 Branch Offices 4.9 Offices of Supervisory Jurisdiction 4.10 Branch Office Supervision 4.11 Bank Networking Arrangements
4.12 Insurance Agency Network Agreement With PKS Financial Services, Inc, for Variable Product
4.13 Conduct Manual For Variable Insurance Through PKS Financial Services SECTION 5: COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT 5.0 Chief Compliance Officer 5.1 Audit/Inspections of Offices-Time Requirements 5.2 Reserved 5.3 Branch Office and OSJ Audit Procedures 5.3.1 Satellite Branch Offices and Non Registered Branch Offices 5.4 Review of Exception Reports 5.5 Investigation of Suspect RR Activity
5.6 Review of Accounts Held by Officers and Directors of Publicly Traded Companies
5.7 Reserved 5.8 Annual Compliance Meeting and Certification
5.9 SPM Record Keeping and Updates 5.10 Review of Correspondence 5.11 Review of Outgoing Communications With the Public 5.12 Public Appearances 5.13 Continuing Education 5.14 Fingerprinting Unregistered Personnel – SEC 17f-2(a) 5.15 Professional Designations 5.16 Annual Internal Audit SECTION 6: REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE CONDUCT 6.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Registered Representatives 6.2 Prohibited Conduct 6.3 Firm Policy on Insider Trading 6.3.1 New Issue Rules 6.4 Private Securities Transactions ("Selling Away") [FINRA Rule 3280] 6.5 Transactions by Associated Persons of Other Broker-Dealers [FINRA RULE 3210]
6.6 Transactions by PKS Associated Persons at Other Broker-Dealers [FINRA RULE 3210]
6.7 Outside Business Activities 6.8 Registered Representatives Acting as Trustee 6.9 Political Activities and Political Contributions by Registered Representatives 6.10 Registered Representatives Named as Beneficiaries, Receiving Bequeathments, or
Holding a Position of Trust for a Customer SECTION 7: CUSTOMER RELATIONS 7.0 Know Your Customer 7.0.1 Regulation Best Interest
7.0.1.1 Massachusetts Fiduciary Rule 7.1 The Suitability Rule: FINRA Rule 2111 [Text of Rule] 7.2 Analysis of FINRA Rule 2111 [Suitability] 7.3 PKS Suitability Procedures 7.4 Temporary Holds on Disbursement of Funds or Securities 7.5 Designation of Trusted Contact Persons 7.6 Address Changes 7.6.1 Non-Electronic Deposit of Customer Funds 7.7 Death of a Customer 7.8 Restrictions on Telemarketing 7.9 Loans To/From Customers 7.10 Orders and Discretion in Customer Accounts 7.11 Sharing Profits/Losses 7.12 Senior Investors 7.13 Supervision of Outsourcing Arrangements with Third Party-Providers 7.14 PKS Electronic Signature Procedures 7.15 Reserved
7.15.1 Margin Disclosure Statement 7.15.2 Order Execution and Routing Practices 7.15.3 Risks of Concentrated Positions and Active Accounts 7.15.4 Procedures for Client Notification of Concentrated Positions and
Active Accounts 7.15.5 Regulation SP 7.15.6 Notification and Supervision of Changes of Investment Objective 7.15.7 Supervision of Outsourcing Arrangements
7.16 Check, Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT’s) and Wire Request Procedures 7.17 Fees Charged to Customers 7.18 Commission Recapture Program 7.18.1 Other Special Account For Benefit of Customers 7.19 Disclosure of Compensation in ERISA Accounts 7.20 Individual Retirement Account (IRA) Prohibited Transaction Exemption PTE 2020-02 7.21 Transactions Involving the Sales of Insurance Policies and Annuity Contracts to IRAs and Retirement Plans – Prohibited Transaction Exemption PTE 84-24 SECTION 8: CUSTOMER COMPLAINTS 8.0 Customer Complaints
8.1 Disclosure Reporting Requirements
8.2 Complaints Made By Telephone (NFA) 8.3 Written Complaints (NFA) SECTION 9: OPENING NEW ACCOUNTS; ACCOUNT TRANSFERS 9.1 New FCCS Brokerage Account Form 9.1.1 Omnibus Accounts 9.1.2 Custodial Accounts
9.2 New Account Restrictions 9.3 Signature Guarantees
9.4 Reserved 9.4.1 Reserved 9.4.2 Reserved 9.5 Reserved 9.6 ACATS and Other Account Transfers 9.7 Margin Accounts 9.8 Short Sales 9.9 Accounts of Associated Persons of Other Firms (FINRA, NYSE, AMEX) 9.9.1 Obligations of Executing Member
9.10 Obligations Of Associated Persons Concerning an Account with An Investment Adviser, Bank or Other Associated Financial Institution
9.11 Lost or Stolen Certificate Scenarios 9.11.1 Possible Scenarios 9.11.2 Certificates Lost by the Registered Holder 9.11.3 Certificates Lost or Stolen in Correspondent Control 9.11.4 Certificates Lost or Stolen in Transit 9.11.5 Certificates Lost on Premises at FCCS 9.11.6 Certificates Mailed but not Received 9.11.7 Certificates Lost or Stolen in Transit from the Registered Holder 9.11.8 Certificate Mailed Directly to the Customer 9.11.9 Certificate Registered in Name of FCCS mailed directly to Fidelity or FCCS 9.11.10 Certificate Registered in Name of Customer Mailed to FCCS or Fidelity 9.11.11 Transfer Agent Notification Beyond Required Time Period
9.12 Account Transfers and Recruitment Practices SECTION 10: TRANSACTIONS
10.1 Mark-ups/Mark-downs 10.1.1 Net Transactions with Customers 10.2 Charges for Services
10.3 Churning 10.4 Mutual Fund Sales 10.5 Restrictions on IPO Transactions 10.6 Fictitious Accounts
10.7 “Soft Dollar” and Directed Brokerage 10.8 “Parking” 10.9 Bulletin Board and “Penny Stocks” 10.10 International Trading
SECTION 11: ADVERTISING/PROMOTION
11.1 Reserved 11.2 Product Sales Material 11.3 Training or Educational Events
11.4 Research Reports 11.5 Options Advertising 11.6 Reserved
11.6.1 Purchases and Sales of Mutual Funds and Other Securities
11.7 Gifts, Gratuities and Rebates 11.8 Research SECTION 12: TRADE DESK 12.1 Best Execution 12.2 Limit Order Policy 12.3 The Order Ticket 12.3.1 Regulation SHO 12.4 Consolidated Audit Trail System (CAT) 12.5 TRACE Reporting
12.6 Order Processing 12.6.1 Market-Wide Trading Halts 12.6.2 Reciprocal Activity
12.7 Confirmations 12.7.1 Markup Disclosure for Corporate and Agency Bonds 12.7.2 Markup Disclosure for Municipal Bonds 12.8 Small Order Execution System (SOES) 12.9 Solicited/Unsolicited Transactions
12.10 Rule 144 Transactions 12.11 Reserved 12.12 Payment for Order Flow 12.13 Payment Rules 12.14 Reserved 12.15 “Internal Use Only” Material 12.16 Surveillance Activity to Monitor Trading 12.17 Security Procedures
SECTION 13: CUSTODY 13.1 In General 13.2 The Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC)
13.3 Clearing Agreements SECTION 14: INVESTMENT BANKING
14.1 New Issues Through Fidelity Capital Markets 14.1.1 IPO Certification Form 14.1.2 Electronic Mail Consent Form For IPO Transactions 14.1.3 IPO Negative Consent Letter 14.1.4 IOI Ticketing E-mail
14.2 New Issues Through Other Dealers SECTION 15: PARTICULAR INVESTMENT PRODUCTS
15.0 New Products 15.0.1 Skybridge Series G 15.0.2 Private Placement Variable Life Insurance 15.0.3 Private Company Access Fund LP 15.1 Mutual Funds
15.1.1 In General 15.1.2 Suitability 15.1.3 Disclosure of Fees and Expenses 15.1.3a Addition of “Service Fees” to No-Load Funds 15.1.4 Breakpoint Sales 15.1.5 Letters of Intent 15.1.6 Rights of Accumulation 15.1.7 NAV Transfer Programs 15.1.8 Rights of Reinstatement 15.1.9 Grouping of Family Orders 15.1.10 “Trails” and Other Contingent Deferred Sales charges 15.1.11 Repurchases and Redemption 15.1.12 Reserved 15.1.13 Selling Dividends 15.1.14 Selling Compensation 15.1.15 Prospectus Delivery 15.1.16 Completion of Direct Mutual Fund Applications and Tickets 15.1.17 Market Timing of Mutual Funds 15.1.18 Receipt of Non-cash Compensation and Sales Incentives 15.1.19 Records 15.1.20 Unit Investment Trusts
15.2 Variable Products 15.2.1 Product Identification 15.2.2 Suitability Under FINRA Rule 2330
15.2.2.1 PKS Financial Services 15.2.2.2 Variable Life Insurance 15.2.2.3 Whole Life 15.2.2.4 Military Sales Practices 15.2.2.5 Reserved
15.2.3 Switching (“Twisting”)
15.2.4 Liquidity 15.2.5 Sales Charges; Promotional Payments 15.2.6.0 Variable Annuity Exchanges from Non-Portable Products 15.2.6 Completion of Variable Annuity Applications 15.2.6.1 Variable Annuity Compliance Forms 15.2.6.2 Morningstar Annuity Intelligence 15.2.7 Principal Review of Variable Annuity Applications 15.2.8 Supervisory Procedures for FINRA Rule 2330 Compliance 15.2.9 Training for FINRA Rule 2330 Compliance 15.2.9.1 Miscellaneous Variable Annuity Procedures 15.3 Corporate Bonds 15.3.1 Secured Bonds 15.3.2 Unsecured Bonds 15.3.3 Zero-Coupon Bonds 15.3.4 High Yield Debt
15.4 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMO’s) 15.4.1 Product Identification 15.4.2 Educational Material
15.5 Direct Participation Programs 15.5.1 Reserved 15.5.2 Reserved 15.5.3 Reserved 15.5.4 Reserved 15.5.5 Reserved 15.5.6 Secondary Market Trading 15.5.7 Valuation of DPP Units for Reporting Purposes
15.6 Municipal Securities 15.6.1 Supervisory Responsibilities 15.6.2 Sales Practices 15.6.2.2 Municipal Bond Material Events and Disclosure Checklist 15.6.3 Books and Records 15.6.4 MSRB Rule G-8 Customer Accounts 15.6.5 MSRB Rule G-37 15.6.6 Bonds and Borrowed Loan Transactions 15.6.7 Municipal Fund Securities/529 Plans 15.6.8 Supervision of Municipal Transaction Reporting
15.7 Options 15.7.1 General 15.7.2 Types of Options 15.7.3 Options Position Limits 15.7.4 Opening of Accounts 15.7.5 Trading for the Client’s Account 15.7.6 Exercise Procedures 15.7.7 Margin Procedures 15.7.8 Supervision of Options Activity 15.7.9 Customer Complaints
15.7.9.1 Options in an IRA 15.8 General Fixed Income Products
15.8.1 Reserved 15.8.2 Parking of Securities 15.8.3 Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements 15.8.4 Churning in Fixed Income 15.8.5 Adjusted Trading
15.9 Derivative Products 15.10 Government Sponsored Enterprises Distribution and Treasury Securities 15.10.1 Disclosure of Principal Returns
15.11 Certificates of Deposit 15.12 Completion of an Alternative Investment Submission
15.12.1 Alternative Investment Compliance Forms 15.12.2 Principal Review of REIT Applications
15.12.3 1031 Exchanges 15.13 Portfolio Limitations on Certain Unregistered Securities and other .
Illiquid and/or Alternative Investments 15.14 Commodities Futures Transactions 15.14.1 Managed Futures 15.15 Hedge Funds 15.16 Equity-Indexed Annuities 15.17 Structured Products
SECTION 16: CONTINUING EDUCATION 16.1 In General
16.2 Regulatory Element 16.2.1 Required Participation Cycle 16.2.2 Customized Programs 16.2.3 CRD Notifications and Reports 16.2.4 Failure to Complete 16.2.5 Re-entry into Program
16.3 Firm Element 16.3.1 Persons Subject to the Firm Element 16.3.2 Standards for the Firm Element 16.3.3 Participation in the Firm Element 16.3.4 Specific Training Requirements 16.3.5 Regulatory Consequences for Non-Compliance
SECTION 17: RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING 17.1 Principal Responsibilities 17.2 Use of Electronic Media 17.3 Net Capital Requirements
17.4 Annual Financial Audit 17.5 Focus Reports 17.6 Reporting Required Under SEC Rule 17a-11
17.7 Customer Account Statements 17.8 Record of Written Complaints 17.9 Reserved 17.10 Customer Account Information 17.11 Release of Confidential Customer Information 17.12 Preparation of Required Records 17.13 FINRA Fees and Assessments 17.14 Records Regarding Approval of Communications 17.15 Records of Examinations Reports 17.16 Records of Cash and Non-Cash Compensation 17.17 Record Keeping Requirements 17.17.1 Preservation of Required Records 17.18 Municipal Securities Business 17.19 Investment Banking
17.20 Options Business SECTION 18: REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVES ALSO ASSOCIATED WITH
REGISTERED INVESTMENT ADVISORY FIRMS 18.1 Independent Advisory Activities SECTION 19: INFORMATION SECURITY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
19.1 Comprehensive Information Security Program (CISP) 19.2 Definitions 19.3 Risk Mitigation Practices and Procedures 19.4 Detection of Threats to Information Security 19.5 Response to Breach of Security 19.6 Response to Other Information Security Incidents 19.7 Secure Disposal of Documents and Data 19.8 Reserved 19.9 Reserved 19.10 Other Electronic Safeguards 19.11 Acceptable Use Policy 19.11.1 Overview 19.11.2 Purpose 19.11.3 Scope 19.11.4 Policy 19.11.4.1 General Use and Ownership 19.11.4.2 Security and Proprietary Information 19.11.4.3 Unacceptable Use 19.11.4.4 Blogging and Instant Messaging 19.11.4.5 Internet Usage 19.12 Non-Published IT Department Procedures 19.13 Identity Theft Prevention Program
PART I: Supervisory Procedures PART II: Appendices Appendix A: Anti-Money Laundering Compliance and Supervisory Procedures Appendix B: Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plan for Registered Representatives Appendix C: Forms referenced in Part I Appendix D: Procedure Amendments due to COVID-19 INTRODUCTION This Supervisory Procedures Manual of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (also referred to as the “Company”, the “Firm”, or “PKS”) is maintained pursuant to Section 3110 and 3170 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and FINRA Regulatory Notices issued pursuant thereto. (Amended 9/2021) It is the obligation of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (PKS) to supervise the activities of its registered and associated persons. The procedures contained in this Manual are intended to enable the Company’s designated supervisors to ensure compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, FINRA and applicable state jurisdictions and statements of policy there under, in which its Registered Representatives (or “Representatives”) are conducting business. Each principal assigned supervisory responsibility has the obligation to ensure that the rules, regulations, and policies applicable to the business of PKS are maintained and followed. This Manual is not to be construed as all inclusive, but rather serves as a guide in conducting the daily supervisory functions. At this time, PKS engages in stocks, bonds, options, and other securities trade execution services and offers variable annuities, retirement plans, margin accounts, money market funds, mutual funds, non-traded REIT’s, structured products, hedge funds, managed futures, direct participation programs, and private placements. The company may in the future offer public offerings. Therefore, these issues have been addressed in this manual in anticipation of the Company offering these services as well as to educate interested Registered Representatives as to the Compliance issues associated with offering these products. PKS, in the conduct of its operations, strives to maintain high standards of commercial and ethical conduct and just and equitable principles in its dealings. The Company is dedicated to serving the best interests of its clients and complying with regulatory requirements. SECTION 1: USE AND DISTRIBUTION OF THIS SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES MANUAL [“SPM”] (Amended 9/2019)
This Supervisory Procedures Manual constitutes the written supervisory procedures of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (“PKS”) and shall be referred to hereafter as “SPM”. The SPM is available to all associated persons of the firm on the Broker’s Resource Home Page, the password- protected portion of the company’s public website. Familiarity with this SPM will reduce errors, avoid losses, and save time. Registered Representatives are required to know how to access the SPM at all times and to be familiar with its content. The SPM implements those rules, regulations and policies that are considered to be most applicable to the day-to-day activities of the Company’s Registered Representatives and other associated persons. It is not all-inclusive of the laws and regulations with which the Firm and its associated persons must comply. Securities are governed by the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, FINRA Rules, MSRB Rules, NFA Rules, and other federal and state laws and rules. These statutes, rules and regulations are quite complex and all Registered Representatives and associated persons are advised to consult the Compliance Department for further clarification. The SPM Committee formed pursuant to SPM Section 2.6 meets on no less than a monthly basis to review and incorporate significant changes to SEC, FINRA, state or in-house policies. In 2010, the SPM Committee began a systematic and ongoing revision of the SPM. The revision process may result in temporary conflict between revised procedures and existing procedures which have not yet undergone review by the SPM Committee. Any and all conflicts between procedural sections in the SPM shall be resolved by reference to the provision containing the most recent revision date. The provisions of this SPM apply to the firm itself as well as its associated persons. As noted above, the SPM provides guidance for implementation of complex regulatory rules applicable to the firm’s operations. However, the complexity of the regulatory environment coupled with the inevitability that unforeseeable circumstances will arise in the course of a securities business make it necessary for the firm to retain some flexibility to make exceptions in limited cases where the best interest of the investor is served. For this reason, the firm reserves the right to fashion individual exceptions from these procedures where such exception is determined to be in the best interest of the investor and is specifically approved and documented by an appropriate Committee or Senior Management. The SPM is the exclusive property of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments and, as such, its contents are confidential, and shall not be revealed to any third party without the express written consent of PKS. SECTION 2: SUPERVISORY and COMPLIANCE PERSONNEL For supervisory functions Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments designates the following appropriately registered Principal(s) with authority to carry out the supervisory responsibilities of
PKS for each type of business in which it engages for which registration as a broker-dealer is required. The Chief Compliance Officer of Purshe Kaplan Sterling is Peter Kvam , who shall serve as the Registered Principal with responsibility for establishing supervisory systems and overall oversight of compliance functions. These include:
COMMUNICATION: Provide instructions as to how to operate within the guidelines. CONFIRMATION: Establish and enforce procedures for checking on activities of
all personnel to determine that the guidelines are being followed. CONSEQUENCES: Determine action to be taken in the event the guidelines are not
followed.
2.1 EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATIVE (Amended 9/2021)
Pursuant to FINRA Requirements, the Company must designate an Executive Representative to whom official FINRA notifications will be sent and who will have responsibility within the Company for notifying applicable personnel.
Executive Representative: Principal, Title: J. Peter Purcell , CEO Principal’s Registration Status: Series 24
Effective date(s) of Designation: Series 24 – October 7, 1989 Series 7 – April 25, 1987 Series 63 – February 5, 1994 Location: Albany, NY
PLEASE NOTE: Each time the Executive Representative is changed, the Company must notify the FINRA Corporate Secretary in writing and amend Form BD on the CRD system. Chief Financial Officer, FinOp Principal, Title: Tracey Bohley, CFO Principal’s Registration Status: Series 27 Effective Date of Designation: August 16, 2021 Series 27 - December 7, 2015 Location: Albany, NY Chief Operating Officer & President Principal, Title: Christopher Motta, COO, President Principal’s Registration Status: Series 24 Effective Date(s) of Designation: November 30, 2020 Series 24 - July 18, 1998 Location: Albany, NY
All PKS Persons In Charge report to the Director of Supervision, or designated Supervising Principal, who in return reports to the Director of Supervision.
(Amended 9/2021) Type of Business:
Mutual Funds: Principal, Title: Ryan D’Antonio, Director of Supervision Principal’s Registration Status: Series 24 Effective Date(s) of Designation: May 12, 2021 Series 24 - October 21, 2011 Location: Albany, NY Commission Recapture Programs: Principal, Title: Tracey Bohley, CFO Principal’s Registration Status: Series 27 Effective Date of Designation: August 16, 2021 Series 27 - December 7, 2015 Location: Albany, NY Program Implementation: January 3, 2006
Variable Product: Principal, Title: Ryan D’Antonio, Director of Supervision Principal’s Registration Status: Series 24 Effective Date(s) of Designation: May 12, 2021 Series 24 - October 21, 2011 Location: Albany, NY
Direct Participation Programs: Principal, Title: Ryan D’Antonio, Director of Supervision Principal’s Registration Status: Series 24 Effective Date(s) of Designation: May 12, 2021 Series 24 - October 21, 2011 Location: Albany, NY Corporate Bonds: Principal, Title: Ryan D’Antonio, Director of Supervision Principal’s Registration Status: Series 24 Effective Date(s) of Designation: May 12, 2021 Series 24 - October 21, 2011 Location: Albany, NY Municipal Securities:
Principal, Title: Stephen Smith, Regional Supervisor Principal’s Registration Status: Series 53 Effective Date(s) of Designation: April 1, 2010 Series 53-March 24, 2010 Location: Albany, NY Options: Principal, Title: Stephen Smith, Regional Supervisor Principal’s Registration Status: Series 24; Series 4 Effective Date(s) of Designation: July 1, 2010 Series 24 –August 27, 2009 Series 4 – June 16, 2010 Location: Albany, NY Managed Futures: Principal, Title: Jason Depasquale, Regional Supervisor Principal’s Registration Status: Series 24; Series 3 Effective Date(s) of Designation: November 20, 2007 Series 24 –April 10, 2006 Series 4 – November 20, 2007 Location: Albany, NY Mortgage Securities: N/A Investment Banking: N/A
(Amended 8/2021) The following individuals are responsible for Home Office and Branch Office supervision:
Home Office Supervisor: Pamela Young Branch Office Supervisor: Ryan D’Antonio, Director of Supervision Principal Responsible for Continuing Education: Peter Kvam, CCO Principal Responsible for Anti-Money Laundering: Peter Kvam, CCO
A list of all PKS Branch Offices and the individual responsible for supervising that office is listed on Form BR. (Amended 8/2021)
The following individuals are the PKS Regional Supervisors who are responsible for conducting required supervisory reviews:
Jason Depasquale
Ryan D’Antonio Rachel Dickinson
Myles Birrittella Pamela Young Daniel O’Neill Stephen Smith Colleen Maron Victoria Wabnig Michael McGrath Modesto Lugo
(Amended 2/2019)
2.2. Government Securities Act Amendments of 1993
Purshe Kaplan Sterling is not a registered Government Securities broker/dealer, and may only sell or purchase treasury securities in the secondary market. However, PKS will abide by the 1993 Amendments to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 15Ca2-1 and file with the Central Registration Depository a Form BD if any change in this status should occur. PKS re-filed its Form BD in 1999, in compliance with Rule 15C2a(3) before the December 15, 1999 deadline. PKS’ status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of PKS Holdings, LLC is disclosed in Schedule A of the Form BD, including information on all partners, directors, and executive officers of the company and their proportional ownership. In the NASD’s NTM 95-48, it states that “In general, the recordkeeping amendments require Section 15C broker/dealers to maintain and preserve records concerning the financial and securities activities of affiliates whose business activities are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial or operation condition of the Section 15C broker/dealers.” Although PKS is exempt from this section, the firm will nevertheless abide by this Rule and file any materially important information on the partners, directors, or executive officers, such as bankruptcy, acquisition of another member firm, or affiliation with any other financial institution, such as a bank or insurance company. (Amended 5/2010) 2.3 Audit Committee (Amended 12/2010)
A. Composition of Audit Committee
Pursuant to FINRA Rule 3130, an Audit Committee is hereby established to consist of the following members:
Chief Executive Officer Directors of the Corporation Chief Operating Officer Director of Supervision Chief Compliance Officer Comptroller General Counsel B. Meetings of the Audit Committee (1) Monthly Meetings
The Audit Committee shall meet on a monthly basis, (2) Special Meeting to Review Annual Report Preliminary Draft
No less than 45 days prior to the anniversary date of the prior year certification made by the Chief Executive Officer under FINRA Rule 3130, the Audit Committee shall meet to review and approve the preliminary draft of the Annual Report under FINRA Rule 3130.
(3) Special Meeting to Receive Annual Report in Final Form
Prior to or contemporaneous with certification by the CEO under FINRA Rule 3130, the Audit Committee shall meet to approve the Annual Report under FINRA Rule 3130 in final form.
C. Content of Audit Committee Meetings
The following matters shall be included and addressed in Audit Committee meetings.
(1) Discuss and review the matters that are the subject of the certification;
(2) Discuss and review PKS’ compliance efforts as of the date of such meetings; and
(3) Identify and address significant compliance problems and plans for emerging business areas.
D. Record Keeping
The Chief Compliance Officer shall prepare minutes of the meetings of the Audit Committee, which may be maintained in electronic format.
2.4 Annual Report Under FINRA Rule 3130 (Amended 2/2019) A. General
As a condition precedent to certification under FINRA Rule 3130, a report must be prepared, delivered and reviewed in accordance with the requirements of this section, Sections 2.3 and Section 2.5.
B. Chief Compliance Officer Responsible
The report shall be prepared by the Chief Compliance Officer. C. Content of Report (1) Documentation of Processes
The report must document PKS’ processes for establishing, maintaining, reviewing, testing and modifying compliance policies, that are reasonably designed to achieve compliance with applicable FINRA rules, MSRB rules and federal securities laws and regulations.
(2) Manner, Frequency and Identification
The report should include the manner and frequency in which the processes are administered, as well as the identification of officers and supervisors who have responsibility for such administration.
(3) Conclusions
The report need not contain any conclusions produced as a result of following the processes set forth therein
D. Preparation of Report
The Independent Auditor shall prepare a preliminary draft of the report using data derived from the Internal Audit conducted pursuant to SPM 5.16.
E. Time Frame For Production of Report (1) Annual Report Preliminary Draft
No less than 45 days prior to the anniversary date of the prior year certification made by the Chief Executive Officer under FINRA Rule 3130, the Chief Compliance Officer shall deliver the Preliminary Draft of the Annual Report to the Chief Executive Officer at the Special
Meeting of the Audit Committee to review and approve the preliminary draft of the Annual Report under FINRA Rule 3130.
(2) Annual Report in Final Form
Prior to the anniversary date of the prior year certification made by the Chief Executive Officer under FINRA Rule 3130, the Independent Auditor shall deliver the Annual Report in Final Form to the Chief Executive Officer at a Special Meeting of the Audit Committee.
F. Record Keeping
The Compliance Department shall a maintain true copy of the Annual Report in Final Form, which may be maintained in electronic format.
2.5 Annual Certification by Chief Executive Officer (Amended 12/2010) A. General
FINRA Rule 3130 states that on an annual basis, the Chief Executive Officer must certify that the procedures contained within this manual are reasonably designed to achieve compliance with applicable FINRA rules, MSRB rules and federal securities laws and regulations, and that the Chief Executive Officer had conducted one or more meetings with the Chief Compliance Officer within the past twelve months to discuss such processes.
B. Certification:
The language for this certification will be as follows.
The undersigned is the Chief Executive Officer (or equivalent officer) of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, a member of FINRA (the “Member”). As Required by FINRA Rule 3130(b), the undersigned makes the following certification:
1. The Member has in place processes to:
(a) establish, maintain, and review policies and procedures reasonably designed to
achieve compliance with applicable FINRA Rules, MSRB rules, and federal securities laws and regulations;
(b) Modify such policies and procedures as business, regulatory and legislative
changes and events dictate; and
(c) Test the effectiveness of such policies and procedures on a periodic basis, the timing and extent of which is reasonably designed to ensure continuing
compliance with applicable FINRA rules, MSRB rules and federal securities laws and regulations.
2. The undersigned chief executive officer has conducted one or more meetings with the chief compliance officer in the preceding 12-month period, the subject of which satisfy the obligations set forth in FINRA Rule 3130.
3. The Member’s processes, with respect to paragraph 1 above, are evidenced in a report reviewed by the chief executive officer, chief compliance officer, and such other officers as we have deemed necessary to make this certification. The final report has been submitted to the Member’s board of directors and audit committee (or equivalent bodies) at the earlier of their next scheduled meetings or within 45 days of the date of execution of this certification
4. The undersigned chief executive officer has consulted with the chief compliance officer and other officers as applicable (referenced in paragraph 3 above) and such other employees, outside consultants, lawyers and accountants, to the extent deemed appropriate, in order to attest to the statements made in this certification.
C. Chief Executive Officer
The Certification shall be executed by the Chief Executive Officer. D. Time Requirements
The Certification shall be executed no later than the on the anniversary date of the previous year’s certification.
E. Record Keeping
The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain true copy of the executed Certification, which may be maintained in electronic format.
2.6 SPM Committee (Added 8/2021) A. Statement of Purpose
A permanent committee to review and update as needed the SPM is hereby formed. Its purpose is to provide a process, in accordance with FINRA Rule 3130, to
(a) Establish, maintain, and review policies and procedures reasonably designed to
achieve compliance with applicable FINRA Rules, MSRB rules, and federal securities laws and regulations;
(b) Modify such policies and procedures as business, regulatory and legislative
changes and events dictate; and
B. Composition of SPM Committee
Pursuant to FINRA Rule 3130, an SPM Committee is hereby established to consist of the following members:
Chief Executive Officer President Chief Operating Officer Chief Compliance Officer General Counsel Director of Operations Assistant Director of Supervision Assistant Director of Compliance
Members may, at their discretion, invite additional team members for specific matters,
as needed. C. Meetings of the SPM Committee (1) Monthly Meetings
The SPM Committee shall meet on a monthly basis. (2) Review Process
The Committee’s review process shall consist of the following elements:
(a) A section by section reading and analysis of the SPM;
(b) Review of relevant FINRA rules and interpretive material relevant to reviewed provisions;
(c) Removal of outdated and erroneous provisions; (d) Addition of new provisions to conform to FINRA and other regulatory
requirements; and (e) Review of New Provisions to ensure: (i) Identification of desired objective; (ii) Identification of the processes used to achieve the desired
objective;
(iii) Establishment of a chain of responsibility for implementation of
processes; and (iv) Establishment of a chain of responsibility for record keeping.
D. Record Keeping
No specific record keeping of the meetings of the SPM Committee shall be maintained, except that proposals for changes in the SPM shall be communicated between members of the Committee and other interested persons via electronic mail.
2.7 Growth Impact Assessment Committee (Amended 2/2021) A. Composition of Growth Impact Assessment Committee In order to ensure compliance with the provisions of FINRA IM-1011-1, a Growth Impact Assessment Committee is hereby established to consist of the following members: Chief Executive Officer Indirect Owners and Directors of the Corporation Chief Operating Officer Director of Supervision Chief Compliance Officer and Primary Deputy Comptroller Chief Supervisory Personnel Chief Deployment Personnel IT Director and Primary Deputy Operations Director Counsel B. Meetings of the Growth Impact Assessment Committee (1) Quarterly Meetings
The Growth Impact Assessment Committee shall meet during the first week of the month at the beginning of each calendar quarter [January, April, July, October] or, if a quorum of the members are not available, as soon thereafter as practicable.
(2) Special Meetings
Any member of the Committee may call a Special Meeting of the Committee at any time should it appear to the member that the firm may undergo a material change in business operations.
C. Content of Growth Impact Assessment Committee Meetings The following matters shall be included and addressed in Growth Impact Assessment Committee meetings. (1) Current number of registered representatives. (2) IM-1011-1 business expansion guidelines. (3) Projected growth in registered representatives for the upcoming calendar quarter. (4) Impact of projected growth on business operations, and the necessary supervisory, compliance, financial, operational and IT measures required to address growth issues. D. Communication With FINRA The Chief Executive Officer shall initiate communications with FINRA with respect to any material change in business operations as defined in FINRA Rule 1011(I). E. Record Keeping The Chief Governance Officer shall prepare minutes of the meetings of the Growth Impact Assessment Committee, which may be maintained in electronic format.
2.8 Cyber Security Committee (Amended 01/2020) A. Mission Statement The Mission of the Committee is to be responsible for the cultivation of a corporate culture that recognizes risk awareness and the development of the Firm's cyber security solutions, utilizing thought leadership, technology and systems, and development of applicable policies and procedures. Through its cyber security policy and procedures, the Committee will assure effective collaboration and coordination between affected departments and staffs in identifying and responding to both privacy and cyber security risks and events. The Committee will oversee the development and implementation of an enterprise-wide strategic framework related to the identification and prevention of cyber security threats as an integral part of the Firm's risk management process, known as the Comprehensive Information Security Program ("CISP"). The Firm's cyber security framework is intended to be "evolutionary", requiring (i) periodic reviews, and (ii) testing of systems, that result in changes to Firm policy and procedures, as cyber security issues and developments require. Additionally, the Firm will utilize a periodic training and education program for staff, supervisors, affiliates and management. OK The Committee shall be composed of specified members of senior management,department heads and staff, who have been selected based upon their backgrounds and experience involving IT, Risk Management, Operations, Compliance, and Legal. The Committee shall have the discretion to engage and utilize the services of independent vendors, computer service providers (eSP's) and consultants having expertise in the area of cyber security and IT. The Committee shall determine its meeting agendas and frequency of meetings which shall be reported through minutes prepared by the designated secretary. The duration of the Committee shall be continuing. B. Composition of Cyber Security Committee
In order to ensure that electronically stored and transmitted customer information is safeguarded in accordance with the provisions of Regulation SP and state privacy laws, a Cyber Security Committee is hereby established to consist of the following members:
Chief Executive Officer Chief Operating Officer Director of Supervision Chief Governance Officer and Primary Deputy Chief Compliance Officer and Primary Deputy IT Director and IT Personnel Operations Director President [PKS Advisory Services] Operations Manager [PKS Advisory Services]
The Committee may, in its discretion, include additional members as it deems necessary, and record same in the minutes of its meetings.
The chairpersons' for the Committee shall be the Firm's CEO, General Counsel, and IT
Director, COO and CCO. C. Meetings of the Cyber Security Committee
(1) Quarterly Meetings
The Cyber Security Committee shall meet quartlery or, if a quorum of the members are not available, as soon thereafter as practicable.
(2) Special Meetings
Any member of the Committee may call a Special Meeting of the Committee at any time should it appear to the member that immediate action is required on a cyber security matter.
D. Content of Cyber Security Committee Meetings
The following matters shall be included and addressed in Cyber Security Committee meetings.
(1) Development and/or enhancement of policies to
(a) Ensure security and confidentiality of personal information;
(b) Protect against threats to security of personal information;
(c) Protect against unauthorized access to personal information.
(2) Internal and external risk assessment
(3) Testing procedures to ensure effectiveness of security policies
(4) Training
(5) Any other issue relevant to cyber security.
E. Record Keeping
(1) Cyber Security Matters
The IT Director shall maintain records with respect to information security issues addressed by the Committee, which may be maintained in electronic format.
(2) Cyber Security Committee Minutes
The Chief Governance Officer shall prepare minutes of the meetings of the Cyber Security Committee, which may be maintained in electronic format.
2.8.1 Cyber Incident Identification & Reporting (“CIIR”) Sub-Committee (Added 7/2017)
A. Statement of Purpose
A permanent Sub-Committee is hereby formed to review the scope and impact of any Breach of Security (as defined in Section 19.2 of this SPM), (“Cyber-Related Incidents”), and any corresponding regulatory reporting/notification obligations. Its purpose is to provide a process to assess all breaches of security to determine whether PKS has any regulatory reporting or state-required data security breach notification requirements.
B. Composition of CIIR Sub-Committee
The CIIR Sub-Committee is to consist of the following members:
Chief Executive Officer Chief Operating Officer Director of Supervision Chief Compliance Officer Chief Information Security Officer General Counsel
The Sub-Committee may, in its discretion, include additional members as it deems necessary, and record same in the minutes of its meetings.
The chairperson for the Sub-Committee shall be the Firm's Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”), or his designee.
C. Meetings of the CIIR Sub-Committee
Any member of the Sub-Committee may call a meeting of the Sub-Committee at any time should it appear to the member that immediate action is required with regard to a breach of security.
D. Sub-Committee Review and Assessment Process
The following matters shall be included and addressed in Sub-Committee meetings.
(1) Mandatory Reporting of Cyber Events and Cyber-Enabled Crime Through
FinCEN Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs) (a) FinCEN Definitions
(i) Cyber-Event: an attempt to compromise or gain unauthorized
electronic access to electronic systems, services, resources or information.
(ii) Cyber-Enabled Crime: illegal activities (e.g., fraud, money
laundering or identity theft) carried out or facilitated by electronic systems and devices, such as networks and computers.
(iii) Cyber-Related Information: Information that describes technical
details of electronic activity and behavior, such as IP addresses, time stamps, indicators of compromise (IOCs), and device identifiers. Cyber-related information also includes, but is not limited to, data regarding the digital footprint of individuals and their behavior.
(b) The Sub-Committee shall evaluate all breaches of security to
determine whether a mandatory SAR filing is required, taking into account the nature of the transaction, the information and systems targeted, whether it involved a Cyber-Event and/or Cyber-Enabled Crime, and the following factors:
(i) Does the transaction conducted or attempted by, at, or through
PKS involve or put at risk an aggregate of $5,000 or more in funds or other assets;
(ii) Does PKS know, suspect, or have reason to suspect that a cyber- event was intended, in whole or in part, to conduct, facilitate, or affect a transaction or series of transactions (even though no actual transaction or series of transactions may have occurred);
(iii) Does the Cyber-Related Incident involve an unauthorized
transaction or series of transactions, relevant to a possible
violation of law or regulation, that is regularly involved in efforts to acquire funds through illegal activities; and
(iv) Are multiple Cyber-Related Incidents similar in nature and share common identifiers, or are believed to be related, connected, or part of a larger scheme which should be reported in a single cumulative SAR, or does the Cyber-Related Incident involve continuous scanning or probing of PKS systems or networks that may be reported in a single cumulative SAR?
(2) Voluntary Reporting of Cyber-Events and Cyber-Enabled Crime Through
FinCEN Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs)
(a) Upon evaluation of the factors outlined in Section D(1)(B) above, if a Cyber-Related Incident does not meet mandatory SAR-filing requirements, the Sub-Committee may determine to submit a voluntary SAR filing based upon the following factors: (i) Did the Cyber-Related Incident entail an egregious, significant,
or damaging Cyber-Event or Cyber-Enabled Crime;
(ii) Will the reporting of such Crime-Related Information be valuable to law enforcement investigations?
(3) State-Required Data Security Breach Notifications
The Sub-Committee shall evaluate all breaches of security Incidents to assess whether there has been an unauthorized acquisition of computerized data that compromises the security, confidentiality or integrity of non-public customer information maintained by PKS, and whether such unauthorized acquisition triggers state-required notification obligations.
(4) Other Regulatory Reporting Obligations
The Sub-Committee shall evaluate all breaches of security Incidents to assess whether facts and circumstances trigger self-reporting obligations under FINRA Rule 4530(b). The Rule 4530(b) reporting obligation is triggered when the violative conduct has or could have a widespread impact or has a significant monetary result on the broker-dealer, clients, or markets, or when there are multiple instances of any violative conduct.
E. Record Keeping
(1) Cyber-Related Incidents
The CISO or his designee shall maintain records with respect to breaches of security Incidents addressed by the Sub-Committee, which may be maintained in electronic format.
(2) Reporting, Filing, and Notification Obligations The CISO or his designee shall maintain records with respect to the Sub- Committee’s assessment of PKS’ SAR filing obligations, filing obligations required by other functional regulators, and state-imposed data security breach notification requirements, which may be maintained in electronic format.
(3) Sub-Committee Meeting Minutes
The CISO or his designee shall prepare minutes of the meetings of the CIIR Sub- Committee, which shall then be circulated to all members of the Cyber Security Committee. Such minutes may be maintained in electronic format.
2.9 Best Execution Committee (Added 4/2017) A. Statement of Purpose
Effective April 5, 2017, a permanent committee has been formed to review the order execution quality achieved for customers of PKS. Its purpose is to provide a process, in accordance with FINRA Rule 3130, to:
(a) Regularly and rigorously examine execution quality likely to be obtained for
customer orders;
(b) Evaluate whether opportunities exist for obtaining improved executions of customer orders;
(c) Establish, administer, and review order execution policies and procedures to ensure they are reasonably designed to achieve compliance with applicable FINRA Rules, MSRB rules, and federal securities laws and regulations.
B. Composition of Best Execution Committee
Pursuant to FINRA Rule 3130, a Best Execution Committee is hereby established to consist of the following members:
Director of Trading Department
Chief Operating Officer Director of Supervision Chief Compliance Officer Director of Operations
Compliance Department Representatives Other department heads and staff may attend meetings for issue-specific matters. C. Meetings of the Best Execution Committee (1) Quarterly Meetings
The Best Execution Committee shall meet on at least a quarterly basis, or as may be requested by any member of the Best Execution Committee.
(2) Review Process
The Committee’s review process shall consist of the following elements:
(a) Quantitative evaluation of analytical reports provided by PKS’ clearing firm, other executing broker-dealers/financial institutions, and/or other alternative trading systems (ATS’s) to which order flow is routed;
(b) Qualitative evaluation of best execution reviews conducted by PKS’
clearing firm, other broker-dealers/financial institutions, and/or ATS’s executing trades on PKS’ behalf, including policies and procedures in place at each firm and how such reviews are conducted;
(c) Ongoing analysis of the execution quality provided by the clearing firm,
other executing broker-dealers/financial institutions, and/or ATS’s executing PKS customer orders; and
(d) Modify the Firm’s order routing and execution arrangements, as may be necessary.
D. Record Keeping
The Chief Compliance Officer, or his designee, shall prepare minutes of the meetings of the Best Execution Committee, which may be maintained in electronic format.
SECTION 3: LICENSING 3.0 General The Chief Compliance Officer of PKS monitors the hiring of Registered Representatives All
persons applying for registration or association with the Company are subject to investigation, which is conducted by U4 review (if available) and by contacting previous employers for an assessment of prior performance and to ascertain whether any undisclosed disciplinary history exists. All reviews and records are maintained in digital format and/or paper file. (Amended 6/2010) 3.1 Institutional Sales Department During the pre-registration process, the Institutional Sales Department shall conduct due diligence concerning a prospective new Registered Representative, including an inquiry into the nature of the representative’s business and the extent to which he or she offers investment products for which the new firm would need a dealer or servicing agreement in order for the representative to sell and provide service. (Amended 6/2010) 3.2 Licensing Department A. Responsibilities (1) PKS Corporate Filings in States The Licensing Department has responsibility for keeping PKS corporate filings current and active in every state in which PKS conducts business. (2) PKS Insurance Filings in States The Licensing Department has responsibility for keeping PKS insurance license current and active in every state in which PKS conducts business. (3) Registered Representative Insurance Licenses in States Upon notification by a Registered Representative that he/she will be conducting a variable insurance or variable annuity business in a state, the PKS Licensing Department has responsibility for verifying such Registered Representative is (i) properly insurance licensed in such state(s). (ii) properly appointed with any variable company which whom business will
be transacted. (4) Renewals and filings The Licensing Department shall have responsibility for renewal of all corporate state insurance licenses and corporate filings. (a) Agent in State. The Licensing Department shall maintain an agent for service of process in every state as required by state law. (b) NIPR Filings. To ensure that all required disclosure information is transmitted to the state insurance regulatory authority in a timely fashion, the Licensing Department shall keep current filings on National Insurance Producer Registry (NIPR), in its Attachment Warehouse. (c) Non-Participating NIPR States and Territories. (a) All 50 states participate in NIPR. (b) The following territories do not participate in NIPR: American Samoa, Guam, American Virgin Islands (c) For US territories do not participate in NIPR, the Licensing Department shall file the required disclosure information directly with those territories. (d) Registered Representative State Insurance Licenses. (i) Licensing Department Notification. The Licensing Department shall notify the Registered Representative within 30 days prior to the termination of a state insurance license that such license requires renewal.
(ii) Registered Representative Responsibility for Licensure. The Registered Representative has the responsibility for effecting renewal of all required state licenses and submitting a copy of same to the Licensing Department. (iii) Record Keeping. The Licensing Department shall maintain a record of all renewals. (iv) Notification by Licensing Department. The Licensing Department shall notify the Operations Department, the Corporate Comptroller and the Compliance Department in the event of the failure of a Registered Representative to renew an insurance license. (Amended 6/2010) 3.3 Documentation Required (Amended 3/2021) A. Initial Application. The following documents shall be obtained in connection with becoming a Registered Representative: (1) Signed Application, (when applicable) (2) Signed Consent to View form, giving the PKS Compliance Department permission to look at the CRD, NFA and insurance (through NIPR or direct) license record of an applicant, where applicable. (3) Manually or Electronically Signed Form U4, (4) Fingerprint cards, (5) FBI report (where appropriate), (6) Independent Contractor Agreement and/or Person In Charge Agreement (where appropriate). (See Forms Section on PKS Website) 3.4 Assessment of Applicant (Amended 9/2015)
A. Initial Inquiry As part of the interview process the Institutional Sales Department will conduct an inquiry as to: (1) The scope of securities related transactions; (2) Any history of rapid changes from firm to firm; (3) Any history of customer complaints or regulatory actions and/or (4) Any Outside Business Activity that rises to the level of a "Private Securities Transaction" within the meaning of FINRA Rule 3280.
(5) Whether the existing accounts of prospective registered representatives contain non-portable products that are contemplated to be exchanges into new products through PKS.
B. Compliance Department
The Institutional Sales Department shall refer all results of the above inquiry to the Compliance Department for further investigation.
C. Compliance Department Action
(1) Initial Pre-Registration Search (a) Pursuant to FINRA Rule 3110(e), the Compliance Department obtains an
executed “Consent to View” form from the prospective registered representative authorizing the review of the following information through FINRA’s WebCRD: (i) Historical Form U-4 submissions (ii) Historical Form U-5 submissions
(b) Where an applicant has been recently employed by a Futures Commission Merchant or an Introducing Broker that is notice-registered with the SEC pursuant to Section 15(b)(11) of the Exchange Act, the Compliance Department shall also review a copy of the applicants most recent CFTC Form 8-T, including any amendments thereto.
(2) Evaluation of Prospective Registered Representative
Upon evaluation of the FINRA WebCRD search and the matters raised by the Institutional Sales Department with respect to the deployment of any prospective associated person, the Compliance Department shall take one or more of the following actions, as appropriate.
(a) Recommend that the applicant be permitted to associate with PKS with no restrictions, provided that the Compliance Department finds that the issues
raised to be groundless or de minimus.
(b) Require Heightened Supervision pursuant to Section 4 of this SPM. In the event that the Compliance Department requires heightened supervision, it shall make a recommendation as to the appropriate measures required to the Director of Supervision.
(c) In the case of an applicant who is potentially engaged in a private
securities transaction, the Compliance Department shall refer the matter to the 3280 Committee for review pursuant to Section 6.4 (E).
(d) In the case of an applicant whose existing accounts of prospective
registered representatives contain non-portable variable annuities that are contemplated to be exchanged into new products through PKS, the Compliance Department shall notify the appropriate Regional Supervisor(s) to ensure appropriate review of such transactions.
(e) Recommend that the applicant be rejected.
(3) Background Check
FINRA Rule 3110(e) requires that each member firm ascertain by investigation the good character, business reputation, qualifications and experience of an applicant before the firm applies to register that applicant with FINRA and before making a representation to that effect on the application for registration. This entails a national search of reasonably available public records conducted by the firm or a third-party service provider to verify the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in an applicant’s Form U-4. The Initial Pre-Registration Search above will be conducted by the PKS Compliance Department simultaneously with the background check procedures set forth below:
(a) Through the services of the third-party vendor Business Information Group (BIG), conduct a reasonable search of available public records to verify the
accuracy and completeness of the information contained in the applicant’s Form U-4. This review shall be conducted prior to registration with PKS.
(b) If the search provides no results that require additional follow-up, the Compliance Department shall inform the Deployment Department that the registration process can begin.
(c) If the search provides results that require additional follow-up, the Compliance Department shall request the Deployment Department obtain an explanation of results from the prospective registered representative. Based upon the findings, the Compliance Department will recommend approval or rejection of association with PKS.
D. Verification Process
FINRA Rule 3110(e) requires firms to verify the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in an applicant’s Form U-4 by no later than 30 calendar days after an initial or transfer Form U-4 is filed. (1) Compliance Department Action
The Compliance Department shall take the following steps to comply with this rule:
(a) Verify the applicant’s identity and name by checking a valid state-issued driver’s
license or valid government-issued passport. (b) Communicate with the applicant’s previous employers for the past three years to
verify accuracy of previous positions held (c) Review fingerprint results
(2) Timing
The verification process shall be completed within 30 days after filing the Form U-4 with FINRA. However, in cases in which the FBI determines the fingerprints to be “illegible” and requires resubmission, the verification shall be completed as soon as practicable. The Compliance Department will document the basis for the delay in the appropriate conversion folder.
(3) Results
If there are any discrepancies found during the verification process, the Compliance Department investigate the matter to determine the appropriate action needed. (a) If the discrepancy is minor, the Compliance Department shall file an amended
Form U-4. (b) If the discrepancy is material, the Compliance Department shall bring the matter
to Senior Management for a re-evaluation of registration.
E. U-5 Review
Between 30 and 45 days after association of a registered representative, the Compliance Department shall conduct a review of the Form U-5 filed by the prior firm. Any discrepancy with the information provided on the Form U-4 submitted by the registered representative shall be brought to Senior Management for a re-evaluation of registration.
F. Ongoing Assessment of Applicants
(1) FINRA Rule 1210 requires the following:
(a) FINRA Rule 1210 states that a member shall not maintain a representative registration with FINRA for any person:
(i) who is no longer active in the member's investment banking or securities business, (ii) who is no longer functioning as a representative, or (iii) where the sole purpose is to avoid the examination requirement
(b) A member shall not make application for the registration of any person as representative where there is no intent to employ such person in the member's investment banking or securities business.
(2) Periodic Assessment
Pursuant to FINRA Rule 1210, PKS will require an annual attestation by every registered representative that he/she is actively engaged in the securities business.
(3) Record Keeping
The Compliance Department shall keep a record of registered representative attestations made pursuant to this section, which may be kept electronically.
3.5 Procedures On Transition from Prior Firm A. Protocol for Broker Recruiting (“Protocol”) (1) Definition.
The Protocol is an agreement between a number of brokerage and advisory firms, which governs the transition of brokers/adviser representatives between financial
firms. (2) PKS Membership in the Protocol. PKS is a member of the Protocol. (3) Effect of Membership in Protocol.
Members of the Protocol have agreed not to commence legal action against each other or any associated persons who transitions from one member firm to another provided the provisions of the Protocol are followed. The Protocol does not protect signatory firms from actions for “raiding”.
(4) Other Benefits of Protocol
Some courts have applied the protection of the Protocol against non-signatories, on the theory that the Protocol has become an industry standard.
(5) Compliance with Protocol. Except as permitted by the privacy policy of the prior firm of a prospective associated person, PKS shall follow the procedures set forth in the Protocol. B. Protocol Procedure To obtain protection under the Protocol, the following procedure must be followed:
(1) Non Disclosure of client identity.
Prior to leaving the former firm, the prospective associated person (“prospect”) may not disclose to PKS, or any other party, or provide account statements or any other documents that reveal the identity of any client of the prior firm.
(2) Disclosure of Certain Information Permitted
The prospect may disclose information related to his/her business that does not
reveal any client’s identity. This information would include the type of client accounts (IRA’s etc.) and an estimate of annual billings/gross commissions
(3) Prior Solicitation of Clients Prohibited.
Prior to leaving the former firm, the prospect may not solicit any of his/her clients to come to PKS.
(4) Procedure Upon Departure.
(a) The prospect assembles the following information to be taken after resignation:
Client Name
Client Address Phone Number Client e-mail address Client Account title
(b) The prospect then delivers a resignation in writing to the Person In Charge. The resignation must include copy of the client information listed in (a) above together with the account numbers of those clients.
(c) Immediately after resignation, the prospect must:
(i) Notify the Institutional Sales Department of the resignation. and (ii) Certify that the Protocol was followed.
(d) Certification. Certification that the Protocol was followed pursuant to B(4)(c)(ii) shall be
made by email and contain the following language.
I hereby certify that I have strictly followed the procedures for the Protocol for Broker Recruitment set forth in the e-mail from PKS on [date of this e-mail]. The prospect shall authenticate the certification by typing his/her name following the certification.
(e) Prohibition of taking non-Protocol authorized information.
(i) General. The Protocol strictly prohibits taking any documents or
information other than the information listed in paragraph B(4)(a) above.
(ii) Electronic Devices. This prohibition extends to information that might be contained in a Blackberry, I-phone or any other similar electronic device or medium.
(iii) Verification. The prospect must permit inspection of any electronic device by the prior firm upon request.
(5) Procedure upon association with PKS.
(a) Form U4 information.
The Institutional Sales Department, upon receiving the prospect's resignation letter from the prior firm and the Certification that the Protocol was followed, shall deliver the Form U4, signed by the prospect, to the Compliance Department for filing.
(b) Filing Form U4.
The Compliance Department shall, upon receiving the signed Form U4 from the Institutional Sales Department, (i) File Form U4 with FINRA, and (ii) Maintain a record of the filing of the Form U4.
(c) Use of Client Information
The newly registered PKS registered representative may use the permitted client information for client solicitation and for no other purpose.
(d) Safeguarding of Protocol Information.
All information obtained pursuant to the Protocol shall be safeguarded as
provided in Section 7.5.1 of the SPM. (Amended 6/2010) 3.5.1 Waiver Requests (Added 1/2011) A) FINRA Authorization
FINRA Rule 1210 authorizes FINRA, pursuant to the FINRA Rule 9600 Series, in exceptional cases and where good cause is shown, to waive qualification examinations (as specified in the FINRA Rule 1200 Series) and accept other standards as evidence of an applicant's qualification for registration. This authority is to be exercised in exceptional cases and where good cause is shown by the member requesting a waiver on behalf of one of its associated persons. Rule 1210 further states that advanced age, physical infirmity, or experience in fields ancillary to the investment banking or securities business will not individually of themselves constitute sufficient grounds to waive a qualification examination.
B) State Regulatory Agencies While FINRA can grant qualification examination waivers for its requirements, it cannot make decisions in these matters for other regulatory agencies. Most applicants are subject to state licensing and qualification requirements in addition to FINRA requirements. Member firms must pursue waivers from these requirements, including NASAA's Series 63, Series 65 and Series 66 examinations, in each state where the applicant will be licensed.
C) Waiver Request Types Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 1210, FINRA reviews each waiver request on its individual merits, taking into consideration all relevant facts presented by the sponsoring member firm. Over the years, certain patterns have emerged in the kinds of waiver requests submitted, which are summarized in the following. These qualification examination waiver request types are intended to assist member firms in recognizing situations where a basis may exist for requesting a waiver. The request types are not exhaustive, however, and are not intended to prevent members from submitting waiver requests based on reasonable grounds not addressed here. 1) Waiver Requests Based on Registration Filing Errors
This category of waiver request involves individuals who have been functioning in good faith as representatives or principals in member firms but whose
registrations, for reasons related to the filing of the appropriate application forms, are not reflected in the Central Registration Depository (CRD®) system, the securities industry's centralized database of registered personnel. In a typical case, a member firm files an incomplete application that is eventually purged from the CRD system. After two years, the CRD system will reschedule the appropriate qualification examination(s) if the individual re-submits an application for registration. This normally occurs when the individual attempts to transfer the registration to another member firm.
FINRA may waive the examination(s) in these cases, provided the firm(s) involved document the nature of the filing error and confirm that the individual has in good faith engaged in the conduct of the investment banking or securities business during the period when the registration was not reflected in the CRD system.
2) Waiver Requests Based on Experience These waiver requests are based on the applicant's experience in the securities industry and/or in related investment fields such as investment banking, securities trading on behalf of a financial institution, securities research, portfolio management, investment advisory services, or securities activities in a foreign broker/dealer. Certain law, accounting, and consulting practices related to the securities acts and regulations also may provide an appropriate basis for waiving a qualification examination. When reviewing such requests, FINRA will consider such factors as: a) the length and quality of the applicant's securities industry experience or
professional experience in investment related fields; b) the specific registration the applicant requests and the type of business to
be conducted in relation to the applicant's experience; c) the applicant's previous registration history, if any; d) the nature of any regulatory matters as disclosed on the applicant's
application for registration; e) the applicant's age or physical condition if this is part of the basis for the
waiver request, but only in conjunction with experience and other factors above;
f) other examinations taken by the applicant, such as those for Certified Financial Planner or Chartered Financial Analyst, that may be acceptable substitutes in conjunction with experience and other factors above, for the normal securities industry qualification examination.
3) Waiver Requests Based on Educational Achievement
Applicants for registration who are college graduates with baccalaureate or
master's degrees in Business or Finance will be required to pass the appropriate qualification examinations in order to be registered. FINRA will consider waiver requests, however, for persons who terminate their registrations and enroll in a master's or law program with a substantial emphasis on Finance and Investments. The applicant must return to a member firm promptly after completing the course of study and furnish a copy of the course transcript with the waiver request.
4) Waiver Requests Based on Regulatory Experience An applicant for registration whose most recent employment has been with a securities regulatory agency, and who was previously registered with a member firm, may use the waiver process to have the registration reinstated. An applicant with regulatory experience, but no prior securities registration, must have at least five years of regulatory experience for a waiver request to be considered. In either case, FINRA will consider the scope and nature of the regulatory experience in deciding the waiver request.
D) Filing of Waiver Requests
1) Upon Request
Where a request for a waiver is appropriate based on review as set forth herein, upon the request of a prospective RR of PKS for an Exam Waiver, the PKS Compliance Department will review and will file the waiver.
2) Factors Reviewed
Upon request of the prospective rep, the following factors shall be considered:
a) Registration filing errors involved in lapse of license b) Experience of the registered representative c) Educational achievement d) Regulatory experience
3) Final Determination
Upon conclusion of the review, a final determination will be made by the Compliance Department with respect to whether an application for the exam waiver should be made.
4) Recommended Action
Upon a final determination, the Compliance Department shall recommend one or more of the following to Senior Management.
(1) Apply for exam waiver (2) Deny prospective rep registration with PKS.
5) Action Taken
Upon approval by Senior Management, the Compliance Department shall take appropriate action.
E) Disposition of Waiver Requests
A waiver request may be unconditionally granted, conditionally granted or denied. Unconditional waivers represent only a small fraction of the waivers granted. Most waivers of registered representatives' examinations are conditional on the applicant successfully completing a Regulatory Element training session pursuant to FINRA Continuing Education Rule 1240. Principal examinations are rarely waived.
F) Electronic Waiver Request Submission Process
Requests for qualification examination waivers are submitted by the PKS Compliance Department on behalf of the applicant. Requests by individuals will not be considered. The request is submitted via the FINRA Firm Gateway at https://firms.finra.org/examwaivers
For all examination waiver requests the PKS Compliance Department must submit a Form U4 electronically via the CRD system at least one business day prior to submitting such waiver requests. The Form U4 must request an open examination window for each examination waiver request.
1) The waiver process requires the following information:
a. Applicant's CRD Number; b. Qualification examination(s) for which the waiver is being requested; c. Reason for the waiver request; and d. Documentation supporting the waiver request.
2) The waiver process allows firms to attach supporting documentation to such
requests.
3) Requests for additional information by FINRA will continue to be conveyed by FINRA in writing and firm responses must also be submitted to FINRA in writing. FINRA will convey its decision on the request in writing. The applicant must satisfy any conditions attached to a waiver before the applicant's registration will become effective.
G) Appeal Process
A member firm may appeal a waiver decision on behalf of the applicant within 15 calendar days after receipt of the decision letter. Any such appeal should be submitted in the form described in FINRA Rule 9630 to:
Office of General Counsel FINRA 1735 K Street, NW Washington, DC 20006
H) Record Keeping.
The Compliance Department shall maintain the following records showing, which may be maintained electronically.
1) The written explanation for the waiver request from the registered representative.
2) Notification of outcome of waiver request from FINRA. 3) Notification to registered representative of FINRA outcome. 3.6 Compliance Department Procedures For New Associated Persons (Amended 5/2011) A. Compliance Department Procedures Prior to Association (1) Referral Under SPM 3.4(B) (a) Pre-Hire Review The Compliance Department shall conduct a Pre-Hire review of every prospective Registered Representative upon referral under SPM 3.4(B). (b) Prospective Reps Disclosure Spreadsheet The Prospective Reps Spreadsheet is a record of pre-hire reviews that contain disclosures identified by the Compliance Department pursuant to referrals under SPM 3.4(B). (2) Procedure Upon Pre-Hire Review (a) When a pre-hire review is completed, any pending disciplinary action is noted on the Prospective Reps Disclosure Spreadsheet by the Compliance Department. (b) Prior to the registration process, the Compliance Department shall reference the spreadsheet to make sure that any pending disclosure noted has been (i) disclosed on the Form U-4 submitted to PKS and
(ii) updated to reflect the most current status.
(c) Prior to the registration process the Compliance Department shall review the Form U-5 from the prior firm, if available, for any unreported disclosures.
(3) Recommendation The Compliance Department shall make recommendations regarding every prospective Registered Representative as appropriate. Such recommendation may include recommending heightened supervision or non-association with PKS. B. Compliance Department Procedures At time of Association (1) Filing of U4 The Compliance Department shall file the U4 based upon the Rep’s Form U-4 submitted to PKS and any other information contained in the Prospective Reps Disclosure Spreadsheet. (2) “Former Employer Inquiry Letters”. At the time of association, the Compliance Department shall utilize MyBIG for
the Registered Representatives employment background check and credit history. Responses are reviewed by the CCO or his/her designee.
C. Disclosures Received subsequent to Association (1) Immediate Action Based on FINRA Disclosure Review Letters FINRA driven notices of amendments to Forms U5 (Disclosure Review Letters) shall be reviewed on a daily basis, and required U4 filings based on such amendments shall be made by the Compliance Department no later than the close of business following the day the Disclosure Review Letter is received.
(2) Request for Amended Disclosure Reporting Pages and/or Supporting Documents from Registered Representative
Upon receipt of a Disclosure Review Letter requesting additional information and/or documents, the Compliance Department shall immediately forward the request to the Registered Representative.
(3) Receipt of Documents and/or Information from Registered Representative The Compliance Department shall amend the U4 and/or make appropriate filings of documents as necessary upon receipt of requested documents and/or
information from the Registered Representative. Such amendment shall be undertaken not more than 30 days from receipt of such documents and/or information.
D. Disciplinary Measures for Non-Compliance The Compliance Department shall recommend appropriate discipline for any registered representative who fails to make U4 disclosures or delays in providing necessary documents and/or information upon request by the Compliance Department. Such recommendation may include letter of caution, fine, suspension and/or termination of association with PKS. E. Regulatory Element. Subsequent to association of a Registered Representative with PKS, the Compliance Department Principal responsible for Continuing Education shall check the Regulatory Element status for completion of all anniversary CE requirements. If a CE status for an individual is “Inactive”, the individual will be required to sit for the CE test prior to placing any transactions at or through PKS. F. Continuing Review. PKS reserves the right to review backgrounds of associated persons on an ongoing basis in order to insure the best interests of the firm, its employees' collective interest, and the interest of the public at large.
G. Record Keeping The Compliance Department shall maintain records of the Form U4, fingerprints, Prospective Reps Disclosure Spreadsheet, Disclosure Review Letters, FINRA/CRD status reports and all other correspondence and/or records generated pursuant to this Section. Such records may be maintained electronically. 3.7 State Registration (Amended 3/2014) A. Insurance Registration (1) State Insurance License To ensure that proper state insurance licensure is obtained, it is the responsibility of the Registered Representative to advise the PKS Licensing Department of all states in which variable insurance/annuity business is conducted. (2) After association, a Registered Representative is required to update his/her business address with each state insurance department as applicable. B. Prohibition on Conducting Unlicensed Business in States. (1) Brokerage/Commission Business No Registered Representative may conduct securities transactions in a given state before such individual has been approved by FINRA and state registration authorities and listed in the CRD to conduct securities business in that state. (2) Variable Insurance/Annuity Business No Registered Representative may conduct a variable life or variable annuity transactions in a state before such individual has been approved (a) by FINRA and state registration authorities and listed in the CRD to conduct securities business in that state, and. (b) by state insurance licensing authorities to conduct insurance business in
such state. C. State of Nebraska – Additional Requirements. (1) Submission of USCAF Form A Registered Representative that resides in the State of Nebraska must, effective October 1, 2009 sign the USCAF form which confirms that the Registered Representative is : 1) a U.S. Citizen; or 2) a qualified alien under the federal Immigration and Nationality Act. [See Neb. Rev. Stat. §§ 4-108 through 4-114]. Until an online version of the USCAF form is developed, USCAF forms may be submitted via email attachment to [email protected] , or hard-copy via first class mail (below). No facsimiles will be accepted. (2) Compliance Department Submission The USCAF form will be provided to the Registered Representative during the deployment process, completed by the Registered Representative and sent by the Compliance Department to the Nebraska Department of Banking. 3.8 Termination of Registration (Amended 3/2021) A. PKS Sole Discretion PKS may, at its sole discretion, terminate the registration of any person at any time. B. Voluntary Resignation Any Registered Representative of PKS may at any time resign voluntarily as an associated person, subject to the provisions of any agreements between the Representative and PKS. C. Statutory Disqualification FINRA rules provide that no registered Representative shall continue to be associated
with a member Company if he/she fails or ceases to satisfy the qualification requirements under Section 2 of Article II the FINRA By-laws or becomes subject to disqualification under Section 4 of Article II. The SEC, any federal or state regulatory authority and/or FINRA may obtain disqualification (bar) of a registered person for violation of securities laws or rules and for other conduct, including but not limited to making of false statements in applications or reports or conviction of a felony or securities related crime. D. Procedures Upon Termination (1) U5 Filing within 30 days.
Upon termination of registration, but not more than thirty days after termination, the Compliance Department shall file notice thereof with FINRA on Form U5 via the Web CRD. Upon receipt of Form U5 in proper order, FINRA will amend the CRD record of the Representative to reflect the termination. A copy of the terminated individual’s Form U5 will be sent manually or electronically to his/her business email address or via first class mail within 30 days of the effective date of the termination to their residential address.
(2) Notification by the Compliance Department. The Compliance Department shall notify all departments upon the filing of Form U5. (3) Action by Licensing Department.
Upon notification by the Compliance Department that a Form U5 is filed, the Licensing Department shall file termination of insurance appointments and corporate associations.
(4) Privacy Policy Limitations
Pursuant to the PKS privacy policy, the Registered Representative shall, upon termination of association, be given access to the non-public personal information of clients under his/her Rep Code, except in the following circumstances:
(a) Where Pursuant to the PKS privacy policy the client has "opted out" of
such disclosure, or (b) For any state which requires that a client "opt-in" to such disclosure, the written affirmative consent to disclosure of information is not obtained. (c) The Compliance Department shall provide information pursuant to (a) or (b) above, as applicable, within 10 days of termination. (5) Archived Email
Registered Representatives are entitled to have archived emails delivered to them. Requests for archived emails received more than seven days subsequent to termination of registration will be granted only upon payment in advance for costs charged by PKS’ third-party vendor plus PKS’ service costs in retrieving and packaging email data.
(Amended 6/2010) 3.9 Investment Advisory Outside Business Activities PKS is not a registered investment advisor (RIA) under either federal or state statutes. PKS permits its Registered Representatives to associate with independent RIA firms. SECTION 4: STANDARDS OF SUPERVISION 4.1 Supervisory Review System A. Persons Responsible. Christopher Motta and Peter Kvam are the principals responsible for establishing, maintaining and enforcing the firm’s Supervisory Control Procedures. (Amended 9/2021) B. Purpose of SPM The SPM sets forth written procedures by which the Company supervises its activities. In addition, it contains the Supervisory control policies and procedures in place to test and verify that the SPM will, with respect to PKS and its associated persons, (1) achieve
compliance with applicable laws, regulations and FINRA rules and (2) create additional supervisory procedures where the need is identified by such testing and verification. C. Components of Supervisory System The Supervisory System has the following general components:
1. Designation of responsible supervisory personnel 2. Description of review process 3. Documentation of reviews 4. Specified frequency of reviews 5. Monitoring performance of automated compliance systems 6. Monitoring adequacy of outside service bureau compliance 7. Description of steps to remedy deficiencies 8. Procedure updates to reflect rule changes 9. Retaining records of past procedures
D. The PKS Supervisory/Compliance Hierarchy The PKS Supervisory/Compliance hierarchy is as follows:
4.2 Centralized Supervisory System PKS employs a centralized supervisory system. Supervision of Registered Representatives is generally conducted from the Headquarters office. Unless specifically designated as a Regional Supervisor, Persons In Charge do not supervise transactions of Registered Representatives in Branch Offices, although they may have other responsibilities as outlined in this SPM or by contract. See Sections 4.10 et seq, infra. (Added 5/2010) 4.2.1 Documentation and Supervision of Supervisory Personnel (Added 3/2015)
A. Documentation of Supervisory Personnel
J. Peter Purcell, CEO
Christopher Motta. COO, Director of
Supervision
Regional Supervisors
Branch Office Persons In Charge
Registered Representatives
Peter Kvam CCO
Compliance Department
The Director of Supervision shall maintain a supervisory organizational chart, which will document the assignments of each regional supervisor.
B. Supervisory Organizational Chart
(1) Regional Supervisors
The supervisory organization chart shall document the name, CRD number and FINRA licensure for each regional supervisor.
(2) Branch office and registered representatives
The supervisory organization chart shall document the city and state of each branch office location and the names and CRD numbers for each of the registered representatives within those branch offices. Each registered representative that is designated as a person in charge will also be identified.
C. Supervision of Supervisory Personnel
(1) FINRA Rule 3110(b)(6)(C) requires the following.
Procedures prohibiting the associated persons who perform a supervisory function from:
a. Supervising their own activities; and b. Reporting to, or having their compensation or continued employment
determined by, a person or persons they are supervising.
(2) PKS prohibits any Regional Supervisor from supervising his or her own activities. The Director of Supervision shall supervise the activities of all Regional Supervisors. (3) Regional Supervisors will not report to or have their compensation or continued employment with PKS determined by person they are supervising. All regional supervisors will report to the Director of Supervision.
D. Recordkeeping
The Director of Supervision shall maintain records pursuant to this section electronically for a period of not less than three years.
4.3 Supervisory Responsibilities of Regional Supervisors (Amended 1/2019)
A. Qualifications of Regional Supervisors. Regional Supervisors shall meet the following criteria: (1) Be licensed with a Series 7 and Series 24; (2) Have sufficient time to perform their supervisory duties; (3) Be determined by PKS Senior Management to have sufficient knowledge and industry experience, such as to have a full understanding of the business they are overseeing and the liabilities they are assuming by doing so. (Amended 5/9/2008). B. Duties of Regional Supervisors
The duties of a Regional Supervisor include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
(1) Periodic calls to Persons In Charge/Contact personnel. (a) Quarterly Call to Person In Charge
Every Regional Supervisor shall conduct a supervisory call each quarter with the Person In Charge of each assigned Branch office. In the event that the Person In Charge may be unavailable for any reason, the Regional Supervisor may conduct the call with a registered representative in the Branch Office designated by the Person In Charge.
(b) Content of Quarterly Call The content of each call shall include those items specified in a written
template provided by the Director of Supervision (call sheet). The content may also include discussion as to changes in procedures, or any unresolved items specific to the Branch Office.
(c) Record Keeping
The Regional Supervisor shall document each quarterly contact separately by Branch.
(d) Review by Director of Supervision The Director of Supervision shall have the following responsibilities with respect to the quarterly calls: (1) Review for Completeness
The Director of Supervision shall conduct a review of each call sheet received to ensure that all fields on the call sheet have been completed. (2) Review for Timeliness
(i) The Director of Supervision or his designee shall create an entry quarterly for each call sheet submitted made by each Regional Supervisor on a tracking spreadsheet created for that purpose.
(e) Compliance Department Review
(1) No later than ten (10) business days following the end of the quarter, the Compliance Department shall conduct a review of the tracking spreadsheet to ensure that all Regional Supervisors have completed the required calls for each assigned Branch Office and submitted call sheets.
(2) In the event that a quarterly call sheet is not received for any
Branch Office, the Compliance Department shall make a request for the report from the Regional Supervisor via electronic mail and send a copy of such request to the Director of Supervision.
(3) In the event the delinquent call sheet is not received within two (2)
business days following a Compliance Department request, the Compliance Department shall notify the Director of Supervision
and diary pending notification by Director of Supervision of corrective action taken.
(f) Corrective Action by Director of Supervision
Upon receiving information that a call sheet is delinquent, either upon direct review or upon notification by the Compliance Department, the Director of Supervision shall investigate the cause of the delinquent call sheet and take appropriate action. The Director of Supervision shall copy
the Compliance Department on all communications with respect to such corrective action.
4.4 Trade Desk Supervision
The Chief Operating Officer is responsible for performing the following supervisory functions with regard to the trading desk:
• Administering Company supervisory procedures applicable to the trade desk; • Reviewing and approving all Company trades; • Administering the Company's order processing system; • Trade executions; • Clearance and settlement systems; • Confirmations; • Trade Desk accounting and record keeping; and/or • Administering systems for compliance review of Trade Desk Personnel.
4.5 Reserved 4.6 Heightened Supervision (Amended 03/2021) A. General In connection with association with PKS or thereafter, there may come to the Company’s attention circumstances that would warrant Heightened Supervision for a Registered Representative. These circumstances are such as to indicate that, while the person can function well within the regulatory regime, certain aspects of the person’s history point to a need for more than the usual level of attention by supervisory personnel. B. Factors Giving Rise to Need for Heightened Supervision Indicators of such a need would include (but are not limited to): 1. A history of customer complaints, disciplinary history or arbitration; 2. A prior termination for a significant sales practice or regulatory violation; 3. A frequent change of broker-dealers within the industry; 4. Excessive trade corrections, extensions and liquidations; 5. Personal or financial stress; 6. Requests for special oversight made as a condition of a state registration; 7. Referral from the PKS Institutional Sales Department pursuant to SPM 3.3;
8. The Registered person is subject to an industry or regulatory-related event that qualifies as a statutory disqualification.
9. The Registered person has a disciplinary case currently on appeal. C. Elements of Heightened Supervision Supervisory and compliance personnel at PKS, once having identified the need, will develop Heightened Supervision for this person designed to diminish the concerns
raised by the “red flags.” The terms of this Heightened Supervision will be documented in the personnel records of the registered representative and may include one or more of the following:
• Restrictions on the kinds of activities engaged in; • Monitoring customer account activity and correspondence; • Special training (re-take of series exams, etc.); • Assignment to a supervisor responsible for administering the Heightened
Supervision; • Increased level of visits, inspections, reviews of records and transactions; • Recording of Telephone Conversations with clients; • Submission of original paperwork as a condition precedent to transaction
approval; • Requests for Written Documentation • Surprise audits; • Increased frequency of audits; • Prior approval of client investment objectives and suitability; • Full cooperation of the registered representative with the heightened
supervision requirements; and
D. Determination of Need For Heightened Supervision (1) Responsibility. The Director of Supervision is the individual responsible for determining whether heightened supervision is necessary. (2) Procedure Upon notification that heightened supervision may be necessary for a registered representative, pursuant to these provisions, the Director of Supervision shall: (a) Assess relevant factors to determine whether heightened supervision is necessary pursuant to this SPM and/or FINRA rules; (b) Develop a plan for heightened supervision, which may incorporate one or more of the elements listed in subsection C above. (c) Memorialize the plan in a writing, which may be either electronic or in paper format, and which may be in the form of an email communication. (d) Assign a Regional Supervisor to: (i) Administer the Heightened Supervision;
(ii) Keep records of the heightened supervision as performed, (iii) Advise the Director of Supervision as to the performance of the heightened supervision and any issues which arise. Such communication may be in the form of an email communication (e) Assess the need for continuation or change in heightened supervision, in conjunction with communication with the Regional Supervisor. (f) Maintain Record-keeping regarding heightened supervision, which may include use of the PKS Email archiving system. D. Customer Complaints All customer complaints pertaining to the registered representative on Heightened Supervision will be immediately referred to the Compliance Department and Regional Supervisor for review. E. Discipline Failure to comply with any requirement of heightened supervision shall result in disciplinary action, including but not limited to monetary fine, suspension or termination of association with PKS.
4.7 Reserved 4.8 Branch Offices (Amended 2/2019) A. Definition of Branch Office .
(a) A "branch office" is any location where one or more associated persons of a member regularly conducts the business of effecting any transactions in, or inducing or attempting to induce the purchase or sale of, any security, or is held out as such, excluding:
(i) Any location that is established solely for customer service or back office type functions where no sales activities are conducted and that is not held out to the public as a branch office;
(ii) Any location that is the associated person's primary residence; provided that
a. Only one associated person, or multiple associated persons who reside at that location and are members of the same immediate family, conduct business at the location;
b. The location is not held out to the public as an office and the associated person does not meet with customers at the location;
c. Neither customer funds nor securities are handled at that location;
d. The associated person is assigned to a designated branch office, and such designated branch office is reflected on all business cards, stationery, retail communications and other communications to the public by such associated person;
e. The associated person's correspondence and communications with the public are subject to the firm's supervision in accordance with FINRA Rule 3110;
f. Electronic communications (e.g., e-mail) are made through the member's electronic system;
g. All orders are entered through the designated branch office or an electronic system established by the member that is reviewable at the branch office;
h. Written supervisory procedures pertaining to supervision of sales activities conducted at the residence are maintained by the member; and
i. A list of the residence locations is maintained by the member;
(iii) Any location, other than a primary residence, that is used for securities business for less than 30 business days in any one calendar year, provided the member complies with the provisions of subparagraphs Section 4.8 (A)(a)(ii) a. through h. above;
(iv) Any office of convenience, where associated persons occasionally
and exclusively by appointment meet with customers, which is not held out to the public as an office;
(v) Any location that is used primarily to engage in non-securities
activities and from which the associated person(s) effects no more than 25 securities transactions in any one calendar year; provided that any retail communication identifying such location also sets forth the address and telephone number of the location from which the associated person(s) conducting business at the non-branch locations are directly supervised;
(vi) The Floor of a registered national securities exchange where a
member conducts a direct access business with public customers; or
(vii) A temporary location established in response to the
implementation of a business continuity plan.
(b) Notwithstanding the exclusions in subparagraph (A)(a)(ii), any location that is responsible for supervising the activities of persons associated with the member at one or more non-branch locations of the member is considered to be a branch office.
(c) The term "business day" as used in subparagraph (A)(a) of this section shall not include any partial business day provided that the associated person spends at least four hours on such business day at his or her designated branch office during the hours that such office is normally open for business.
B. Headquarters Branch Office. The headquarters office is an Office of Supervisory Jurisdiction (OSJ) . See Section 4.9. C. Moving Branch Office Locations
(1) Moving to a new branch office requires prior notice to the Compliance Department for approval.
(2) Once approved, the following items must be provided for review:
(a) The date of move (b) New address (c) New phone and fax # (if applicable) (d) Updated business cards, letterhead, email signatures, and website (if applicable)
(3) After all required items are received, Compliance will amend the branch address on
Form BR and update the Form U4’s of the reps in the office to reflect the new location through FINRA’s WebCRD.
D. Opening an Additional Branch Office Location
(1) Registered Representatives are required to send a request for approval in writing to the Compliance Department if they wish to open an additional branch office in which broker-dealer business will be conducted.
(2) Once approved, the following items must be provided for review: (a) The date of office opening (b) New address (c) New phone and fax # (if applicable) (d) Updated business cards, letterhead, email signatures, and website (if
applicable)
(3) After all required items are received, Compliance will register the new office on Form BR and update the Form U4’s of the reps that will be located in the new office through FINRA’s WebCRD.
4.9 Offices of Supervisory Jurisdiction (Amended 09/2021) A. Definition
Any Branch Office of Purshe Kaplan Sterling at which one or more of the following functions take place may be designated as an office of supervisory jurisdiction (OSJ):
(1) Order execution and/or market making; (2) Structuring of public offerings or private placements; (3) Maintaining of customers’ funds or securities; (4) Final acceptance (approval) of new accounts on behalf of PKS; (5) Review and endorsement of customer orders, within certain restrictions; (6) Final approval of advertising or sales literature for use by persons associated with PKS within certain restrictions; and (7) Responsibility for approving the activities associated with PKS at one or more other Branch Offices of the Firm. B. Headquarters Office as "Super OSJ" The PKS Headquarters Office functions as a "Super OSJ", from which supervisory
functions over most or all of PKS Branch Offices and Registered Representatives are performed. C. Other Branch Offices Designated as OSJ (1) At this time, the PKS Branch Office in Tarrytown, New York and Middletown New York have been designated as an OSJ. (2) In addition to the Headquarters Office "Super OSJ," Tarrytown Branch Office OSJ, and Middletown Branch Office OSJ, the Firm may determine that one or more other Branch Offices shall be designated as an OSJ, based on the following criteria: (a) Whether the branch conducts the business referred to above; (b) Whether the branch is located in a state that requires supervision by a Principal; (c) Whether the business of the branch is such as to require independent supervision; D. On Site Regional Supervisor
Every OSJ Branch Office shall be assigned an on-site Regional Supervisor who will perform the supervisory and review functions described below for the branch, under the direction of the, Director of Supervision.
4.10 Branch Office Supervision (Amended 1/2017) A. Scope. This section shall apply all Branch Offices including the Headquarters Branch Office. B. Designated Regional Supervisor
There shall be a designated Regional Supervisor for each Branch Office with responsibility for review and approval of registered representative customer transactions and new account applications. With respect to these responsibilities, Regional Supervisor
review shall include assessment of the following: (1) Items Reviewed (a) Transactions (i) Suitability. See Section 7 infra and specific products. (ii) Complete and properly executed paperwork. (b) New Account Applications - Complete and properly executed paperwork.
(i) See Section 15 for product specific requirements. (ii) See Section 4.12 infra for Bank Networking requirements.
(2) Special Situations: (a) Trust Accounts (i) Definition: For the purpose of this subsection, Trust Account shall mean any account opened by, for or on behalf of a Trust.
ii) Exceptions: The provisions of this Section 4.10[B](2)(a) shall not apply to the following Trust accounts. (1) A self-directed 401k (2) A Keogh Plan
(3) A Simple IRAs (4) A Simple 401k (5) UGMA and UTMA accounts (6) Any Trust account where the settlor (grantor) of the trust is also the trustee. (iii) Trust Investment Policy Document Review
The Regional Supervisor shall review the Trust document as part of the new account documentation review to identify any restrictive language regarding investment policy, in order to ensure that the investment objectives and risk tolerance, if any, set forth in the Trust document are consistent with the proposed transaction and the Account Application.
(iv) Definition of Trust Document For the purposes of this section, the Trust document is defined as: (A) The full Trust document, with all amendments, or (B) The operative investment policy provisions of the Trust, if provided directly by the attorney for the Trust. (3) Method of Review (a) Trades through FCCS. (i) Review and Approval. Regional Supervisor reviews and approves trades electronically through Activity Blotter on a daily basis.
(ii) Record Keeping. Regional Supervisor approvals are automatically maintained in Activity Blotter in electronic format. (b) Other Trades. (i) Review and Approval.
Regional Supervisor reviews and approves Direct Tickets on a daily basis. See Section 15 for product specific requirements.
(ii) Record Keeping. Regional Supervisor returns approved Direct Ticket to the Operations Department upon approval. The Operations Department notes approval of Direct Ticket on the Direct Blotter and returns copy via email to Branch Office. (4) Verification of Review (a) Director of Supervision Responsibility. The Director of Supervision is responsible for verification that Regional Supervisors are approving transactions pursuant to the SPM. (b) Time Frame for Verification. The Director of Supervision shall verify review of trade approvals by Regional Supervisors on a monthly basis. (c) Method of Review. (i) FCCS Trades.
The Director of Supervision reviews Activity Blotter for approvals. (ii) Other Trades. The Director of Supervision reviews Direct Blotter for approvals. (d) Record Keeping The Director of Supervision shall maintain a record of verification reviews conducted pursuant to this section. C. Person In Charge. The Firm shall designate a Person In Charge for each Branch Office, who shall be responsible for certain supervisory functions that do not rise to the level of OSJ responsibility and for which principal review and approval is not required. Those functions include the following.
(1) Record keeping in Client Files for correspondence and account information as required by this SPM, including
(a) Account Applications (b) Approved Tickets for Direct Business, upon receipt of same by
email from the Operations Department (c) Account Statements
• FCCS Accounts, electronically via Wealthscape
• Direct Business – in electronic or paper format as provided by the third party vendor, filed by date of issue or in the Client file.
(d) Correspondence. Both Ingoing and Outgoing Correspondence shall be maintained in
• Client File
• For Outgoing Correspondence Only, a separate Correspondence file filed by date.
• For Outgoing Correspondence only, Compliance department approval.
(2) Maintaining a log of all checks and securities received by the Branch
Office. (3) Transmitting by overnight courier checks and securities received by the
Branch Office (4) Immediate notification to the Compliance Department of customer
complaints and litigation (5) Immediate notification to the Compliance Department of any issue affecting branch personnel that would require regulatory filing, including complaints, lawsuits, address changes of registered personnel, and outside business activities.
(6) Prior notification to the Compliance Department of any issue or changes affecting that Branch Office that would require Form BR regulatory filings, including changes in:
• Address/contact information
• Business name
• Website address
• Types of activities being conducted at that location
• Space sharing arrangements
• Joint marketing activities with any other investment-related entity
• Location of books and records
• Personnel (7) General distribution to Branch personnel of communications from the
firm. (8) Opening correspondence and mail.
(9) Participate in quarterly calls with assigned Regional Supervisor. D Person In Charge Unavailability
In the event that the Person In Charge is temporarily unavailable to perform any of the functions required to be performed by the Person In Charge, the Person In Charge or his/her designee shall immediately contact the Regional Supervisor for instruction.
E. Chain of Command. (1) With the exception for those supervisory issues in which a Regional Supervisor must interact directly with a Registered Representative, the Chain of Command for Branch Supervision is as follows:
(a) Each Registered Representative (and non-registered associated person) reports to (b) The Person In Charge, who reports to (c) The Regional Supervisor, who reports to (d) The Director of Supervision. (2) Escalation of Issues In any case where issues arise with respect to performance of responsibilities pursuant to this section, the issue shall be escalated to the next individual in the chain of command for evaluation and resolution. 4.11 Bank Networking Arrangements (Amended 10/2012) A. FINRA Rule 3160. (1) General FINRA Rule 3160 sets forth the requirements for networking arrangements with banks, and is applicable to the conduct of broker-dealer services on or off the premises of a Bank. (2) Definition of Bank "Bank" means federal and state-chartered banks, savings and loan associations, savings banks, credit unions, and the service corporations of such institutions required by law. (3) Definition of Networking Arrangement "Networking arrangement" is a contractual or other written agreement between a member and a Bank under which the member offers broker-dealer services on or off the premises of the Bank. (4) Definition of Broker-Dealer Services "Broker-dealer services" are investment banking or securities business as defined in Article I of the FINRA By-Laws, and generally includes brokerage services products offered through PKS.
B. Physical setting requirements. In conducting broker-dealer business on bank premises, the following requirements shall be followed. (1) PKS Identification. The physical location and all signage and documentation used in conjunction with PKS broker-dealer services shall: (a) clearly identify PKS as the entity providing broker-dealer services and (b) distinguish PKS broker-dealer services from the services of the financial institution; (2) Signage. PKS shall only conduct broker-dealer services in an area that displays clearly PKS' name; and (3) Physically separate Location. To the extent practicable, PKS shall maintain its broker-dealer services in a location physically separate from the routine retail deposit-taking activities of the Bank. C. Networking Agreements (1) General Networking arrangements between a PKS and a Bank shall be governed by a written agreement that sets forth the responsibilities of the parties and the compensation arrangements and include all broker-dealer obligations, as applicable, set forth in Rule 701 of SEC Regulation R. Independent of its contractual obligations, PKS shall comply with all broker-dealer obligations, as applicable, under Rule 701 of SEC Regulation R. (a) Rule 700 of SEC Regulation R The networking exception in Section 3(a)(4)(B)(i) of the Exchange Act permits bank employees that are not registered representatives of a broker- dealer to refer customers to a broker-dealer subject to several conditions. One of these conditions generally prohibits a bank employee that refers a customer to a securities broker-dealer from receiving "incentive compensation" for a securities brokerage transaction other than a "nominal" one-time cash fee for making the referral that is not contingent on whether the referral results in a securities transaction. Rule 700 defines key terms used in the networking exception, including the terms "incentive compensation" and "nominal onetime cash fee of a fixed dollar amount." Rule 700 includes four different alternatives for satisfying the requirement
that a referral fee be "nominal." These alternatives include a flat $25 standard (to be adjusted for inflation) and other standards based on the employee's actual base hourly or annual compensation or the base hourly or annual compensation associated with the employee's job family. The definition of "incentive compensation" in Rule 700 includes exclusions from that definition for certain types of bank bonus plans. (b) Rule 701 of SEC Regulation R Rule 701 permits a bank, subject to a variety of conditions, to pay an unregistered employee a higher-than-nominal, contingent fee for the referral of an "institutional customer" or a "high net worth customer" to a broker dealer. Rule 701 defines certain terms, including "institutional customer" and "high net worth customer," and sets forth the conditions that apply to a bank making referrals under this section. (2) PKS Access for Supervisory and Regulatory Persons The written agreement must stipulate that PKS supervisory personnel and representatives of the SEC and FINRA will be permitted access to the financial institution's premises in order to inspect the books and records and other relevant information maintained by PKS with respect to its broker-dealer services. D. Customer Disclosure (1) At Account Opening At or prior to the time any customer account is opened by PKS on the premises of the institution, the Company and/or the Registered Representative involved shall (a) disclose ORALLY AND IN WRITING to the customer and (b) obtain written acknowledgment from the customer that any securities products purchased or sold: (a) Are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), (b) Are not deposits or other financial obligations of the Bank, (c) Are not guaranteed by the Bank, and (d) Are subject to investment risks, including possible loss of principal.
The Bank Customer Disclosure Receipt shall be used as proof that the above disclosures were made and shall be submitted with all new account applications referred pursuant to a bank network arrangement. The Bank Customer Disclosure Receipt is located in the forms library on the PKS website.
(2) Confirmations and Statements All PKS confirmations and account statements shall indicate clearly that the broker-dealer services are being provided by PKS. (3) Advertisements and sales literature (a) Included Materials. Advertisements and sales literature as otherwise defined in this SPM, including material published, or designed for use, in radio or television broadcasts, Automated Teller Machine ("ATM") screens, billboards, signs, posters and brochures, that (i) announce the location of a Bank where PKS broker-dealer services are provided, or (ii) promote the name or services of the Bank, or (iii) are distributed by the PKS on the premises of a Bank or at such other location where the Bank is present or represented. (b) Excluded Materials. Provided the exclusion of required disclosure pursuant to (c) below is not misleading, the following communications are excluded from the disclosure requirement. (i) radio broadcasts of 30 seconds or less; (ii) electronic signs, including billboard-type signs that are electronic, time and temperature signs and ticker tape signs, but excluding messages contained in such media as television, online services or ATMs; and (iii) signs, such as banners and posters, when used only as location indicators. (c) Required Disclosure. The following legend may be used to provide these disclosures in advertisements and sales literature, provided that such disclosures are displayed in a conspicuous manner: • Not FDIC Insured
• No Bank Guarantee • May Lose Value (d) All materials must be approved by the PKS Compliance Department prior to use pursuant to this SPM. E. Notifications of Terminations The Compliance Department shall promptly notify the Bank if any associated person of PKS who is also employed by the Bank is terminated for cause by PKS. F. Record Keeping The Compliance Department shall maintain records of all documents generated or approved pursuant to this Section. Section 4.12 Insurance Agency Network Agreement With PKS Financial Services, Inc, for Variable Product (Added 9/2021) A. SEC No Action Letter of April 23, 2013 for Insurance Networking Arrangement.
(1) The SEC has granted no-action relief for Networking Arrangements between broker-dealers and insurance agencies for the sale of variable products.
(2) PKS has entered into an networking agreement with PKS Financial Services, Inc,
(PKSF), an affiliated company, for the transaction of variable insurance and annuity product, through PKSF, and permitting PKS registered representatives who are also agents of PKSF (“Dual Representatives”) to conduct transactions in variable product through PKSF in accordance with the networking agreement and the SEC No-Action Letter.
B. PKS Responsibilities Under the Networking Agreement
(1) PKS shall supervise the activities of Dual Representatives who write variable product through PKSF, in accordance with PKS procedures governing transactions in variable annuities or variable life product, as applicable.
(2) PKS shall permit variable business only through companies on its approved
product list and shall maintain all prospectuses and offering documents in accordance with its record keeping procedures.
(3) PKS supervisors shall review each application for variable business through PKSF for suitability in accordance with PKS requirements.
(4) PKS shall process all customer payment for variable product through PKSF in
accordance with its procedures.
(5) Pursuant to the networking agreement, all commissions for variable product shall be paid directly by PKS to Dual Representatives for variable product written through PKSF.
(6) PKS shall maintain books and records relevant to transactions by Dual
Representatives in accordance with its procedures governing variable annuities or variable life product, as applicable.
Section 4.13 Conduct Manual For Variable Insurance Through PKS Financial
Services (Added 9/2021)
PKS Registered Representatives may write variable insurance product through PKS Financial Services, Inc., a New York State registered insurance agency, pursuant to an Insurance Networking Agreement between Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (“PKSI”) and PKS Financial Services, Inc. (“PKSF”) The following is the Conduct Manual governing the activities of PKS Registered Representatives who are also Insurance Agents of PKS Financial Services (“Dual Representatives”), in the sale of variable insurance product through PKS Financial Services. This Conduct Manual has been supplied to PKSF and shall be supplied to each PKS registered representative appointed as a Dual Representative under the networking agreement.
A Dual Representatives shall be a registered representative of PKSI and an agent of the PKSF. A Dual Representative shall not knowingly permit unregistered employees of PKSF and/or PKSI to engage in any securities brokerage or advisory services activities (including but not limited to the sale of variable products), recommending any security, giving investment advice with respect to securities, discussing the merits of any security or type of security, and handling any question that might require familiarity with the security industry. A Dual Representative shall not knowingly permit any unregistered employee of PKSF and/or PKSI to receive any compensation from the sale of securities or the provision of investment advice, and will instruct such unregistered employee where possible to refer all questions pertaining to securities to the Dual Representatives
A Dual Representative shall not knowingly permit an unregistered employee of PKSF and/or PKSI to maintain and/o handle customer funds in connection with securities transactions, or having any involvement in any securities transactions other than providing ministerial or clerical assistance. A Dual Representative will not solicit applications for variable contracts without delivering, when required, the appropriate prospectus and/or trust prospectus. In soliciting applications, a Dual Representative shall only make statements, oral or written, which are in accordance with the prospectus, the trust prospectus and written sales literature regarding the variable contracts authorized by PKSI and/or PKSF and that have been approved for customer distribution. A Dual Representative will utilize only those applications provided by the PKSF or PKSI on its behalf. A Dual Representative shall recommend the purchase of a variable contract to an applicant only if he or she has reasonable grounds to believe that such purchase is suitable for the customer in accordance with, among other things, applicable state insurance regulations, the rules of the SEC and FINRA Rules. While not limited to the following factors, suitability will be based on information supplied to a Dual Representative after a reasonable inquiry concerning the applicant's insurance and objectives and his/her/its financial situation and needs. A Dual Representative shall have no authority to alter, modify, waive or change any of the terms, rates, charges or conditions of any variable contract. A Dual Representative shall make no representations concerning the continuation of non- guaranteed terms or provisions of any variable contract, A Dual Representative shall adhere to the terms contained in this conduct manual and the written policies and procedures of PKSI. A Dual Representative shall not use any sales promotion materials or advertising relating to a variable contract unless such materials have been approved in writing prior to use by PKSI or a PKSI registered principal. A Dual Representatives shall deliver a then-current prospectus prior to the solicitation or sale of any variable contract. Dual Representative will make no representations in connection with the sale of the variable contracts, other than those contained in the currently effective registration statements and prospectuses for the variable contracts filed with the SEC , or in the approved sales promotion materials.
A Dual Representative who receives or handle s customer funds in connection with the sale of a variable contract shall transmit such funds to PKSI in accordance with PKSI procedures governing variable product and shall not delegate such function to any non-registered person. A Dual Representative shall not cash premium checks or use any portion thereof for payment of commissions or other compensation, or for any other purpose. A Dual Representative shall not rebate or offer to rebate all or any part of a premium on any variable contract or any other insurance product in violation of applicable state insurance laws or withhold any premium on any of the variable contracts or any other insurance products SECTION 5: COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT 5.0 Chief Compliance Officer (Amended 6/2010) The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the following:
• Ensuring that all registered personnel have access to a current online copy of this SPM;
• Periodic review and amendment of this SPM if and when applicable.
• Communication of SPM amendments to all registered representatives via email;
• Annual Compliance Meeting
• Preparation, Execution and Filing of the Annual Certification pursuant to FINRA Rule 3130
• Registration of all Branch Offices with FINRA;
• Proper licensing of all sales personnel in the jurisdictions where required;
• Periodic review of the adequacy and completeness of the supervisory procedures;
• Periodic review of compliance of registered personnel with the supervisory procedures;
• Periodic review of the adequacy and timeliness of the Company’s required SEC, FINRA or state Blue Sky filings.
• Report to the regulatory authorities all changes in Form U-4 and other filings required to be reported;
• Obtain at least once a year from each Representative a signed Compliance Questionnaire containing answers to a comprehensive series of compliance questions about the activities of the Representative.
• Ensure compliance with the required continuing education program, consisting of the Firm Element and the Regulatory Element ;
• Review and approval of outgoing correspondence;
• Review and approval of advertising communications;
• Conduct audits/inspections of OSJ Offices and Branch Offices;
• Surveillance on transactions;
• Review and interpretation of exception reports;
• Tracking and review of Mutual Fund Switch/Sales Letters;
• Fingerprinting Personnel where required;
• Record-keeping in connection with Compliance responsibilities and as required in this SPM
5.1 Audit/Inspections of Offices – Time Requirements (Amended 9/2019) A. Headquarters Office and Offices of Supervisory Jurisdiction (1) The Headquarters Branch Office is an Office of Supervisory Jurisdiction (OSJ), and is audited at least annually by the Compliance Department (2) Other OSJ Branch Offices. Every OSJ Branch Office shall be audited annually by the Compliance Department. B. Branch Offices Located in the Commonwealth of Virginia
Every Branch Office located in the Commonwealth of Virginia shall be audited annually by the Compliance Department. [Rule 21 VAC 5-20-260 E 2].
C. Branch Offices Located in the State of Maine
Every Branch Office located in the State of Maine shall be audited annually by the Compliance Department. [ME-Rule 504 Section 7(4)].
D. Other Branch Offices (1) Other Branch Offices.
Every other branch office shall, in accordance with applicable FINRA guidelines, be audited at a minimum interval of once every three years.
(2) Branch Offices Under Heightened Supervision
Where necessary pursuant to the terms of a heightened supervision plan, a Branch Office may be audited at a frequency greater than once every three years.
(3) Branch Offices with NFA Licensed Registered Representatives.
Branch Offices that have associated Registered Representatives licensed by the National Futures Association (NFA) shall be audited annually.
(7) Non Registered Branch Locations.
Non Registered Branch locations shall be audited periodically as per FINRA Rule 3110(c)(1)(C).
. 5.2 Reserved 5.3 Branch Office and OSJ Audit Procedures (Amended 8/2013) A. General
(1) Applicability.
Branch Offices subject to these Branch Office Audit Procedures are all Branch Offices.
(2) Notification
Branch Office audits may be announced or unannounced at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.
(3) Record Keeping
Documentation of Branch Office audits is to be maintained by the Compliance Department for a period of six years from completion of the audit.
(4) Audit Letter
On completion of the branch audit, the Compliance Department shall deliver to the Person In Charge an audit letter outlining the auditor’s findings.
(5) Response to Audit Letter
The Person In Charge shall respond in writing, within 30 days of the date of the audit letter stating the corrective action(s) taken to address any deficiencies noted.
B. Contents of Branch Office Audit
(Amended 6/2010)
All Branch Offices shall be audited for general compliance in areas of bookkeeping, order processing, due diligence, and fair business practices, and compliance with FINRA rules. The following is a listing and description of expected reviews for compliance within each of the aforementioned categories.
(1) Transaction Files.
Review of all necessary entries as to purchases and sales of securities, customer correspondence, account statements (for the required FINRA timeframe), and transaction confirmations, to determine whether these records are kept in good order and are able to be produced upon request.
(a) FCCS Transactions. FCCS Transactions will be reviewed through Activity Blotter. (b) Non-FCCS Transactions
Non-FCCS Transactions are reviewed through examination of copies of Approved Tickets, required to be maintained in the Branch Office, filed by trade date.
(2) Client Files
Review of files required to be kept at each Branch Office for each client of each Registered Representative at that office. The review will examine whether files contain customer correspondence, account applications, and supporting documentation as noted in the audit checklist.
(3) Account Statements (a) For FCCS Accounts.
Review of account statements from FCCS, on paper, CD-ROM, or accessed via Wealthscape.
(b) For non-FCCS Accounts
Review of statements for non-FCCS accounts maintained in each branch office in the form of paper statements, CD-ROM, or file downloads from a third-party, such as DST Vision
(4) Correspondence This subsection applies both to non-Electronic (Paper or Fax) and Electronic correspondence. (a) Non-Electronic Correspondence.
(i) Client File. Review to check that copies of incoming and outgoing
correspondence are maintained in client files.
(ii) Correspondence File. Review to check that a separate Correspondence file, sorted by date, is kept for all outgoing written correspondence, together with required Compliance Department approvals.
(b) Electronic Correspondence. (i) Email. Review email through Global Relay or other PKS email archiving technology. This review may be performed prior to or subsequent to the on-site audit. (ii) Devices. Review general correspondence through spot check of other devices capable of sending and receiving messages.
(5) Due Diligence Files (a) General
Review of Due diligence files for each solicited Client position which are current at the point of sale for each position. Due diligence files may be maintained in electronic format. Minimum standards are set forth below.
(b) Equity Positions
Due diligence files include the company’s annual report, the most recent 10Q report, and may also include articles from various periodicals on the corporation.
(c) Mutual Funds
Due diligence for mutual funds may consist of a prospectus, a Morningstar or S&P report, and any information from the fund family concerning the issue, including copies of current sales literature and rankings from various mutual fund rating agencies.
(6) Proper Signage Required
(a) PKS Sign
Each PKS Branch Office must display a PKS sign.
(b) Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) Sign
Each PKS Branch Office must display a SIPC sign. C. Pre-Audit Information Gathering. (1) Registered Individual Personal Activity Questionnaire.
Prior to conducting an on-site audit, the Compliance Department shall deliver the FINRA Registered Individual Personal Activity Questionnaire to the Person In Charge for distribution to all Registered Representatives in the Branch Office.
(2) Time Frame for Completion.
(a) Announced Audit. The Compliance Department shall deliver the FINRA Registered Individual Personal Activity Questionnaire to the Person In Charge ten (10) business days prior to the audit.
(b) Unannounced Audit. For an unannounced audit, The Compliance
Department shall deliver the FINRA Registered Individual Personal Activity Questionnaire to the Person In Charge at the beginning of the audit. D. Audit Checklist
The Compliance Department maintains an “Audit Checklist” which is available on the PKS Website on the Broker’s Resource Homepage under Compliance Forms. The checklist is discussed in detail with each new PKS Person In Charge upon affiliation with PKS during the Compliance Training Call. A copy of the checklist is located in Appendix C titled “Form C1” (Checklist amended 3/2013).
E. Conclusion of Physical Audit
(1) Q and A Session Upon conclusion of the review of the branch files, the Compliance Officer shall conduct a “Q&A” session with the Person In Charge which includes, but is not limited to:
• The everyday workings of the office;
• Branch goals;
• Any anticipated business changes;
• Any outstanding disciplinary issues;
• Roles of non-licensed personnel;
• Marketing plans/Advertising/Seminars;
• Computer system back-up;
• Branch procedures for handling customer complaints;
(2) Other Matters
The Compliance auditor will discuss any deficiencies that will be noted in the audit follow-up letter as well as any best practice suggestions. (Amended 2/2010)
5.3.1 Satellite Branch Offices and Non Registered Branch Offices
(Added 12/2010)
A. Satellite Branch Offices
(1) General In general, a PKS satellite office is defined as a Registered Branch office that is not the primary location of any Producing PKS Registered Representative but does not meet the Branch Office Exclusions set forth in FINRA Rule 3110(f)(2)(A).
(2) Auditing a Satellite Office
As a Registered FINRA branch office, a Satellite office shall, in accordance with applicable FINRA guidelines, be audited by the Compliance Department at a minimum interval of once every three years. The PKS Compliance Department will use the PKS Satellite Office Worksheet when auditing a Satellite Office. Audit findings and Audit Letters will be handled as they are for a PKS Branch Office Audit. See Section 5.3 (A)
B. Non Registered Branch Offices
(1) General Definition A Non Registered Branch Office is an office that falls under the branch office exclusion provisions of FINRA Rule 3110(f)(2)(A)(i-vii) These exclusions are:
(a) Any location that is established solely for customer service and/or back office type functions where no sales activities are conducted and that is not held out to the public as a branch office; or
(b) Any location that is the associated person’s primary residence; provided that
1. Only one associated person, or multiple associated persons who reside at that location and are members of the same immediate family, conduct business at the location; and
2. The location is not held out to the public as an office and the associated person does not meet with customers at the location; and
3. Neither customer funds nor securities are handled at that location; and
4. The associated person is assigned to a designated branch office, and such designated branch office is reflected on all business cards, stationary, advertisements and other communications to the public by such associated person; and
5. The associated person’s correspondence and communications with the public are subject to the firm’s supervision in accordance with Rule 3110; and
6. Electronic communications (e.g., e-mail) are made through the member’s electronic system; and
7. Written supervisory procedures pertaining to supervision of sales activities conducted at the residence are maintained by the member; and
8. A list of the residence locations is maintained by the member; (c) Any location, other than a primary residence, that is used for
securities business for less than 30 business days in any one calendar year, provided the member complies with the provisions of (b) (1-7) above; or
(d) Any office of convenience, where associated persons occasionally and exclusively by appointment meet with customers, which is not held out to the public as an office; or
(e) Any location that is used primarily to engage in non-securities activities and from which the associated person(s) effects no more than 25 securities transactions in any one calendar year; provided that any advertisement or sales literature identifying such location also sets forth the address and telephone number of the location from which the associated person(s) conducting business at the non- branch locations are directly supervised; or
(f) The Floor of a registered national securities exchange where a member conducts direct access business with public customers; or
(g) A temporary location established in response to the implementation of a business continuity plan
(2) Auditing PKS Non Registered Branch Locations
A Non Registered Branch Location, in accordance to FINRA Rule 3010(c)(1)(C), shall be inspected on a regular periodic schedule. The Compliance Department shall be responsible for auditing Non Registered Branch Locations. When auditing a Non Registered Branch Location, the PKS compliance department will use the Non Registered Branch Audit Worksheet. Audit findings and Audit Letters will be handled as they are for a regular PKS Branch Office Audit. See Section 5.3(A). PKS shall make a risk based determination on whether to conduct a Non Registered Branch audit on-site. Risk based conditions that would require an on-site audit of a Non-Registered branch include but are not limited to:
1. Offices under Heightened Supervision 2. Previous Audit Findings concerning books and records for the
Reps main office.
3. Offices that operate under the customer service/back office exemption.
5.4 Review of Exception Reports (Amended 6/2010) A. Exception Reports Available (1) Transactions Through FCCS
FCCS provides several exception reports, which are available via View Direct. These reports are designed to detect irregularities in customer account such as unusual or high level of activity or excessive commissions in customer accounts.
(2) Variable Annuity Switching Reports. A VA Exception Report designed to detect VA switches is monitored by the
Compliance Department pursuant to Section 15.2.6 et seq. (3) Mutual Fund Switch Reports A Mutual Fund Switch/Sale Exception Report designed to detect Mutual Fund
switches is monitored by the Compliance Department pursuant to the procedure set forth in this Section.
(a) Password Protected Website.
There is a password protected website used to generate the Mutual Fund Switch/Sale Exception Report. The website is accessible only to the PKS Compliance Department.
(b) Exception Report Search Criteria.
The Exception Report features permit the Compliance Officer to customize the report to search for switch transactions and potential sales practices violations using the following search criteria.
(i) Report Date Range (ii) Transaction Amounts. (The Program default searches for
transactions in excess of $10,000). (iii) Social Security Number/Tax Identification Number (iv) Transfers between different fund families. (v) Transfers between different share classes. (vi) Purchases and sales with intervening time period between the
transactions, which would not otherwise be detected as exchanges. (vii) Transactions that result in generation of a Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge (CDSC) in excess of $100.
(c) Mutual Fund Switch/Sale Letters
(i) Registered Representative Action Required. Upon the occurrence of a mutual fund transaction in which one of the following events takes place, the Registered Representative shall complete the appropriate form, located on the brokers resources home page and forward the document to the Compliance Dept. for review.
1. Sale of a mutual fund with a CDSC greater than $100, the
Registered Representative must complete a Mutual Fund Sales Letter.
2. Sale of a Mutual Fund and subsequent purchase of a
mutual fund from a different mutual fund family, the Registered Representative must complete a Mutual Fund Switch Letter.
(ii) Compliance Department Action. Upon the receipt of a switch/sale
form from a Registered Representative, the Compliance Department shall:
1. Log the information into the MFSL ( including both the
Mutual Fund Switch Letter and Mutual Fund Sales Letter,
hereinafter referred to interchangeably as "MFSL") Database, and
2. Generate a letter to the client and registered representative for signature, and
3. Maintain records of MFSL’s generated and executed MFSLs received. These records may be maintained in electronic format.
(iii) Exception Report Detection of Transaction.
In the event that a Mutual Fund switch/sale/exchange is detected through review of data generate by the Exception Report for which a MFSL was not received from a client, the Compliance Department shall generate a MFSL to the client and follow the procedure in (ii) above.
B, Responsibility for Monitoring Exception Reports/Time Frame (1) Responsibility.
The Compliance Department shall monitor exception reports, and shall investigate and assess potential violations in accordance with the provisions of SPM 5.5 below.
(2) Time Frame. (a) FCCS Exception Reports shall be reviewed on a daily basis. (b) Other Exception Reports shall be reviewed no less than every thirty (30) days. C. Record Keeping. (1) Responsibility.
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of its review of exception reports. These records may be maintained in electronic format. (2) Content.
The records maintained by the Compliance Department shall contain notations of any potential violations or suspect activity noted in its review of exception reports.
5.5 Investigations of Suspect RR Activity
(Amended 6/2010) A. Definition of “Suspect” Activity. Suspect activity is any activity that leads to the
conclusion that a Registered Representative may be in violation of the securities laws, FINRA Rules, this SPM, company policy or business ethics. The following red flags shall be considered “suspect” activity.
(1) Unusual Trading Volume (2) Excessive Commissions (3) Repeated failure to follow the SPM (4) A customer complaint (5) Regulatory Issues (6) Potential violations detected upon review of exception reports. (7) Potential violations detected upon review of correspondence. B. Procedure
Upon detecting or becoming aware of suspect activity by a PKS Registered Representative, the following procedure shall be followed: (1) An Investigation File will be opened by the Compliance Department (2) Relevant documents will be assembled and placed in the Investigation File. (3) An interview will be conducted with the Registered Representative by a Compliance Officer. (4) An interview may be conducted with the client(s) as appropriate by a Compliance Officer. . (5) Additional investigation/documentation will be conducted as appropriate. C. Final Determination
Upon conclusion of the investigation, a final determination will be made by the Compliance Department with respect to whether the Registered Representative is in violation of any securities laws, FINRA rules, SPM provisions or ethics.
D. Recommended Action
Upon a final determination, the Compliance Department shall recommend one or more of the following to Senior Management.
(1) No Action (2) Letter of Caution (3) Fine (4) Suspension
(5) Termination E. Action Taken
Upon recommendation by the Compliance Department, Senior Management shall take appropriate action and document any action taken to the Registered Representative.
5.6 Review of Accounts Held by Officers and Directors of Publicly Traded Companies (Added 4/2019)
A. General.
Pursuant to the requirements in this SPM of Section 6.1 – Registered Representative Conduct, Section (A), Item (23), all PKS Registered Representatives have an ongoing requirement to notify the PKS Compliance Department of any PKS client that is an officer or director of a publicly traded company, or who later becomes an officer or director of a publicly traded company.
B. Compliance Responsibilities.
(1) Initial Responsibilities
(a) Upon account opening and receiving notification from a Registered
Representative that a PKS client is an officer or director of a publicly traded company, the PKS Compliance Department shall:
(i) Send written notification to both the client and the public company
for which the client serves as an officer or director, notifying them of the client’s status with PKS;
(ii) Begin mailing duplicate statements and confirmations to the client’s affiliated publicly traded company;
(iii) Notify the Operations Department to update the client’s account information maintained in WealthScape and code the security/securities accordingly in the system; and
(iv) Add the client’s name/account number(s) to the list of affiliated accounts separately maintained by Compliance.
(2) Ongoing Responsibilities
(a) On a monthly basis, the Compliance Department shall conduct a review of the report of affiliated accounts generated from WealthScape:
(i) The report of affiliated accounts indicates, through the use of
specialized coding, those accounts that are held by PKS clients who serve as an officer or director of a publicly traded company.
(ii) The Compliance Department will compare and reconcile the
information presented in the monthly WealthScape report to a list of all affiliated accounts separately maintained by the Compliance Department.
(iii) Through such comparison and reconciliation, the Compliance
Department will determine if there is a new account noted in the monthly WealthScape report that is not already noted on the list of all affiliated accounts separately maintained by the Compliance Department.
(iv) If any new account appears on the monthly WealthScape report
that is not noted on the list of affiliated accounts, which pertains to a client who is an officer or director of a publicly traded company, the Compliance Department shall:
a. Send written notification to the Registered Representative
regarding the status of the client/account; b. Send written notification to both the client and the public
company for which the client serves as an officer or director, notifying them of the client’s status with PKS;
c. Begin mailing duplicate statements and confirmations to the client’s affiliated publicly traded company;
d. Notify the Operations Department to update the client’s account information maintained in WealthScape and code the security/securities accordingly in the system; and
e. Add the client’s name/account number(s) to the list of affiliated accounts separately maintained by Compliance.
C. Account Monitoring & Review Responsibilities
(1) All Registered Representatives are required to notify the PKS Compliance Department immediately with regard to any transactions by a client who serves as an officer or director, in securities of the publicly traded company for which they serve.
(2) All Registered Representatives have an ongoing responsibility to notify the PKS Compliance Department immediately if they suspect that any insider trading activity has occurred involving a client who serves as an officer or director of a publicly traded company.
(3) For those clients who serve as an officer or director of a publicly traded company,
the Compliance Department shall conduct periodic reviews of the client’s account and other accounts in which the client has a beneficial interest, in order to monitor transactional activity with regard to those securities affiliated with the client’s publicly traded company, for purposes of determining if any transactions may involve the use of material, non-public information.
D. Record Keeping
The Compliance Department shall maintain all records of review electronically.
5.7 Reserved
5.8 Annual Compliance Meeting and Certification (Amended 9/2015) A. General
Pursuant to FINRA Rule 3010(A)(7), the Compliance Department conducts an Annual Compliance Meeting (ACM) to discuss compliance matters relevant to the pertinent business activities of PKS. Meetings are conducted as an internet-based video sequence through Securities Trading Corporation (QUEST CE), a third-party Vendor. Prior to the end of the video, each Registered Representative is required to complete the Annual Compliance Questionnaire.
B. Compliance Department Responsibility.
(1) Conducting the ACM. The Compliance Department shall perform the following actions in connection with the ACM,
(a) Schedule the ACM with QUEST CE.
(b) Coordinate with QUEST CE the roll-out of the ACM to be conducted via email with Registered Representatives. Registered Representatives that
register with PKS prior to October 1st of the current year are required to complete the ACM.
(c) Choose additional industry areas of interest to be discussed at the ACM. (d) Design proprietary slides to be included in the ACM
(e) Follow-up with any Registered Representative that has not completed the ACM as the deadline approaches
(2) Tracking Participation. The Compliance Department shall be responsible for tracking participation in the ACM. It shall be acceptable for the Compliance Department to rely on records provided by QUEST CE to track participation in the ACM.
(3) Follow-Up. The Compliance Department shall take appropriate action in the event that a Registered Representative fails to participate in the ACM. Such action may include a reminder, restriction from business activity and/or disciplinary action.
C. Annual Compliance Questionnaire
As part of the ACM, each Registered Representative that associate with PKS within the current year shall complete and sign the Annual Compliance Questionnaire containing a series of questions designed to determine whether that Registered Representative has engaged in conduct which requires additional compliance scrutiny or which rises to the level of suspect activity.
D. Record Keeping. The Compliance Department shall maintain records showing:
(1) Review of the Annual Compliance Questionnaire, and (2) Compliance with the requirements of this Section 5.8. 5.9 SPM Record Keeping and Updates (Amended 5/2016) A. General
On an as-needed basis, the SPM is updated to reflect any change in firm and/or regulatory
policies and procedures. Proposed amendments are discussed during the SPM Committee Meeting for input by Committee members. Upon final adoption of any amendments, the amended SPM is posted to the PKS Website and an email is sent to all registered persons detailing the section(s) of the manual that has been changed, if applicable.
B. Responsibility The Chief Compliance Officer is the individual responsible for (1) Incorporating revisions in the SPM (2) Preserving prior versions of the SPM in a readily retrievable location, which may be electronic, for a period of four (4) years after termination of the use of
the manual; and
(3) Preserving all prior sections of the SPM that were withdrawn, updated, modified or revised, in a readily retrievable location, which may be electronic, for a period of four (4) years following their withdrawal, modification or revision.
5.10 Review of Correspondence (Amended 8/2021) A. General Rule
FINRA Rule 3110(b)(4) requires that PKS establish procedures for the review of incoming and outgoing written (non-electronic) and electronic communications with the public related to its investment banking or securities business, including communications directed to registered representatives.
B. Purpose of Rule (a) To properly indentify and handle customer complaints.
(b) To ensure customer funds and securities are handled in accordance with the SPM.
(c) To ensure compliance with FINRA rules governing communications with the public.
C. FINRA Rule 2210
FINRA Rule 2210 sets forth rules for outgoing communications which are incorporated in SPM 5.11 and 5.12 infra.
E. Definition of Incoming Communications.
Incoming Communications is any communication from an existing or former PKS client or from any other person or entity.
F. Review of Electronic Communications (1) Scope.
These provisions governing review of electronic communications apply both to incoming and outgoing electronic communications
(2) Method and Frequency of Review.
(a) Email.
On an ongoing basis, the Compliance Department shall review selected emails for every registered representative of PKS for the purpose of detecting violations of the securities laws and rules and this SPM. The Compliance Department email review process shall be based on the following criteria:
(i) Random sampling of messages (ii) Keyword search (iii) Risk based review (consisting of Business Mix and Outside
Activities) (b) Electronic devices.
During the Branch Audit, the Compliance Department shall selectively review stored messages on electronic devices (cell phones, PDA’s etc) for the purpose of detecting violations of the securities laws and rules and this SPM.
(c) Text messaging
Text messaging shall be reviewed in the same manner as email as noted in 5.10(F)(2)(a).
(3) Record Keeping
(a) Review of Email and text messaging. The Global Relay archiving system maintains an audit trail of email and text messaging review.
(b) Other Electronic Devices. Notation of review of electronic devices shall be made on the Branch Audit checklist.
(4) Investigation of Potential Violations
Email messages which contain language or data which constitute suspect activity shall be investigated and resolved in accordance with the procedure for set forth in SPM 5.5 Infra.
G. Review of Non-Electronic Incoming Communications
(1) Special Considerations Applicable to Non-Electronic Incoming Communications.
Because customer funds and securities are almost exclusively received through non-electronic communications, and customer complaints are more frequently received through non-electronic communications, all incoming non-electronic communications must be reviewed in accordance with this subsection.
(2) Persons Responsible
(a) PKS Headquarters Office
The Chief Operating Officer is the person responsible for review of incoming non-electronic communications. The Chief Operating Officer may designate the responsibility for review of non-electronic communications to a qualified individual in the Headquarters Branch Office.
(b) All Other Branch Offices
(i) The Person In Charge is the person responsible for review of non- electronic incoming communications.
(ii) Unavailability of Person In Charge. In the event of the absence of
the Person In Charge from the Branch Office for a period of greater than five (5) business days, the Person In Charge shall contact the Regional Supervisor for instruction.
(3) Incoming Communications Addressed to Registered
Representative
Incoming Communications addressed or marked to the attention of a Registered Representative is deemed related to PKS business for the purpose of this section.
(4) Processing of Incoming Communications Upon Review (a) Checks and Securities (i) Record Keeping.
The responsible person shall make or cause to be made a notation of check receipt in a log maintained for that purpose as posted on the PKS Website. The log file shall contain a photocopy of the check or security.
(ii) Transmission to the Operations Department.
All checks and securities shall be transmitted to the Operations Department for processing. If received at a Branch Office, the method of transmission shall be overnight courier unless Mobile Check Deposit App is utilized. The Mobile Check Deposit App allows same-day deposit of customer checks to their brokerage account. Representatives may choose to download the Wealthscape Mobile App to their device in order to leverage this functionality.
(b) Procedure for Mobile Check Deposit
(i) If a client wishes to add funds to their brokerage account, they
should make the check payable to or the exact registration on the account. Representatives should inform the client that their check will be deposited that day and they will promptly (same day) shred the instrument.
(ii) Representatives that deposit checks via the mobile app while in the
presence of a customer, shall return the check to the client once their deposit has been confirmed.
(iii) Compliance shall conduct a review of branch office procedures for
mobile devices used for this check deposit method during routine audits and/or cyber-security cycles.
(c) Checks for accounts held at the Fund Companies
1. In the event that the PKS Operations Department receives a check for an account held at the fund company, the Operations Department shall post the check onto the appropriate Checks Received Blotter and forward to the fund company for processing. The Operations Department will maintain a photocopy of the check with the direct fund tickets.
2. If the check received was not sent via overnight courier, the Operations Department shall inform the Compliance Department for follow-up with the Person in Charge.
(c) Customer Complaints.
Any written or electronic communication in which a customer, or former customer, expresses a grievance or dissatisfaction shall be immediately transmitted to the Compliance Department via email or overnight courier. See Section 8 for further information on Customer Complaints.
(d) Suspect Activity.
Any communications which contains information suggesting that a Registered Representative has violated any securities law or rule or this SPM shall immediately be transmitted to the Compliance Department. See Section 5.4 Infra.
(5) Record Keeping
(a) Requirements:
Incoming Communications from PKS Clients shall be retained for a period of six (6) years from receipt.
(b) Responsibility for Incoming Communications
Record Keeping. (i) PKS Headquarters Office
The PKS Operations Director shall be responsible for maintaining incoming communications and check/securities logs for the required period.
(ii) Other Branch Offices.
The Person In Charge shall be responsible for maintaining incoming communications and check/securities logs for the required period
(c) Verification of Incoming Communications
Record Keeping.
The Compliance Department shall conduct an examination of selected client files in the Headquarters and Branch Offices at the time of the Branch Office Audit.
5.11 Review of Outgoing Communications With the Public (Amended 8/2021) A. Definitions (1) “Outgoing Communications With the Public” (or "OCWP") includes the following: (a) Correspondence (b) Retail communications (c) Institutional communications. (2) “Correspondence” means any written (including electronic) communication that is distributed or made available to 25 or fewer retail investors within any 30 calendar-day period. (3) “Retail communication” means any written (including electronic) communication that is distributed or made available to more than 25 retail investors within any 30 calendar-day period. Note: The new definition of retail communication includes most communications that currently qualify as advertisements and sales literature as defined below. Thus a communication that currently qualifies as an advertisement or sales literature will likely be a "retail communication." To the extent that a firm distributes or makes available a communication that currently qualifies as an independently prepared reprint to more than twenty-five retail investors within a thirty-calendar-day period, the communication also falls under the definition of "retail communication. See FINRA Regulatory Notice 12-29. Retail communications include: (a) Advertisements, defined as follows: "Advertisement" means any material, other than an independently prepared reprint and institutional sales material, which references PKS or which promotes PKS retail business, that is published, or used in any electronic or other public media, including any Web site, newspaper,
magazine or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or telephone directories (other than routine listings). (b) Sales Literature. "Sales Literature" means any written or electronic communication, other than an advertisement, independently prepared reprint, institutional sales material and correspondence, that is generally distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including circulars, research reports, performance reports or summaries, form letters, telemarketing scripts, seminar texts, reprints (that are not independently prepared reprints) or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature or published article, and press releases concerning PKS products or services. (c) Independently Prepared Reprints distributed or made available to more than 25 retail investors within any 30 calendar-day period.
(d) Format and Content of Email Disclosures, Fax Cover Sheets, Letterhead or Business Cards which reference PKS or PKS business.
(e) Public Appearances. See SPM 5.12. (f) Web Sites which promotes PKS or PKS securities business. (g) Social Network Electronic Media, such as Weblogs (“blogs”), Facebook, Linked-In, Twitter, and other interactive electronic forum designed to distribute content to multiple users. (4) Independently Prepared Reprints. (a) Any reprint of any article issued by a publisher subject to the limitations set forth in FINRA Rule 2210(c)(7)(I). (b) Any report concerning an Investment Company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, published subject to the limitations set forth in FINRA Rule 2210(c)(7)(O). (5) “Retail investor” means any person other than an institutional investor, regardless of whether the person has an account with a member. (6) “Institutional communication” means any written (including electronic) communication that is distributed or made available only to institutional investors, but does not include a member's internal communications.
(6) “Institutional investor” means any person described in Rule 4512(c), regardless of whether the person has an account with a member. Rule 4512(c) defines "institutional account" as the account of: (a) a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company or registered investment company (b) an investment adviser registered either with the SEC under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act or with a state securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions); (c) any other person (whether a natural person, corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) with total assets of at least $50 million. (d) governmental entity or subdivision thereof; (e) employee benefit plan, or multiple employee benefit plans offered to employees of the same employer, that meet the requirements of Section 403(b) or Section 457 of the Internal Revenue Code and in the aggregate have at least 100 participants, but does not include any participant of such plans; (f) qualified plan, as defined in Section 3(a)(12)(C) of the Exchange Act, or multiple qualified plans offered to employees of the same employer, that in the aggregate have at least 100 participants, but does not include any participant of such plans; (g) FINRA member or registered person of such a member; and (h) person acting solely on behalf of any such institutional investor. FINRA Rule 2210(a)(4) prohibits a firm from treating a communication as having been distributed to an institutional investor if the member has reason to believe that the communication or any excerpt thereof will be forwarded or made available to any retail investor. B. Compliance Department Approval Required (1) General Rules
(a) Unless covered by an exception as set forth below, OCWP requires prior review and prior approval by the Compliance Department.
(b) Branch Offices Located in the Commonwealth of Virginia
For Branch Offices located in the Commonwealth of Virginia, prior approval by the Compliance Department is required for all correspondence pertaining to the solicitation or execution of all securities transactions. [See 21 VAC 5-20-260].
(i) Branch Office Responsibility to Forward Correspondence
All Branch Offices located in the Commonwealth of Virginia shall forward all hard copy correspondence as it pertains to the agent’s solicitation or execution of securities transactions within 5 business days of sending or receiving. (a) Incoming hard copy correspondence
For incoming hard copy correspondence branches shall scan the correspondence and then e-mail the file to the Compliance Department via: [email protected] . If scanning is unavailable, branches shall send a copy of the correspondence to the Compliance Department via overnight mail.
(b) Outgoing hard copy correspondence
For any outgoing hard copy correspondence, branches shall e- mail the Compliance Department via [email protected] a copy of any outgoing hard copy correspondence in accordance with paragraph (i) above. If scanning is unavailable, branches shall send a copy of the correspondence to the Compliance Department via overnight mail.
(c) E-mail correspondence
E-mail correspondence is reviewed in accordance with FINRA rule 2210 and the procedure for reviewing e-mail correspondence is noted above in SPM section 5.10.
(d) Text messaging correspondence
Text messaging correspondence is reviewed in accordance with FINRA rule 2210 and the procedure for reviewing text messaging correspondence is noted in SPM section 5.10.
(ii) Compliance Department Review
The Compliance Department shall promptly review and approve all correspondence as it pertains to the agent’s solicitation or execution of all securities transactions. The Compliance Department shall notify the agent when correspondence is approved. The Compliance Department will note the approval on the correspondence and keep a copy of this record in the associated branch’s file.
(2) Exceptions. (a) Correspondence, except as required in 5.11[B](1)(b) above. (i) Content In formulating correspondence, all Registered Representatives shall adhere to FINRA standards set forth in FINRA Rule 2210 and as restated in these procedures. (ii) Prior Approval Not Required Correspondence does not require prior Compliance Department approval. (iii) Compliance Department Review The Compliance Department shall review correspondence in accordance with Branch audit procedures, for compliance with FINRA standards as set forth in FINRA Rule 2210 and as restated in these procedures.
(iv) Email Communications
Every email communication from a Registered Representative shall contain a disclosure that securities are offered through PKS. If the communication is on a domain of or otherwise discloses or represents a relationship with an entity that is not affiliated with PKS, the communication shall make a disclosure that such entity and PKS are not affiliated companies.
(v) Text Messaging
Text messaging for business purposes using any application is strictly prohibited, unless the application is approved and deployed by the PKS IT Management. No other vendor or text messaging platform will be allowed. Direct contracts with vendor(s) outside
of PKS control is prohibited. Offices may not enter into any contracts for text messaging services, or test other text messaging services.
(b) Previously approved letter template. No prior approval is necessary for Retail Communications (25 or more existing PKS retail investors) that mirror a “template” which had already received pre-approval from the Compliance Department.
(3) Social Network Electronic Media (Amended 8/2020)
(a) General
Social network electronic media includes, but is not limited to, Weblogs (“blogs”), Facebook, Linked-In, Twitter, and other interactive electronic forum designed to distribute content to multiple users. The following procedures apply to any social media site that a registered representative intends to employ to promote his/her brokerage business.
(b) Content Standard
Social networking sites typically contain both static and non-static content. The static content includes profile, background or wall information. A static posting is deemed an “advertisement” under FINRA Rule 2210 and therefore requires approval prior to posting. The portions of a social networking site that provides for “non-static”, real-time interactive posts must be monitored by the PKS Compliance Department, but do not require approval prior to posting.
FINRA considers unscripted participation in an interactive electronic forum to come within the definition of “public appearance” under FINRA Rule 2210. As stated in Rule 2210, it is prohibited to use misleading statements or claims, and that communications be fair and balanced.
FINRA Rule 2210 generally does not subject posts by customers or other third parties to its communication with the public requirements.
(c) Permitted Social Media Sites and Providers Posting on social media of any communication that promotes PKS or its products or services is prohibited on all social media sites and providers, with the following exceptions.
(i) Linked-In
(ii) Twitter
(iii) Facebook
(d) Global Relay Archiving Required
Prior to posting on any social media, a link between the social media site and the Global Relay Archiving System must be established by the IT Department. The Registered Representative shall notify the IT Department of his/her intention to use social media and comply with all IT Department requirements.
(e) Approval by Compliance Department
The PKS Compliance Department must review prior to use any social media site that a registered representative intends to employ to promote PKS brokerage business. The profile, background, wall information or any other static content must be reviewed and approved by the PKS Compliance Department prior to launching.
A sampling of the interactive electronic communications, non-static content, will be reviewed post-use on a periodic basis. The reviews will be conducted by the PKS Compliance Department through the Global Relay Archiving System.
(f) PKS Disclosure Required
(1) For any social media used to promote PKS or its products or services, the following disclosure must be used on the profile page:
Securities offered through Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (PKS). Member FINRA/SIPC. Headquartered at 80 State Street, Albany, NY 12207. Products purchased through PKS are Not FDIC Insured-May Lose Value - Are Not Guaranteed by any Bank-Are Not A Deposit-Are Not Insured by any Federal or State Government Agency.
(2) Where an unaffiliated RIA, CPA firm, insurance agency or other
company is mentioned on the profile page, the following additional disclosure shall be added:
[RIA/CPA etc] and PKS are not affiliated companies.
(3) The following disclaimer must be used on each post created by the registered representative:
Third-party posts do not reflect the views of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (PKS) and have not been reviewed by PKS for completeness or accuracy.
(g) Training
Training and education concerning PKS social media policies will be conducted through the Annual Compliance Meeting. Those registered representatives employing social media sites for brokerage business will be required to attest annually that he/she is acting in a manner consistent with these policies.
(h) Recommendation Prohibited
The suitability requirements of FINRA Rule 2111 are triggered when a registered representative recommends a security through a social media site. As such, PKS prohibits communications that recommend a specific investment product and/or any link to specific investment products.
(i) Other Prohibitions
(i) Engaging in business communications in a social media site that
has not been disclosed to the PKS Compliance Department. (ii) Social media sites that automatically erase or delete the content of
an electronic communication (iii) Entering any of the following data elements into a LinkedIn profile
as they cannot be archived in the Global Relay Email Archiving System: • Honors and Awards • Projects • Test Scores • Organizations • Courses
(iv) Tweeting with Twitter Card Option in a Twitter profile as this cannot be archived in the Global Relay Email Archiving System.
C. Method of Requesting Approval Requests for prior approval of OCWP not exempt from approval under 5.12(B)(2) shall be mailed, faxed or emailed directly to the Compliance Department at the following email address:
[email protected] D. Method of Prior Approval Compliance Officer must approve by signature (or initial) and date, prior to (1) Filing with FINRA for approval if required by FINRA Rule 2210, in accordance with its time requirements, or (2) Its use, where filing with FINRA is not required. E. Compliance Department Review Parameters
(1) Content The Compliance Department shall review OCWP for compliance with FINRA standards as set forth in FINRA Rule 2210 and as restated in these procedures.
(2) Periodic Website Review In addition to initial website review conducted during the registration process and subsequent reviews during the branch office audit process, the Compliance Department shall conduct a periodic review of all websites, at least annually. This website review shall include websites used by unaffiliated entities associated with PKS registered representatives, to ensure compliance with PKS procedures requiring notification and approval where PKS products or services is promoted by the website.
(3) Findings
All incidences of non-compliance with PKS procedures shall be presented to the Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Operating Officer for appropriate action.
. F. Filing OCWP With FINRA The Compliance Department shall file OCWP with FINRA as required by FINRA Rule 2210 and FINRA Regulatory Notice 12-29. G. Record Keeping (1) Duration. All approved OCWP shall be maintained for a period of three (3) years from the date of last use.
(2) Compliance Department Records. Records of all approvals of OCWP shall be maintained in electronic files by the Compliance Department. (3) Other Required Records (a) a copy of the communication and the dates of first and (if applicable) last use (b) the name of any registered principal who approved the communication and the date that approval was given (c) in the case of a retail communication or institutional communication that is not approved prior to first use by a registered principal, the name of the person who prepared or distributed the communication (d) information concerning the source of any statistical table, chart, graph, or other illustration used in the communication and (e) for retail communications that rely on the exception under FINRA Rule 2210 (b)( 1)(C), the name of the firm that filed the retail communication with FINRA and a copy of the Advertising Regulation Department's review letter. (4) Branch Office Records. Each Branch Office shall maintain copies of all approved OCWP for three (3) years from date of last use in a separate OCWP File . (5) Use of Third-party Vendors for Distribution
Where Branch Offices use a third-party vendor to distribute OCWP via e-mail to clients, the vendor must have the capability to send copies of all e-mails sent to clients, or a copy of the email that contains a list of all recipients of said email to PKS’ Global Relay e-mail archiving system.
H. FINRA Standards to Be Followed For OCWP (Reprinted from FINRA Rule 2210(d)) (1) General Standards
(A) All member communications must be based on principles of fair dealing and good faith, must be fair and balanced, and must provide a sound basis for evaluating the facts in regard to any particular security or type of security, industry, or service. No member may omit any material fact or qualification if the omission, in light of the context of the material presented, would cause the communications to be misleading. (B) No member may make any false, exaggerated, unwarranted, promissory or misleading statement or claim in any communication. No member may publish, circulate or distribute any communication that the member knows or has reason to know contains any untrue statement of a material fact or is otherwise false or misleading. (C) Information may be placed in a legend or footnote only in the event that such placement would not inhibit an investor's understanding of the communication. (D) Members must ensure that statements are clear and not misleading within the context in which they are made, and that they provide balanced treatment of risks and potential benefits. Communications must be consistent with the risks of fluctuating prices and the uncertainty of dividends, rates of return and yield inherent to investments. (E) Members must consider the nature of the audience to which the communication will be directed and must provide details and explanations appropriate to the audience. (F) Communications may not predict or project performance, imply that past performance will recur or make any exaggerated or unwarranted claim, opinion or forecast; provided, however, that this paragraph (d)(1)(F) does not prohibit: (i) A hypothetical illustration of mathematical principles, provided that it does not predict or project the performance of an investment or investment strategy; (ii) An investment analysis tool, or a written report produced by an investment analysis tool, that meets the requirements of Rule 2214; and (iii) A price target contained in a research report on debt or equity securities, provided that the price target has a reasonable basis, the report discloses the valuation methods used to determine the price target, and the price target is accompanied by disclosure concerning the risks that may impede achievement of the price target.
(2) Comparisons Any comparison in retail communications between investments or services must disclose all material differences between them, including (as applicable) investment objectives, costs and expenses, liquidity, safety, guarantees or insurance, fluctuation of principal or return, and tax features. (3) Disclosure of Member's Name All retail communications and correspondence must: (A) prominently disclose the name of the member, or the name under which the member's broker-dealer business primarily is conducted as disclosed on the member's Form BD, and may also include a fictional name by which the member is commonly recognized or which is required by any state or jurisdiction; (B) reflect any relationship between the member and any non-member or individual who is also named; and (C) if it includes other names, reflect which products or services are being offered by the member. This paragraph (3) does not apply to so-called "blind" advertisements used to recruit personnel. (4) Tax Considerations (A) In retail communications and correspondence, references to tax-free or tax-exempt income must indicate which income taxes apply, or which do not, unless income is free from all applicable taxes. If income from an investment company investing in municipal bonds is subject to state or local income taxes, this fact must be stated, or the illustration must otherwise make it clear that income is free only from federal income tax. (B) Communications may not characterize income or investment returns as tax-free or exempt from income tax when tax liability is merely postponed or deferred, such as when taxes are payable upon redemption. (C) A comparative illustration of the mathematical principles of tax-deferred versus taxable compounding must meet the following requirements: (i) The illustration must depict both the taxable investment and the tax-deferred investment using identical investment amounts and identical assumed gross investment rates of return, which may not
exceed 10 percent per annum. (ii) The illustration must use and identify actual federal income tax rates. (iii) The illustration may reflect an actual state income tax rate, provided that the communication prominently discloses that the illustration is applicable only to investors that reside in the identified state. (iv) Tax rates used in an illustration that is intended for a target audience must reasonably reflect its tax bracket or brackets as well as the tax character of capital gains and ordinary income. (v) If the illustration covers the payout period for an investment, the illustration must reflect the impact of taxes during this period. (vi) The illustration may not assume an unreasonable period of tax deferral. (vii) The illustration must disclose, as applicable: a. the degree of risk in the investment's assumed rate of return, including a statement that the assumed rate of return is not guaranteed; b. the possible effects of investment losses on the relative advantage of the taxable versus the tax-deferred investments; c. the extent to which tax rates on capital gains and dividends would affect the taxable investment's return; d. the fact that ordinary income tax rates will apply to withdrawals from a tax-deferred investment; e. its underlying assumptions; f. the potential impact resulting from federal or state tax penalties (e.g., for early withdrawals or use on non- qualified expenses); and g. that an investor should consider his or her current and anticipated investment horizon and income tax bracket when making an investment decision, as the illustration may not reflect these factors.
(5) Disclosure of Fees, Expenses and Standardized Performance (A) Retail communications and correspondence that present non-money market fund open-end management investment company performance data as permitted by Securities Act Rule 482 and Rule 34b-1 under the Investment Company Act must disclose: (i) the standardized performance information mandated by Securities Act Rule 482 and Rule 34b-1 under the Investment Company Act; and (ii) to the extent applicable: a. the maximum sales charge imposed on purchases or the maximum deferred sales charge, as stated in the investment company's prospectus current as of the date of distribution or submission for publication of a communication; and b. the total annual fund operating expense ratio, gross of any fee waivers or expense reimbursements, as stated in the fee table of the investment company's prospectus described in above paragraph (ii)(a). (B) All of the information required by this paragraph (5)(A) must be set forth prominently, and in any print advertisement, in a prominent text box that contains only the required information and, at the member's option, comparative performance and fee data and disclosures required by Securities Act Rule 482 and Rule 34b-1 under the Investment Company Act. (6) Testimonials (A) If any testimonial in a communication concerns a technical aspect of investing, the person making the testimonial must have the knowledge and experience to form a valid opinion. (B) Retail communications or correspondence providing any testimonial concerning the investment advice or investment performance of a member or its products must prominently disclose the following: (i) The fact that the testimonial may not be representative of the experience of other customers. (ii) The fact that the testimonial is no guarantee of future performance or success.
(iii) If more than $100 in value is paid for the testimonial, the fact that it is a paid testimonial. (7) Recommendations (A) Retail communications that include a recommendation of securities must have a reasonable basis for the recommendation and must disclose, if applicable, the following: (i) that at the time the communication was published or distributed, the member was making a market in the security being recommended, or in the underlying security if the recommended security is an option or security future, or that the member or associated persons will sell to or buy from customers on a principal basis; (ii) that the member or any associated person that is directly and materially involved in the preparation of the content of the communication has a financial interest in any of the securities of the issuer whose securities are recommended, and the nature of the financial interest (including, without limitation, whether it consists of any option, right, warrant, future, long or short position), unless the extent of the financial interest is nominal; and (iii) that the member was manager or co-manager of a public offering of any securities of the issuer whose securities are recommended within the past 12 months. (B) A member must provide, or offer to furnish upon request, available investment information supporting the recommendation. When a member recommends a corporate equity security, the member must provide the price at the time the recommendation is made. (C) A retail communication or correspondence may not refer, directly or indirectly, to past specific recommendations of the member that were or would have been profitable to any person; provided, however, that a retail communication or correspondence may set out or offer to furnish a list of all recommendations as to the same type, kind, grade or classification of securities made by the member within the immediately preceding period of not less than one year, if the communication or list: (i) states the name of each such security recommended, the date and nature of each such recommendation (e.g., whether to buy, sell or hold), the market price at that time, the price at which the
recommendation was to be acted upon, and the market price of each such security as of the most recent practicable date; and (ii) contains the following cautionary legend, which must appear prominently within the communication or list: “it should not be assumed that recommendations made in the future will be profitable or will equal the performance of the securities in this list.” (D) (i) This paragraph (7) does not apply to any communication that meets the definition of “research report” for purposes of FINRA Rule 2241 and includes all of the applicable disclosures required by that Rule. (ii) Paragraphs (7)(A) and (7)(C) do not apply to any communication that recommends only registered investment companies or variable insurance products; provided, however, that such communications must have a reasonable basis for the recommendation. (8) Prospectuses Filed with the SEC Prospectuses, preliminary prospectuses, fund profiles and similar documents that have been filed with the SEC are not subject to these standards [of this paragraph (d)]; provided, however, that these standards [of this paragraph (d)] shall apply to an investment company prospectus published pursuant to Securities Act Rule 482 and a free writing prospectus that has been filed with the SEC pursuant to Securities Act Rule 433(d)(1)(ii). I. Limitations on Use of FINRA's Name (Reprinted from FINRA Rule 2210[e]) Members may indicate FINRA membership in conformity with Article XV, Section 2 of the FINRA By-Laws in one or more of the following ways: (1) in any communication that complies with the applicable standards of this Rule and neither states nor implies that FINRA, or any other corporate name or facility owned by FINRA, or any other regulatory organization endorses, indemnifies, or guarantees the member's business practices, selling methods, the class or type of securities offered, or any specific security, and provided further that any reference to the Department's review of a communication is limited to either “Reviewed by FINRA” or “FINRA Reviewed”;
(2) in a confirmation statement for an over-the-counter transaction that states: "This transaction has been executed in conformity with the FINRA Uniform Practice Code"; and (3) on a member's website, provided that the member provides a hyperlink to FINRA's internet home page, www.finra.org, in close proximity to the member's indication of FINRA membership. A member is not required to provide more than one such hyperlink on its website. If the member's website contains more than one indication of FINRA membership, the member may elect to provide any one hyperlink in close proximity to any reference reasonably designed to draw the public's attention to FINRA membership. This provision also shall apply to an internet website relating to the member's investment banking or securities business maintained by or on behalf of any person associated with a member. J. Reference and Hyperlink to BrokerCheck on a Member’s Website. (Added 5/2016)
(1) General Pursuant to FINRA Rule 2210(d)(8)(A), each of a member’s websites are required to include a “readily apparent” reference and hyperlink to BrokerCheck on:
(a) The initial web page that the member intends to be viewed by retail
investors.
(b) Any other web page that includes a professional profile of one or more registered persons who do business with retail investors.
(2) “Readily Apparent” Defined.
(a) For a reference and hyperlink to BrokerCheck to be readily apparent,
member firms should adopt the perspective of a reasonable retail investor when making this determination. Factors to be considered include, but are not limited to:
o Placement – i.e., whether the reference and hyperlink are visible as
soon as the person lands on the website or only after significant scrolling;
o Font size – i.e., whether the font size of the description and
hyperlink are similar to the font size of other information on the page; and
o Font Color – i.e., whether the font color of the description and hyperlink contrasts or blends in with the website’s background.
(b) It is a per se FINRA requirement that the reference and hyperlink not be placed in the footer, as FINRA does not deem this to be readily apparent.
(3) When the Reference and Hyperlink are Not Required.
A member will not be required to include a readily apparent reference and hyperlink to BrokerCheck in the following instances: (a) Websites that have RIA-only content and do not promote the member
firm’s business or services, even if the site contains a profile of an individual who is a registered representative of the member firm.
(i) Exception: If the profile of an individual who is a PKS registered
representative states that the individual holds any FINRA licenses, the website is considered Broker-Dealer related and would then require a readily apparent reference and hyperlink on the home page of the website and the web page containing the individual’s profile.
(b) Third party websites that contain the professional profiles of registered
representatives (e.g., LinkedIn).
(c) Communications appearing on a third party website or social media site (e.g., Twitter).
(d) Each email or text message sent by a member firm or registered person to
a retail investor.
(e) The website of a member firm that does not provide products or services to retail investors.
(f) A directory or list of registered persons limited to names and contact
information.
(4) Complying with the BrokerCheck Link Requirements
(a) Various resources are offered by FINRA on its website to assist member
firms in complying with the BrokerCheck Link requirements. These resources include: (i) Instructions for linking to BrokerCheck;
(ii) Direct link tools; (iii) Tools for creating a custom BrokerCheck widget; (iv) Raw graphical files that will allow registered persons to create
custom references to BrokerCheck.
(b) These resources can be found at: http://www.finra.org/industry/rule-2210- brokercheck.
(5) PKS Website.
(a) Home Page.
The PKS website shall contain a readily apparent reference and hyperlink to BrokerCheck on its home page.
(b) Pages Containing Profiles of Registered Representatives.
A BrokerCheck reference and hyperlink shall be made readily apparent on any web page within the PKS website that contains the profiles of registered persons who do business with retail investors.
(6) Websites of Registered Representative Affiliated Entities or Persons.
(a) Home Page.
Any website that promotes brokerage services and business with retail investors shall be required to include a readily apparent reference and hyperlink to BrokerCheck on the home page of that website.
(b) Pages Containing Profiles of Registered Representatives.
Any web pages that contain the profiles of registered persons who do business with retail investors and list FINRA licensure shall be required to include a readily apparent reference and hyperlink to BrokerCheck.
5.12 Public Appearances (Amended 12/2013) A. Definitions (1) Public Appearance Public Appearance is defined as participation in a seminar, forum (including an interactive electronic forum), radio or television interview, or other public
appearance or public speaking activity, and include speaking activities that are unscripted and do not constitute retail communications, institutional communications or correspondence. (2) Seminar, Forum and Public Speaking Activity A seminar, forum or public speaking activity shall be deemed to constitute a public appearance subject to the requirements of this SPM Section 5.12, where: (a) The Registered Representative participates in such activity except as a passive member of an audience, and (b) The activity is advertised by an electronic or print medium, or (c) 25 or more invitations or notices regarding the activity are distributed, whether by posting, mailing, email or otherwise. B. Prior Approval of Public Appearance Required
Compliance Department approval of any public appearance shall be requested and granted prior to participation by a Registered Representative in any public appearance. RIA seminars do not require PKS principal approval under FINRA Rule 2210, unless the agenda contains a promotion of PKS, its brokerage business or its products. All such requests shall be made and responded to via electronic mail.
C. Prior Approval of Materials Used With Public Appearances Required All scripts, slides, handouts or other written (including electronic) materials intended to be used in connection with public appearances shall be submitted to the Compliance Department for approval in accordance with the provisions of SPM 5.11. Prior approval of the Compliance Department is required for any material used in connection with a public appearance. D. Review of Public Appearance Required An audio or video recording of each public appearance shall be caused to be made by the Registered Representative(s) participating in such public appearance, and shall be submitted to the Compliance Department for review no later than 10 days following the date of the public appearance. If the Registered Representative chooses to transmit recording data in electronic format, such format must permit a download to PKS electronic files for record keeping purposes. The Compliance Department shall create a calendar, spreadsheet or other appropriate monitoring and tracking device to track submission of recorded public appearances pursuant to this subsection.
E. Compliance Department Review of Public Appearance Within 30 days of receipt of an audio or video recording of a public appearance, the Compliance Department shall review such recording for the purpose of detecting if violations of the securities laws, FINRA Rule 2210 and SPM 5.11 have occurred. The Compliance officer who conducts such review shall make a record of the date and time of the review and of any findings noted. The Compliance officer who conducts such review shall notify the Chief Compliance Officer of any potential violations noted. F. Training (1) General On no less than an annual basis, the Compliance Department shall offer training for public appearances. (2) Training Completion Required The Compliance Department shall not grant approval for participation in a public appearance unless the Registered Representative has received training pursuant to this SPM 5.12 within one year prior to the date such participation is requested. (3) Record Keeping The Compliance Department shall maintain records of the training offered to Registered Representatives under this SPM Section and records of completion of training pursuant to this section. Such records may be maintained electronically. G. Required Standards for Public Appearances (1) Standards Applicable to All Public Appearances The FINRA standards set forth in FINRA Rule 2210(d), as reprinted in SPM 5.11 [H], are applicable to all public appearances. (2) Additional Standards Applicable Where Security Recommended In addition to the standards set forth in FINRA Rule 2210, as reprinted in SPM 5.11 [H], where a Registered Representative recommends a security in a public appearance, the Registered Representative: (a) must have a reasonable basis for the recommendation, and (b) except for recommendations of investment company securities or variable insurance products, must disclose, as applicable:
(i) that the Registered Representative has a financial interest in any of the securities of the issuer whose securities are recommended, and nature of the financial interest (including, without limitation, whether it consists of any option, right, warrant, future, long or short position), unless the extent of the financial interest is nominal; and (ii) any other actual, material conflict of interest of the Registered Representative knows or has reason to know at the time of the public appearance. H. Record Keeping The Compliance Department shall maintain records of all requests, materials, approvals, denials, submissions and reviews pursuant to SPM 5.11 and this SPM 5.12. Such records may be maintained electronically. Unless otherwise required, all such records shall be maintained for a period of three years subsequent to the last use of the materials or public appearance, as applicable. 5.13 Continuing Education (Amended 6/2010) Pursuant to FINRA Rule 1240, PKS has developed and implements a program for the continuing education of its covered registered persons. (Amended 09/2021) The Compliance Department has responsibility for administration of the continuing education program and record keeping with respect to completion of the program by PKS Registered Representatives. For detailed information the continuing education program, see SPM Section 16 entitled “Continuing Education.” 5.14 Fingerprinting Unregistered Personnel - SEC 17f-2(a) (Amended 6/2010) A. PKS Policy
It is PKS policy that every partner, officer, director, associated person or employee of PKS must be fingerprinted and submit his or her fingerprints to the U.S. Attorney General.
B. Exemption from SEC Rule 17f-2(a) Fingerprint Requirements.
PKS does not claim exemption under the provisions of SEC Rule 17f-2(a) which exempts associated persons from the fingerprinting requirement provided that person:
(1) Is not engaged in the sale of securities, and (2) Does not regularly have access to the keeping, handling or processing of securities, and (3) Does not regularly have access to the keeping, handling or processing of Monies, and (4) Does not regularly have access to the the original books and records relating to the securities or the monies, and (5) Does not have direct supervisory responsibility over persons engaged in the activities referred to in paragraphs (1), (2), (3) and (4) above, and
(6) Provided that notice as required by SEC Rule 17f-2(a), (reproduced in SPM 5.14(C) below for informational purposes, is maintained.
C. Notice Requirement. Notice requirement. Every member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent and registered clearing agency that claims one or more of the exemptions in paragraph (a) of this section shall make and keep current a statement entitled ``Notice Pursuant to Rule 17f-2'' containing the information specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. Contents of statement. The Notice required by paragraph (e) of this section shall: 1. State the name of the organization and state whether it is a member of a national securities exchange, broker, dealer, registered transfer agent, or registered clearing agency; 2 Identify by division, department, class, or name and position within the organization all persons who are claimed to have satisfied the fingerprinting requirement of Section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section; 3. Identify by division, department, class, title or position within the organization all persons claimed to be exempt under paragraphs (a)(1)(i)-(iii) of this section,
and identify by name all persons claimed to be exempt under paragraph (a)(1) (iv). Persons identified under this paragraph (e)(1)(iii) shall be exempt from the requirement of Section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 unless notified to the contrary by the Commission; 4. Describe, in generic terms, the nature of the duties of the person or classes of persons, and the nature of the functions and operations of the divisions and departments, identified as exempt in paragraph (e)1 of this section; and 5. Describe the security measures utilized to ensure that only those persons who have been fingerprinted in accordance with the fingerprinting requirement of Section 17(f)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or who are exempt under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section have access to the keeping, handling or processing of securities or monies or the original books and records relating thereto. Record maintenance. A copy of the Notice required to be made and kept current under paragraph (e) of this section shall be kept in an easily accessible place at the organization's principal office and at the office employing the persons for whom exemptions are claimed and shall be made available upon request for inspection by the Commission, appropriate regulatory agency (if not the Commission) or other designated examining authority. D. Person In Charge Responsibility.
A Person In Charge shall not permit any person who is not an associated person of PKS to handle PKS Client monies or securities, unless such person has fingerprinted pursuant to SEC Rule 17f-2(a).
E. Compliance Department Responsibility.
At the time of the Branch Office Audit, the Compliance Department shall check for compliance with SPM 5.14(D).
5.15 Professional Designations (Amended 12/2019) A. PKS Policy. (1) General
It is PKS policy to ensure that ensure that professional designations used by Registered Representatives of PKS are accurate, current and not misleading.
(2) Prohibited Professional Designation. (a) Non-existent or self-conferred degrees or designations.
(b) Referencing legitimate degrees or designations in a misleading manner. B, Registered Representative Responsibility. (1) Notification Requirements
(a) The Registered Representative shall request Compliance approval prior to using any professional designation, and
(b) furnish the Compliance Department with appropriate proof of entitlement
to use a professional designation. (2) Certification Requirements
The Registered Representative shall keep current with all registration and continuing education requirements necessary to maintain an approved professional designation.
C. Approval of Professional Designation. (1) Compliance Department Responsibility
The Compliance Department has responsibility for review and approval of professional designations. In exercising this responsibility, the Compliance Department shall:
(a) Examine all documents and any other physical proof purporting to entitle
the holder to a professional designation for authenticity, and
(b) Ensure that the claimed professional designation is bona fide and authentic, in accordance with the Approval Criteria in SPM 5.15(C)(3) below.
(2) Professional Designation Records in CRM
The Compliance Department shall maintain all Professional Designation records in CRM which shall incorporate those designations reportable to FINRA (CFP, ChFC, PFS, CFA, CIC) and other bona fide designations previously approved by the Chief Compliance Officer. These designations include CPA, MBA and CLU.
(3) Approval Criteria (a) Prior inclusion in the Professional Designation Records in CRM.
(b) Approval by the Chief Compliance Officer, upon review of the following factors:
(i) Curriculum required to be eligible for the designation. (ii) Required examinations to obtain the designation
(iii) Continuing Education requirements to maintain the designation. D. Record Keeping.
The Compliance Department shall maintain electronic records in Compliance Drive titled Professional Designations, sorted by Registered Representative, which shall contain proof documents evidencing compliance with these provisions.
5.16 Annual Internal Audit (Amended 12/2019) A. General
On an annual basis, the Internal Auditor, shall conduct an internal audit which is separate and distinct from the Branch Office Audit conducted pursuant to Section 5.1 et seq. The purpose of the internal audit is to gather data for the preparation of the Annual Report under FINRA Rule 3130, pursuant to the requirements set forth in SPM 2.4. The Internal Auditor shall not be member of the Compliance Department, and in connection with the prescribed duties under this section shall operate independently of the Compliance Department and shall consult with and report to the Chief Operating Officer.
B. Time Frame No less than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the prior year certification made by the Chief Executive Officer under FINRA Rule 3130, the Chief Compliance Officer shall request that the Chief Operating Officer initiate the internal audit, which shall be undertaken by the Internal Auditor.
C. Matters to be Examined (1) Examination of Processes
The audit shall examine PKS processes for establishing, maintaining, reviewing,
testing and modifying compliance policies that are reasonably designed to achieve compliance with applicable FINRA rules, MSRB rules and federal securities laws and regulations.
(2) Manner, Frequency and Identification
The audit shall examine the manner and frequency in which the above processes are administered, as well as identify the officers and supervisors who have responsibility for such administration.
D. Preparation of Report (1) Preliminary Draft of Annual Report
No later than 45 days prior to the annual date of the prior year certification made by the Chief Executive Officer under FINRA Rule 3010, the Internal Auditor shall prepare a preliminary draft of the Annual Report under FINRA Rule 3130 using data derived from the Internal Audit conducted pursuant to SPM 5.16. The Internal Auditor shall deliver the preliminary draft to the Chief Operating Officer for review.
(2) Review of Preliminary Draft
Upon receipt of the preliminary draft of the Annual Report under FINRA Rule 3130, the Chief Operating Officer shall deliver a copy to members of the Audit Committee for review and comment.
(3) Submission of Annual Audit Report
On or prior to the anniversary date of the prior year certification made by the Chief Executive Officer under FINRA Rule 3010, the Internal Auditor shall submit the Annual Audit Report to the Chief Operating Officer for transmittal to the Chief Executive Officer.
E. Record Keeping
The Chief Operating Officer, or his designee, shall maintain the data derived from the
Internal Audit in electronic format. F. Audit Checklist
In conducting the audit, the Internal Auditor shall use the PKS Internal Audit Checklist as a guide for retrieving the data for the Internal Audit. A copy of the checklist is located in Appendix C titled “Form C2”.
SECTION 6: REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE CONDUCT Section 6.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Registered Representatives (Amended 12/2017)
A. The following is a listing of those duties and responsibilities required of each Registered Representative.
1. Advise the Compliance Department and Licensing Department of all states in which the Registered Representative has clients and/or conducts a securities/variable product/insurance business. 2. Disclose any Outside Business Activity to the Compliance Department, pursuant to FINRA Rule 3270. 3. Obtain written permission from the Compliance Department to engage in any "Private Securities Transaction" as defined in FINRA Rule 3280 prior to engaging in such activity. 4. Notify the Compliance Department in writing prior to opening an account or placing
transactions with a broker-dealer other than PKS [FINRA RULE 3210]. (A) Accounts Covered. (1) Accounts maintained in the name of the Registered Representative (2) Accounts in which the Registered Representative has any financial interest.
(3) Accounts in which the Registered Representative exercises discretionary
authority, including accounts at any investment advisory firm with which the Registered Representative is associated as an owner or as an investment advisor representative.
(4) Accounts in which the Registered Representative is acting in a trustee or executor capacity.
(B) Accounts in Existence at the time of Association with PKS.
Notification shall be made to the Institutional Sales Department prior to association with PKS.
5. Review all client paperwork for accuracy and completeness prior to submission to a Regional Supervisor for approval 6. Review all transactions to ensure suitability for the client prior to submission to a Regional Supervisor for approval 7. Charge commissions that are fair and reasonable. 8. Complete Continuing Education Requirements 9. Immediately advise the Compliance Department in the event of an error or omission affecting a client account. 10. Notify the Compliance Department immediately upon change of residence address, which
requires Form U4 amendment within 30 days. 11. Maintain Due Diligence Files for each position held by a client, as required by SPM 5.3(B)(8) . 12. Obtain Compliance Department approval of all PKS related advertising or Outgoing Communications With the Public (OCWP) as defined in SPM 5.11.
13. Retain copies of Compliance Department approvals of OCWP. 14. For communication with clients of PKS, and clients of any RIA or Insurance Agency which
is associated with a Registered Representative, use only an email address from which email is captured by the PKS email archiving system. To ensure that all such email is captured, it is the responsibility of every Registered Representative to disclose all email addresses used by the Registered Representative for communications with customers of PKS, and any RIA and/or Insurance Agency.
15. Check PKS email every business day. 16. Secure encryption for any electronic device used to access non-public personal information
of any PKS client, including but not limited to desktop computers, portable computers, PDA’s and smart phones (BlackBerry, IPhone, etc).
17. Maintain the safety and security of all non-public personal information of PKS clients pursuant to this SPM. 18. Attend and complete the Annual Compliance Meeting and Annual Compliance
Certification as required by Section 5 of the SPM. 19. Maintain state insurance license in any state in which the Registered Representative conducts PKS insurance business. 20. Adhere to all Federal and State laws, rules of all federal and state regulatory authorities, FINRA rules and this SPM generally. 21. Upon learning of the death of a customer, immediately notify the Operations Department
and cancel any open orders or transactions. 22. Notify the Compliance Department immediately upon receiving notice of any event,
judicial civil or criminal action, regulatory investigation, regulatory proceeding, arbitration proceeding or customer complaint that may be required to be disclosed on Form U4 or otherwise, and provide a copy of the documents giving such notice. Events requiring notification and disclosure are specifically listed in SPM Section 8.1 and are synopsized generally as receiving notification of any of the following:
Finding of Securities Law or Rule violation by a court, federal or state regulatory
body or self-regulatory organization Proceeding, action, injunction or investigation that could result in a finding of a securities Law or rule violation by a court, federal or state regulatory body or self- regulatory organization (including but not limited to a “Wells” letter).
Customer Complaint alleging Theft or Forgery Proceeding by regulatory agency or self-regulatory agency alleging violation of any law or rule
Bar or discipline by regulatory agency or self-regulatory agency Conviction of a felony and misdemeanor involving securities or dishonest conduct generally Judgment, award or settlement exceeding $15,000 in securities litigation including employment litigation
Written Customer complaint Indictment or criminal complaint or plea agreement Service of process in any securities or commodities civil litigation Criminal charge or conviction of any felony Criminal charge or conviction of misdemeanor disclosable on Form U4 Being named in investment related arbitration or civil litigation Settlement of a written or oral consumer complaint exceeding $15,000
Receipt of a consumer written complaint charging sales practices violations, forgery, theft, misappropriation of funds or conversion of funds or securities Involvement in any bankruptcy proceeding, having a bond denied, paid out or revoked, or having unsatisfied judgment
23. Notify the PKS Compliance Department of any PKS client that is an Officer or Director of any
publicly traded company, or later becomes an Officer or Director of any publicly traded company immediately upon learning this information.
24. Notify the PKS Compliance Department of any PKS client that is an Associated Person of another FINRA Member Firm.
25. Prior to recommending the exchange of a non-portable variable annuity, follow the procedures set forth in SPM 15.2.6.0.
26. Take whatever steps are necessary to ensure a breakpoint and/or volume discount is applied
to an eligible transaction. 27. Any website that promotes PKS or its products must be disclosed to the PKS Compliance
Department, have proper disclosure and obtain approval before “Going live”.
28. Disclose all Outside Passive Investments pursuant to Section 6.4 (C) infra. 29. Notify the PKS Compliance Department if any registered representative receives a
communication from the state or SEC regulator indicating whether any entity or person associated with such registered representative will be the subject of a review or audit. The PIC is then required to provide the PKS Compliance Department with copies of all correspondence between the branch and the regulatory authority.
30. Notify the PKS Compliance and IT Departments immediately upon an actual or suspected occurrence of a Breach of Security, as that term is defined in Section 19.2 of this SPM.
Section 6.2 Prohibited Conduct (Amended 03/2022)
A. The following conduct by any Registered Representative is prohibited. 1. Violation of FINRA Rule 3280 – Private Securities Transactions. Engaging in a private securities transaction without expressly requesting and receiving written approval of the Compliance Department. 2. Violation of FINRA Rule 3270 – Outside Business Activity Engaging in an outside business activity without expressly disclosing same to the Compliance Department and on Form U4. 3. Violation of Rule 3210 - (a) Opening any brokerage account with a broker-dealer other than PKS without the express permission in writing of the PKS Compliance Department (b) Failing to advise the Compliance Department, prior to opening an account or placing a transaction, that a prospective client is an associated person of a broker- dealer other than PKS, where the Registered Representative has knowledge of such association. 4. Passing on to clients or acting on inside information or otherwise violating Insider Trading
Rules. See Section 6.3 Infra.
5. Violation of "New Issue Rules." See Section 6.3.1 Infra. 6. Dual Licensing. (a) Definition: Maintaining a license with a broker-dealer other than PKS. (b) Dual Licensing Prohibited. Dual Licensing is prohibited unless approved by the Compliance Department. (c) State Issues. Some states prohibit dual licensing. (d) Registered Investment Adviser Affiliation. Affiliation with a Registered Investment Adviser, as an Investment Adviser Representative or otherwise, shall not be considered dual licensing for the purpose of this subsection. 7. Commission Sharing (a) Non-Registered Persons: No Registered Representative may share a commission with a non-registered person. (b) Registered Representative of another Broker-Dealer. No Registered Representative may share a commission with a registered person of another broker-dealer without written approval of the Compliance Department and appropriate contractual arrangements in place.
(c) Referral Arrangement. Referral arrangements with non registered persons or entities which are based on a share of a commission are prohibited.
(1) A set, one-time referral fee to non registered persons or entities which not
based upon future commissions may be approved by the Compliance
Department. (d) Wages or Salary. Payment to an employee based on hourly wage or weekly salary, not dependent on commissions, is not considered to be commission sharing. 8. Guarantee against Losses. No Registered Representative may guarantee a customer against losses. 9. Engaging in Excessive Trading Activity
Recommending excessive trading in a customer's account, often referred to as "churning", is prohibited.
10. Recommend trading mutual fund positions (other than exchanges within fund families) on
a short term basis. 11. Fraudulent Activity. Engaging in fraudulent conduct is prohibited, including: (a) Fictitious Accounts. (b) Discretionary Accounts. Exercising discretion in customer accounts unless a power of attorney or equivalent document is obtained from the client and approved by the Regional Supervisor. (c) Unauthorized Transactions. (d) Theft of Customers' Funds or Securities.. (e) Forgery (f) Non-disclosure or misstatement of material facts
12. Recommending Unsuitable Transactions. [See SPM provisions regarding suitability]. 13. Recommending the purchase of any investment product through any electronic media
unless such recommendation is approved by the Compliance Department, with the exception of telephone, email, and text messaging archived through PKS. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, social network sites such as facebook and twitter. [See NTM 10-06]
14. Making any outgoing communication with the Public [OCWP] as defined in SPM 5.11, through any electronic media unless such communication is approved by the Compliance Department, with the exception of telephone and email archived through PKS. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, text messaging and social network sites such as facebook and twitter. [See NTM 10-06] 15. Using the PKS name or logo in any communication through social network sites such as facebook and twitter. 16. Conducting securities transactions in any state in which the Registered Representative has
not been approved by state registration authorities and listed in the CRD to conduct securities business in that state.
17. Conducting a variable product transaction in any state in which the Registered
Representative has not been approved by state insurance registration authorities and listed in the CRD to conduct securities business in that state and/or approved by state insurance licensing authorities to conduct insurance business in such state.
18. Maintaining a joint account with a customer (other than an immediate family member). 19. Accepting any gift or compensation, whether cash or non-cash, in excess of $100 on an
annual basis, from any person or entity other than PKS, except through an outside business activity for which PKS has received notice or as otherwise expressly approved by the Compliance Department in writing.
20. Accepting or giving a personal loan to a client unless such loan is in accordance with
Section 7.9. 21. Giving lectures or seminars regarding or referencing PKS or PKS brokerage services without prior Compliance Department approval;
22. Making any statement or circulating and disseminating any rumor or information that might reasonably be expected to influence the market price of any security. 23. Violating any Federal and State securities law, rule or regulation, any FINRA rule or any
provision of this SPM generally. 24. Participating in any transaction involving the sale of existing life insurance policies by
policyholders to third parties, including but not limited to life settlements or viatical settlements.
25. Communicating with PKS clients via text messages, instant messages or similar electronic messages, through social network sites or any other electronic medium that is not approved by the PKS Compliance department.
26. Sales of promissory notes to PKS Clients or any other third person. 27. Accepting cash or third party checks for customer accounts. 28. Accepting orders for account transactions from any person other than the account owner
of record, unless such person is authorized to give instructions pursuant to account document, trust document, letters testamentary or letters of administration or equivalent surrogate court authority, power of attorney, full trading authorization or limited trading authorization.
29. Preparing written research reports or recommendations on a security for dissemination to
any PKS Customer or any other third party. 30. Reproducing and giving to clients or others research material marked “broker-dealer use
only”. 31. Giving specific tax or legal advice to PKS customers or any other person. 32. Sharing directly or indirectly in the profits or losses of any PKS customer account. 33. Accepting or acting on Email or any other electronic instructions to transmit client funds
to any third party or to any location other than the client address of record, unless such instructions are verified by either:
(a) In-person or telephone conversation with the client, or
(b) Letter of Authorization signed by the client. 34. Initiating a transfer of funds from any account held directly at the issuer to any person
other than the account holder of record [See SPM 7.16(A)]. 35. Settling a case involving a PKS Account without prior authorization from the PKS
Compliance Department. 36. Sharing non-public information of any PKS customer, former customer or prospective
customer with any person except as expressly authorized by the PKS Privacy Policy. 37. Sharing with any other person (including family members) of a password that can be used
to gain access to PKS systems. (See SPM 7.5.1[H]) 38. Failing to secure encryption for any electronic device used to access non-public personal
information of any PKS client, including but not limited to desktop computers, portable computers, PDA’s and smart phones (BlackBerry, IPhone, etc.)
39. In all communications with the public, all Registered Representatives shall adhere to the standards set forth in FINRA Rule 2210(d) and (f) and as restated in these procedures at SPM 5.11 and 5.12.
40. No unregistered product may be sold by any Registered Representative unless a selling agreement is in place between PKS and the offering entity.
41. Securities that are exempt from registration with the SEC contain certain limitations marketing to public customers. Public solicitation of unregistered securities in violation of the regulations governing the applicable exemption from registration is prohibited.
42. Engaging in telephone solicitation or telemarketing unless in compliance with the provisions of SPM 7.8 infra.
43. Violating any Federal and State securities law, rule or regulation, any FINRA rule or any provision of this SPM generally.
44. No Registered Representative shall make an electronic recording of any telephone conversation without prior disclosure of such recording to all parties to the conversation.
45. Alteration of client information pertaining to suitability or other material change to an investment being made on any account application, form or other document, without obtaining client acknowledgment of the change.
46. The storage of Non-public Personal Information [PI] of PKS customers in the memory of any electronic device, unless as otherwise specifically permitted under SPM Section 19.3 [E](1).
47. Opening an additional branch office location without requesting prior permission, and receiving approval, from the PKS Compliance Department. 48. In connection with Senior Investors, defined as a person aged 72 years or older:
(a) Unapproved Senior Designations.
Registered Representatives are prohibited from using "senior designations," implying education and skills that should be of particular benefit to Senior Investors, without prior approval from the Compliance Department. See SPM Section 5.15 infra.
(b) Aggressive and/or Misleading Sales Tactics
Registered Representatives are prohibited from using aggressive or misleading sales tactics aimed at Senior Investors, including marketing campaigns that create an artificial or inappropriate sense of urgency around major decisions or commitments (e.g., the use of phrases such as “limited time offer” or “you have to sign up today”) or that heighten or exaggerate typical fears of older investors (e.g., the return of double-digit inflation or becoming financially dependent on family members).
49. Use of Email Address Not Archived by PKS for Customer/Client communications.
No Registered Representative may communicate by email with any client of PKS, any client of their RIA and/or any client of their insurance agency, through any email address which is not captured by the PKS email archiving system.
50. Refusal of, or failure to request, on behalf of any customer, a breakpoint and/or volume
discount if available for a transaction. 51. Engaging in any of the following conduct with respect to social media:
(a) Posting on social media of any communication that promotes PKS or its products or services on an any social media sites and/or provider except as expressly permitted in SPM 5.11[B](3).
(b) Posting on social media of any communications that recommend a specific investment product and/or any link to specific investment products.
(c) Engaging in business communications in a social media site that has not been disclosed to the PKS Compliance Department.
(d) Posting on Social media sites that automatically erase or delete the content of an
electronic communication
(e) Entering any of the following data elements into a LinkedIn profile as they cannot be archived in the Global Relay Email Archiving System:
• Honors and Awards • Projects • Test Scores • Organizations • Courses
(f) Tweeting with Twitter Card Option in a Twitter profile as this cannot be archived
in the Global Relay Email Archiving System. 52. Contracting with any third-party vendors for distribution of OCWP via e-mail that are
unable to archive such distribution through PKS’ e-mail archiving platform. 53. Engaging in any transactions with clients including, but not limited to, financial and real
estate transactions, without PKS prior approval. 54. Corresponding with PKS clients via written communication in any language other than
English. 55. Communicating with Former Customers without following SPM Section 9.12. 56. Changing email hosting provider without notifying the PKS IT Department or
Compliance Department. 57. Sending emails that contain encrypted documents. All documents that contain client
private information should be sent via an approved secure email vendor as discussed in Section 19.3 of this SPM.
58. Using “senior designations” implying education and skills that should be of particular
benefit to Senior Investors. 59. No associated person has the authority to enter into any contract on behalf of PKS
without the specific authority granted by the Board of Directors. 60. Using the terms “advisor” or “adviser” in a name or title without being registered with an
Registered Investment Advisory firm. 61. Registered Representatives are prohibited from making any recommendation prior to the
opening of an account that does not strictly comply with the requirements of Section 7.0.1 Regulation Best Interest.
62. Registered Representatives are prohibited from participation in any sales contests, sales
quotas, bonuses, and from receiving non-cash compensation that are based on the sale of specific securities, or specific types of securities. This prohibition does not apply to training or education meetings, including attendance at company-sponsored meetings such as annual conferences, provided that these meetings are not based on the sale of specific securities or type of securities.
63. Registered Representatives are prohibited from entering into any agreement with any
Customer that requires the Registered Representative to monitor an account within the meaning of Regulation Best Interest. See Infra Section 7.0.1.
64. All Registered Representatives are required to respond to requests from any of the PKS
departments in a timely manner. Failure to do so without a reasonable explanation may result in disciplinary actions that may include but is not limited to Letters of Caution, withheld commissions, monetary fines, or termination.
65. Registered Representatives are prohibited from purchasing Cryptocurrencies or other
block-chain products unless purchased through an approved PKS vendor. 6.3 Firm Policy on Insider Trading (Amended 8/2010) A. Federal Law SEC Rule 10b-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 makes it unlawful for any person to use, either directly or indirectly, material inside information that has not been publicly disseminated in connection with the purchase or sale of securities. The Insider Trading Act, passed by Congress in 1988, was promulgated to address the abuses of disclosing non-public information. This legislation listed a number of policies and procedures to be adopted by broker-dealers “reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material non-public information.” These policies and procedures include, among other things, restricted access to files and other sources likely to contain non-public information and provisions for continuing education programs regarding insider trading. B. PKS Policy Prohibiting Insider Trading IT IS THE POLICY OF PKS THAT NO PERSONNEL (EMPLOYEES, REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVES AND OTHERS) MAY TRADE EITHER PERSONALLY OR ON BEHALF OF OTHERS OR PARTICIPATE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN THE TRADING OF ANY SECURITY OF ANY ISSUER ABOUT WHICH THE INDIVIDUAL POSSESSES MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AT OR PRIOR TO THE TIME SUCH INFORMATION IS PUBLICLY DISCLOSED AND AVAILABLE IN THE MARKETPLACE.
FURTHER, NO PERSONNEL MAY COMMUNICATE ANY MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION TO ANYONE OUTSIDE PKS (INCLUDING CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS, FAMILY MEMBERS AND OTHERS). NO SUCH INFORMATION MAY BE COMMUNICATED INSIDE PKS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT. C. Material Information (1) Definition of Material Information Material information is defined as a) information which in reasonable and objective contemplation might affect the value of the issuer’s publicly traded securities, or b) information which, if known, would clearly affect investment judgment, or which directly bears on the intrinsic value of the issuer’s publicly traded securities.
(2) Examples of “Material Information”: a. Mergers, acquisitions, tender offers or restructuring; b. Securities offerings or share purchases; c. The appointment of an investment banker or signing a letter of intent with
an underwriter; d. Possible proxy fights; e. Asset valuations; f. Dividends or earnings changes (or changes in estimates); g. Significant shifts in operating or financial circumstances such as write-offs,
cash flow predictions; h. Changes in accounting methods and the like; i. Imminent change in credit rating by agency; j. Voluntary calls of debt or preferred stock issues; k. Major new products, discoveries or services or loss of any of these; l. Significant new contracts or loss of business; m. Regulatory developments (such as FDA approvals); n. Significant litigation or litigation developments; o. Extraordinary management developments; p. Forthcoming publications or articles that may affect market prices;
D. Common Violations
The most common violations of the “insider trading” rules include purchasing or selling securities on the basis of such information in any account in which one has a direct or indirect beneficial interest and “tipping” such information to anyone or using it as a basis for recommending the purchase or sale of a security (this is including, but not limited to spreading rumors).
E. Prohibition for Registered Representatives and other personnel
Persons who are in possession of any material inside information that has not been disseminated to the public are prohibited from:
1. Purchasing or selling securities for their own accounts, accounts of close relatives, or accounts over which they exercise discretion;
2. Soliciting customer’s orders to either purchase or sell the securities; or 3. Disclosing such information or any conclusions based thereon to anyone.
6.3.1 New Issue Rules FINRA Rule 5130 FINRA Rule 5130 provides that, except as otherwise permitted under the Rule, a firm (or an associated person) may not sell a new issue to an account in which a restricted person (including a broker-dealer, its associated persons and their family members) has a beneficial interest; a member firm (or an associated person) may not purchase a new issue in any account in which such firm or associated person has a beneficial interest; and a firm may not continue to hold new issues acquired as an underwriter, selling group member, or otherwise. 6.4 Private Securities Transactions ("Selling Away") [FINRA Rule 3280] (Amended 2/2016) NASD Rule 3040 was replaced by FINRA Rule 3280 on September 21, 2015. A. General
FINRA Rule 3280 is intended to provide broker-dealer supervision over private securities transactions of associated persons in connection with two types of transactions. (1) Transactions in which an associated person sells securities to public investors on behalf of another party (e.g.,as part of a private offering of limited partnership interests). (2) Transactions in securities owned by an associated person. B. Text of FINRA Rule 3280 (a) Applicability No person associated with a member shall participate in any manner in a private securities transaction except in accordance with the requirements of this Rule. (b) Written Notice Prior to participating in any private securities transaction, an associated person shall provide written notice to the member with which he is associated describing in detail the proposed transaction and the person's proposed role therein and stating whether he has received or may receive selling compensation in connection with the transaction; provided however that, in the case of a series of related transactions in which no selling compensation has been or will be received, an associated person may provide a single written notice. (c) Transactions for Compensation (1) In the case of a transaction in which an associated person has received or may receive selling compensation, a member which has received notice pursuant to paragraph (b) shall advise the associated person in writing stating whether the member: (A) approves the person's participation in the proposed transaction; or (B) disapproves the person's participation in the proposed transaction. (2) If the member approves a person's participation in a transaction pursuant to paragraph (c)(1), the transaction shall be recorded on the books and records of the member and the member shall supervise the person's participation in the transaction as if the transaction were executed on behalf of the member. (3) If the member disapproves a person's participation pursuant to paragraph (c)(1), the person shall not participate in the transaction in any manner, directly or indirectly.
(d) Transactions Not for Compensation In the case of a transaction or a series of related transactions in which an associated person has not and will not receive any selling compensation, a member which has received notice pursuant to paragraph (b) shall provide the associated person prompt written acknowledgment of said notice and may, at its discretion, require the person to adhere to specified conditions in connection with his participation in the transaction. (e) Definitions For purposes of this Rule, the following terms shall have the stated meanings: (1) "Private securities transaction" shall mean any securities transaction outside the regular course or scope of an associated person's employment with a member, including, though not limited to, new offerings of securities which are not registered with the Commission, provided however that transactions subject to the notification requirements of Rule 3210, transactions among immediate family members (as defined in Rule 2790), for which no associated person receives any selling compensation, and personal transactions in investment company and variable annuity securities, shall be excluded. (2) "Selling compensation" shall mean any compensation paid directly or indirectly from whatever source in connection with or as a result of the purchase or sale of a security, including, though not limited to, commissions; finder's fees; securities or rights to acquire securities; rights of participation in profits, tax benefits, or dissolution proceeds, as a general partner or otherwise; or expense reimbursements. C. Obligations of Registered Representatives under FINRA Rule 3280 (1) Applicability of Rule – Covers all private securities transactions. Rule 3280 applies to any situation in which a PKS associated person proposes to participate in any manner in a private securities transaction. (2) Definition of "Private Securities Transaction "Private securities transaction" is defined broadly and to include any securities transaction conducted away from PKS. (a) Private Placements specifically included. Private placements of new offerings, are specifically included within the definition of "private securities transaction."
(b) Excluded transactions. (i) A Registered Representative's personal transactions in investment company and variable annuity securities (ii) Transactions among a Registered Representative's immediate family members for which no selling compensation is received.
(iii) Passive Investments by Registered Representative
- Definition of Passive Investment
Passive investment is defined as a personal investment of a registered representative in an entity or investment vehicle in which the registered representative has no control over management of or investments by such entity or vehicle.
- Outside Passive Investments Request Form
Passive investments by the Registered Representatives are excluded from the definition of “Private Securities Transaction, provided that the investment is disclosed on an “Outside Passive Investments Request” form located on the PKS Website and approved by the Director of Supervision and the Compliance Department. (Added 9/2011) (3) Prior Written Notice to PKS by Registered Representative Required The rule requires prior written notice to PKS before any PKS associated person participates in any private securities transaction. Notice of intent to participate in a private securities transaction shall be delivered in writing, which may be by email, to the PKS Compliance Department at [email protected]. The notice must include the following information. (a) A detailed description of the proposed transaction and the associated person's proposed role. (b) Whether the associated person will receive "selling compensation." (4) "Selling Compensation" Defined. (i) General
The definition includes "any compensation paid directly or indirectly from whatever source in connection with or as a result of the purchase or sale of a security." (ii) Examples Provided. Commissions Finder's fees Securities Rights of participation in profits Tax benefits Dissolution proceeds as a general partner or otherwise. (iii) Examples Not Exclusive. While the examples listed above include some of the most common forms of compensation, the definition of "selling compensation" is not restricted to these examples. It includes any item of value received or to be received directly or indirectly. (iv) Status of General Partner as Red Flag. The inclusion of "general partner" in the definition of "selling compensation" is intended to address a practice in which an associated person functions as the general partner or is associated with the general partner in the formation of limited partnership. D. Compliance Department Procedure Upon Receipt of Notice from Registered Representative Upon notice that a Registered Representative intends to engage in a private securities transaction, the Compliance Department shall (1) Request and receive the offering documents, and. (2) Transmit the offering documents to the 3040 Review Committee for its review. E. 3280 Review Committee (1) Membership of Committee.
The 3280 Review Committee shall consist of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer (2) Procedure Upon Request for Review of Private Securities Transaction. Upon a request for review of a private securities transaction by the Compliance Department, the 3280 Review Committee shall: (a) Convene a meeting to review and discuss the Offering Documents, (b) Perform due diligence on the offering to determine its suitability for some investors. The Committee may, in its discretion, outsource such due diligence to competent counsel. (c) Determine to either approve or disapprove the transaction. E. Procedure Upon Disapproval of the Transaction by the 3280 Review Committee. If it determines to disapprove the transaction, the 3280 Review Committee shall notify the Compliance Department by email that the transaction is disapproved. Upon notification by the 3280 Review Committee of its disapproval of the Transaction, the Compliance Department shall notify the Registered Representative by email that the transaction is disapproved, and that the Registered Representative may not participate in the transaction. F. Procedure Upon Approval of the Transaction. (1) Notification by the 3280 Review Committee. If it determines to approve the transaction, the 3280 Review Committee shall notify the Compliance Department by email that the transaction is approved. (2) Notification by Compliance Department Upon notification by the 3280 Review Committee that the transaction is approved, the Compliance Department shall (a) Notify the Registered Representative by email that the transaction is approved, and that the Registered Representative may participate in the private securities transaction, and (b) Notify the Director of SupervisionDirector of Supervision that participation in the private securities transaction has been approved.
(3) Supervision by the Director of SupervisionDirector of Supervision. (a) General. Upon notification by the Compliance Department that participation of a registered representative in a private securities transaction is approved, the Director of Supervision shall supervise the transaction. (b) Supervisory Duties.
The Director of SupervisionDirector of Supervision may delegate audits of and document review including, but not limited to, subscription agreements related to the transaction to a Regional Supervisor, competent outside counsel or a competent certified public accountant, provided that:
(i) Supervisory activities are reported to the Director of SupervisionDirector of Supervision, and (ii) Supervisory records are maintained by the Director of SupervisionDirector of Supervision. The Scope of the audits shall consist of the following items: (i) The validity and security of custodial arrangements affecting client funds; (ii) Accuracy of any published investment returns; (iii) Consistency between the offering's investment strategy as set forth in the offering documents and actual securities/investment positions. (c) Subscription Agreement Review
Prior to acceptance of client funds into a supervised fund, the supervised fund shall transmit a copy of every new Subscription Agreement for the approved funds directly to the assigned outside counsel for review and recommendation with respect to suitability of the investors. The results of the review will be forwarded to the Director of Supervision, or his designee, and she will then review all Subscription Agreements and documents related to the private securities transaction. The documents will be reviewed to confirm the following:
(i) All necessary information has been provided; and
(ii) The prospective investor meets all necessary criteria for participating in the transaction.
(iii) Suitability of the investor.
(d) Approval/Rejection
Upon completion of the review, the Director of Supervision, or his designee, shall approve or reject the transaction. (i) If approved, the Director of Supervision, or his designee, will
record such action on the books and records of the firm. (ii) If rejected, the Director of Supervision, or his designee, will notify
the Fund and receive written confirmation that all client funds have been returned to the client.
(4) Record Keeping. (a) Chief Compliance Officer It shall be the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer to maintain records of (i) Notices of intention to participate in private securities transactions. (ii) Approvals and Disapprovals of requests to participate in private securities transactions. (b) Director of Supervision It shall be the responsibility of the Director of Supervision to maintain records of (i) Proceedings and activities of the 3280 Review Committee; (ii) Due Diligence files for approvals and disapprovals of requests to participate in private securities transactions (iii) Audits of approved private securities transactions. (iv) All relevant records of Subscription Agreement review. (c) All records may be maintained in electronic format.
6.5 Transactions by Associated Persons of Other Broker-Dealers [FINRA Rule 3210] (Amended 9/2017) A. General FINRA Rule 3210 is intended to provide notification to a FINRA member broker-dealer of accounts of its associated persons at any other broker-dealers or any other financial institution, in which securities transactions can be effected and in which the associated person has a beneficial interest. B. Accounts Covered. Any account opened at PKS by an associated person of another broker-dealer or an account in which such associated person has a Beneficial Interest. An account with a beneficial interest is an account that is held by: (1) The associated person
(2) A child of the associated person or of the associated person’s spouse, provided that the child resides in the same household as or is financially dependent on the associated person
(3) Any other related individual over whose account the associated person has control,
or
(4) Any other individual over whose account the associated person has control and to whose financial support the associated person materially contributes.
C. Accounts and Transactions Not Subject to Rule 3210
The requirements of Rule 3210 do not apply to the following transactions or to accounts that are limited to transactions in such securities:
(1) Transactions in Unit Investments Trusts;
(2) Transactions in municipal fund securities as defined under MSRB Rule D-12; (3) Qualified Tuition Programs pursuant to Section 529 of the IRS Code;
(4) Variable Contracts or Redeemable securities of companies registered under the Investment Company Act;
(5) Monthly Investment Plan type accounts. D. Notice to PKS.
A prospective account holder is asked whether he or she has an association with a broker- dealer other than PKS or is a related person to an associated person of a broker dealer other than PKS, on the following account opening documents:
(1) FCCS Accounts – the FCCS Account Application (2) Accounts Held Directly with Issuer – PKS Client Profile.
(3) The Registered Representative is required to advise the Compliance Department, prior to opening an account or placing a transaction, that a prospective client is an associated person of a broker-dealer other than PKS, or is a related person to an associated person of a broker dealer other than PKS, where the Registered Representative has knowledge of such association.
E. Operations Department Procedure Where the Operations Department determines a prospective client is associated with a broker- dealer other than PKS, the Operations Department shall notify the Compliance Department by email of the other broker-dealer affiliation. F. Supervisory Review
(1) Review for Broker-Dealer Affiliation.
In approving account applications, the Regional Supervisor shall examine each application for indication of the prospective client’s affiliation with a broker-dealer other than PKS.
(2) Procedure Upon Determination of Broker-Dealer Affiliation.
Upon a determination that a prospective client is associated with a broker-dealer other than PKS, the Regional Supervisor shall notify the Compliance Department by email of the other broker-dealer affiliation
F. Compliance Department Procedure Upon receipt of notice that a prospective client is associated with a broker-dealer other than PKS, the Compliance Department shall (1) Send a letter to the employing broker-dealer
(a) Advising the other broker-dealer of the account opening at PKS and PKS’ intention to maintain such account.
(b) Advising the other broker-dealer that PKS will transmit duplicate copies of
statements, confirmations or other information with respect to such account upon request.
(2) Send a letter to the prospective account holder advising that the employing broker-dealer
has been notified of the account opening at PKS and of PKS’ intention to transmit statements, confirmations or other information with respect to such account upon request.
G. Time Frame for Procedures All procedures under subsections D, E and F of this Section shall be undertaken prior to the execution of any transaction in the associated person’s account. H. Receipt of Request from other Broker-Dealer
Upon receipt of a request from another broker-dealer for statements, confirmations or other information with respect to the PKS account of its associated person, the Compliance Department shall take appropriate steps to provide such documents to the other broker-dealer. I. Record Keeping The Compliance Department shall maintain the following records in connection with this Section. (1) A spreadsheet titled “Clients Associated with a BD” detailing and setting forth the dates of
Compliance Department actions undertaken pursuant to this Section. (2) Copies of all correspondence sent pursuant to this Section. (3) Copies of all correspondence received from other broker-dealers pursuant to this Section 6.6 Transactions by PKS Associated Persons at Other Broker-Dealers [FINRA Rule
3210] (Amended 9/2017) A. General (1) FINRA Rule 3210 requires associated persons of FINRA member broker-
dealers who intend to execute a securities transaction with another FINRA broker- dealer to provide notice of association to both members. (2) FINRA Rule 3210 requires associated persons of FINRA member broker-
dealers who intend to execute a securities transaction with a non-FINRA broker- dealer, a domestic or foreign registered investment adviser, a bank or any other financial institution, to notify the employer member and take steps to provide information to the member.
B. PKS Policy Regarding Securities Accounts of its Associated Persons.
(1) General Policy Discouraging Securities Accounts at other Financial Institutions Subject to the exceptions set forth below, PKS discourages its Associated Persons and their spouses from opening or maintaining an account for the ownership or trading of securities at any financial institution other than at PKS (2) Exceptions to General Policy Subject to the notification and approval provisions below, Registered Representatives are permitted to maintain or exercise discretion over accounts at broker-dealers other than PKS under the following circumstances. (a) Exception for Special Circumstances Shown. A PKS Registered Representative may maintain a securities account where circumstances, personal or otherwise, are shown that warrant permission for the associated person to have a securities account at a broker-dealer other than PKS. (For example, the spouse of an associated person is employed at a broker-dealer other than PKS). (b) Exception for Certain Personal Advisory Accounts
PKS Registered Representatives and family members as defined in Section 6.6(F)(2)(a) are permitted to maintain a personal accounts through a registered investment advisory (RIA) firm provided that the Registered Representative is associated with such RIA firm as an owner, indirect owner or investment advisor representative.
C. Associated Person Requirements. (1) Personal Accounts [SPM 6.6(B)(2)(a) or (b)]:
Prior to opening account or conducting transaction in the account: (a) Notify the Compliance Department of the intention to open the account, or, if in existence at the time of his/her association with PKS of the existence of the account; (b) If permission is requested pursuant to SPM 6.6(B)(2)(a), advise the Compliance Department of the special circumstances; and (c) Receive permission from the Compliance Department prior to opening or conducting transactions in the account as applicable. (2) RIA Accounts [SPM 6.6(B)(2)(c)]: Prior to Association with PKS, the prospective Registered Representative shall notify the PKS Institutional Sales Department of his/her association with the RIA. D. Form of Notices and Requests Notices and Requests must be in writing and may be by electronic mail. E. Time Frame for Procedures All notices required to be made under this Section shall be undertaken prior to any of the following events which first occurs subsequent to the Registered Representative's association with PKS: (1) The opening of an account, or (2) The execution of any transaction in the account. F. Compliance Department / Institutional Sales Department Procedure
(1) Personal accounts pursuant to SPM 6.6(B)(2)(a). (a) Compliance Department Review The Compliance Department shall review all requests pursuant to SPM 6.6(B)(2)(a), and respond in writing to the Registered Representative, either approving or denying the request. Such notification may be by electronic mail. (b) Compliance Department Procedure Upon Approval Upon approval of a request pursuant to SPM 6.6(B)(2)(a), the Compliance Department shall send a letter to the broker-dealer or other financial institution, advising such financial institution, on behalf of the registered representative, that the registered representative is an
associated person of PKS and requesting that the financial institution custodian transmit information regarding transactions undertaken by the PKS Registered Representative.
(2) Personal Accounts at an RIA pursuant to SPM 6.6(B)(2)(b). (a) Definition of Personal Account
Rule 3210 specifies accounts in which an associated person is presumed to have a beneficial interest. As such, the rule’s requirements would apply to these accounts. The associated person shall be presumed to have a beneficial interest in, and to have established, any account that is held by: (i) The spouse of the associated person (ii) A child of the associated person or of the associated person’s spouse,
provided that the child resides in the same household as or is financially dependent upon the associated person;
(iii) Any other related individual over whose account the associated person has control; or
(iv) Any other individual over whose account the associated person has control and to whose financial support the associated person
materially contributes. (b) Compliance Department Response to Request The Compliance Department shall respond to all requests pursuant to SPM 6.6(B)(2)(b) in writing to the Registered Representative, and shall approve the request unless it shall become aware of any circumstance that warrants denial of such request. Such notification may be by electronic mail. (c) Compliance Department Preliminary Procedure Upon Approval Upon approval of a request pursuant to SPM 6.6(B)(2)(b), the Compliance Department shall send a Letter to the RIA Custodian, advising such financial institution, on behalf of the registered representative, that the registered representative is an associated person of
PKS and requesting that the RIA Custodian transmit hard copy account statements or equivalent electronic access to all personal accounts as defined in SPM 6.6(F)(2)(a) above.
(c) Compliance Department Review of Accounts The Compliance Department shall conduct a periodic review of every
personal account as defined in SPM 6.6(F)(2)(a) above to detect violations of the securities laws or rules.
(3) RIA Accounts pursuant to SPM 6.6(B)(2)(c). (a) Compliance Department Notification Immediately prior to or upon association with PKS, the Institutional Sales Department shall notify the Compliance Department of the prospective registered representative's association with PKS.
(b) RIA Custodian Letter Upon notification by the Institutional Sales Department pursuant to SPM
6.6(F)(3)(a) above, the Compliance Department shall send a letter to the RIA custodian, advising the RIA custodian on behalf of the registered representative that the registered representative is an associated person of PKS and requesting that the RIA custodian transmit electronically information regarding transactions undertaken by the RIA with whom the PKS registered representative is associated as an owner, indirect owner or investment adviser representative.
Should the RIA add and/or replace their custodian while the PKS registered representatives who are associated as owners, indirect owners or investment adviser representatives are still associated with PKS, the registered representative is required to complete the “RIA Custodian Form”
and submit it to the Compliance Department. This form is located on the PKS website. (c) Review of Transaction Data Received from RIA Custodian. Pursuant to SPM Section 18.1(H), the Compliance Department shall
review transaction data received from RIA account custodians and/or paper statements or trade logs for violations with securities laws, rules and regulations.
G. Record Keeping The Compliance Department shall maintain in electronic format the following records in connection with this Section 6.6. (1) Copies of all correspondence sent and received pursuant to this Section.
(2) Transaction data received from RIA account custodians. (3) Copies of executed “RIA Custodian Forms”, if applicable. (4) Copies of account statements related to personal accounts as defined in SPM 6.6(F)(2)(a), which were reviewed pursuant to SPM 6.6(F)(2)(c), together with its findings with respect to such review. 6.7 Outside Business Activities (Amended 3/2021) A. General.
The outside business activities of registered persons is governed by FINRA Rule 3270. Registered Representatives of PKS shall not be employed by, nor accept compensation from, any person or firm as a result of any business activity, other than a passive investment (described below), outside the scope of his or her relationship with PKS, unless the provisions of Rule 3270 and this Section have been followed.,
B. Text of FINRA Rule 3270
FINRA Rule 3270 provides as follows: No registered person may be an employee, independent contractor, sole proprietor, officer, director or partner of another person, or be compensated, or have the reasonable expectation of compensation, from any other person as a result of any business activity outside the scope of the relationship with his or her member firm, unless he or she has provided prior written notice to the member, in such form as specified by the member. Passive investments and activities subject to the requirements of FINRA Rule 3280 shall be exempted from this requirement.
• • • Supplementary Material: --------------
.01 Obligations of Member Receiving Notice. Upon receipt of a written notice under Rule 3270, a member shall consider whether the proposed activity will: (1) interfere with or otherwise compromise the registered person's responsibilities to the member and/or the member's customers or (2) be viewed by customers or the public as part of the member's business based upon, among other factors, the nature of the proposed activity and the manner in which it will be offered. Based on the member's review of such factors, the member must evaluate the advisability of imposing specific conditions or limitations on a registered person's outside business activity, including where circumstances warrant, prohibiting the activity. A member also must evaluate the proposed activity to determine
whether the activity properly is characterized as an outside business activity or whether it should be treated as an outside securities activity subject to the requirements of FINRA Rule 3280. A member must keep a record of its compliance with these obligations with respect to each written notice received and must preserve this record for the period of time and accessibility specified in SEA Rule 17a-4(e)(1).
C. Definition of Outside Business Activity An outside business activity contains the following elements:
(1) The activity is any business activity outside the scope of the relationship with PKS, and
(2) where the PKS registered person is either
(a) an employee, independent contractor, sole proprietor, officer, director or partner of another person,
or
(b) compensated, or has a reasonable expectation of compensation, from any other person
D. Exceptions:
The following outside business activities but are not subject to the requirements of FINRA Rule 3270 or this SPM Section 6.7.
(1) Passive Investments
Passive investments are exempt from the requirement of this section. Passive investments are investments from which an individual receives income but for which he or she performs no service. Examples would include interest on investments or income from a corporation of which the person is a passive shareholder. Passive investments need not be reported unless maintained or custodied at an outside brokerage firm (See Rule 3210 and Sections 6.5 and 6.6 infra).
(2) Private Securities Transactions subject to the requirements of FINRA Rule 3280 E. Cryptocurrency Registered representatives acting in their capacity as an Investment Advisor Representative for unaffiliated RIA firms that intend to advise clients in cryptocurrency will be required to disclose this to PKS and use a PKS approved vendor. Prior to engaging with a
cryptocurrency vendor, Registered Representatives will be required to complete an Outside Business Activity (OBA) Form and submit to the compliance department for approval. F. Notice Requirements
Notice of outside business activities shall be submitted by the following persons and in the required time frames as follows:
(1) Prior to engaging in the outside business activity – by any PKS registered person
who desires to engage in an outside business activity
(2) Prior to association with PKS – by any person desiring association with PKS as a registered person, who is currently engaged in an outside business activity and wishes to continue engaging in such business activity following association with PKS
G. Form of Notice Requirements
(1) OBA Form or Equivalent Required
Notice under this Section shall be in writing and on the OBA Form.
(2) OBA Form Location
The OBA Form is available on the PKS Website in the ‘Forms and Procedures’ section under ‘Compliance’, on the PKS Resource Home Page.
(3) OBA Form for Additional Outside Business Activities.
A separate OBA Form must be completed for each outside business activity.
(4) Time Frame for Notice
Notice on the OBA form must be provided by a PKS registered person prior to engaging in an outside business activity, or in the alternative, as an equivalent form, the Registered Rep Questionnaire Form and Form U4 by a prospective registered person prior to association with PKS.
(5) Submission to Compliance Department
Every OBA Form or its equivalent for prospective registered representatives shall be submitted to the Compliance Department for filing and approval.
H. Compliance Department Procedure
(1) Factors Considered
Upon receipt of an OBA Form from a Registered Representative, or equivalent from prospective registered representative, the Compliance Department shall approve the activity, unless it appears one or more of the following applies to the requested outside business activity: (a) the proposed activity violates a FINRA rule.
(b) the proposed activity will interfere with or otherwise compromise the
registered person's responsibilities to PKS and/or PKS customers.
(c) the proposed activity will be viewed by PKS customers or the public as part of PKS’ business based upon
(i) the nature of the proposed activity and
(ii) the manner in which it will be offered.
(d) the proposed activity constitutes a private securities transaction as defined
by FINRA Rule 3280. The following items shall be considered in making this determination: (i) Nature of the transaction: Does the transaction involve a security,
as defined in the Exchange Act.
(ii) Is the registered person an owner of the activity (iii) Offering documents, if any, for the activity (iv) Corporate and/or Partnership documents regarding the activity, if
any (v) Method of compensation for the transaction, with particular
attention to whether the compensation constitutes commissions; finder's fees; securities or rights to acquire securities; rights of participation in profits, tax benefits, or dissolution proceeds, as a general partner or otherwise; or expense reimbursements.
(vi) Is the activity engaged in funding activities
(vii) With respect to investment advisory activities, review of
(A) Sample investment advisory agreement
(B) Advisory firm Form ADV (C) Advisory firm brochure
(D) Advisory firm disclosure brochure for prospective registered person
(E) Custodial arrangement with non-broker-dealer custodians,
if any (F) Relationship with hedge funds or other private funds, if any
(2) Compliance Department OBA Checklist
To document compliance with the provisions of Rule 3270 and this SPM Section 6.7, the Compliance Department shall complete the “Compliance Department OBA Checklist” Form in connection with every OBA request. This form shall incorporate all of the factors set forth in SPM 6.7[G](1) above, together with such additional factors that may in the future appear prudent to include in the checklist by the 3280 Committee or the Compliance Department. A specimen of the form is set forth in SPM 6.7 [H] below
(3) Notice to Registered Representative
(a) Referral to 3280 Committee
In appropriate cases and in accordance with the Compliance Department OBA Checklist (SPM 6.7[H] below), the Compliance Department shall refer the matter to the 3280 Committee for consideration and action as appropriate. Upon such referral, the 3280 Committee shall approve or deny approval for the activity in accordance with the provisions of SPM 6.4. In its consideration of the activity, the 3280 Committee shall consider the items set forth in SPM 6.7[G](1) above and the Compliance Department OBA checklist, and upon approval shall provide a written explanation for its decision, which may be recorded in the Committee minutes and maintained electronically.
(b) Compliance Department Approval of Activity
The Compliance Department shall approve the proposed activity where it
does not appear that the proposed activity is required to be referred to the 3280 Committee under falls into the parameters set OBA Checklist (SPM 6.7[H] below). .
Upon approval of an OBA by the 3280 Committee or the Compliance
Department, the Compliance Department shall notify the Registered Representative of such approval by email. Such email transmittal shall clearly identify the approved activity and shall incorporate the following language in the email transmittal to the Registered Representative:
“Please be advised that the referenced outside business activity is hereby approved by the Compliance Department, as it appears that such activity does/will not (1) violate any FINRA rule, (2) interfere with or otherwise compromise your responsibilities to PKS and/or PKS customers; (3) be viewed by PKS customers or the public as part of PKS’ business based upon the nature of the proposed activity and/or the manner in which it will be offered or (4) constitute a private securities transaction as defined byFINRA Rule 3280.
It is your responsibility to immediately notify the Compliance Department in the event any factors or circumstances arise or come to your attention that would make this statement inaccurate.”
(c) Compliance Department Denial of Activity
The Compliance Department shall deny the outside business activity for those in which a conflict of interest is present. Upon denial of an OBA by the 3280 Committee or the Compliance Department, the Compliance Department shall notify the Registered Representative of such denial by email. Such email transmittal shall clearly identify the denied activity and shall incorporate the following language in the email transmittal to the Registered Representative:
“Please be advised that the referenced outside business activity has been denied by the Compliance Department, as it appears that such activity does either (1) violate a FINRA rule, (2) interfere with or otherwise compromise your responsibilities to PKS and/or PKS customers; (3) be viewed by PKS customers or the public as part of PKS’ business based upon the nature of the proposed activity and/or the manner in which it will be offered or (4) constitute a private securities transaction as defined by FINRA Rule 3280.
(d) Enforcement of Denial
To ensure that the registered representative does not subsequently become involved in the outside business activity after denial, the Compliance Department will take the following measures to assure compliance:
i. All denied OBAs shall be maintained in the “Denied OBAs”
database. ii. The Compliance Department will conduct subsequent reviews
through internet searches and enhanced email reviews to ascertain whether or not the registered representative associated with the outside business.
iii. Further review shall be conducted as part of the Annual Internal Audit of the firm.
(4) OBAs in Which Finances are Managed In the case of an OBA where the registered representative will be involved in the managing or advising of the finances of the entity, a quarterly review of such accounts shall be conducted pursuant to Section 6.6(F)(2)(d) of this SPM.
(5) Form U4 Amendment
Upon approval of an outside business activity, the Compliance Department shall amend the Form U4 filing of the Registered Representative to reflect such outside business activity.
(6) Continuing Inquiry regarding Outside Business Activities
The Compliance Department shall make inquiry of every Registered Representative regarding the existence of any non-disclosed outside business activities during the Annual Compliance Meeting, and at every branch office
audit.
(7) Record Keeping
(a) Form U4
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of the outside business activities of every Registered Representative on the Form U4. Such records may be maintained electronically.
(b) OBA Forms
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of every OBA form filed by every Registered Representative. Such record may be maintained electronically.
(c) Compliance Department OBA Checklist
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of every Compliance Department OBA Checklist completed in conjunction with the OBA form filed by every Registered Representative. Such record may be maintained electronically.
(d) Communications with Registered Representatives
Compliance Department shall maintain records of every other communication with a Registered Representative pursuant to this section. Such record may be maintained electronically
I. Specimen Compliance Department OBA Checklist
COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT OBA CHECKLIST
Registered Representative Name _________________________________________________________
Proposed Outside Business Activity ______________________________________________________
Date Form Received: _____/_____/______
(Separate checklists must be completed for each OBA Form)
The OBA Form or its equivalent is required for all requests. For an OBA that is a RIA, the Form ADV, a sample advisory agreement, RIA Firm Brochure and individual IAR Brochure must be submitted. For all other OBAs, Corporate, Partnership or Offering Documents and all other relevant documents must be submitted. Check which of the following documents that were received and reviewed:
OBA Form [Attached] Corporate, Partnership or Offering Documents RIA Firm Form ADV Part 1 Sample investment advisory agreement RIA Firm Brochure [Form ADV Part 2A] IAR Disclosure Brochure for RIA associated person [Form ADV Part 2B] Other _______________________________________________________ Other _______________________________________________________
Rule 3270 Considerations:
Based upon the documents and reviewed and communications with the [prospective] registered person,
1. Does the proposed activity violate a FINRA rule? Yes No
2. Is there any indication that the proposed activity will interfere with or otherwise compromise the registered person's responsibilities to PKS and/or PKS customers? Yes No
3. Is there any likelihood that the proposed activity will be viewed by PKS customers or the public
as part of PKS’ business based upon the nature of the proposed activity? Yes No
4. Is there any likelihood that the proposed activity will be viewed by PKS customers or the public as part of PKS’ business based upon the manner in which it will be offered? Yes No
If the answer to any of the Questions 1 through 4 above is yes, refer to 3280 Committee for review.
Rule 3280 Considerations Based upon the documents reviewed and communications with the [prospective] registered person,
5. Does the activity or any related transaction(s) involve a security, as defined in the Exchange Act? If no, no Rule 3280 consideration is necessary, and the OBA can be processed under Questions 1- 4 above. If yes, proceed to the following questions. Yes No
6. Is compensation received for the activity? If no, process under Questions 1-4 above. If yes,
proceed to the following questions. Yes No
7. Is the registered person an owner of the activity, other than a RIA [generally a private fund]? Yes No
8. Could the method of compensation for the transaction be reasonably characterized as
commissions; finder's fees; securities or rights to acquire securities; rights of participation in profits, tax benefits, or dissolution proceeds, as a general partner or otherwise; or expense reimbursements? Yes No
9. Does the activity engage in funding activities? Yes No
If the proposed activity is association with a RIA firm, check each box below as indicated. If not, leave this and all boxes below blank. Did any of the documents reviewed or communications with the [prospective] registered person contain any evidence of:
10. References to compensation other than fee based advisory compensation? Yes No
11. Relationship with other entities, other than strictly advisory activities? Yes No 12. Any Custodial arrangements with non-broker-dealer custodians? Yes No
13. Any relationships with hedge funds or other private funds custodians listed in the Form ADV or firm brochure? Yes No
If the answer to any of the Questions 7 through 13 above is yes, refer to 3280 Committee for review.
OBA IS APPROVED
OBA IS TEMPORARILY APPROVED FOR 30 DAYS
DOCUMENTS REQUIRED: ___________________________________________
OBA IS TEMPORARILY DENIED: REFERRED TO 3280 COMMITTEE FOR REVIEW
OBA IS DENIED. Reason for denial: ___________________________________________
Compliance Officer Name: ______________________________________________________
Date: _____/_____/______
If the OBA was temporarily approved or denied, set forth final disposition below.
OBA IS APPROVED. Reason for Approval:______________________________________
OBA IS DENIED. Reason for denial: ___________________________________________
Compliance Officer Name: ______________________________________________________
Date: _____/_____/______
Section 6.8 Registered Representatives Acting as Trustee
(Amended 2/2021)
A. FINRA Rule 2060 FINRA Rule 2060 categorizes a trustee as one who is acting in a fiduciary capacity and prohibits the use of such information for the purposes of soliciting purchases, sales or exchanges except at the request and on behalf of the issuer.
B. FINRA Rule 3241 FINRA Rule 3241 requires Member firms to affirmatively address Registered Representatives named as beneficiaries, receiving bequeathments, or named as trustee on Customer accounts.
(1) Customers as defined by § 1023.220, include the following: (i) A person that opens a new account; and (ii) An individual who opens a new account for:
(a) A person who lacks legal capacity; or (b) An entity that is not a legal person.
(2) Customers do not include:
(i) A financial institution regulated by a Federal functional regulator or a bank regulated by a state bank regulator;
(ii) A person described in § 1020.315(b)(2) through (4) in this Chapter; or (iii) A person that has an existing account with the broker-dealer provided the broker-
dealer has a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of the person.
(3) For the purposes of this rule Registered Representatives being named as Trustees on Customer accounts, Registered Representative relationships with the Customer at any previous member firm in the prior six months may also be reviewed.
(4) Immediate family members of Registered Representatives must also receive approval to act as a trustee for the Registered Representative’s Customers.
(5) Customers who are also immediate family members are exempt from this rule.
(6) A Registered Representative that is not assigned any customer accounts is not subject to this rule.
C. Notification to Compliance Department
As discussed in Section 6.1(A)(4)(A)(4) infra, Registered Representatives must notify the Compliance Department in writing prior to opening an account in which they are acting as a trustee.
D. Form of Notices and Requests
Notices and Requests must be submitted by completing the “Request for Permission to Become a Trustee” form located on the PKS Website in the Forms Library and may be by electronic mail.
E. Time Frame for Procedures
All notices required to be made under this Section shall be undertaken prior to any of the following events which first occurs subsequent to the Registered Representatives’ association with PKS: (1) The opening of an account, or (2) The execution of any transaction in the account.
F. Compliance Department Procedure (1) Compliance Department Review
The Compliance Department shall review all requests and respond in writing to the Registered Representative, either approving or denying the request. Such notification may be by electronic mail.
(2) Compliance Department Procedure Upon Approval
Upon approval of a request, the Compliance Department shall send a letter to the broker-dealer or other financial institution, advising such financial institution, on behalf of the registered representative, that the registered representative is an associated person of PKS, has been named Trustee on the account, and requesting that the financial institution custodian transmit information regarding transactions performed in the trust account.
(3) Compliance Department Review of Accounts
The Compliance Department shall conduct a periodic review of every account in which a Registered Representative acts as a Trustee to detect violations of the securities laws or rules.
G. Record Keeping
The Compliance Department shall maintain in electronic format the following records in
connection with this Section 6.8. (1) Copies of all correspondence sent and received pursuant to this Section. (2) Transaction data received from account custodians. (3) Copies of executed “Request for Permission to Become a Trustee” and supporting
Outside Business Activity request form.
(4) Copies of account statements related to trust accounts, which were reviewed pursuant to SPM 6.8(E)(3), together with its findings with respect to such review.
6.9 Political Activities and Political Contributions by Registered Representatives (Added 1/2020)
A. Political Activities
(1) Prior to taking part in any political activity, the associated person shall first contact the Compliance Department as to the scope of the engagement.
(2) An associated person of PKS may run for and/or hold an elective or appointive office provided the associated person:
a. Provides full disclosure to the Compliance Department concerning:
i. the time involved;
ii. the nature of compensation to be received, if any;
iii. the nature of the activities to be undertaken while in office;
iv. if appointed, the appointment process and the parties involved;
v. whether the associated person provides services on behalf of PKS to any governmental entity over which the elective or appointive office has supervision and/or jurisdiction; and
vi. whether the elective or appointive office is affiliated in any manner with an issuer of securities.
b. Submit an OBA form requesting such activity.
c. Receives the prior written approval of the Compliance Department to engage in campaigning for office and/or to hold such office.
(3) Restrictions on Campaigning and/or Holding Office
a. When engaging in fundraising activities for a candidacy, an associated person shall ensure that their activities cannot be viewed as connected with their position at PKS;
b. The associated person shall not use their association with PKS resources for purposes of fundraising and/or campaigning (e.g., PKS email, telephone number).
(4) Disclosure of political contributions to PKS
a. All registered representatives of PKS are required to notify the PKS Compliance Department of any political contributions, regardless of the amount.
(5) Required Disclosure to the MSRB Board
a. PKS will submit a form G-37 each calendar quarter to the MSRB board that will contain any contributions made by registered representatives that fall under MSRB Rule G-37 that require disclosure.
B. Political Contributions: MSRB Rule G-37 [Text of the Rule]
The latest version of this rule was introduced with the filing of SR-MSRB-2015-14 which has been approved by the SEC. This rule becomes effective on August 17,2016
(a) Purpose. The purpose and intent of this rule are to ensure that the high standards and integrity of the municipal securities market are maintained, to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to perfect a free and open market and to protect investors, municipal entities, obligated persons and the public interest by:
(i) prohibiting brokers, dealers and municipal securities dealers (collectively, “dealers”) from engaging in municipal securities business and municipal advisors from engaging in municipal advisory business with municipal entities if certain political contributions have been made to officials of such municipal entities; and
(ii) requiring dealers and municipal advisors to disclose certain political contributions, as well as other information, to allow public scrutiny of such political contributions, the municipal securities business of dealers and the municipal advisory business of municipal advisors.
(b) Ban on Municipal Securities Business or Municipal Advisory Business; Excluded Contributions.
(i) Two-Year Ban.
(A) Brokers, Dealers and Municipal Securities Dealers. No dealer shall engage in municipal securities business with a municipal entity within two years after a contribution to an official of such municipal entity with dealer selection influence, as defined in paragraph (g)(xvi)(A) of this rule, made by the dealer; a municipal finance professional of the dealer; or a political action committee controlled by either the dealer or a municipal finance professional of the dealer.
(B) Municipal Advisors. No municipal advisor (excluding a municipal advisor third-party solicitor) shall engage in municipal advisory business with a municipal entity within two years after a contribution to an official of such municipal entity with municipal advisor selection influence, as defined in paragraph (g)(xvi)(B) of this rule, made by the municipal advisor; a municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor; or a political action committee controlled by either the municipal advisor or a municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor.
(C) Municipal Advisor Third-Party Solicitors.
(1) Municipal Advisor Third-Party Solicitors. No municipal advisor third-party solicitor shall engage in municipal advisory business with a municipal entity within two years after a contribution to an official of such municipal entity with dealer selection influence, municipal advisor selection influence or investment adviser selection influence, as defined in paragraph (g)(xvi)(A), (B) or (C) of this rule, as applicable, made by the municipal advisor third-party solicitor; a municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor third-party solicitor; or a political action committee controlled by either the municipal advisor third-party solicitor or a municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor third-party solicitor.
(2) Regulated Entity Clients of a Municipal Advisor Third-Party Solicitor. If a contribution is made by a municipal advisor third-party solicitor; a municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor third-party solicitor; or a political action committee controlled by either the municipal advisor third-party solicitor or a municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor third-party solicitor, the following shall apply.
(a) In the case of an engagement of the municipal advisor third-party solicitor by a dealer to solicit a municipal entity on behalf of the dealer, if the contribution is made to an official of a municipal entity with dealer selection influence, the prohibition on municipal securities business in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this rule shall apply to the retaining dealer for two years following the contribution.
(b) In the case of an engagement of the municipal advisor third-party solicitor by a municipal advisor to solicit a municipal entity on behalf of the municipal advisor, if the contribution is made to an official of a municipal entity with municipal advisor selection influence, the prohibition on municipal advisory business in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this rule shall apply to the retaining municipal advisor for two years following the contribution.
(D) Cross-Bans for Dealer-Municipal Advisors. In the case of a regulated entity that is both a dealer and a municipal advisor (a “dealer-municipal advisor”), the prohibition on municipal securities business in subsection (b)(i) of this rule shall also apply in the case of a contribution to an official of a municipal entity with dealer selection influence by a municipal advisor professional of the dealer-municipal advisor or a political action committee controlled by a municipal advisor professional of the dealer-municipal advisor; and the prohibition on municipal advisory business in subsection (b)(i) of this rule shall also apply in the case of a contribution to an official of a municipal entity with municipal advisor selection influence by a municipal finance professional of the dealer- municipal advisor or a political action committee controlled by a municipal finance professional of the dealer-municipal advisor.
(E) Orderly Transition Period. A dealer or municipal advisor that is engaging in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business with a municipal entity and during the period of the engagement becomes subject to a prohibition under subsection (b)(i) of this rule may, notwithstanding such prohibition, continue to engage in the municipal securities business or municipal advisory business (except soliciting), as applicable, to allow for an orderly transition to another entity to engage in such business and, where applicable, to allow a municipal advisor to act consistently with its fiduciary duty to the municipal entity; provided, however, that such transition period must be as short a period of time as possible and that the prohibition under subsection (b)(i) of this rule shall be extended by the duration of the orderly transition period.
(ii) Excluded Contributions. A contribution to an official of a municipal entity will not subject a dealer or municipal advisor to a ban on business under subsection (b)(i) of this rule if the contribution meets the specific conditions of an exclusion set forth below.
(A) Voting Right/De Minimis Contribution. The contribution is made by a municipal finance professional or municipal advisor professional who is entitled to vote for the official of the municipal entity and the contribution and any other contribution made to the official of the municipal entity by such person in total do not exceed $250 per election.
(B) Contributions Made Before Becoming a Dealer Solicitor or Municipal Advisor Solicitor. The contribution is made by a natural person who: (1) at the time of the contribution was not a municipal finance professional or municipal advisor professional; (2) became and is a municipal finance professional, or municipal advisor professional, or both, solely on the basis of being a dealer solicitor and/or municipal advisor solicitor; and (3) since becoming a municipal finance professional and/or municipal advisor
professional has not solicited the municipal entity; provided, however, that this non- solicitation condition is not required for this exclusion after two years have elapsed since the making of the contribution.
(C) Contributions Made by Certain Persons More Than Six Months Before Becoming a Municipal Finance Professional or Municipal Advisor Professional. The contribution is made by a person who is either or both of the following: (1) a municipal finance professional solely based on activities as a municipal finance principal, dealer supervisory chain person, or dealer executive officer, and the contribution was made more than six months before becoming a municipal finance professional or; (2) a municipal advisor professional solely based on activities as a municipal advisor principal, municipal advisor supervisory chain person, or municipal advisor executive officer, and the contribution was made more than six months before becoming a municipal advisor professional.
(c) Prohibition on Soliciting and Coordinating Contributions and Payments.
(i) Contributions. No dealer or municipal finance professional of the dealer shall solicit any person (including but not limited to any affiliated entity of the dealer) or political action committee to make any contribution, or coordinate any contributions, to an official of a municipal entity with dealer selection influence with which municipal entity the dealer is engaging, or is seeking to engage in municipal securities business. No municipal advisor or municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor shall solicit any person (including but not limited to any affiliated entity of the municipal advisor) or political action committee to make any contribution, or coordinate any contributions, to an official of a municipal entity with municipal advisor selection influence with which municipal entity the municipal advisor is engaging, or is seeking to engage in municipal advisory business. In the case of a municipal advisor third-party solicitor, the prohibition on soliciting and coordinating contributions in this subsection (c)(i) shall apply to the solicitation or coordination of contributions to an official of a municipal entity with dealer selection influence, municipal advisor selection influence or investment adviser selection influence, as defined in paragraph (g)(xvi)(A), (B), or (C) of this rule, as applicable, by the municipal advisor third-party solicitor, or any municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor third-party solicitor. In the case of a dealer- municipal advisor, the prohibition on soliciting and coordinating contributions in this subsection (c)(i) shall apply to the solicitation or coordination of contributions to an official of a municipal entity with dealer selection influence or an official of a municipal entity with municipal advisor selection influence by the dealer-municipal advisor, any municipal finance professional of the dealer-municipal advisor and any municipal advisor professional of the dealer-municipal advisor.
(ii) Payments. No dealer, municipal advisor, municipal finance representative, municipal advisor representative, dealer solicitor, municipal advisor solicitor, municipal finance principal or municipal advisor principal shall solicit any person (including but not limited to any affiliated entity of the dealer or municipal advisor) or political action committee to make any payment, or coordinate any payments, to a political party of a state or locality
where the dealer or municipal advisor is engaging, or is seeking to engage in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business, as applicable.
(d) Prohibition on Circumvention of Rule. No dealer, municipal advisor, municipal finance professional or municipal advisor professional shall, directly or indirectly, through or by any other person or means, do any act which would result in a violation of sections (b) or (c) of this rule.
(e) Required Disclosure to Board.
(i) Each regulated entity must submit to the Board by the last day of the month following the end of each calendar quarter (these dates correspond to January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31) Form G-37 containing, in the prescribed format, the following information:
(A) for any contribution to an official of a municipal entity (other than a contribution made by a municipal finance professional, municipal advisor professional, non-MFP executive officer or non-MAP executive officer of the regulated entity to an official of a municipal entity for whom such person is entitled to vote if all contributions by such person to such official of a municipal entity, in total, do not exceed $250 per election) and payments to political parties of states and political subdivisions (other than a payment made by a municipal finance professional, municipal advisor professional, non-MFP executive officer or non-MAP executive officer of the regulated entity to a political party of a state or political subdivision in which such person is entitled to vote if all payments by such person to such political party, in total, do not exceed $250 per year) made by the persons and entities described in subparagraph (e)(i)(A)(2) below:
(1) listing by state, the name and title (including any city/county/state or political subdivision) of each official of a municipal entity and political party that received a contribution or payment during such calendar quarter;
(2) the contribution or payment amount made and the contributor category for such contributions or payments during such calendar quarter, as specified below:
(a) If a regulated entity, the identity of the contributor as a dealer and/or municipal advisor (disclose all applicable categories);
(b) If a natural person, the identity of the contributor as a municipal finance professional, municipal advisor professional, non-MFP executive officer or non-MAP executive officer of the regulated entity (disclose all applicable categories); or
(c) If a political action committee, the identity as a political action committee controlled by the regulated entity or any municipal
finance professional or municipal advisor professional of the regulated entity;
(B) for any contribution to a bond ballot campaign (other than a contribution made by a municipal finance professional, municipal advisor professional, non- MFP executive officer or non-MAP executive officer of the regulated entity to a bond ballot campaign for a ballot initiative with respect to which such person is entitled to vote if all contributions by such person to such bond ballot campaign, in total, do not exceed $250 per ballot initiative) made by the persons and entities described in subparagraph (e)(i)(B)(2) below:
(1) listing by state, the official name of each bond ballot campaign receiving a contribution during such calendar quarter, and the jurisdiction (including city/county/state or political subdivision) by or for which municipal securities, if approved, would be issued;
(2) the contribution amount (which, in the case of in-kind contributions, must include both the value and the nature of the goods or services provided, including any ancillary services provided to, on behalf of, or in furtherance of the bond ballot campaign), the specific date on which the contribution was made, and the contributor category for such contributions during such calendar quarter as specified below:
(a) If a regulated entity, the identity of the contributor as a dealer and/or municipal advisor (disclose all applicable categories);
(b) If a natural person, the identity of the contributor as a municipal finance professional, municipal advisor professional, non-MFP executive officer or non-MAP executive officer of the regulated entity (disclose all applicable categories); or
(c) If a political action committee, the identity as a political action committee controlled by the regulated entity or any municipal finance professional or municipal advisor professional of the regulated entity;
(3) the full name of the municipal entity and full issue description of any primary offering resulting from the bond ballot campaign to which a contribution required to be disclosed pursuant to paragraph (e)(i)(B) of this rule has been made, or to which a contribution has been made by a municipal finance professional, municipal advisor professional, non-MFP executive officer or non-MAP executive officer during the period beginning two years prior to such person acquiring such status that would have been required to be disclosed if such person had acquired such status at the time of such contribution and the reportable date of selection on which the regulated entity was selected to engage in the municipal securities business or municipal advisory business, reported in the
calendar quarter in which the closing date for the issuance that was authorized by the bond ballot campaign occurred; and
(4) any payment or reimbursement, related to any contribution to any bond ballot campaign received by the regulated entity or any of its municipal finance professionals or municipal advisor professionals from any third party that are required to be disclosed pursuant to paragraph (e)(i)(B) of this rule, including the amount paid and the name of the third party making such payment or reimbursement.
(C) listing by state, the municipal entities with which the regulated entity has engaged in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business during such calendar quarter, along with the type of municipal securities business or municipal advisory business, and, in the case of municipal advisory business engaged in by a municipal advisor third-party solicitor, the listing of the type of municipal advisory business shall be accompanied by the name of the third party on behalf of which business was solicited and the nature of the business solicited (municipal securities business, municipal advisory business and/or investment advisory services—disclose all applicable categories);
(D) any information required to be included on Form G-37 for such calendar quarter pursuant to subsection (e)(iii) of this rule;
(E) such other identifying information required by Form G-37; and
(F) whether any contribution listed in this subsection (e)(i) of this rule is the subject of an automatic exemption pursuant to section (j) of this rule, and the date of such automatic exemption.
The Board shall make public a copy of each Form G-37 received from any regulated entity.
(ii) No regulated entity shall be required to submit Form G-37 to the Board for any calendar quarter in which either:
(A) such regulated entity has no information that is required to be reported pursuant to paragraphs (e)(i)(A) through (D) of this rule for such calendar quarter; or
(B) such regulated entity has not engaged in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business, but only if such regulated entity:
(1) had not engaged in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business during the seven consecutive calendar quarters immediately preceding such calendar quarter; and
(2) has submitted to the Board completed Form G-37x setting forth, in the prescribed format, (a) a certification to the effect that such regulated entity did not engage in municipal securities business or municipal advisory
business during the eight consecutive calendar quarters immediately preceding the date of such certification, (b) certain acknowledgments as are set forth in said Form G-37x regarding the obligations of such regulated entity in connection with Forms G-37 and G-37x under subsection (e)(ii) of this rule and Rule G-8(a)(xvi) or Rule G-8(h)(iii), as applicable, and (c) such other identifying information required by Form G- 37x; provided, however, that if a regulated entity has engaged in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business subsequent to the submission of Form G-37x to the Board, such regulated entity shall be required to submit a new Form G-37x to the Board in order to again qualify for an exemption under this clause (B). The Board shall make public a copy of each Form G-37x received from any regulated entity.
(iii) If a regulated entity engages in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business during any calendar quarter after not having reported on Form G-37 the information described in paragraph (e)(i)(A) of this rule for one or more contributions or payments made during the two- year period preceding such calendar quarter solely as a result of paragraph (e)(ii)(B) of this rule, such regulated entity shall include on Form G-37 for such calendar quarter all such information (including year and calendar quarter of such contribution(s) or payment(s)) not so reported during such two-year period.
(iv) A regulated entity that submits Form G-37 or Form G-37x to the Board shall submit an electronic version of such form to the Board in such format and manner specified in the current Instructions for Forms G-37, G-37x and G-38t.
(f) Voluntary Disclosure to Board. The Board will accept additional information related to contributions made to officials of municipal entities and bond ballot campaigns and payments made to political parties of states and political subdivisions voluntarily submitted by regulated entities or others, provided that such information is submitted otherwise in accordance with section (e) of this rule.
(g) Definitions.
(i) “Regulated entity” means a dealer or municipal advisor and “regulated entity,” “dealer” and “municipal advisor” exclude the entity’s associated persons.
(ii) “Municipal finance professional” means:
(A) any “municipal finance representative” - any associated person primarily engaged in municipal securities representative activities, as defined in Rule G- 3(a)(i), other than sales activities with natural persons;
(B) any “dealer solicitor” - any associated person who is a municipal solicitor as defined in paragraph (g)(xiii)(A) of this rule;
(C) any “municipal finance principal” - any associated person who is both (1) a municipal securities principal or a municipal securities sales principal; and (2) a
supervisor of any municipal finance representative (as defined in paragraph (g)(ii)(A) of this rule) or dealer solicitor (as defined in paragraph (g)(ii)(B) of this rule);
(D) any “dealer supervisory chain person” - any associated person who is a supervisor of any municipal finance principal up through and including, in the case of a dealer other than a bank dealer, the Chief Executive Officer or similarly situated official and in the case of a bank dealer, the officer or officers designated by the board of directors of the bank as responsible for the day-to-day conduct of the bank’s municipal securities dealer activities, as required by Rule G- 1(a)(1)(A); or
(E) any “dealer executive officer” - any associated person who is a member of an executive or management committee (or similarly situated official) of a dealer (or, in the case of a bank dealer, the separately identifiable department or division of the bank, as defined in Rule G-1(a)); provided, however, that if the persons described in this paragraph are the only associated persons of the dealer meeting the definition of municipal finance professional, the dealer shall be deemed to have no municipal finance professionals.
Each person designated by the dealer as a municipal finance professional pursuant to Rule G- 8(a)(xvi) is deemed to be a municipal finance professional and shall retain this designation for one year after the last activity or position which gave rise to the designation.
(iii) “Municipal advisor professional” means:
(A) any “municipal advisor representative” – any associated person engaged in municipal advisor representative activities, as defined in Rule G-3(d)(i)(A);
(B) any “municipal advisor solicitor” – any associated person who is a municipal solicitor (as defined in paragraph (g)(xiii)(B) of this rule) (or in the case of an associated person of a municipal advisor third-party solicitor, paragraph (g)(xiii)(C) of this rule);
(C) any “municipal advisor principal” – any associated person who is both: (1) a municipal advisor principal (as defined in Rule G-3(e)(i)); and (2) a supervisor of any municipal advisor representative (as defined in paragraph (g)(iii)(A) of this rule) or municipal advisor solicitor (as defined in paragraph (g)(iii)(B) of this rule);
(D) any “municipal advisor supervisory chain person” – any associated person who is a supervisor of any municipal advisor principal up through and including, in the case of a municipal advisor other than a bank municipal advisor, the Chief Executive Officer or similarly situated official, and, in the case of a bank municipal advisor, the officer or officers designated by the board of directors of the bank as responsible for the day-to-day conduct of the bank’s municipal advisory activities, as required by 17 CFR 240.15Ba1-1(d)(4)(i); or
(E) any “municipal advisor executive officer” – any associated person who is a member of the executive or management committee (or similarly situated official) of a municipal advisor (or, in the case of a bank municipal advisor, the separately identifiable department or division of the bank as defined in Section 15B(e)(4) of the Act and 17 CFR 240.15Ba1-1(d)(4)(i) thereunder); provided, however, that if the persons described in this paragraph are the only associated persons of the municipal advisor meeting the definition of municipal advisor professional, the municipal advisor shall be deemed to have no municipal advisor professionals.
Each person designated by the municipal advisor as a municipal advisor professional pursuant to Rule G-8(h)(iii) is deemed to be a municipal advisor professional and shall retain this designation for one year after the last activity or position which gave rise to the designation.
(iv) “Bank municipal advisor” means a municipal advisor that is a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of the bank as defined in Section 15B(e)(4) of the Act and 17 CFR 240.15Ba1-1(d)(4)(i) thereunder.
(v) “Bond ballot campaign” means any fund, organization or committee that solicits or receives contributions to be used to support ballot initiatives seeking authorization for the issuance of municipal securities through public approval obtained by popular vote.
(vi) “Contribution” means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value made:
(A) to an official of a municipal entity:
(1) for the purpose of influencing any election for federal, state or local office;
(2) for payment of debt incurred in connection with any such election; or
(3) for transition or inaugural expenses incurred by the successful candidate for state or local office; or
(B) to a bond ballot campaign:
(1) for the purpose of influencing (whether in support of or opposition to) any ballot initiative seeking authorization for the issuance of municipal securities through public approval obtained by popular vote;
(2) for payment of debt incurred in connection with any such ballot initiative; or
(3) for payment of the costs of conducting any such ballot initiative.
(vii) “Issuer” means the governmental issuer specified in Section 3(a)(29) of the Act.
(viii) “Municipal advisor” means a municipal advisor that is registered or required to be registered under Section 15B of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
(ix) “Municipal advisory business” means those activities that would cause a person to be a municipal advisor as defined in Section 15B(e)(4) of the Act, 17 CFR 240.15Ba1- 1(d)(1)-(4) and other rules and regulations thereunder, including: (A) the provision of advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or an obligated person with respect to municipal financial products or the issuance of municipal securities, including advice with respect to the structure, timing, terms, and other similar matters concerning such financial products or issues and (B) the solicitation of a municipal entity or obligated person, within the meaning of Section 15B(e)(9) of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
(x) “Municipal advisor third-party solicitor” means a municipal advisor that is currently soliciting a municipal entity, is engaged to solicit a municipal entity, or is seeking to be engaged to solicit a municipal entity for direct or indirect compensation, on behalf of a dealer, municipal advisor or investment adviser (as defined in Section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940) that does not control, is not controlled by, or is not under common control with the municipal advisor undertaking such solicitation.
(xi) “Municipal entity” has the meaning specified in Section 15B(e)(8) of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
(xii) “Municipal securities business” means:
(A) the purchase of a primary offering (as defined in Rule A-13(f)) of municipal securities from a municipal entity on other than a competitive bid basis (e.g., negotiated underwriting);
(B) the offer or sale of a primary offering of municipal securities on behalf of any municipal entity (e.g., private placement);
(C) the provision of financial advisory or consultant services to or on behalf of a municipal entity with respect to a primary offering of municipal securities in which the dealer was chosen to provide such services on other than a competitive bid basis; and
(D) the provision of remarketing agent services to or on behalf of a municipal entity with respect to a primary offering of municipal securities in which the dealer was chosen to provide such services on other than a competitive bid basis.
(xiii) “Municipal solicitor” means:
(A) an associated person of a dealer who solicits a municipal entity for municipal securities business on behalf of the dealer;
(B) an associated person of a municipal advisor who solicits a municipal entity for municipal advisory business on behalf of the municipal advisor; or
(C) an associated person of a municipal advisor third-party solicitor who solicits a municipal entity on behalf of a dealer, municipal advisor or investment adviser (as defined in Section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940) that does not control, is not controlled by, or is not under common control with such municipal advisor third-party solicitor.
(xiv) “Non-MAP executive officer” means an associated person in charge of a principal business unit, division or function or any other person who performs similar policy making functions for the municipal advisor (or, in the case of a bank municipal advisor, the separately identifiable department or division of the bank, as defined in Section 15B(e)(4) of the Act and 17 CFR 240.15Ba1-1(d)(4)(i) thereunder), but does not include any municipal advisor professional, as defined in subsection (g)(iii) of this rule; provided, however, that if no associated person of the municipal advisor meets the definition of municipal advisor professional, the municipal advisor shall be deemed to have no non- MAP executive officers. Each person listed by the municipal advisor as a non-MAP executive officer pursuant to Rule G-8(h)(iii) is deemed to be a non-MAP executive officer.
(xv) “Non-MFP executive officer” means an associated person in charge of a principal business unit, division or function or any other person who performs similar policy making functions for the dealer (or, in the case of a bank dealer, the separately identifiable department or division of the bank, as defined in Rule G-1(a)), but does not include any municipal finance professional, as defined in subsection (g)(ii) of this rule; provided, however, that if no associated person of the dealer meets the definition of municipal finance professional, the dealer shall be deemed to have no non-MFP executive officers. Each person listed by the dealer as a non-MFP executive officer pursuant to Rule G-8(a)(xvi) is deemed to be a non-MFP executive officer.
(xvi) “Official of such municipal entity” or “official of a municipal entity,” without further specification, means any person who meets the definition of at least one of paragraphs (g)(xvi)(A), (g)(xvi)(B), or (g)(xvi)(C) of this rule.
(A) “Official of a municipal entity with dealer selection influence” or “official of such municipal entity with dealer selection influence” means any person (including any election committee for such person) who was, at the time of the contribution, an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate: (1) for elective office of the municipal entity which office is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring by the municipal entity of a dealer for municipal securities business; or (2) for any elective office of a state or of any political subdivision, which office has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring by a municipal entity of a dealer for municipal securities business.
(B) “Official of a municipal entity with municipal advisor selection influence” or “official of such municipal entity with municipal advisor selection influence” means any person (including any election committee for such person) who was, at the time of the contribution, an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate: (1)
for elective office of the municipal entity which office is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring by the municipal entity of a municipal advisor for municipal advisory business; or (2) for any elective office of a state or of any political subdivision, which office has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring by a municipal entity of a municipal advisor for municipal advisory business.
(C) “Official of a municipal entity with investment adviser selection influence” or “official of such municipal entity with investment adviser selection influence” means any person (including any election committee for such person) who was, at the time of the contribution, an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate: (1) for elective office of the municipal entity, which office is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring by the municipal entity of an investment adviser (as defined in Section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940) for investment advisory services; or (2) for any elective office of a state or of any political subdivision, which office has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring by a municipal entity of an investment adviser for investment advisory services.
(xvii) “Payment” means any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money or anything of value.
(xviii) “Reportable date of selection” means the date of the earliest to occur of: (A) the execution of an engagement letter; (B) the receipt of formal notification (provided either in writing or orally) from or on behalf of the municipal entity that the dealer or municipal advisor has been selected to engage in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business; or, (C) solely in the case of a dealer, the execution of a bond purchase agreement.
(xix) “Solicit,” or “soliciting,” except as used in section (c) of this rule, means to make, or making, respectively, a direct or indirect communication with a municipal entity for the purposes of obtaining or retaining an engagement by the municipal entity of a dealer, municipal advisor or investment adviser (as defined in Section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940) for municipal securities business, municipal advisory business or investment advisory services; provided, however, that it does not include advertising by a dealer, municipal advisor or investment adviser.
(h) Operative Terms. The prohibitions under this rule on engaging in municipal securities business and municipal advisory business shall result from a contribution and be of the scope and length of time as provided under Rule G-37 as in effect at the time that such contribution is made.
(i) Application for Exemption. Upon application, a registered securities association with respect to a dealer that is a member of such association, or the appropriate regulatory agency as defined in Section 3(a)(34) of the Act with respect to any other dealer, may,
conditionally or unconditionally, exempt such dealer from a prohibition on municipal securities business in subsection (b)(i) of this rule. Upon application, a registered securities association with respect to a municipal advisor that is a member of such association, or the Commission, or the Commission’s designee, with respect to any other municipal advisor, may, conditionally or unconditionally, exempt such municipal advisor from a prohibition on municipal advisory business in subsection (b)(i) of this rule. In determining whether to grant such exemption, among other factors, the following shall be considered:
(i) whether such exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors, municipal entities and obligated persons and the purposes of this rule;
(ii) whether such regulated entity (A) prior to the time the contribution(s) which resulted in such prohibition was made, had developed and instituted procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with this rule; (B) prior to or at the time the contribution(s) which resulted in such prohibition was made, had no actual knowledge of the contribution(s); (C) has taken all available steps to cause the contributor involved in making the contribution(s) which resulted in such prohibition to obtain a return of the contribution(s); and (D) has taken such other remedial or preventive measures, as may be appropriate under the circumstances, and the nature of such other remedial or preventive measures directed specifically toward the contributor who made the relevant contribution and all employees of the regulated entity;
(iii) whether, at the time of the contribution, the contributor was a municipal finance professional or a municipal advisor professional or otherwise an employee of the regulated entity, or was seeking such employment, or was a municipal advisor professional or otherwise an employee of a municipal advisor third-party solicitor engaged by the regulated entity or was seeking such employment;
(iv) the timing and amount of the contribution which resulted in the prohibition;
(v) the nature of the election (e.g, federal, state or local); and
(vi) the contributor’s apparent intent or motive in making the contribution which resulted in the prohibition, as evidenced by the facts and circumstances surrounding such contribution.
(j) Automatic Exemptions.
(i) A regulated entity that is prohibited from engaging in municipal securities business or municipal advisory business with a municipal entity pursuant to subsection (b)(i) of this rule as a result of a contribution made by a municipal finance professional or a municipal advisor professional, or a municipal advisor professional of a municipal advisor third-party solicitor on behalf of such regulated entity may exempt itself from such prohibition, subject to subsection (j)(ii) and subsection (j)(iii) of this rule, upon satisfaction of the following requirements: (A) the regulated entity must have discovered the contribution
which resulted in the prohibition within four months of the date of such contribution; (B) such contribution must not have exceeded $250; and (C) the contributor must obtain a return of the contribution within 60 calendar days of the date of discovery of such contribution by the regulated entity.
(ii) A regulated entity is entitled to no more than two automatic exemptions per 12-month period.
(iii)A regulated entity may not execute more than one automatic exemption relating to contributions by the same person regardless of the time period.
6.10 Registered Representatives Named as Beneficiaries, Receiving Bequeathments, or Holding a Position of Trust for a Customer (Added 2/2021)
A. FINRA Rule 3241 FINRA Rule 3241 requires Broker Dealers to more closely supervise Registered Representatives being named beneficiaries, receiving bequeathments or holding positions of trust for customers. The rules for Registered Representatives named as Trustee on Customer accounts can be found in Section 6.8.
(1) The Definition of Customer is established previously in this Section 6.8(B)(1)
through (3).
(2) Customers who are immediate family members are excluded from this rule. The term “immediate family” means parents, grandparents, mother-in-law or father-in-law, spouse or domestic partner, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in law or daughter-in-law, children, grandchildren, cousin, aunt or uncle, or niece or nephew, and any other person who resides in the same household as the registered person and the registered person financially supports, directly or indirectly, to a material extent. The term includes step and adoptive relationships.
(3) A Registered Representative that is not assigned any customer accounts is not subject
to this rule.
B. Notification to Compliance Department Registered Representatives must submit written notice so that the Compliance Department can approve or disapprove of the activity after a review of the potential conflicts of interest and reasonableness of the request. For beneficiaries and bequeathments from a customer’s estate, the Registered Representative must notify the
Compliance Department in writing either prior to the conferment of the status, or upon learning of the status, if previously unaware of the status.
C. Form of Notices and Requests Registered Representatives will be required to notify the Compliance Department of the status or intention of receiving this status in writing using the Request for Permission to Become Trustee, Beneficiary or Receive Bequeathment and a signed statement from the client indicating that the conflicts of interest of such a request were properly disclosed. Once the Compliance Department has completed a reasonable assessment of the risks created by the status, a response will be returned to the Registered Representative. Upon written approval, the status may then proceed.
D. Time Frame for Procedures All notices required to be made under this Section shall be undertaken at the sooner of: (1) 30 days of registration with the Firm
(2) The implementation of the designation, or
(3) Upon learning of the designation, in the event the Customer did not inform the
Registered Representative of their decision to bestow the status or bequeathment. Upon learning of a status already in place, the Registered Person must promptly notify the Compliance Department.
(a) All bequeathments received by the Registered Representative from the
Customer’s estate must be refused until written approval has been received from the Compliance Department.
E. Compliance Department Procedure
(1) The Compliance Department shall review all requests and respond in writing to the
Registered Representative, either approving or denying the request. Such notification may be by electronic mail.
(2) Compliance Department guidelines for Request Approval Below is a list of guidelines that the Compliance Department can use to determine the appropriateness of the request. This list is not all inclusive.
(a) Any potential conflicts of interest in the RR being named a beneficiary or holding a position of trust
(b) Length and type of relationship between the RR and client (c) Customer’s age (d) Size of bequest relative to customer estate
(e) Whether RR has received other bequests or been named a beneficiary on other customer accounts
(f) Whether based on the facts and circumstances observed in the firm’s relationship with the customer, whether the customer has a mental or physical impairment that renders the customer unable to protect his or her own interests
(g) In indication of improper of action or conduct with respect to the customer or the account (i.e. excessive trading)
(h) Any indication of customer vulnerability or undue influence of the RR over the customer.
(3) Once notice is received, the Compliance Department must make a reasonable
assessment of the risks created by the status or acting in any capacity and evaluate whether this activity would interfere with or compromise the Registered Representative’s responsibilities to the customer. If the firm imposes conditions or limitations of their approval, they are required to supervise the Registered Representatives compliance on the imposed conditions or limitations.
(a) In the event that the trust account is held at the member firm, the account must also be supervised as per FINRA rule 3110.
(b) If the trust account is held away from the member firm and compensation is received, the requirements of 3270 regarding outside business would apply to the activity and an Outside Business Activity Request form must also be submitted and receive written approval from the Compliance Department.
(c) The Registered Representative must notify the Compliance Department in writing upon the death of the client, or the removal of the beneficiary or bequeathment status.
(4) Compliance Department Procedure Upon Approval Upon approval of a request, the Compliance Department shall send a letter to the broker-dealer or other financial institution, advising such financial institution, on behalf of the registered representative, that the registered representative is an associated person of PKS, has been named a beneficiary on, entitled to a bequeathment on the account or has been named as a trustee on the account, and requesting that the financial institution custodian transmit information regarding transactions performed in the Customer’s affected account.
F. Record Keeping The Compliance Department shall maintain in electronic format the following records in connection with this Section 6.10. (1) Copies of all correspondence sent and received pursuant to this Section.
(2) Transaction data received from account custodians.
(3) Copies of executed Request for Permission to Become Trustee, Beneficiary or Receive
Bequeathment, Outside Business Activity Request forms, and supporting documents.
(4) Copies of account statements related to trust accounts, which were reviewed pursuant to SPM 6.10(E)(2), together with its findings with respect to such review.
SECTION 7: CUSTOMER RELATIONS 7.0 Know Your Customer (Added 3/2011) FINRA Rule 2090 requires every firm and its associated persons to know their customers. A. FINRA Rule 2090 FINRA Rule 2090 states as follows: Every member shall use reasonable diligence, in regard to the opening and maintenance of every account, to know (and retain) the essential facts concerning every customer and concerning the authority of each person acting on behalf of such customer. B. Essential Facts. For purposes of Rule 2090, facts “essential” to “knowing the customer” are those required to (a) effectively service the customer’s account, (b) act in accordance with any special handling instructions for the account, (c) understand the authority of each person acting on behalf of the customer, and (d) comply with applicable laws, regulations, and rules. 7.0.1 Regulation Best Interest
Added (9/2020) A. General On June 5, 2019, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted new regulations governing the conduct of broker-dealers and their natural persons who are associated persons, particularly regarding the manner in which Firms provide investment recommendations to their customers. Regulation Best Interest (or “Reg BI”) imposes principles-based standards on recommendations to retail customers, requiring that Broker-Dealers and their Associated Persons, among other things, act in “the best interest of the retail customer at the time the recommendation is made, without placing the financial or other interest of the Broker-Dealer ahead of the interests of the retail customer”. Regulation Best Interest enhances the broker-dealer standard of conduct beyond suitability, reducing the risk that retail investors will be harmed by conflicted advice. It codifies a standard in a Commission rule for the first time. Regulation Best Interest applies this enhanced standard to a broader range of recommendations, including certain implicit hold recommendations, account- type recommendations (e.g., brokerage or advisory), and recommendations to roll over assets from a workplace retirement plan to an IRA. Regulation Best Interest applies to “broker-dealer recommendations of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities to a retail customer.” (generally using the term “broker-dealer” to mean both a firm and natural person associated with the firm). The text of the rule provides that a broker-dealer “shall act in the best interest of the retail customer at the time the recommendation is made, without placing [its own interests] ahead of the interest of the retail customer.” 17 C.F.R. 240.15l-1(a)(1). Broker-dealers can satisfy this general obligation only by complying with four component obligations: the Disclosure, Care, Conflict of Interest, and Compliance Obligations. Id. 240.15l-1(a)(2). B. Reg BI Committee To facilitate initial and continuing compliance with Regulation Best Interest, the Reg BI Committee is hereby formed to consist of at least one member of the following departments: Executive, Compliance, Operations, Supervisory and Legal. The Reg BI Committee shall meet on a quarterly basis. The Reg BI Committee shall maintain minutes of its meetings. The duties of the Reg BI Committee shall include the following: (1) Conduct periodic reviews to identify potential conflicts of interest.
The Reg BI Committee shall conduct a review of all new products and services to determine whether conflicts of interest are present which may require mitigation and/or disclosure to Retail Customers.
The Reg BI Committee conflict of interest review shall include a review of the following areas: (a) Conflicts of interest which may be caused by evolution of the Firm’s
business model. (b) Conflicts of interest which may arise from changes in the Firm’s
business/organizational structure. (c) Conflicts of interest which may arise from changes in the Firm’s
compensation incentive structure. (d) Conflicts of interest which may arise from introduction of new products
and/or services.
(2) Conduct Product Reviews
(a) For Potential Updates
The Reg BI Committee shall periodically conduct a review of all products and services offered by the Firm to determine whether any updates to existing disclosures are necessary to correct material inaccuracies in the existing disclosures.
(b) Identify Material Limitations that may arise.
The Reg BI Committee shall periodically conduct a review to identify any new material limitations on securities or recommendations and in the event such material limitations are found, propose procedures to prevent, mitigate and provide disclosures as appropriate, including but not limited to restricting the Retail Customers to whom a product can be sold or prescribing minimum knowledge requirements for registered representatives who may sell a product.
(3) Conduct Periodic Review of Form CRS
The Reg BI Committee shall periodically review the Form CRS to determine whether any updates are needed at any time that the Form CRS becomes materially inaccurate.
In the event that the Reg BI Committee determines that the Form CRS has
become materially inaccurate, the time frame for delivery of the updated Form CRS is as follows:
(a) Delivery to SEC
The updated Form CRS shall be delivered to the SEC through FINRA Web CRD (or other method as subsequently specified by the SEC) no later than 30 days following the date that the Committee determines that the existing Form CRS is materially inaccurate.
(b) Delivery to Retail Customers
The updated Form CRS shall be delivered to Retail Customers no later than 60 days following the date that the Form CRS is updated with the SEC.
(c) Firm Website
The Firm shall post the updated Form CRS on the Firm website prior to or at the time of the filing of the updated Form CRS with the SEC.
(4) Conduct Periodic Review of Training Related to Regulation Best Interest The Reg BI Committee shall update training materials as appropriate following
initial training roll-out pursuant to these procedures. (5) Review of Periodic Testing as provided under these procedures.
C. Text of Regulation Best Interest § 240.15l-1 Regulation Best Interest. (a) Best interest obligation. (1) A broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer, when making a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities (including account recommendations) to a retail customer, shall act in the best interest of the retail customer at the time the recommendation is made, without placing the financial or other interest of the broker, dealer, or natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer making the recommendation ahead of the interest of the retail customer. (2) The best interest obligation in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be satisfied if:
(i) Disclosure obligation. The broker, dealer, or natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer, prior to or at the time of the recommendation, provides the retail customer, in writing, full and fair disclosure of:
(A) All material facts relating to the scope and terms of the relationship with the retail customer, including:
(1) That the broker, dealer, or such natural person is acting as a broker, dealer, or an associated person of a broker or dealer with respect to the recommendation; (2) The material fees and costs that apply to the retail customer’s transactions, holdings, and accounts; and (3) The type and scope of services provided to the retail customer, including any material limitations on the securities or investment strategies involving securities that may be recommended to the retail customer; and
(B) All material facts relating to conflicts of interest that are associated with the recommendation.
(ii) Care obligation. The broker, dealer, or natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer, in making the recommendation, exercises reasonable diligence, care, and skill to:
(A) Understand the potential risks, rewards, and costs associated with the recommendation, and have a reasonable basis to believe that the recommendation could be in the best interest of at least some retail customers; (B) Have a reasonable basis to believe that the recommendation is in the best interest of a particular retail customer based on that retail customer’s investment profile and the potential risks, rewards, and costs associated with the recommendation and does not place the financial or other interest of the broker, dealer, or such natural person ahead of the interest of the retail customer; (C) Have a reasonable basis to believe that a series of recommended transactions, even if in the retail customer’s best interest when viewed in isolation, is not excessive and is in the retail customer’s best interest when taken together in light of the retail customer’s investment profile and does not place the financial or other interest of the broker, dealer, or such natural person making the series of recommendations ahead of the interest of the retail customer.
(iii) Conflict of interest obligation. The broker or dealer establishes, maintains, and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to:
(A) Identify and at a minimum disclose, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, or eliminate, all conflicts of interest associated with such recommendations; (B) Identify and mitigate any conflicts of interest associated with such recommendations that create an incentive for a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer to place the interest of the broker, dealer, or such natural person ahead of the interest of the retail customer; (C)(1) Identify and disclose any material limitations placed on the securities or investment strategies involving securities that may be recommended to a retail customer and any conflicts of interest associated with such limitations, in accordance with subparagraph (a)(2)(i), and (2) Prevent such limitations and associated conflicts of interest from causing the broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of the broker or dealer to make recommendations
that place the interest of the broker, dealer, or such natural person ahead of the interest of the retail customer; and (D) Identify and eliminate any sales contests, sales quotas, bonuses, and non-cash compensation that are based on the sales of specific securities or specific types of securities within a limited period of time.
(iv) Compliance obligation. In addition to the policies and procedures required by paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, the broker or dealer establishes, maintains, and enforces written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with Regulation Best Interest.
(b) Definitions. Unless otherwise provided, all terms used in this rule shall have the same meaning as in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, the following definitions shall apply for purposes of this section: (1) Retail customer means a natural person, or the legal representative of such natural person, who: (i) Receives a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities from a broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer; and (ii) Uses the recommendation primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. (2) Retail customer investment profile includes, but is not limited to, the retail customer’s age, other investments, financial situation and needs, tax status, investment objectives, investment experience, investment time horizon, liquidity needs, risk tolerance, and any other information the retail customer may disclose to the broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer in connection with a recommendation. (3) Conflict of interest means an interest that might incline a broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer —consciously or unconsciously—to make a recommendation that is not disinterested. § 240.17a-3 Records to be made by certain exchange members, brokers and dealers. (a)*** (24) – (34) [Reserved]. (35) For each retail customer to whom a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities is or will be provided: (i) A record of all information collected from and provided to the retail customer pursuant to § 240.15l-1, as well as the identity of each natural person who is an associated person, if any, responsible for the account. (ii) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(35), the neglect, refusal, or inability of the retail customer to provide or update any information described in paragraph (a)(35)(i) of this section shall excuse the broker, dealer, or associated person from obtaining that required information. § 240.17a-4 Records to be preserved by certain exchange members, brokers and dealers. * * * * * (e)*** (5) All account record information required pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(17) and all records required pursuant to § 240.17a-3(a)(35), in each case until at least six years after the earlier of the date the account was closed or the date on which the information was collected, provided, replaced, or updated. D. Disclosure Obligation
(1) General
The Disclosure Obligation requires that a broker-dealer provide, before or at the time of a recommendation, full and fair disclosure of all material facts about the scope and terms of its relationship with the customer. 17 C.F.R. 240.15l- 1(a)(2)(i). This includes a disclosure that the broker-dealer is acting in a broker- dealer capacity, the material fees and costs the customer will incur, and the type and scope of the services to be provided. Id. 240.15l-1(a)(2)(i)(A). A broker- dealer must also provide full and fair disclosure of all material facts relating to conflicts of interest associated with the recommendation that might incline the broker-dealer to make a recommendation that is not disinterested. Id. 240.15l- 1(a)(2)(i)(B. The “full and fair disclosure” standard “closely align[s]” with the disclosure requirement for investment advisers. But the Commission tailored the Disclosure Obligation to the episodic nature of the brokerage relationship. For example, while investment advisers must disclose all material facts relating to the entire relationship, Regulation Best Interest requires disclosure of material facts relating to the scope and terms of the relationship and to conflicts associated with particular recommendations. The Disclosure Obligation is tailored to a broker- dealer’s episodic relationship with a retail customer because it is triggered by, and must be satisfied, before or at the time of a specific recommendation.
(2) Form CRS
Concurrently with Regulation Best Interest, the Commission adopted a rule that requires broker-dealers and investment advisers to deliver a Relationship Summary to retail investors. Form CRS Relationship Summary; Amendments to Form ADV, 84 Fed. Reg. 33492 (July 12, 2019) (“Form CRS”). The Relationship Summary distinguishes between these two types of financial professionals, providing information about, inter alia, the services offered, the costs of those services, the duties owed, and specific conflicts of interest. The Relationship Summary and the Disclosure Obligation complement one another—the former provides an “initial layer of disclosure” summarizing the differences between broker-dealers and investment advisers; the latter provides “more specific and additional, detailed layers of disclosure” regarding the broker-dealer and its specific recommendation.
(3) Procedures: Form CRS (a) Construction of Form CRS
The Reg BI Committee has constructed Form CRS consistent with Regulation Best Interest, the Adopting Release and instructions for Form CRS.
(b) Amendments to Form CRS
The Reg BI Committee shall consider whether different and/or additional disclosures or amendments to Form CRS become necessary based on changes or additions to the firm’s business model or product mix.
(c) Initial Filing and Delivery of Form CRS
Consistent with the CRS Adopting Release, on or before June 30, 2020, the Compliance Department shall file Form CRS Electronically with FINRA through Web CRD.
(d) Initial Delivery to Existing Retail Customers
On or before July 30, 2020, the Compliance Department shall take appropriate measures to ensure that Form CRS is delivered to all then existing retail customers. The Compliance Department shall maintain records of such initial delivery consistent with the record keeping provisions of Regulation Best Interest and these procedures.
(e) Initial Delivery to New or Prospective Retail Customers [CRS Adopting Release p 188].
Form CRS shall be delivered to a new or prospective Retail Customer as early as practicable but no later than: (i) A recommendation of an account type, a securities transaction; or
an investment strategy involving securities;
(ii) Placing an order for the Retail Customer; or (iii) The opening of a brokerage account for the Retail Customer.
(f) Delivery of Form CRS – Ongoing Requirements (General Rule)
Form CRS shall be delivered to an existing Retail Customer before or at the earliest of: (i) The opening of a new account that is different from the Retail
Investor’s existing account(s); (ii) A Recommendation that the retail investor roll over assets from a
retirement account into a new or existing account or investment; or (iii) A Recommendation for a new investment that does not
necessarily involve the opening of a new account and would not be held in an existing account. (For example, a first time purchase of a
variable annuity of first time purchase of a direct sold mutual fund through check and application). [CRS Adopting Release p 188].
(g) Responsibility For Delivery of Form CRS
Other than the initial delivery of Form CRS to existing Retail Customers on or before July 30, 2020, the Registered Representative (or “RR”) shall have the responsibility to ensure that Form CRS is delivered pursuant to this Section 7.0.1[D].
(h) Firm Responsibility to Assist in Delivery of Form CRS
The Firm shall take the following steps to assist the Registered Representative deliver Form CRS pursuant to this Section 7.0.1[D].
1. The Firm shall provide access to Form CRS in electronic format on
its website available to all registered representatives. 2. For any securities transaction that requires a retail customer to
complete subscription or policy paperwork to effectuate the transaction, the Firm shall include Form CRS in the subscription paperwork package.
3. The Firm shall include Form CRS with all NFS account opening
paperwork kits. 4. Supervisors shall not approve account opening paperwork unless a
Best Interest attestation has been included with the submission.
(i) Amendments to Form CRS
In the event that Form CRS is amended, such amended or updated Form CRS shall be delivered to all existing Retail Customers and shall highlight the most recent changes by, for example, marking the revised text or including a summary of material changes. This additional disclosure will be filed as an exhibit to the unmarked amended relationship summary. Under SEC Rules, the additional disclosure is counted toward the SEC required two-page for Form CRS. [Form CRS Adopting Release p 189].
(j) Record Keeping
1. By the Registered Representative
Contemporaneous with his/her delivery of Form CRS to a retail customer, the Registered Representative shall file a Best Interest attestation with the Firm as prescribed in these procedures below.
2. By the Firm
The Firm shall maintain the following records evidencing delivery of Form CRS to retail customers. a. Client Profile attestation signed by Retail Customer. b. Best Interest attestation submitted by RR.
(4) Best Interest Attestation
(a) When Required
The RR is required to use the Best Interest Attestation to document the delivery of Form CRS, the date of such delivery and all additional disclosures required and made pursuant to this Section 7.0.1., except as provided in subsection Section 7.0.1.[D](5) below for FCCS transactions not involving Complex Products.
(b) Where to Access
The Firm shall provide access to the Best Interest Attestation Form in electronic format on its website and DOT system available to all RRs. The Best Interest Attestation Form will contain a field for the delivery of Form CRS to the Retail Customer where applicable and the date that the Form CRS was delivered.
(c) How to File
The RR shall file the Best Interest Attestation by electronically (via DOT or other Firm electronic system) )or physically including it in the account opening and/or transaction paperwork or by email to [email protected]. The RR shall also file the Best Interest Attestation with the Operations or Supervisory Department upon request from same. An electronic copy of any written communication to a Retail Customer shall be included with the filing of the Best Interest Attestation.
(d) Supervisory Review of Best Interest Attestation 1. Account Opening
The Supervisor shall review the Best Interest Attestation as part of the supervisory process and prior to approval of an IRA account, an IRA rollover or a direct account containing an alternative investment, complex product and/or proprietary product.
2. Transactions
Except as otherwise expressly required in these procedures, the Supervisor is not required to review the Best Interest Attestation in connection with supervisory approval of individual transactions unless it is not evident from review of the transaction that the transaction is in the best interest of the Retail Customer.
(5) FCCS Disclosure Log – For FCCS Transactions
(a) When Permitted
For any FCCS transaction not involving a Complex Product as defined herein, the RR may use the FCCS Disclosure Log in lieu of the Best Interest Attestation to document that required disclosures were made pursuant to this Section 7.0.1
(b) Where to Access
The Firm shall provide access to the FCCS Disclosure Log in electronic format on its website available to all RRs. The FCCS Disclosure Log will contain fields for the RR to document that disclosure of the approximate commission was made, disclosure of mutual fund share class information if applicable, and any other material facts if applicable.
(c) How to File
The RR shall file the FCCS Disclosure Log by email to [email protected].
(d) Supervisory Review of FCCS Disclosure Log 1. Best Interest is Evident from Trade
Where it is evident to the Supervisor from review of the transaction that the trade is in the best interest of the Retail Customer, the Supervisor shall not review the FCCS Disclosure Log.
2. Best Interest Not Evident from Trade
Where it is not evident to the Supervisor from review of the transaction that the trade is in the best interest of the Retail Customer, the Supervisor may request and review the FCCS Disclosure Log to determine if any material facts were noted to justify the trade and/or the Supervisor shall request additional
information from the RR with respect to the trade, which may include a Best Interest Attestation and/or any other information that the Supervisor deems relevant.
(6) Procedures – Additional Disclosures by the Registered Representative
At or before the time of a recommendation, the Registered Representative shall disclose to the retail customer, orally or in writing, and note such disclosure on the Best Interest Attestation, the following where applicable. (a) Commissions and Fees
For any recommended purchase or sale of a security or securities, the exact amount of the commission and fees associated with the transaction(s) if known.
If the exact amount of the commission is not known, the RR shall disclose approximate fees and commissions with an oral or written statement that particularized disclosure of the exact commission and fees shall be made by delivery of the trade confirmation and/or, if applicable, product offering document.
(b) IRA Rollovers
Where the RR recommends a transfer from a 401k or other qualified plan into an IRA rollover, the RR shall discuss the basis of such recommendation with the retail customer.
(c) Mutual Fund Share Class
Where the RR recommends the purchase of a Mutual Fund to a retail investor, the RR shall disclose the basis for the recommendation of a particular share class and disclose the material properties of other available share classes to the retail investor.
(d) Brokerage Account Opening
Where a RR recommends the opening of a brokerage account to a retail customer, the RR shall disclose the basis for the recommendation of a brokerage account as opposed to an advisory account.
(e) Complex Products
Where the RR recommends the purchase of a Complex Product to a retail investor, the RR shall disclose the basis for the recommendation to the retail investor. For the purposes of this requirement, a complex product is defined as a variable annuity, variable insurance product, an alternative investment such as a REIT or BDC.
(f) Referral of a Retail Customer to another broker-dealer
Where the RR recommends the referral of a retail investor to another firm for brokerage services, the RR shall disclose the basis for the recommendation to the retail investor.
(g) Security Underwritten by the Firm or an Affiliate
Where the RR recommends the purchase of a security underwritten by the Firm or an affiliate to a retail investor, the RR shall disclose the basis for the recommendation to the retail investor.
(h) Other Material Facts
A fact is material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable retail investor would consider it important. The RR must disclose any other material fact to the retail investor.
(7) Procedures – Additional Disclosures by the Firm (a) Complex Products
For Complex Products as defined herein, the Firm shall include the Form CRS with the transaction paperwork, together with an acknowledgment of delivery executed by the registered representative via the Best Interest Attestation.
(b) Security Underwritten by the Firm or an Affiliate
For the purchase of a security underwritten by the Firm or an affiliate to a retail investor, the Firm shall include with the transaction paperwork: 1. Form CRS
2. A separate disclosure document advising the retail customer that the issuer of the security is the Firm or an affiliate.
(8) Record Keeping
(a) By the Registered Representative
1. For Delivery of Form CRS
Registered Representatives shall maintain a record of the delivery of form CRS via the email archive by filing a Best Interest Attestation as prescribed by these procedures.
2. For All Other Disclosures
Every RR shall file a Best Interest Attestation or FCCS Disclosure Log as applicable. The RR may make such filing by using the method prescribed in these procedures. An electronic copy of any written communication to a Retail Customer shall be included with the filing of the Best Interest Attestation.
(b) By the Firm
The Firm shall archive all disclosure paperwork required pursuant to this Section 7.0.1[D] electronically evidencing delivery date
E. Care Obligation
The Care Obligation requires that a broker-dealer exercise reasonable diligence, care, and skill when making a recommendation. 17 C.F.R. 240.15l-1(a)(2)(ii). The broker-dealer must understand the risks, rewards, and costs associated with the recommendation. 17 C.F.R. 240.15l-1(a)(2)(ii)(A). And given those risks, rewards, and costs, the broker- dealer must have a reasonable basis to believe (1) that the recommendation could be in the best interest of at least some retail customers and (2) that, in light of a particular customer’s investment profile, the recommendation is in the particular customer’s best interest and does not place the broker-dealer’s interest ahead of the customer’s interest. Id. 240.15l-1(a)(2)(ii)(A)-(B). If recommending a series of transactions, the broker- dealer must have a reasonable basis to believe that the transactions together are not excessive, even if each is in the customer’s best interest when viewed in isolation. Id. 240.15l-1(a)(2)(ii)(C).
The Care Obligation “significantly enhances” investor protection as compared to suitability. Among other things, it expressly requires: that broker-dealers have a reasonable basis to believe that their recommendations are in the best interest of the retail
customer; that broker-dealers consider costs when making a recommendation; and that a series of transactions taken together not be excessive, irrespective of whether a broker- dealer exercises control over a customer’s account. The Care Obligation also expands the scope of coverage—it extends to implicit hold recommendations and account recommendations not previously covered under suitability.
(1) Resolving conflicts between Regulation Best Interest and FINRA Rule 2111.
(a) FINRA Regulatory Notice 20-18
(i) Changes in Suitability Rules
In order to prevent conflicts between Regulation Best Interest and the FINRA suitability rules, effective June 30, 2020, FINRA amended FINRA its suitability rules (FINRA Rule 2111 and CAB Rule 211) to state that FINRA suitability rules will not apply to recommendations subject to Regulation Best Interest. FINRA noted that because Regulation Best Interest applies only to Retail Investors as defined in the rule, that the FINRA suitability rules would continue to apply to those customers who fall outside of the definition of Retail Customer.
(ii) Changes in Non-cash Compensation Rules
FINRA has amended FINRA Rules 2310, 2320 and 5110 to ensure that the non-cash compensation provisions of those rules must be consistent with the applicable requirements of Regulation Best Interest.
(b) Addressing Conflicts in Written Supervisory Procedures
(i) Conflict With Suitability Procedures
The Firm has resolved any potential conflict with its existing supervisory procedures responsive to FINRA suitability rules by incorporating those procedures into these Regulation Best Interest procedures, which are purposefully designed to enhance the existing suitability procedures to achieve compliance with the Care Obligation of Regulation Best Interest.
(ii) Conflict with Procedures Governing Non-cash Compensation
Rules
In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Section 7.0.1 and any other provision of this Supervisory Procedures
Manual with respect to non-cash compensation, the provisions of this Section 7.0.1 shall control.
(2) Existing Firm Policies and Procedures Supporting the Care Obligation
(a) Recommendation in Best Interest of at least some retail customers
Regulation Best Interest requires that a broker-dealer must have a reasonable basis to believe that a recommendation could be in the best interest of at least some retail customers. This obligation closely tracks the qualitative suitability obligation codified in FINRA Rule 2111, Section 7.2 et seq of this SPM and the function of the New Products Committee.
(b) Recommendation is in Best Interest of the Particular Customer
Regulation Best Interest requires that a broker-dealer must have a reasonable basis to believe that, in light of a particular customer’s investment profile, the recommendation is in the particular customer’s best interest and does not place the broker-dealer’s interest ahead of the customer’s interest. This obligation closely tracks the customer-specific suitability obligation codified in FINRA Rule 2111, Section 7.2 et seq of this SPM. In compliance with the Regulation Best Interest, the Firm will continue to follow its procedures regarding customer specific suitability. In addition to its current procedures, the Firm will implement new procedures to address the enhancements to suitability protections that have been codified by Regulation Best Interest and described in the Adopting Release.
(c) Recommendations of Series of Transactions
If recommending a series of transactions, the broker-dealer must have a reasonable basis to believe that the transactions together are not excessive, even if each is in the customer’s best interest when viewed in isolation. This obligation closely tracks the quantitative suitability requirements set forth in FINRA Rule 2111 and Section 7.2 of these procedures. The Firm currently monitors for excessive transactions through exception and switching reports. The Adopting Release notes that an enhancement to current suitability requirements contained in Regulation Best Interest is that a broker- dealer’s obligation to prevent excessive transactions is not limited to those situations where the broker-dealer controls the account of the Retail Investor. Responsive to this enhancement, the Firm will address all instances of excessive trading.
(1) Procedures – Suitability Enhancements
This “reasonable-basis” component of the Care Obligation gives rise to certain additional obligations with respect to complex, higher cost products and risky investments, together with cost considerations, and requires that procedures be developed to address the additional obligations and ensure that recommendations are in the best interest of the retail customer. The following are implemented to address the Care Obligation. (a) Inverse or leveraged products
1. Registered Representative Obligation
Purchase of Inverse or Leveraged Products is prohibited unless supervisory approval for purchase of the products for a particular customer is obtained in advance via email. In the course of requesting supervisory approval, the RR shall detail his/her expertise in managing an investment strategy using these products and provide a detailed explanation as to how such investments are in the best interests of the retail customer. In all communications, the RR shall use the only the name of the retail customer and no other personally identifiable information.
2. Supervisory Review
Supervisors shall escalate requests for use of inverse or leveraged products to senior management. In the event of approval of an inverse or leveraged strategy, consideration shall be given to restricting purchases to a limited size of the account or assets and increased monitoring by the Compliance Department.
(b) Penny Stocks
1. Registered Representative Obligation
A recommendation for the purchase of penny stocks is prohibited unless supervisory approval for the recommendation is obtained in advance. In all communications, the RR shall use the only the name of the retail customer and no other personally identifiable information. In the course of requesting supervisory approval, the RR shall detail expertise in managing an investment strategy using penny
stocks and provide an explanation as to how such investments are in the best interests of the retail customer.
2. Supervisory Review
Supervisors shall escalate requests for recommendations to purchase penny stocks to senior management. In the event of approval of a penny stock recommendation, consideration shall be given to restricting purchases to a limited size of the account or assets and increased monitoring by the Compliance Department.
(c) IRA Rollovers
1. Registered Representative Obligation
In making a recommendation for a rollover from a 401k or other retirement vehicle to an IRA, the RR shall consider fees and expenses; level of service available; available investment options; ability to take penalty-free withdrawals; application of required minimum distributions; protection from creditors and legal judgments; holdings of employer stock; and any special features of the existing account.
The RR shall detail his/her assessment using the Best Interest Attestation form and file with PKS pursuant to these procedures prior to initiating the rollover.
2. Supervisory Review
The supervisor shall review the RR assessment prior to approval of the account.
(d) IRA Account Opening
1. Registered Representative Obligation
In making a recommendation to open an IRA, the RR shall consider fees and expenses; level of service available; available investment options; ability to take penalty-free withdrawals; application of required minimum distributions; protection from creditors and legal judgments;
The RR shall detail his/her assessment using the Best Interest Attestation form and file with PKS pursuant to these procedures.
2. Supervisory Review
The supervisor shall review the RR assessment prior to approval of the account.
(e) Complex Products - Assessment of Reasonably Available Alternatives
1. Registered Representative Obligation
In making a recommendation for a Complex Product, the RR shall consider reasonably available alternatives offered by the Firm. In a review of reasonably available alternatives, the RR must demonstrate competence with alternative product offerings generally but is not required to be familiar with every product on the Firm’s platform.
The RR shall detail his/her assessment using the Best Interest Attestation form and file with PKS pursuant to these procedures.
2. Supervisory Review
The supervisor shall review the RR Best Interest Attestation prior to approval of the transaction.
(f) Series of Recommended Transactions
1. Registered Representative Obligation
The RR shall not recommend a series or quantity of transactions that is not in the best interests of the Retail Customer.
2. Supervisory Review
Where the supervisor believes or notes a series or quantity of transactions that may not be in the best interests of the Retail Customer, the supervisor shall not approve current or future transactions for such customer and shall refer the matter to the Compliance Department.
3. Compliance Department Review a. General
The Compliance Department shall review exception reports and switch letters for excessive trading.
b. Referral from Supervisor
In any case where the Compliance Department receives a referral from a supervisor with respect to excessive trading, the Compliance Department shall investigate the matter and take appropriate action. In evaluating whether trading is excessive within the meaning of Regulation Best Interest, the Compliance Department shall evaluate the transactions in concert with existing guideposts, such as turnover rate, cost-to-equity ratio, and use of in-and-out trading, which have been developed over time and which serve as indicators of excessive trading.
(g) Implicit Hold Recommendations
An implicit hold recommendation occurs where there is an agreement to monitor the account of the Retail Investor when the broker-dealer does not provide an express recommendation to buy, sell, or hold. The suitability rule does not cover an implicit recommendation to hold.
The Firm prohibits its RRs from agreements to monitor accounts. F. Conflict of Interest Obligation
The Conflict of Interest Obligation requires that a broker-dealer establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to address conflicts of interest associated with its recommendations. “[P]olicies and procedures are an effective tool to identify and address conflicts of interest, and would allow [the Commission] to identify and address potential compliance deficiencies or failures * * * early on, reducing the chance of retail customer harm. Regulation Best Interest “establishes a broader obligation to address conflicts both at the firm level and at the associated person level” than do existing FINRA rules. To satisfy this obligation, a broker-dealer’s policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to identify and at a minimum disclose, or eliminate, all conflicts of interest associated with recommendations. 17 C.F.R. 240.15l- 1(a)(2)(iii)(A).
Under the Conflict of Interest Obligation, however, a broker-dealer must take additional steps to address conflicts specific to the services and fee structures offered by broker- dealers for which disclosure alone is insufficient. A broker-dealer’s policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to identify and mitigate conflicts of interest, such as commissions and compensation received from third-parties (i.e., not from the retail customer), that create an incentive for the broker-dealer’s representatives to place their or the broker-dealer’s interests ahead of the customer’s. 17 C.F.R. 240.15l- 1(a)(2)(iii)(B). When a broker-dealer places material limitations on its recommendations (for example, by offering only proprietary products), its policies and procedures must be
reasonably designed to disclose the limitations and associated conflicts, and to prevent those limitations from causing the broker-dealer to place its interests ahead of the customer’s. 17 C.F.R. 240.15l-1(a)(2)(iii)(C). Finally, a broker-dealer’s policies and procedures must be reasonably designed to eliminate sales contests, sales quotas, bonuses, and non-cash compensation that are based on the sale of specific securities, or specific types of securities, within a limited period of time. Id. 240.15l-1(a)(2)(iii)(D).
(1) Prohibited Practices
Pursuant to Regulation Best Interest, the following practices are prohibited at both the Firm and RR level:
Sales contests, sales quotas, bonuses, and non-cash compensation that are based on the sale of specific securities, or specific types of securities, within a limited period of time.
Based on the Adopting Release, Regulation Best Interest does not prohibit training or education meetings, including attendance at company- sponsored meetings such as annual conferences provided that these meetings are not based on the sale of specific securities or type of securities within a limited time period.
(2) Identifying Conflicts of Interest
(a) In conjunction with the promulgation of these procedures responsive to Regulation Best Interest, the Firm has identified, in sub-section (3) below current potential conflicts of interest for analysis and potential mitigation.
(b) Identification and Mitigation of future potential conflicts of interest
shall be the responsibility of the Reg BI Committee. (3) Identified Conflicts of Interest.
The Firm has identified the following potential conflicts of interest related to financial incentives.
(a) Fees and other charges for the services provided and products sold 1. Commissions Generally 2. Ticket Charges 3. Transactions Effected by Firm in Principal Capacity 4. Sales of Products of Affiliates
5. Transfer from ERISA account to IRA Rollover 6. Mutual Fund Share Class Disparity 7. Sales of Complex Products with High Commissions.
(b) Employee Compensation Incentives
Potential conflict of interest arising from the grid system, that raises RR compensation upon reaching commission thresholds.
(c) Compensation From Third Parties 1. Revenue Sharing 2. 12b1 Fees (4) Mitigation of Identified Conflicts of Interest
(a) Commissions Generally. The RR may have a conflict to charge a higher commission for a transaction where possible or to place a Retail Customer in a higher commission product.
1. Mitigation by the RR The RR’s conflict is mitigated by:
a. Disclosure of the anticipated amount of the commission by the RR at the time of the recommendation, pursuant to these procedures and documenting such disclosure in the Best Interest Attestation.
b. Delivery of the Form CRS to the Retail Customer at
the time of the recommendation, where required. c. Disclosure of the commission by offering document
and/or trade confirmation. 2. Mitigation by the Firm The Firm mitigates the Rep’s conflict by:
a. Requiring written confirmation by the RR of his/her disclosure of the anticipated amount of the
commission by the RR on the Best Interest Attestation.
b. Requiring written confirmation by the RR of his/her
delivery of the Form CRS to the Retail Customer at the time of the recommendation, where required.
c. Disclosure of the commission by offering document
and/or trade confirmation.
d. Disclosure of commissions and fees on the Firm’s website.
e. Supervisory review and approval of every solicited
transaction.
(b) Ticket Charges. The Firm makes money on ticket charges paid by client.
1. Mitigation by the Firm The Firm’s conflict is mitigated by:
a. Disclosure of the commission by offering document
and/or trade confirmation.
b. Disclosure of commissions and fees on the Firm’s website.
(c) Transactions Effected by Firm in Principal Capacity
The RR may have a compensation incentive to favor products sold on a principal basis over comparable products sold on an agency basis.
1. Mitigation by the Firm
a. The Firm does not sell comparable products on both
agency and principal basis. The Firm effects trades in bonds and other fixed income transaction types on a principal basis. All other transactions (equities, mutual funds, complex products and annuity and insurance) are sold on an agency basis.
b. The Firm does not provide additional compensation
to the RR for riskless principal transactions.
c. The Firm does not hold inventory in fixed income
products.
d. The Firm does not engage in riskless principal transactions with affiliated companies.
(d) Sales of Products of Affiliates
The Firm may have an incentive to promote proprietary products or the products of affiliates, because the Firm or its affiliate receives additional compensation. 1. Mitigation by the Firm
The Firm’s conflict is mitigated by:
a. Disclosure document provided to Retail Customers at the
time of the transaction. b. Disclosure of the conflict by the RR to the Retail Customer
at the time of the recommendation.
c. RRs receive no additional compensation or credit of any kind for the sale of affiliated or proprietary products.
d. RRs are not penalized in any way for failure or refusal to
sell proprietary products.
(e) Transfer from ERISA account to IRA Rollover
The RR may have an incentive to recommend a rollover from an ERISA account into an IRA at the Firm because the RR will receive commissions from transactions in the IRA.
1. Mitigation by the RR
The RR’s conflict is mitigated by:
a. Requirement in these procedures that, in making a recommendation for a rollover from a 401k or other retirement vehicle to an IRA, the RR shall consider fees and expenses; level of service available; available investment options; ability to take penalty-free withdrawals; application of required minimum distributions; protection from creditors and legal
judgments; holdings of employer stock; and any special features of the existing account.
b. Requirement in these procedures that, where the RR
recommends a transfer from a 401k or other into an IRA rollover, the RR shall discuss the basis of such recommendation with the retail customer.
c. Requirement in these procedures that the RR shall detail
his/her assessment and the basis for the recommendation in the Best Interest Attestation.
2. Mitigation by the Firm
Requirement in these procedures that the supervisor shall review the RR assessment on the Best Interest Attestation prior to approval of the account.
(f) Mutual Fund Share Class
The RR may have an incentive to market a higher commission share class to a Retail Customer. The RR may have an incentive to market a share class that pays a continuous small commission that, if held for a long period of time, results in higher compensation than other share classes. 1. The RR’s conflict is mitigated by:
a. Disclosure to the Retail Customer of the approximate
commission by the RR at the time of the recommendation, pursuant to these procedures and Section 15.1.3 infra.
b. The requirement in these procedures that, at the time of the
recommendation, the RR shall deliver the Prospectus to the Retail Customer, pursuant to these procedures and in accordance with Section 15.1.15 infra.
c. The requirement in these procedures that, at the time of the
recommendation, the RR shall advise the Retail Customer that other share classes may be available that carry different and/or reduced sales loads.
2. Mitigation by the Firm
a. The Regional Supervisor shall review the client profile for anticipated hold period and consider the rationale provided
on the best interest attestation and/or email from the RR prior to approving the transaction.
(g) Sales of Complex Products with High Commissions.
The RR may have an incentive to recommend a complex product that pays a high commission, including REITs, BDCs and variable insurance products. 1. The RRs conflict is mitigated by:
a. Delivery of the Form CRS to the Retail Customer at the time of the recommendation pursuant to Section 7.0.1(d)(3)(e).
b. The requirement in these procedures that, in making a
recommendation for a Complex Product, the RR shall disclose the approximate fees and commissions with a statement that particularized disclosure of the exact commission and fees shall be made by delivery of the trade confirmation and/or, if applicable, product offering document.
c. The requirement in these procedures that, in making a
recommendation for a Complex Product, the RR shall disclose the basis for the recommendation to the Retail Investor.
d. The requirement in these procedures that, in making a
recommendation for a Complex Product, the RR shall detail his/her assessment on the best interest attestation or in a brief email to the supervisor.
2. Mitigation by the Firm
1. The requirement in these procedures that the supervisor shall review the RR assessment prior to approval of the account.
2. Excluding variable insurance products and 1031 exchanges,
the Firm procedures limit purchases of Complex Products to 10% of the Retail Investor’s investable assets and total holdings in Complex Products to 20% of the Retail Investor’s investable assets unless the Retail Investor’s net worth exceeds $10MM.
3. The Firm’s robust procedures for variable annuities and variable insurance products.
(h) Employee Compensation Incentives – Breaking Through Grid
The Firm’s payout grid formula provides a higher percentage payout to the RR upon reaching specified commission thresholds in a calendar year. Because the grid provides for the higher payout back to dollar one, the RR may have an incentive to market higher commission products or engage in excessive transactions near the end of the calendar year, in order to break through the next grid threshold and receive additional payment for all transactions for that calendar year. 1. Mitigation by the Firm
a. In any case where the Supervisor observes multiple
requests for approval of transactions by the RR in December, the Supervisor shall request the RR’s YTD commission from the payroll department. Where the Supervisor determines that the transactions would place the RR near or over the next grid threshold, the Supervisor shall refer the matter to the Compliance Department for consultation and appropriate action.
The Compliance Department shall document a report on its findings and ultimate action on any referral by the Supervisor. The Compliance Department shall not take disciplinary action if the Compliance Department determines that the transactions were in the best interests of the Retail Customer(s).
b. In the last week of December, the Compliance Department
shall perform a review of excessive trading exception reports to determine if there is excessive trading potentially related to grid thresholds and take appropriate action for positive findings.
(i) Revenue Sharing
The Firm may have an incentive to promote the sale of products for which it receives marketing allowances or other fees in addition to sales commissions. 1. Mitigation by the Firm
RRs receive no additional compensation or credit of any kind for
the sale of products associated with revenue sharing to the firm.
(j) 12b1 Fees
The Firm may have an incentive to promote the sale of mutual fund products for which it receives Rule 12b-1 fees in addition to sales commissions. 1. Mitigation by the Firm
RRs receive no additional compensation or credit of any kind for the sale of products associated with Rule 12b-1 fees to the firm.
G. Compliance Obligation The Compliance Obligation requires that broker-dealers establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with Regulation Best Interest as a whole. Id. 240.15l-1(a)(2)(iv). This obligation helps to “ensure that broker-dealers have strong systems of controls in place to prevent violations of Regulation Best Interest * * * and to protect the interests of retail customers.” The Commission also imposed new recordmaking and recordkeeping requirements for specified information that brokers-dealers provide to and collect from customers to whom they make recommendations. 17 C.F.R. 240.17a-3(a)(35). These requirements “provide a means by which [broker-dealers] can demonstrate, and Commission examiners can confirm, their compliance with” Regulation Best Interest. (1) Establishment of Policies to Achieve Compliance With Regulation Best Interest
In the course of establishing these procedures, the Reg BI Committee has conducted a risk assessment to identify those sales activities, sales practices, affiliations, service providers and conflicts of interest may exist and potentially cause violations of Regulation Best Interest. The policies set forth in this SPM 7.0.1, have been established to provide the initial roadmap to compliance with Regulation Best Interest
(1) Training
(a) Initial Registered Representative Training
To educate all Registered Representatives prior to the implementation of Reg BI, a module on Reg BI is required to be completed through a third- party vendor, Quest CE.
(b) Initial Supervisory and Compliance Department Training
The Reg BI Committee shall provide all supervisors and compliance officers with training with respect to this Section 7.0.1 as soon as practicable following the initial effective date of this Section 7.0.1.
(b) Annual Training
On no less than an annual basis, the Compliance Department shall provide training for Reg BI through the Annual Compliance Meeting.
(2) Quality Control and Forensic Testing
(a) Quality Control Test to Determine Whether the Firm’s Activities are
Consistent With Compliance Policies and Procedures
In connection with the issuance of these procedures, the firm’s activities were reviewed by the Reg BI Committee to determine what additions to the Firm’s written supervisory procedures were required to comply with Regulation Best Interests, . The Reg BI Committee shall draft and implement those additional policies and procedures required for the Firm to be in compliance with Regulation Best Interest, based on periodic testing as required infra and/or going- forward experience.
(b) Periodic Testing to detect possible circumvention in policies and
procedures or attempts to take advantage of gaps in policies and procedures
1. The following periodic testing shall be undertaken.
a. As part of the Annual Internal Audit, the Internal Auditor shall conduct a review of a sampling of approved transactions, to ensure that (1) the required disclosures were confirmed by the RR and that the approved transactions were, based on the Retail Customer(s)’ investment profiles, in the best interests of the Retail Customer.
The Internal Auditor shall transmit to the Reg BI Committee a report containing all findings with respect to possible circumvention in policies and procedures or attempts to take advantage of gaps in policies and procedures.
b. The Reg BI Committee shall, on a semi-annual basis,
conduct a separate sampling review of approved
transactions, to ensure that (1) the required disclosures were confirmed by the RR using the Best Interest Attestation or FCCS Disclosure Log as applicable, and (2) that the approved transactions were, based on the Retail Customer(s)’ investment profiles, in the best interests of the Retail Customer. The Reg BI Committee shall generate a report of such review, which may be set forth in the Reg BI Committee minutes.
c. The Reg BI Committee shall draft procedures to address
gaps or circumvention discovered pursuant to such periodic testing.
(c) Exception Reports and Other Reports
Forensic testing as prescribed herein produces exception reports and other reports for review by the Reg BI Committee and the Compliance Department. See Section 7.0.1(G)(3)(a) and (b) above.
(4) Remediation For Non-Compliance (a) Compensation to Customer
In any case where the Compliance Department concludes that a transaction was not undertaken in the best interests of the Retail Customer, the Compliance Department may reverse the transaction or take other action to compensate the Retail Customer. The RR shall be responsible for any expense incurred by the Firm in making such remediation.
(b) Disciplinary Action
Failure to comply with the requirements of this Section 7.0.1 shall result in discipline, which may be progressive in nature depending on the nature and frequency of the violation(s). Discipline for violations may be one of the following: letter of caution, reduction in compensation, fines, suspension and termination from association from the Firm.
H. Record Keeping
(1) The following records are determined to be within the scope of and/or necessary to show compliance with Regulation Best Interest.
(a) Retail Customer Account Opening Documents
(b) Client Profiles by Retail Investors
(c) Shareholder Change of Dealer Forms by Retail Customers
(d) Alternative Investment Suitability Analysis Forms by Retail Customers
(e) Tickets containing supervisory approval of transactions (f) Blotters containing supervisory approval of transactions (g) Form CRS and all amendments
(h) Records confirming initial delivery of Form CRS to Retail Customers on or before July 30, 2020.
(h) Best interest attestations and/or email communications from RRs
pursuant to this Section 7.0.1. (i) Excessive Trading Exception Reports (j) Mutual Fund Switching Reports
(k) Compliance Department review of potential Regulation Best Interest violations
(l) Records of training conducted pursuant to Section 7.0.1(G) (m) Reports by the Internal Auditor submitted under Section 7.0.1(G) (n) Minutes of Meetings of the Reg BI Committee
(o) All other account record information collected required pursuant to SEC 17a-3
(2) The above records shall be maintained for a period of not less than six (6) years
after the earlier of the date the account was closed or the date on which the information was replaced or updated.
(3) All required records may be maintained in electronic format.
I. Transition Addendum
Regulation Best Interest does not address account openings, account transfers and transactions that are in process at or about June 30, 2020, the time of the effective date of Regulation Best Interest and Section 7.0.1. The process for account openings and certain transactions may be further prolonged as a result of the Covid-19 health crisis. The Firm’s ability to assimilate new customer information into existing customer databases is
further complicated by the Covid-19 health crisis. This section is promulgated to address gaps that result from these circumstances.
(1) Account Openings
For any account opened during the period of June 30, 2020 and September 29, 2020, where the recommendation with respect to the account opening was made during this transition period and did not result in any new investment strategy being executed:
(a) No Best Interest Attestation shall be required.
(b) PKS shall deliver Form CRS to the Retail Customers no later than
September 30, 2020. 7.0.1.1 Massachusetts Fiduciary Rule (Added 9/2020) The provisions of section 7.0.1 shall apply to recommendations and transactions subject to this Section 7.0.1.1, with the following additions. A. Applicability
The provisions of this Section 7.0.1.1 shall apply to the following persons and transactions.
(1) Any transaction or recommendation involving or made to a customer who is a
resident of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
(2) Any recommendation to or transaction for any customer made by or involving a registered representative (RR) having an office in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
(3) Government Securities, Insurance Products and Annuity Products.
Recommendations of government securities, insurance products and annuity products are excluded from the fiduciary conduct standard.
B. Definition of Customer
A customer includes any natural person or the legal representative of a natural person. A natural person cannot be an institutional account for the purposes of the Massachusetts
Fiduciary Rule. The term “customer” shall include current and prospective customers, but shall not include: (1) A bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, trust company, or
registered investment company; (2) A broker-dealer registered with a state securities commission (or agency or office
performing like functions); (3) An investment adviser registered with the SEC under Section 203 of the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or with a state securities commission (or agency or office performing like functions); or
(4) Any other institutional buyer as defined by Mass Rules 950 CMR 12.205(1)(a)6.
and 950 CMR 14.401. C. Fiduciary Duty Requirement.
Every RR shall act in accordance with a fiduciary duty to a customer:
(1) When providing in investment advice,
(2) When recommending an investment strategy,
(3) When opening any type of account,
(4) When transferring assets from one account to another account,
(5) In connection with the purchase, sale, or exchange of any security,
(6) On an ongoing basis (beyond the recommendation period), when exercising discretion in a customer account, unless the discretion relates solely to the time and/or price for the execution of the order.
(7) On an ongoing basis (beyond the recommendation period), in any case where the
RR has a contractual fiduciary duty (8) On an ongoing basis (beyond the recommendation period), in any case where
there is an agreement to monitor the customer’s account on a regular or periodic basis. [Note: Agreements to monitor accounts are prohibited under Section 7.0.1]
D. Standards For Meeting the Fiduciary Duty
To meet the fiduciary duty, the RR shall adhere to duties of utmost care and loyalty to the customer.
(1) Duty of Care
The duty of care requires the RR to use the care, skill, prudence, and diligence that a person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use, taking into consideration all of the relevant facts and circumstances. For purposes of this paragraph, the RR shall make reasonable inquiry, including: (a) The risks, costs, and conflicts of interest related to all recommendations
made and investment advice given; (b) The customer’s investment objectives, risk tolerance, financial situation,
and needs; and (c) Any other relevant information.
(2) Duty of Loyalty
The duty of loyalty requires the RR to: (a) Disclose all material conflicts of interest; (b) Make all reasonably practicable efforts to avoid conflicts of interest,
eliminate conflicts that cannot reasonably be avoided, and mitigate conflicts that cannot reasonably be avoided or eliminated; and
(c) Make recommendations and provide investment advice without regard to
the financial or any other interest of any party other than the customer. (3) Mere Disclosure of Conflicts Insufficient
Disclosing conflicts alone, by the RR or the Firm, does not meet or demonstrate the duty of loyalty.
(4) Conflicts That Cannot Be Avoided
(a) General
Examples of conflicts of interest that cannot reasonably be avoided or eliminated include (i) receiving compensation in connection with making a recommendation, (ii) making a recommendation or sale of proprietary products and (iii) making a recommendation or sale in a principal transaction. In the Adopting Release, the Division has explained that such conflicts may be mitigated by “ensuring that the fee earned for the recommendation is reasonable and complying with the remainder of the fiduciary duty.
(b) Complex Products
(1) Definition
For the purposes of this Section 7.0.1.1, a complex product is as defined in Section 7.0.1.
(2) Mitigation of Conflict
The RR shall provide a FCCS Disclosure Log, Best Interest Attestation or email to the supervisor to the address provided in Section 7.0.1.1 above for every complex product and provide an explanation as to why the recommended product is better for the customer than available lower cost products.
(5) Notification of Application of the MA Fiduciary Rule
The RR shall provide notification to the Firm for every transaction subject to the Rule on the FCCS Disclosure Log or Best Interest Attestation as applicable
E. Supervision of Fiduciary Duty (1) Supervision of Duty of Care
For every transaction subject to this Section 7.0.1.1, the supervisor shall review the FCCS Disclosure Log and Best Interest Attestation as applicable to ensure compliance with the Duty of Care, in that the RR has conducted reasonable inquiry as to (a) risks, costs, and conflicts of interest related to all recommendations made and investment advice given, (b) the customer’s investment objectives, risk tolerance, financial situation, and needs, and (c) any other relevant information.
(2) Supervision of Duty of Loyalty (a) General
For every transaction subject to this Section 7.0.1.1, the supervisor shall review the FCCS Disclosure Log or Best Interest Attestation as applicable to ensure disclosure and mitigation as possible with conflicts of interest, and that the commission charged for the transaction is reasonable.
(b) Complex Products
For every recommended transaction involving a complex product as defined above, the supervisor shall review the FCCS Disclosure Log, Best Interest Attestation or email explanation provided by the RR regarding
why the recommended product is better for the customer than available lower cost products.
E. Training
The Compliance Department shall include training for RRs subject to this section in the Annual Compliance Meeting or other periodic training session as determined by the Director of Compliance.
7.1 The Suitability Rule: FINRA Rule 2111 [Text of Rule] (Added 6/2012) 2111. Suitability This rule was introduced with the filing of SR-FINRA-2010-039 which has been approved by the SEC. This rule becomes effective on July 9, 2012. (a) A member or an associated person must have a reasonable basis to believe that a
recommended transaction or investment strategy involving a security or securities is suitable for the customer, based on the information obtained through the reasonable diligence of the member or associated person to ascertain the customer's investment profile. A customer's investment profile includes, but is not limited to, the customer's age, other investments, financial situation and needs, tax status, investment objectives, investment experience, investment time horizon, liquidity needs, risk tolerance, and any other information the customer may disclose to the member or associated person in connection with such recommendation.
(b) A member or associated person fulfills the customer-specific suitability obligation for an
institutional account, as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c), if (1) the member or associated person has a reasonable basis to believe that the institutional customer is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies involving a security or securities and (2) the institutional customer affirmatively indicates that it is exercising independent judgment in evaluating the member's or associated person's recommendations. Where an institutional customer has delegated decision making authority to an agent, such as an investment adviser or a bank trust department, these factors shall be applied to the agent.
________________________________________ *** Supplementary Material ***
.01 General Principles. Implicit in all member and associated person relationships with customers and others is the fundamental responsibility for fair dealing. Sales efforts must therefore be undertaken only on a basis that can be judged as being within the ethical standards of FINRA's rules, with particular emphasis on the requirement to deal fairly with the public. The suitability rule is fundamental to fair dealing and is intended to promote ethical sales practices and high standards of professional conduct. .02 Disclaimers. A member or associated person cannot disclaim any responsibilities under the suitability rule. .03 Recommended Strategies. The phrase "investment strategy involving a security or securities" used in this Rule is to be interpreted broadly and would include, among other things, an explicit recommendation to hold a security or securities. However, the following communications are excluded from the coverage of Rule 2111 as long as they do not include (standing alone or in combination with other communications) a recommendation of a particular security or securities: (a) General financial and investment information, including (i) basic investment concepts, such as risk and return, diversification, dollar cost averaging, compounded return, and tax deferred investment, (ii) historic differences in the return of asset classes (e.g., equities, bonds, or cash) based on standard market indices, (iii) effects of inflation, (iv) estimates of future retirement income needs, and (v) assessment of a customer's investment profile; (b) Descriptive information about an employer-sponsored retirement or benefit plan, participation in the plan, the benefits of plan participation, and the investment options available under the plan; (c) Asset allocation models that are (i) based on generally accepted investment theory, (ii) accompanied by disclosures of all material facts and assumptions that may affect a reasonable investor's assessment of the asset allocation model or any report generated by such model, and (iii) in compliance with FINRA Rule 2214 (Requirements for the Use of Investment Analysis Tools) if the asset allocation model is an "investment analysis tool" covered by FINRA Rule 2214; and (d) Interactive investment materials that incorporate the above. .04 Customer's Investment Profile. A member or associated person shall make a recommendation covered by this Rule only if, among other things, the member or associated person has sufficient information about the customer to have a reasonable basis to believe that the recommendation is suitable for that customer. The factors delineated in Rule 2111(a) regarding a customer's investment profile generally are relevant to a determination regarding whether a recommendation is suitable for a particular customer, although the level of importance of each factor may vary depending on the facts and circumstances of the particular case. A member or associated person shall use reasonable diligence to obtain and analyze all of the factors delineated in Rule 2111(a) unless the member or associated person has a reasonable basis to believe, documented with specificity, that one or more of the factors are not relevant components of a customer's investment profile in light of the facts and circumstances of the particular case. .05 Components of Suitability Obligations. Rule 2111 is composed of three main obligations: reasonable-basis suitability, customer-specific suitability, and quantitative suitability.
(a) The reasonable-basis obligation requires a member or associated person to have a reasonable basis to believe, based on reasonable diligence, that the recommendation is suitable for at least some investors. In general, what constitutes reasonable diligence will vary depending on, among other things, the complexity of and risks associated with the security or investment strategy and the member's or associated person's familiarity with the security or investment strategy. A member's or associated person's reasonable diligence must provide the member or associated person with an understanding of the potential risks and rewards associated with the recommended security or strategy. The lack of such an understanding when recommending a security or strategy violates the suitability rule. (b) The customer-specific obligation requires that a member or associated person have a reasonable basis to believe that the recommendation is suitable for a particular customer based on that customer's investment profile, as delineated in Rule 2111(a). (c) Quantitative suitability requires a member or associated person who has actual or de facto control over a customer account to have a reasonable basis for believing that a series of recommended transactions, even if suitable when viewed in isolation, are not excessive and unsuitable for the customer when taken together in light of the customer's investment profile, as delineated in Rule 2111(a). No single test defines excessive activity, but factors such as the turnover rate, the cost-equity ratio, and the use of in-and-out trading in a customer's account may provide a basis for a finding that a member or associated person has violated the quantitative suitability obligation. .06 Customer's Financial Ability. Rule 2111 prohibits a member or associated person from recommending a transaction or investment strategy involving a security or securities or the continuing purchase of a security or securities or use of an investment strategy involving a security or securities unless the member or associated person has a reasonable basis to believe that the customer has the financial ability to meet such a commitment. .07 Institutional Investor Exemption. Rule 2111(b) provides an exemption to customer-specific suitability regarding institutional investors if the conditions delineated in that paragraph are satisfied. With respect to having to indicate affirmatively that it is exercising independent judgment in evaluating the member's or associated person's recommendations, an institutional customer may indicate that it is exercising independent judgment on a trade-by-trade basis, on an asset-class-by-asset-class basis, or in terms of all potential transactions for its account. 7.2 Analysis of FINRA Rule 2111 [Suitability] (Amended 7/2016)
A. General Rule
FINRA Rule 2111 requires a member or an associated person to have a reasonable basis to believe that a recommended transaction or investment strategy involving a security or securities is suitable for the customer, based on the information obtained through the reasonable diligence of the member or associated person to ascertain the customer’s investment profile
B. Investment Profile The Investment Profile is the tool that FINRA Rule 2111 requires to be used in suitability evaluations. FINRA Rule 2111 defines a customer’s investment profile to include the following factors with respect to a customer: (1) Age, (2) Other investments, (3) Financial situation and needs, (4) Tax status, (5) Investment objectives, (6) Investment experience, (7) Investment time horizon, (8) Liquidity needs, (9) Risk tolerance, (10) Any other information the customer may disclose in connection with the recommendation.
C. Financial Ability Evaluation Required FINRA Rule 2111 prohibits a member or associated person from recommending a transaction or investment strategy involving a security or securities or the continuing purchase of a security or securities or use of an investment strategy involving a security or securities unless the member or associated person has a reasonable basis to believe that the customer has the financial ability to meet such a commitment. D. Differences Between FINRA Rule 2111 and Prior Law (1) Prior Law: (a) Only recommended securities "transactions" covered.
FINRA’s suitability rule applies only to securities that the Representative “recommends” to customers. Merely effecting a trade at a customer’s request does not trigger the suitability rule. (See Matter of James B. Chase, NASD Compl No. C8A990081 (August 15, 2001), citing Matter of Warren, 51 SEC 1015, FINRA Notice to Members 96-60, 1996 NASD LEXIS 76, at *3 (stating that a member’s suitability obligation does not apply to situations in which a member acts solely as an order-taker for persons who, on their own initiative, effect transactions without the recommendation of a member). (See also NTM 96-60, citing SEC Release No. 34-27160, August 22, 1989).
(b) Definition of the term “Recommended”
A broad range of circumstances may cause a transaction to be considered recommended, and this determination does not depend on the classification of the transaction by the broker dealer or registered representative as "solicited" or "unsolicited." In particular, a transaction will be considered to be recommended when the broker dealer or registered representative brings a specific security to the attention of the customer through any means, including, but not limited to, direct telephone communication, the delivery of promotional material through the mail, or the transmission of electronic messages. (NTM 96-60).
(2) FINRA Rule 2111 Changes
(a) "Recommendation" [not transaction] triggers analysis FINRA Rule 2111(a) brings within the suitability rule "recommended transaction or investment strategy," and interprets the term "investment strategy" broadly and states that this term “… would include, among other things, an “explicit recommendation to hold” a security or securities. (b) PKS Interpretation For the purposes of applying this interpretation to its procedures, PKS interprets the term “explicit recommendation to hold” as having application primarily to circumstances where the price of securities or the markets in general are falling, or where a security has been subject to business or regulatory issues. Discussions between registered representatives and clients regarding the disposition of securities in rising markets is generally, in our view, less about suitability and more about profit taking and tax issues. (c) Supervisory Issues with FINRA Rule 2111 Supervision of transactions under prior law was triggered by transactions, for which there is a data stream. Supervision of recommendations not involving a transaction requires reliance on the registered representative to advise the firm that a recommendation to hold has been made. E. Recommended Transaction or Investment Strategy Triggers Analysis (1) Recommended Transaction An analysis of whether a transaction is a “recommended” transaction [for the purpose of application of the FINRA Rule 2111 to the transaction] would follow established prior law, as there is nothing in FINRA Rule 2111 to alter established law for this purpose. (2) Recommended Investment Strategy
FINRA interprets the phrase “investment strategy involving a security or securities” broadly and states that this term “…would include, among other things, an “explicit recommendation to hold” a security or securities. (3) Communications Excluded from Definition of “Recommendation” FINRA has stated that the following communications are excluded from the coverage of Rule 2111 as long as they do not include (standing alone or in combination with other communications) a recommendation of a particular security or securities: (a) General financial and investment information, including (i) basic investment concepts, such as risk and return, diversification, dollar cost averaging, compounded return, and tax deferred investment, (ii) historic differences in the return of asset classes (e.g., equities, bonds, or cash) based on standard market indices, (iii) effects of inflation, (iv) estimates of future retirement income needs, and (v) assessment of a customer’s investment profile; (b) Descriptive information about an employer-sponsored retirement or benefit plan, participation in the plan, the benefits of plan participation, and the investment options available under the plan; (c) Asset allocation models that are (i) based on generally accepted investment theory, (ii) accompanied by disclosures of all material facts and assumptions that may affect a reasonable investor’s assessment of the asset allocation model or any report generated by such model, and (iii) in compliance with FINRA Rule 2214 (Requirements for the Use of Investment Analysis Tools) if the asset allocation model is an “investment analysis tool” covered by FINRA Rule 2214; and (d) Interactive investment materials that incorporate the above. F. Primary Suitability Obligations There are three primary suitability obligations, as follows:
(1) Reasonable Basis Obligation. (a) FINRA Rule 2111.05 Requirement Reasonable Basis Obligation requires, based on due diligence, that a recommendation is suitable for at least some investors. In general, what constitutes reasonable diligence will vary depending on, among other things, the complexity of and risks associated with the security or investment strategy and the member’s or associated person’s familiarity with the security or investment strategy. A member’s or associated person’s reasonable diligence must provide the member or associated person with an understanding of the potential risks and rewards associated with the recommended security or strategy. The lack of such an understanding when recommending a security or strategy violates the suitability rule. (b) PKS Compliance PKS uses several methodologies for meeting its Reasonable Basis Obligations: (i) PKS has a great number of Direct-Sales Agreements with Mutual Fund Companies and Variable Annuity Complexes. PKS believes that mutual funds registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 and redeemable at NAV on a daily basis are suitable for some customers, and therefore satisfy the reasonable basis requirement based on their registration requirements and liquidity. PKS also believes that variable products issued by state regulated insurance and annuity companies satisfy the reasonable basis requirement based on such state regulation.
(ii) All illiquid products, including but not limited to REITs, Private
Placements, Limited Partnerships or other Alternative Investments (not on the FCCS platform) must be vetted and approved by PKS’ New Products Committee The New Products Committee examines criteria outlined on the PKS Due Diligence Template. .
(iii) Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (“FCCS”) PKS’ clearing
firm, offers mutual funds and certain other investments on its clearing platform that PKS Registered Reps have access to. FCCS does not advise PKS when it adds product to its platform.
As its clearing firm, PKS relies on FCCS to perform its own due- diligence to assure compliance with the Reasonable Basis Obligation.
(iv) PKS relies on sources such as newswires, FCCS bulletins, electronic media, industry magazines and journals, SRO guidance and consumer alerts, newspapers, rating services and numerous other sources to identify companies, products or strategies that could trigger a “red-flag” for maintaining an investment’s suitability under the Reasonable Basis Obligation. PKS Managers meet weekly and any such “red flags” are discussed and, if needed, submitted to the New Products Committee for re-evaluation. (2) Customer Specific (Qualitative) Obligations (a) FINRA Rule 2111.05 Requirement Customer Specific Obligations require that a recommendation is suitable for a specific customer, based on that customer’s investment profile as defined in FINRA Rule 2111(a) and restated in this procedure. (b) PKS Compliance SPM 7.3 is designed to achieve compliance with the customer specific requirements of FINRA Rule 2111 (3) Quantitative Obligations (a) FINRA Rule 2111.05 Requirement
The quantitative obligation to the customer requires that the number of recommended transactions within a particular period is not excessive in light of the customer’s investment profile as defined in FINRA Rule
2111(a) and restated in this procedure . The Quantitative Obligations under FINRA Rule 2111 set forth restated in the supplemental material essentially prohibits churning, as follows: “No single test defines excessive activity, but factors such as the turnover rate, the cost-equity ratio, and the use of in-and-out trading in a customer’s account may provide a basis for a finding that a member or associated person has violated the quantitative suitability obligation.
(b) PKS Compliance
The surveillance procedures undertaken by the Compliance Department pursuant to Section 6 and other product specific surveillance [e.g. variable annuity surveillance] are designed to achieve compliance with the Quantitative Suitability requirements of FINRA Rule 2111.05.
G. Institutional Account Exemption from Customer-Specific Obligations (1) Definition of Institutional Account [FINRA Rule 4512(c)] An institutional account is an account of
(a) a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment company;
(b) a state or SEC registered investment adviser…; or
(c) any other entity (whether a natural person, corporation, partnership, trust,
or otherwise) with total assets of at least $50 million. (2) Suitability Requirements for Institutional Accounts. (a) General A member or associated person fulfills the customer-specific suitability obligation for an institutional account, as defined in FINRA Rule
4512(c), if (i) the member or associated person has a reasonable basis to believe that the institutional customer is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies involving a security or securities and (ii) the institutional customer affirmatively indicates that it is exercising independent judgment in evaluating the member’s or associated person’s recommendations. Such affirmation may be made on a (1) trade by trade basis, or (2) on an asset-class by asset-class basis, or (3) in terms of all potential transactions for its account. (b) Agent for Institutional Account Where an institutional customer has delegated decision making authority to an agent, such as an investment adviser or a bank trust department, these factors shall be applied to the agent. 7.3 PKS Suitability Procedures (Amended 12/2020) A. General The purpose of these procedures is to ensure compliance with FINRA Rule 2111. B. Recommendation as Trigger for Suitability Analysis The following are defined as recommendations that will trigger a suitability analysis by the Registered Representative are:
(1) Recommendation to purchase a security; (2) Recommendation to sell a security; (3) Recommendation to “hold” a security or group of securities where: (a) The price of the security or group of securities owned by the customer has declined over 10% of the original purchase price; (b) The correlated markets in general are declining; Obviously, for equities there are many different markets and other variables such as, but not limited to, sectors or geographical and geopolitical issues. For example, for a client who holds a domestic utility stock, a ten-percent decline in Asian markets would not trigger a suitability analysis when discussing this client’s utility stock. Likewise, a ten-percent-plus drop in domestic equities markets (i.e. Dow, Nasdaq) also would not trigger a suitability analysis for a client holding a fixed-income portfolio or individual bond position. A better example of a decline in markets triggering a suitability analysis would be a client who holds shares of Microsoft who inquires about the position at a point in time when either the NASDAQ, the Dow, or technology stocks in-general have declined steadily over-time. A one or two-day correction does not mandate a suitability analysis, but a two- month steady fall in prices would. Registered Representatives unsure about a situation that might trigger a suitability analysis and “hold” ticket based upon market decline should contact the Supervisory Department for assistance. (c) The issuing entity for a security is experiencing regulatory or business issues. C. Investment Profile Required for Suitability Analysis
An Investment Profile is required for a Suitability Analysis under these procedures. An Investment Profile is contained in the FCCS account application for FCCS accounts, in the PKS Client Profile, and in the PKS Suitability Update Form. (1) Recommendations in FCCS Accounts within 3 years of account opening. The FCCS Account Application may serve as the Investment Profile within three years of account opening, as it is designed to capture the information required to make the suitability assessment required by FINRA Rule 2111. (2) Recommendations in Direct Accounts within 3 years of account opening. The PKS Client Profile may serve as the Investment Profile within three years of account opening, as it is designed to capture the information required to make the suitability assessment required by FINRA Rule 2111. (3) Recommendations in FCCS Accounts subsequent to 3 years of accounts opening.
(a) In Compliance with the suitability assessment required by FINRA rule 2111, FCCS provides notice via a recurring letter to clients of their suitability information if unchanged 3 years after account opening. The notice allows the client the ability to review and an opportunity to update existing suitability information in the event of any changes. Copies of letters and updates are maintained electronically. (b) In the event that a client wishes to update existing suitability information, in lieu of the recurring letter sent by FCCS, the PKS Suitability Update Form may be used, as it is designed to capture the information required to make the suitability assessment required by FINRA Rule 2111.
(4) Recommendations in Direct Accounts subsequent to 3 years of accounts opening. The PKS Client Profile may serve as the Investment Profile outside of three years of account opening, as it is designed to capture the information required to make the suitability assessment required by FINRA Rule 2111.
(5) All Other Recommendations Require PKS Client Profile
A PKS Client Profile completed within three years of a recommendation is required as a condition precedent to making the recommendation. The PKS Client Profile is designed to capture the information required to make the suitability assessment required by FINRA Rule 2111. It is available on the Forms Library of the PKS Website. (6) Additional Requirements for “Recommendations to Hold” as defined in 7.3[B](3) The following additional procedures shall be followed by a Registered Representative in connection with a recommendations to hold. (a) New Suitability Information Required (i) FCCS Account Prior to making a recommendation to hold, a Registered Representative shall obtain a new Suitability Update Form from the Client, which may obtained electronically or over the phone. (ii) Direct Account
Prior to making a recommendation to hold, a Registered Representative shall obtain a new PKS Client Profile from the
Client. (b) Analysis of Suitability for Hold Recommendation The Registered Representative shall, prior to making a recommendation to hold, analyze the client suitability for the recommendation in accordance with the factors enumerated below in SPM 7.3[D]. (c) Hold Ticket Promptly after making a hold recommendation in circumstances set forth in SPM 7.3[B](3), the Registered Representative shall memorialize in
writing the factors considered in making the recommendation in a Hold Ticket, available on the Forms Library of the PKS Website . (d) Transmittal to Regional Supervisor Immediately upon completion of the Hold Ticket required in SPM 7.3[C](3)(c) above, the Registered Representative shall transmit by electronic mail the following documents to the Regional Supervisor. (i) New Suitability Update Form or PKS Client Profile as set forth in SPM 7.3[C](7)(a). (ii) Hold Ticket D. Suitability Considerations For any recommendation covered by these procedures, the following factors shall be considered in determining client suitability. (1) Age, (2) Other investments, (3) Financial situation and needs, (4) Tax status, (5) Investment objectives, (6) Investment experience, (7) Investment time horizon, (8) Liquidity needs,
(9) Risk tolerance, (10) Financial Ability The financial ability basis constitutes a reasonable basis to believe that the customer has the financial ability to meet the recommended commitment. E. Supervision of Suitability Determinations (1) For Recommendations Involving a Transaction
(a) General - Risk Based Approach
FINRA Rule 3110.05 permits a firm to use a risk-based system to review its transactions. The term ‘‘risk-based’’ describes the type of methodology a firm may use to identify and prioritize for review those areas that pose the greatest risk of potential securities laws and self-regulatory organization (SRO) rule violations.[See FINRA Regulatory Notice 14-10].
FINRA Rule 2111 requires suitability determinations for “recommended” transactions. Under Rule 2111, transactions which are not recommended do not require suitability review.
Because larger transactions generally pose a greater risk of potential securities laws and self-regulatory organization (SRO) rule violations, PKS believes that these transactions should generally be subject to a review when recommended by a PKS registered representative. Therefore, subject to exceptions for institutional accounts, direct business transactions under $10,000 as discussed below and other exceptions as may be set forth in this SPM, PKS reviews all recommended transactions for suitability.
For Direct Business [defined here generally as all transactions other than FCCS transactions] there are many small transactions that do not involve recommendations and therefore do not trigger suitability obligations. These include purchases through automatic reinvestment programs, annual contributions to IRA and 529 accounts and other smaller customer contributions. PKS believes that such transactions under certain dollar amounts do not present significant risk for violations of securities laws. Based on this analysis, PKS will not conduct suitability reviews of
customer transactions under $10,000 [“small direct transactions”], directly with an issuer, that do not involve the initial purchase of a product.
PKS has identified a potential risk of the use of multiple small direct transactions as a strategy to circumvent suitability review and violate securities laws and/or rules. To address this risk, a holistic review of small direct transactions should be conducted on no less than an annual basis.
(b) Procedure
Subject to SPM 7.3[E](1)(c) and (d) below, customer suitability for transactions (purchase or sale of a security) shall be reviewed and approved (or disapproved) by the Regional Supervisor. The Regional Supervisor shall cause a record to be made of the approval or disapproval of a transaction applying the following criteria.
(i) The provisions of Section 4 [Supervision] of this SPM and (ii) The suitability considerations set forth in SPM 7.3[D], using (iii) An investment profile as delineated in SPM 7.3[C], obtained less
than three years prior to the date of the recommended transaction.
(c) Exceptions
Customer suitability shall not be required to be reviewed by the Regional Supervisor for the following transactions.
(i) Institutional Accounts as set forth in SPM 7.3[H] generally.
(ii) Customer transactions under $10,000 [“small direct transactions”],
directly with the issuer, that do not involve the initial purchase of a product.
(iii) Any other transaction exempted from such review pursuant to this
SPM.
(d) Small Direct Transaction Review
(i) Scope of Review
To prevent the use of multiple small direct transactions as a strategy to circumvent suitability review and violate securities laws and/or rules.
(ii) Conduct of Review
The small direct transaction review shall be conducted by the Compliance Department.
(iii) Time Frame For Review
The small direct transaction review shall be conducted periodically but on no less than an annual basis.
(iv) Record Keeping
A record of the small direct transaction review shall be maintained by the Compliance Department. Such record may be maintained electronically.
(e) For Transfer of PKS Brokerage Accounts to PKS Advisory Services
(“PKSA”) Investment Management Accounts
The suitability review set forth in SPM 7.3[E](1)(b) shall be conducted in any case where a PKS brokerage account is transferred to a brokerage account managed by PKSA. Completion and submission of the “PKS to PKSA Suitability Assessment Form” by the Registered Representative and approval by the Regional Supervisor is a condition precedent to the transfer of a PKS brokerage account to PKSA management.
(i) Procedure
The Registered Representative shall complete the “PKS to PKSA Suitability Assessment Form”, located in the Forms Library of the PKS website, and shall submit same to the Regional Supervisor. The PKS to PKSA Suitability Assessment Form shall require the registered representative to detail the reasons for the recommendation for transfer of the account to PKSA management.
(ii) Suitability Review
Subject to SPM 7.3[E](1)(b) above and prior to transfer to PKSA management, the recommendation for transfer to PKSA
management shall be reviewed and approved by the Regional Supervisor. The Regional Supervisor shall record the approval or disapproval of the transfer on the “PKS to PKSA Suitability Assessment Form”.
(iii) Record Keeping and PKSA Notification
Supervisory approvals and disapprovals of recommendations for transfer of PKS accounts to PKSA management shall be transmitted to the Operations Department for filing in the client file. A copy of the PKS to PKSA Suitability Assessment Form with supervisory approval or disapproval shall be transmitted via email to PKSA.
(iv) All records may be maintained in electronic format.
(2) For Recommendations Not Involving a Transaction Within 30 days of receiving the Hold Ticket from the Registered Representative, the Regional Supervisor shall evaluate the recommendation in light of the principles set forth in SPM 7.3[D]. Upon such evaluation, the Regional Supervisor shall: (a) Approve the Hold Ticket If the Regional Supervisor determines to approve the Hold Ticket , the Regional Supervisor shall: (i) Notify the Registered Representative of the approval by electronic mail. (ii) Transmit the Hold Ticket and New Suitability Update Form to the Operations Department for further action in accordance with 7.3 [G]. (b) Disapprove the Hold Ticket If the Regional Supervisor determines to disapprove the Hold
Ticket, the Regional Supervisor shall notify the Registered Representative by electronic mail and communicate with the Registered Representative to arrive at a suitable recommendation to the client in accordance with these procedures. F. Operations Department Procedure for Hold Tickets
Upon receipt of the Hold Ticket and New Suitability Update Form from the Regional Supervisor after approval or disapproval of a Hold Ticket, the Operations Department shall promptly:
(1) File the Hold Ticket and New Suitability Update Form in the Client file, which may be maintained electronically. (2) Update Client Suitability Information as follows: (a) For FCCS Accounts The Operations Department shall input any changes in client suitability documented in the new Suitability Update Form into FCCS electronic records, which enables FCCS direct notification of the client regarding such changes pursuant to FCCS procedures. (b) For all non-FCCS accounts The Operations Department shall input any changes in client suitability documented in the new PKS Client Profile into the PKS CRM system. G. Institutional Account Exemption The suitability analysis required by subsection E above shall not be required for recommendations to institutional accounts as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c), provided an Institutional Account Suitability Certification, containing the information and in the form set forth in SPM 7.3[H](2) below is executed by the owner of the
account or its authorized representative and filed in the client file. (1) Definition of Institutional Account [FINRA Rule 4512(c)] An institutional account is an account of
(a) a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment company;
(b) an investment adviser registered either with the SEC under Section 203 of
the Investment Advisers Act or with a state securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions); or
(c) any other person (whether a natural person, corporation, partnership, trust,
or otherwise) with total assets of at least $50 million. (2) Institutional Account Profile
To qualify from an exemption from the customer specific suitability analysis under SPM 7.3, the owner of the Institutional Account or its duly
authorized agent (except for an investment adviser or a bank trust department) must complete an Institutional Account Profile and certify that:
(i) they are capable of evaluating investment risks independently and
making independent investment decisions, and (ii) that they areexercising independent judgment in evaluatingthe
recommendation(s). (c) Record Keeping for the Institutional Account Profile The Operations Department shall maintain the Institutional Account Profile in the client file, which may be maintained electronically.
H. Product Specific Suitability Obligations
Special suitability obligations apply to particular types of securities, which are set forth in SPM Section 15.
I. Firm Guidance (1) General PKS may, from time to time, publish to all Registered Representatives prohibitions on recommendations to purchase or hold products that are deemed unsuitable.
(2) Special Circumstances Under special or emergency circumstances, PKS may issue firmwide instructions to Registered Representatives, with respect to purchase and hold recommendations, and related issues. 7.3.1 Investor Qulaification Distinctions
Complex products, such as hedge funds, private equity funds, and venture capital funds, are governed by federal laws that impact who can invest in these fund, including the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the Investment Company Act of 1940. Below are the three most common types of investors referenced in these laws and the regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. A) Accredited Investor
i) A person with annual income exceeding $200,000 ($300,000 for joint
income) for the last two years with the expectation of earning the same or a higher income in the current year or individual with net worth, or joint net worth with his or her spouse, in excess of $1,000,000. As used herein, “net worth” means the excess of total assets at fair market value, including home furnishings and automobiles but excluding the value of the primary residence, over total liabilities.
ii) Certain professional certifications, designations or credentials issued by an
accredited educational institution that the SEC has designated as qualifying
an individual for accredited investor status (thus far, the SEC has designated holders of Series 7, Series 65, and Series 82 licenses.
iii) Knowledgeable employees of Private Funds are deemed accredited
investors. A knowledgeable employee’s accredited investor status extends to his or her spouse with respect to joint investments in relevant private funds.
iv) Family offices with at least $5 million in assets under management and their
“family clients” (as each term is defined under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (Advisers Act)) as accredited investors so long as the entity is not formed specifically for the purpose of acquiring the offered securities and the investment is directed by a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such family office is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment.
v) Limited Liability Companies (LLCs) with total assets in excess of $5
million are considered accredited investors. vi) The Final Rule also creates a new “catch-all” category of accredited
investors for entities with $5 Million in investments that were not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the offered securities. This catch-all provision is intended to capture, among other types of entities, American Indian tribes, labor unions, governmental bodies and funds, and entities organized under the laws of a foreign country.
vii) Registered investment advisers that are registered under the Advisers Act. viii) Rural Business Investment Companies are also included in the types of
entities that are deemed accredited investors under Rule 501(a)(1). The Final Rule does not impose a dollar thresholder and instead provides that an RBIC would qualify based solely upon its status as an RBIC.
B) Qualified Purchaser
i) An individual or couple that owns not less than $ 5,000,000 in
investments, as defined by the SEC; ii) A company that owns not less than $ 5,000,000 in investments and that is
owned directly or indirectly by or for 2 or more natural persons who are related as siblings or spouse (including former spouses), or direct lineal descendants by birth or adoption, spouses of such persons, the estates of such persons, or foundations, charitable organizations, or trusts established by or for the benefit of such persons;
iii) The duly appointed trustee of a trust or other person authorized to make decisions with respect to the trust, that was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, as to which each settlor or other person who has contributed assets to the trust, is also a qualified purchaser; or
iv) A person, acting for his account or the accounts of other qualified purchasers, who in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis, not less than $ 25,000,000 in investments.
C) Qualified Client
i) An individual that holds $1,000,000 or more of assets under management with the investment adviser after the investment in the fund;
ii) An individual with a net worth of $2,100,000 prior to the investment in
the fund (excluding the value of his or her primary residence); iii) Is a “qualified purchaser”; or iv) Is an officer or director of the fund manager or is an employee who
participates in the investment activities of the investment adviser and has been doing so for 12 months.
D) Qualified Purchaser Representative (Added 7/2021) i.) General Clients who wish to invest in (1) unregistered securities, (2) private placement (Reg D) Offerings, including private placement life insurance, (3) structured products and (4) 1031 exchanges may be required to obtain a Qualified Purchaser Representative and to complete a QPR Form in accordance with this Section 7.3.1(D) . The QPR Form may be obtained from the Brokers Resource Home Page of the PKS Website.
ii) Minimum Investor Qualification for QPR Use
No investor may invest in any product delineated in paragraph A above unless the investor meets one or more of the following criteria set forth in FINRA Rule 5123(b):
(a) Institutional accounts, as defined in Rule 4512(c); (b) Qualified purchasers, as defined in Section 2(a)51(A) of the
Investment Company Act; (c) Qualified institutional buyers, as defined in Securities Act Rule
144A;
(d) Investment companies, as defined in Section 3 of the Investment Company Act;
(e) An entity composed exclusively of qualified institutional buyers,as defined in Securities Act Rule 144A;
(f) Banks, as defined in Section (3)(a)(2) of the Securities Act; (g) Employees and affiliates, as defined in Rule 5121, of the issuer; (h) Knowledgeable employees as defined in Investment Company Act
Rule 3c-5; (i) Eligible contract participants, as defined in Section 3(a)(65) of the
Exchange Act; and (j) Accredited investors described in Securities Act Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7). iii) QPR Form - When Required.
(a) General
A qualified purchaser representative and the QPR Form shall be required:
(1) At the direction of Senior Management or the Regional Supervisor; for any product delineated in paragraph A above,
(2) At the direction of Senior Management or the Regional Supervisor, for
any specific purchase or purchaser of any product delineated in paragraph A above,;
(3) on a product specific basis where required in Section 15 of this SPM.
(b) Structured Products
When required for a particular structured product or purchaser of a structured product, a QPR Form shall be valid for a period of 18 months from the execution thereof when used for repetitive purchases of structured products identified in the QPR form and in accordance with other requirements set forth in the form.
(c) Waiver of Qualified Purchaser Representative [QPC Form]
(1) Institutional Accounts Other Than Natural Persons Unless otherwise directed by Senior Management, Institutional Accounts as defined in FINRA Rule 4510, which are not natural persons, shall not be required to obtain a qualified purchaser representative in order to place any trade for which a qualified purchaser representative would otherwise be required pursuant to this section or SPM Section 15. (2) Institutional Accounts Who Are Natural Persons
Institutional Accounts as defined in FINRA Rule 4510, who are natural persons may request wavier of the requirements for a qualified purchaser representative required pursuant to this section or SPM Section 15, upon application for such waiver through a Qualified Purchaser Certification (QPC) form. Approval of any such waiver shall be by Senior Management (3) QPC Form The QPC Form may be obtained from the Brokers Resource Home Page of the PKS Website.
(d) Supervisory Approval
(1) QPR Form
The QPR Form required under this section and/or Section 15 of the SPM shall be approved by the Regional Supervisor in conjunction with approval of the transaction(s) for which the QPR is obtained.
(2) QPC Form
An application, by an Institutional Account who is a natural person, for wavier of a qualified purchaser representative (QPC Form) must be approved by the Director of Supervision
(e) Record Keeping
(1) QPR Form
The Regional Supervisor shall file a copy of the QPR Form in the client file in the operations files. Such records may be maintained electronically
(2) QPC Form
The Director of Supervision or her designee shall maintain a copy of QPC Form in the client file in the operations files. Such records may be maintained electronically.
7.4 Temporary Holds on Disbursement of Funds or Securities (Added 1/2018) A. General
Effective February 5, 2018, FINRA Rule 2165 permits a member that reasonably believes that financial exploitation has occurred, is occurring, has been attempted, or will be
attempted, to place a temporary hold on the disbursement of funds or securities from the account of a “specified adult” customer.
B. Purpose of the Rule Rule 2165 is intended to provide member firms with a way under FINRA Rules to better protect their customers from financial exploitation. The requirements of Rule 2165 only apply to suspicious disbursements, not to transactions in securities.
C. Definitions Under Rule 2165
(1) Specified Adult
A Specified Adult is:
(a) A natural person age 65 and older; or
(b) A natural person age 18 and older who the member reasonably believes has a mental or physical impairment that renders the individual unable to protect his or her own interests.
(2) Account
An Account includes any account of a member for which a Specified Adult has the authority to transact business.
(3) Financial Exploitation Financial Exploitation is broadly defined and includes (a) The wrongful or unauthorized taking, withholding, appropriation, or use of
a Specified Adult’s funds or securities; or
(b) Any act or omission taken by a person, including through the use of a power of attorney, guardianship, or any other authority, regarding a Specified Adult, to:
(i) Obtain control, through deception, intimidation, or undue
influence, over the Specified Adult’s money, assets, or property; or
(ii) Convert the Specified Adult’s money, assets, or property.
D. PKS Procedures
If an Associated Person of PKS reasonably believes that Financial Exploitation of a Specified Adult has occurred, is occurring, has been attempted, or will be attempted, the following procedures shall be followed:
(1) The Associated Person shall promptly notify PKS’ CCO.
(2) The CCO, or his designee shall review the notification and make a determination
as to whether a temporary hold is warranted.
(3) Upon a determination that a temporary hold is required:
(a) Operations Department personnel shall place a temporary hold on a particular suspicious disbursement(s) of funds or securities.
(b) The Compliance Department shall immediately initiate an internal review
of the facts and circumstances pertinent to the reasonable belief of Financial Exploitation.
(c) Notification Requirements
(i) The Compliance Department shall provide notification of the hold
and the reason for the hold, no later than two (2) business after the hold was first placed, to:
• the Trusted Contact Person;
• all parties authorized to transact business on the Account;
• the Customer
(ii) Such notification may be in oral or written (including electronic)
format.
(iii) Notification Exceptions
The Compliance Department shall not be required to provide notification to the parties specified above if:
• The Person or party is unavailable; or
• There is a reasonable belief that the person or party has
engaged, is engaged, or will engage in the Financial Exploitation of the Specified Adult.
(iv) A Specified Customer’s objection to a temporary hold, or
information obtained during an exchange with a Specified
Customer, may be used by the Compliance Department in determining whether a hold should be lifted or remain in place.
(4) Authorization to Place, Terminate, or Extend a Temporary Hold
The Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer shall be authorized on behalf of PKS to place, terminate, or extend a temporary hold.
(5) Temporary Hold Requirements
(a) The temporary hold on a Specified Customer’s Account will expire not
later than fifteen (15) business days after the date that the hold was first placed, unless otherwise terminated or extended by an order of a state regulator or agency or court of competent jurisdiction.
(b) Based upon the findings of the internal review conducted by the
Compliance Department, the temporary hold may be extended for an additional ten (10) business days, unless otherwise terminated or extended by an order of a state regulator or agency or court of competent jurisdiction.
(c) Additionally, PKS may extend a temporary hold on a disbursement or
transaction for an additional thirty (30) business days if PKS has reported the matter to a state regulator or agency, or a court of competent jurisdiction.
E. Record Keeping
(1) Required Records
The following records shall be maintained by the PKS Compliance Department. Such records may be maintained electronically.
(i) Requests for disbursement that may constitute Financial
Exploitation of a Specified Adult and the resulting temporary hold.
(ii) The finding of a reasonable belief that financial exploitation has occurred, is occurring, has been attempted or will be attempted, underlying the decision to place a temporary hold on a disbursement.
(iii) Notification(s) to the relevant parties;
(iv) The internal review of the facts and circumstances supporting PKS’ reasonable belief that the Financial Exploitation of the Specified Adult has occurred, is occurring, has been attempted, or will be attempted.
E. Training of Associated Persons
The Compliance Department shall provide a section for training of personnel in the Annual Compliance Meeting with respect to these procedures.
7.5 Designation of Trusted Contact Persons
(Added 1/2018) A. General
Effective February 5, 2018, FINRA Rule 4512 requires a member firm to make reasonable efforts to obtain the name of and contact information for a designated “Trusted Contact Person” upon the opening of a non-institutional customer’s account or when updating account information for a non-institutional account in existence prior to the effective date of the rule amendments.
B. Purpose of the Amendments The amendments to Rule 4512 are intended to provide a resource to FINRA member firms in administering customer accounts, protecting assets, and responding to possible financial exploitation.
C. Accounts Covered by Rule 4512
(4) Institutional accounts are not subject to the requirements of Rule 4512.
(c) Institutional Accounts Defined
Under the requirements of Rule 4512, institutional accounts shall mean:
• A bank, savings and loan association, insurance company or registered investment company;
• An investment adviser registered either with the SEC under Section
203 of the Investment Advisers Act or with a state securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions); or
• Any other person (whether a natural person, corporation, partnership,
trust or otherwise) with total assets of at least $50 million.
(5) All accounts, other than institutional accounts as defined above, are subject to the
requirements of Rule 4512. For purposes of this Section 7.5, the term non- institutional account shall be referred to as “Customer Account.”
(6) Customer Accounts shall include non-natural non-institutional accounts such as:
• a corporation; • a partnership; or • a trust
C. Designated Trusted Contact Person Requirements
(1) The designated Trusted Contact Person must be a natural person age 18 or older.
(2) PKS is not required to verify the age of such person.
D. Obligations of PKS
(1) Information to be Obtained PKS Registered Representatives shall undertake reasonable efforts to obtain the following information for a designated Trusted Contact Person: (a) Name;
(b) Mailing address;
(c) Phone number;
(d) The email address, if applicable.
(2) Timing/Forms PKS shall use reasonable efforts to obtain the above-referenced information as follows: (a) FCCS Accounts
(i) New FCCS Accounts For all accounts held with PKS at FCCS opened on or after February 5, 2018, the FCCS Trusted Contact Authorization form shall be used by all
Associated Persons to obtain the requisite designated Trusted Contact information. (ii) Existing FCCS Accounts When conducting a periodic update of customer records for customer accounts in existence prior to February 5, 2018; or when there is a reason to believe that there has been a change in a customer’s situation, the FCCS Trusted Contact Authorization form shall be used by all Associated Persons to obtain the requisite designated Trusted Contact information.
(b) Direct Business Accounts (i) New Direct Business accounts For all Direct Business accounts opened on or after February 5, 2018, the Client Profile form shall be used by all Associated Persons to obtain the requisite designated Trusted Contact information. (ii) Existing Direct Business accounts When conducting a periodic update of customer records for customer accounts in existence prior to February 5, 2018; or when there is a reason to believe that there has been a change in a customer’s situation, the Client Profile form shall be used by all Associated Persons to obtain the requisite designated Trusted Contact information.
(c) Changes of Broker/Dealer Registration For all accounts transferred to PKS due to a change of broker-dealer registration on or after February 5, 2018, the PKS Shareholder Change of Dealer form shall be used by all Associated Persons to obtain the requisite designated Trusted Contact information.
(3) Customer Refusal or Failure to Respond If a customer declines to provide such information or fails to respond, PKS shall not be prevented from opening or maintaining the customer’s account.
(4) Registered Representative Failure to Provide
(a) Operations Department Action. Upon the receipt of a new client account application from a Registered Representative that does not include the FCCS Trusted Contact Authorization form, the Operations Department shall log the information into the Trusted Contact Authorization Database.
(b) Compliance Department Action. On a periodic basis, the Compliance Department shall review the Trusted Contact Authorization Database, and for each client account listed:
(i) Generate a letter to the client including the FCCS Trusted Contact Authorization form, and
(ii) Maintain records of letters generated and executed FCCS Trusted Contact Authorization form received. These records may be maintained in electronic format.
(iii) Inform Payroll to charge a $5 fee to the Registered Representative of record for each letter sent.
(c) Payroll Department Action. Upon receipt of the list of Registered Representatives from Compliance, the Payroll Department shall charge a $5 fee for each letter generated.
(5) Multiple Customer Accounts
(a) If a customer has more than one account, PKS may seek to obtain
designated Trusted Contact Person information for the accounts collectively (e.g., in one update letter for all of the accounts) provided that each of the affected accounts is clearly identified to the customer.
(b) Because the trusted-contact requirement applies at the account level, a
customer with more than one account may provide a single designated Trusted Contact Person for all accounts, or different Trusted Contact Persons for different accounts.
E. Disclosure Requirements
At the time of account opening or when initially updating information for currently existing accounts (even if a customer fails to identify a designated Trusted Contact Person), PKS shall disclose in writing (which may be electronic) to the customer that PKS or an associated person is authorized to:
(a) Contact the designated Trusted Contact Person;
(b) Disclose information to the designated Trusted Contact Person about the
customer’s account to address possible financial exploitation;
(c) Confirm with the designated Trusted Contact Person the specifics of the customer’s:
(1) current contact information, (2) health status, (3) the identity of any legal guardian, executor, trustee, or holder of a
power of attorney, or
(4) as otherwise permitted by FINRA Rule 2165.
E. Record Keeping
All records relating to the identification of a customer’s designated Trusted Contact Person shall be maintained by the Operations Department. Such records may be maintained electronically. All records relating to the failure of the Registered Representative to provide the required disclosure for Trusted Contact Person shall be maintained by the Compliance Department. Such records may be maintained electronically.
7.6 Address Changes (Amended 4/2019) A. Definitions
(1) Address of Record
(a) Natural Person
The address of record for a natural person shall be the customer’s residence address
(b) Entity Other than Natural Person
The address of record for an Entity Other than Natural Person shall be the legal address of the entity as supplied by the person authorized to provide information on behalf of the entity.
(2) Mailing Address
An alternative address designated by a customer for the purpose of receiving account related documents, which may be a United States Post Office Box, provided that a legal street address for the customer is also on file.
B. Initial Designation of Address of Record and Mailing Address. (1) Opening of Account
Upon the opening of an account, a customer shall provide, on the account opening documents, an address of record and, if applicable, a mailing address.
(2) Supervisory Review
In the course of supervisory approval of every account opening, the Regional Supervisor shall review account opening documents to ensure that an address of record has been provided by every customer.
C. Requests for Change of Address.
(1) Methodology for Making Request FCCS brokerage accounts
All requests for change of address on FCCS brokerage accounts must be in writing, signed by the client, and contain the following information.
(a) The current address of record.
(b) The new address requested. (c) The customers current valid telephone number. (d) Legal Representative’s proof of authority, unless already contained in the
customer file. (e) Acceptable Proof of the new address, which shall be one of the following: (i) Driver’s license showing new address
(ii) Other Government issued identification showing new address
(iii) Correspondence from any governmental taxation authority to the new address
(iv) Property tax bill addressed to the new address (v) Utility bill addressed to the new address (vi) Deed or mortgage documents for the new address
(vii) Executed lease for new address with the landlord’s phone number. (2) Approval of Request
Upon receipt of request for the address change, the Operations Department shall forward the request documents and verification documents to the Director of Supervision or his designee for approval. Such approval requests and supporting documentation may be transmitted by electronic mail. Upon approval, the Director of Supervision or his designee shall note approval on the request document and return it to the Operations Department.
(3) Method of Making Request for Mutual Fund, Insurance or other direct business
account Upon client request to update their address with a Mutual Fund, Insurance or other direct business company the policies and procedures outlined in those company’s prospectus shall govern.
(4) Snowbird Exception
Snowbird Exception: For customers moving to a previously verified seasonal home, the address of which has been previously verified under these procedures, PKS will accept a written request to change the address from the customer together
with a copy of a prior statement containing the seasonal address being requested. (Amended 11/11/2004)
(5) Other Cases In any case where documentation as set forth above to authenticate a customer’s address is not available, the Compliance Department shall conduct a verification of address as appropriate, which may include a phone contact directly with the customer. (6) Record Keeping
All documentation, correspondence and supervisory approvals regarding FCCS address changes shall be maintained by the Operations Department. Such records may be maintained in electronic format. Each office shall maintain an Address Change log for all requests.
D. Returned Customer Correspondence [Showing New Customer Address] Where correspondence is returned from the post office showing an address which is
different from the address of record, the following procedure shall be followed. (1) Notification to Representatiove of record The Operations Department shall notify the client’s representative of this change
and update all customer accounts upon receipt. (2) Verification Letter Sent. FCCS shall send a verification letter to the customer at the new and old address to
confirm the change.
E. Returned Customer Correspondence [Marked As Undeliverable]
Where correspondence is returned from the post office or overnight courier showing an
address which is undeliverable, the following procedure shall be followed. (1) Restriction of Account(s) The Operations Department shall restrict all customer accounts until the customer
correct address is verified; (2) All Customer Mail Held
All undeliverable mail shall be held by the Operations Department pending verification of the customer’s correct address;
(3) Registered Representative Notified.
The Operations Department shall notify the Registered Representative of record and request such Registered Representative to investigate the correct address of the customer.
(4) Subsequent Operations Department Procedures
The customer account(s) shall remain restricted until notification of the customer correct address is received by the Operations Department and the following procedure is followed.
(a) At such time as the Operations Department receives notification of a
potential correct address for the customer, the Operations Department shall notify the Compliance Department.
(b) Upon such notification, the Compliance Department shall conduct a verification of address as appropriate, which may include a phone contact directly with the customer.
(c) Upon receipt of confirmation of the address change, the Compliance Department shall advise the Operations Department and shall forward to
the Operations Department such verification documents as appropriate. The Compliance Department approval and any supporting documentation shall be transmitted by electronic mail. (d) Upon receipt of approval by the Compliance Department of such notification, the Operations Department shall: (i) make the appropriate change in the account records, and (ii) remove the restriction from the account.
(5) No Notification of Correct Address Occurs
In the event that notification of a potential correct address for the customer shall not be received, the account shall continue to be restricted until such time as applicable state law permits and/or requires procedures for abandoned and/or unclaimed property to be undertaken.
7.6.1 Non-Electronic Deposit of Customer Funds (Added 6/2013) A. General PKS is an introducing, fully-disclosed, broker/dealer that does not carry customer accounts, receive securities, or hypothecate same at any bank or credit union. All accounts are carried by Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions, LLC, the clearing firm of PKS, or directly with an investment or insurance company. B. Proper Method of Deposit (1) For FCCS Accounts The proper method of deposit of customer funds into a FCCS account is by a check made payable to the order of “Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions,” “FCCS,” or the account registration.
(2) For Direct Accounts The proper method of deposit of customer funds into a Direct account is by check made payable to the order of the Fund Family, Insurance Company or other designated custodian for the direct entity. C. Improper Methods of Deposit The following methods of deposit are not proper and will be rejected by the Operations Department. (1) Cash (2) Money Order (3) Certified Check (4) Bank Treasurer or Cashier Check or equivalent (5) Third Party Check, except as permitted in SPM 7.6.1 [B]. 7.7 Death of a Customer (Amended 6/2013) Upon learning of the death of a customer, the following steps must be taken: A. By the Registered Representative (1) Cancel all open orders for the customer, and (2) Notify the Operations Department, and
(3) As may be practicable, notify the next of kin and/or legal representative(s) of the existence of the account(s).
B. By the Operations Department
Restrict the account until such time as letters testamentary, letters of administration or equilavent estate indicia of authority, or Transfer on Death account paperwork (TOD), if applicable, is received.
7.8 Restrictions on Telemarketing (Amended 12/2020) A. Definitions (1) Telemarketing and/or telephone solicitation
The terms telemarketing and telephone solicitation mean the initiation of a telephone call or message for the purpose of encouraging the purchase or rental of, or investment in, property, goods, or services, which is transmitted to any person.
(a) Wireless Telephone Numbers Included
The provisions set forth in this procedure and applicable regulatory rules are applicable to calls to wireless telephone numbers.
(2) Personal relationship
The term personal relationship means any family member, friend, or acquaintance of the telemarketer making the call.
(3) Established business relationship
(a) An established business relationship exists between a FINRA member
and a person if:
(i) the person has made a financial transaction or has a security position, a money balance, or account activity with PKS or FCCS within the previous 18 months immediately preceding the date of the telemarketing call;
(ii) PKS is the broker/dealer of record for an account of the person within the previous 18 months immediately preceding the date of the telemarketing call; or;
(iii) the person has contacted PKS or an associated person to inquire
about a product or service offered by or through PKS within the previous three months immediately preceding the date of the telemarketing call.
(iv) the person has a prior business relationship with a PKS associated
person (b) Extension of Business Relationship
A person's established business relationship with PKS does not extend to a PKS affiliated entity unless the person would reasonably expect them to be included. Similarly, a person's established business relationship with a PKS affiliated entity does not extend to PKS unless the person would reasonably expect PKS to be included.
(4) Account Activity
The term "account activity" shall include, but not be limited to, purchases, sales, interest credits or debits, charges or credits, dividend payments, transfer activity, securities receipts or deliveries, and/or journal entries relating to securities or funds in the possession or control of PKS.
B. Telemarketing Restrictions
(1) Time of Day Restriction
Any residence of a person before the hour of 8 a.m. or after 9 p.m. (local time at the called party's location), unless
(a) PKS or assocaiated person has an established business relationship with
the person
(b) PKS or associated person has received that person's prior express invitation or permission, or
(c) the person called is a broker or dealer;
(2) Firm-Specific Do-Not-Call List
Any person that previously has stated that he or she does not wish to receive an outbound telephone call made by or on behalf of PKS is maintained on PKS’ firm-specific do-not-call list on the PKS website; or
(3) National Do-Not-Call List
Any person who has registered his or her telephone number on the Federal Trade Commission's national do-not -call registry, unless such individual is the subject of an exception under SPM 7.8(C).
(4) Unregistered Person Prohibited
Unregistered associated persons of PKS may not solicit PKS business, products or services.
(5) Outsource Telemarketing Prohibited
Outsource telemarketing of PKS business, products or services is prohibited. C. National Do-Not-Call List Exceptions
A telephone solicitation will not violate paragraph (B)(3) if:
(1) Established Business Relationship Exception
PKS or an associated person has an established business relationship with the recipient of the call. A person's request to be placed on the PKS firm-specific do- not-call list terminates the established business relationship exception to that national do-not-call list provision for PKS, even if the person continues to do business with PKS;
(2) Prior Express Written Consent Exception
PKS or an associated person has obtained the person's prior express invitation or permission. Such permission must be evidenced by a signed, written agreement between the person and PKS which states that the person agrees to be contacted by PKS and includes the telephone number to which the calls may be placed; or
(3) Personal Relationship Exception
The associated person making the call has a personal relationship with the recipient of the call.
(4) The recipient of the call is a business. D. Maintenance and Access to PKS Firm-Specific Do Not Call List (1) PKS Do-Not Call List
The Compliance Department shall maintain and make available on the PKS Website to all associated persons a list of names, if provided, and phone numbers that may not be contacted by PKS associated persons.
(2) Receipt of Do-Not-Call Request
Any associated person receiving a request from a person to not receive calls from PKS shall immediately notify the Compliance Department by electronic mail.
(3) Updating List
No later than 30 days from receiving notice request from a person not to receive calls from PKS, the Compliance Department shall update the PKS Do-Not Call List.
(4) Record Keeping
(a) Duration
The Compliance Department shall maintain every name and/or telephone number placed on the PKS Do-Not Call List for a period of no less than five years from receipt of such information.
(b) Method
All records required to be maintained under this section may be maintained electronically.
E. Access and Compliance with National Do-Not-Call List
(1) “Gryphon” Network to Do-Not-Call Registry
Gryphon is the service provider used by PKS to provide associated persons access to the Gryphon National Do-Not-Call Registry.
(2) How Gryphon Works
Gryphon provides access to numbers in a particular area code and identifies those numbers on the do-not-call list.
(3) Using Gryphon
The Compliance Department will provide access to Gryphon for any associated person who wishes to make telemarketing calls.
F. Telemarketing Procedure
The following procedure shall be followed prior to telemarketing.
(1) Do-Not-Call Procedures
Prior to engaging in telemarketing activities, an associated person shall contact the Compliance Department for access to the Gryphon Network and for information on the PKS Do-Not-Call List, located on the PKS website.
(2) Disclosures During Call
A PKS associated person engaging in telemarketing activities shall disclose the following during every call:
(a) The name of the individual caller (b) PKS full legal name and the its status as a broker-dealer
(c) The address and phone number at which the associated person may be contacted, which telephone number may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges.
(d) That the purpose of the call is to solicit the purchase of securities or
related services.
(3) Receipt of Do-Not-Call Request
Any associated person receiving a request from a person not to receive calls from PKS shall immediately notify the Compliance Department by electronic mail.
7.9 Loans To/From Customers (Amended 9/2010) A. General
No registered person of PKS may borrow money from or lend money to any PKS customer unless the lending or borrowing arrangement is one of the permissible arrangements listed in subsection B of this section and, where required, written notification of the transaction is given and written notification of approved by PKS is received as set forth in subsection C of this section.
B. Permissible Lending Arrangements; Conditions
Where the requirements of subsection (C) are satisfied, a registered person may borrow money from or lend money to a customer of PKS where the circumstances fall within one of the following parameters.
(1) The customer is a member of such person's immediate family.
The term "immediate family" means parents, grandparents, mother-in-law or father-in-law, husband or wife, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in law or daughter-in-law, children, grandchildren, cousin, aunt or uncle, or niece or nephew, and any other person whom the registered person supports, directly or indirectly, to a material extent.
(2) The customer is a financial institution regularly engaged in the business of
providing credit, financing, or loans, or other entity or person that regularly arranges or extends credit in the ordinary course of business and is acting in the course of such business;
(3) The customer and the registered person are both registered persons of PKS;
(4) The lending arrangement is based on a personal relationship with the customer,
such that the loan would not have been solicited, offered, or given had the customer and the registered person not maintained a relationship outside of the broker-customer relationship; or
(5) The lending arrangement is based on a business relationship outside of the broker-
customer relationship. C. Notification and Approval
(1) Prior Written Notification or Approval Not Required.
Prior written notification and approval of loans are not required where the borrowing or lending arrangement is one of the following:
(a) Where the customer is a member of such person's immediate family as
defined in subsection (B)(1) above.
(b) Where, as described in subsection (B)(2) above, the customer is a financial institution regularly engaged in the business of providing credit, financing, or loans, or other entity or person that regularly arranges or extends credit in the ordinary course of business and is acting in the course of such business, and further provided that the loan has been made on commercial terms that the customer generally makes available to members of the general public similarly situated as to need, purpose and creditworthiness.
For loans as described in this subsection (C)(1)(b), the Compliance Department will rely on the registered person's representation that the terms of the loan meet the above-described standards, without reference to the loan documents themselves.
(2) Prior Written Notification and Approval Required
(a) Initial Transaction
For any of the circumstances set forth in subsection B above, other than those circumstances set forth in subsections (B)(1) or (B)(2), a registered person who desires to enter into a borrowing or lending arrangement with a PKS customer shall, prior to entering into such transaction, request permission to enter into such transaction from the Compliance Department. Such written request shall set forth the circumstances of the transaction in detail.
(b) Modifications and Extensions to loans
Prior to the execution of any modification or extension of any loan for which a request for prior approval was made pursuant to (C)(2)(a) above and granted under subsection (D) below, permission for such modification or extension must be requested by the registered person from the Compliance Department.
D. Compliance Department Procedures
Upon receiving a request for approval of a lending or borrowing transaction pursuant to this section, or for approval of a modification or extension to a previously approved lending transaction, the Compliance Department shall perform the following steps.
(1) Review the request to determine that it falls within one of the parameters of
subsection B above.
(2) If the request falls into the parameters of subsection (B)(1) or subsection (B)(2), approve the request in writing.
(3) If the request falls into one of the parameters of subsection B above other than the parameters of subsection (B)(1) or subsection (B)(2),
(a) Request such documentation from the registered person as is necessary to
fully evaluate the transaction;
(b) Determine whether to approve or deny the transaction;
(c) Send written notification of approval or denial to the registered person.
(4) If the request is for a modification or extension of any loan for which a request for prior approval was made pursuant to (C)(2)(a) above and granted under subsection (D) above:
(a) Request such documentation from the registered person as is necessary to
fully evaluate the request is for a modification or extension;
(b) Determine whether to approve or deny the modification or extension;
(c) Send written notification of approval or denial of the modification or extension to the registered person.
E. Record Keeping
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of all documents and communications required under this Section, which may be maintained and transmitted electronically.
7.10 Orders and Discretion in Customer Accounts (Amended 3/2015) A. Order Receipt Date and Time Fields
In response to recent regulatory changes PKS requires the Order Receipt Date and Order Receipt Time fields to be populated before placing a trade.
(1) Dates will be entered in the following format: mmddyyyy
(2) Times will be entered in the following format: hhmmss
The order date and time used is the date and time that an order is either received (unsolicited orders) or accepted (solicited orders) by a properly licensed registered representative from an account or other authorized person. ‘Other authorized person’ is defined as an account stakeholder or an authorized trader. B. Order Receipt Date and Time Validity
The order date and time is only valid for the following conditions:
(1) The current market session if open at the time of receipt; OR
(2) The next upcoming market session
C. Prohibition on the Use of Discretion in Customer Accounts
The use of discretion in customer accounts by registered representatives is prohibited except as permitted in SPM 7.10[D] and 7.10[E] below.
D. Allowable Time and Price Discretion in non-Discretionary Accounts [FINRA Rule
3260]
(1) Definition
Time and Price Discretion is discretion as to the price at which or the time when an order given by a customer for the purchase or sale of a definite amount of a specified security shall be executed.
(2) Limitation on Time and Price Discretion
(a) The authority to exercise time and price discretion will be considered to be in
effect only until the end of the business day on which the customer granted such discretion.
(b) Any exercise of time and price discretion must be reflected on the order
ticket.
(3) Exception for Institutional Accounts
The limitations on time and price discretion set forth in SPM 7.10[C](2) above shall not apply to time and price discretion exercised in an institutional account, as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(C) and SPM 7.3[D](1), pursuant to valid Good- Till-Cancelled instructions issued on a “not-held” basis.
E. Discretionary Accounts
(1) Definition of Discretionary Account.
FINRA Rule 3260 defines a discretionary account as a customer account in respect to which a member, such as PKS, or its agent or employee, is vested with any discretionary power.
(2) Exercise of Discretion in Account
With the exception of the limited time and price discretion set forth in SPM 7.10[D] above, no registered representative may exercise discretion in a customer account unless such account is designated and approved as a discretionary account in accordance with these procedures.
(3) Procedure for Approval of Discretionary Account
(a) Submission of FCCS Paperwork
A registered representative who desires to set up a discretionary account shall:
(i) Obtain the customer signature(s) and appropriate authentication,
such as notary public on the required FCCS forms [Durable Power of attorney and/or Trading Authorization (Signature Guarantee required)], and
(ii) Submit such form for approval to the Operations Department with
a copy to the Director of Supervision.
(b) Review and Approval by Director of Supervision
The Director of Supervision shall review the FCCS paperwork and approve or reject the request for discretionary account status. Notice of such approval shall be transmitted to the Operations Department, the Compliance Department and the Registered Representative. The PKS Operations Department shall code the account as a discretionary account upon receipt of approval by the Director of Supervision.
(4) Procedure for Review of Discretionary Accounts
The Compliance Department shall conduct a quarterly review of such accounts to detect and prevent transactions which are excessive in size or frequency in view of the financial resources and character of the account.
(5) Record Keeping
(a) Requests for Approval of Discretionary Accounts The Operations Department shall maintain a record of all documents and communications pursuant to this SPM 7.10[E], which records may be maintained electronically.
(b) Record of Compliance Department Review of Discretionary Accounts
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of its review of Discretionary Accounts, which may be maintained electronically.
7.11 Sharing Profits/Losses
(Amended 3/2014) No individual in their capacity as a Registered Representative of PKS, nor any associated person, shall share in profits or losses of an account, or guarantee a customer against loss in any securities account of such customer carried by PKS or in any securities transaction effected by the Firm with or for such customers.
7.12 Senior Investors (Amended 12/2019)
A. Definition
PKS defines Senior Investors as any individuals aged 72 years or older.
B. Special Considerations for Senior Investors
Among Senior Investors, levels of wealth, income, and financial sophistication may vary widely. PKS Registered Representatives shall be mindful of age and life stage (whether pre-retired, semi-retired, or retired), in addition to other unique circumstances that may exist, when dealing with clients who are Senior Investors.
(1) Suitability for Senior Investors
In addition to the suitability requirements contained within this Section 7 of the SPM along with other sections of this SPM pertinent to specific products, Registered Representatives must, in recommending transactions to senior investors, abide by the following:
(a) Product recommendations to Senior Investors must not only be
suitable for the individual, but must also look at all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
(i) time horizons, (ii) income needs, (iii) liquidity needs, and (iv) commission structures
(b) Registered Representatives, prior to effecting transactions in any product, must learn the age maximums on certain products such as life, health and annuity products, and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs). These age restrictions may be imposed by the Compliance Department, the issuer, regulatory authorities, or a combination of several.
(c) Registered Representatives must be vigilant in becoming aware of diminishing capacities, and the attendant impact on the ability to make sound financial decisions. Registered Representatives must bring any such concerns to both their Regional Supervisor and the Compliance Department for notification and guidance. Indications that an investor may have diminished capacity, or a reduced ability to handle financial decisions, can include the following:
(i) an inability to process simple concepts (ii) apparent memory loss (iii) difficulties in speaking or communicating (iv) inability to understand the consequences of decisions (v) making decisions that are inconsistent with previously stated
long term goals (vi) erratic behavior (vii) refusal to follow appropriate investment advice (viii) inability to understand recently completed financial
transactions (ix) inattention to grooming and hygiene
(2) Communications with Senior Investors
(a) PKS Registered Representatives are prohibited from using "senior designations," implying education and skills that should be of particular benefit to Senior Investors, without prior approval from the Compliance Department. See SPM Section 5.15 infra.
(b) The use by PKS Registered Representatives of aggressive or
misleading sales tactics aimed at Senior Investors, including the use of "free lunch" seminars or other marketing campaigns that create an artificial or inappropriate sense of urgency around major decisions or commitments (e.g., the use of phrases such as "limited time offer" or "you have to sign up today") or that heighten or exaggerate typical fears of older investors (e.g., the return of double- digit inflation or becoming financially dependent on family members) is prohibited.
7.13 Supervision of Outsourcing Arrangements with Third Party-Providers (Added 4/2019) A. General
A broker-dealer may choose to outsource an activity or function to a third-party service provider.
B. Factors Considered
To determine the appropriateness of outsourcing a particular activity, PKS will consider the following factors. (1) The financial, reputational, and operational impact on the member firm if the
third-party service provider fails to perform
(2) If the outsourcing will have an impact on PKS’ ability to perform adequate services to its customers
(3) If the outsourcing will have an impact on the ability and capacity of PKS to
conform with regulatory requirements and changes in requirements
C. Outsourcing to an Affiliated Company
(1) FINRA defines the term “third-party service provider” in its Regulatory Notice
11-14 to include any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with a member firm.
(2) Since FINRA does not distinguish a third-party provider from a third-party
provider who also is an affiliated company, PKS will apply all FINRA third-party rules, regulations and guidelines as described in this SPM section when outsourcing to an affiliated company.
D. Functions Prohibited from being Outsourced
Certain functions are prohibited by FINRA from being outsourced. (1) Activities and functions requiring registration
a. An exception is made where a third-party service provider is separately registered as a broker-dealer.
b. An example of such an exception would be a clearing agreement executed pursuant to FINRA Rule 4311 between a member and a clearing broker- dealer.
(2) Supervisory and Compliance Activities
a. Outsourcing may include certain activities, such as conducting branch office audits, that support the performance of its supervisory and compliance responsibilities.
b. A member may implement a supervisory system designed by another party, but it must make its own determination that the system is current and reasonably designed to achieve compliance as required under FINRA Rule 3110.
E. Vendor Due Diligence
(1) Initial and Periodic
PKS will conduct initial and ongoing due diligence analysis of each current or prospective third-party service provider.
a. Initial Due Diligence The initial due diligence will be conducted by the Director of Supervision , and/or his designee. The Director of Supervision may include representatives from the department in which the third-party service provider will be used for assistance in department-specific requirements.
i. Abilities Considered
1. The third-party service provider is capable of performing the activities being outsourced; and
2. PKS can achieve compliance with applicable securities laws and regulation and with applicable FINRA, SEC, state and MSRB rules with respect to any functions or activities being outsourced.
ii. Documents Required
The due diligence material required for third-party service
providers is set forth in Section 19.3 of this SPM.
iii. Record Keeping
The Director of Supervision shall maintain a record of due diligence conducted pursuant to this section, which may be maintained electronically. Copies of contracts with third party service providers shall be maintained by the PKS FinOp, which many be maintained electronically.
b. Periodic Due Diligence PKS will monitor and assess all third-party service providers’ procedures and performance and the accuracy and quality of the work product on a continuing basis.
i. Methods of Review
(a) User Interviews The Director of Supervision, or his designee, shall conduct an interview with a representative from each of the departments in which a third-party service provider is being used. The interview will include, but not be limited to, the following areas: the quality of the function being provided; whether the provider is producing the service per the agreed upon terms of the contract; any problems encountered in the day-to-day use of the product. The findings from the interview will be noted in a Periodic Due Diligence Summary for each vendor.
(b) Demonstration of Function As part of the interview, the representative will provide a demonstration of the system. The outcome of the demonstration shall be noted in the Periodic Due Diligence Summary.
(c) Recommendation
After completing items (a) and (b) above, the Director of Supervision shall make a
recommendation in the Periodic Due Diligence Summary as to whether the firm should continue to outsource the activity with the vendor.
ii. Frequency of Review
Reviews will be conducted no less than once every calendar year.
iii. Record Keeping The Director of Supervision shall maintain a record of due diligence conducted pursuant to this section, which may be maintained electronically.
F. Examiner Access to the Third-Party Service Provider FINRA and all other applicable regulators will have access to the service provider’s work product for PKS, as would be the case if the covered activities had been performed in-house by PKS.
7.14 PKS Electronic Signature Procedures (Added 8/2020)
A. General
The purpose of these procedures is to ensure proper protocol and authentication for use and acceptance of documents that have been signed by electronic mediums..
B. Acceptance of Electronic Signatures
(1) PKS will accept all PKS proprietary forms with electronic signatures. (2) PKS will accept any account application and all other documents where
NFS, fund companies, and any other third-party provider allows and accepts electronic signatures.
C. Use of Electronic Signature
(1) The Sycamore portal will allow for clients and RR’s to electronically sign
various enabled forms in Laserapp using a corporate PKS Docusign account with Multi-Factor authentication.
(2) Representative onboarding documents and other forms deemed by PKS to be eligible to be electronically signed, may reside outside the Sycamore portal.
D. Procedure for Multi-Factor Authentication of PKS’ Corporate Docusign Account
(1) For account applications and applicable paperwork available through
Sycamore and Laserapp, PKS has enabled a mandatory SMS validation for clients to verify identity prior to initiating the E-signature process.
(2) Clients shall acknowledge all terms and conditions of utilizing Docusign’s platform prior to electronically signing all forms.
(3) An archiving link of each Docusign process and associated forms shall be copied to a dedicated inbox [email protected]. All files will additionally be retained within PKS’ Docusign account.
(4) RR shall review and complete all client-signed paperwork to ensure accuracy and countersign the documents where applicable to complete the process and transmit to PKS via the Sycamore portal or other secure electronic method.
(5) Any company-specific form(s) needed for E-signature shall be the responsibility of the RR to obtain and forward with above documentation.
E. Supervisory Review Process
(1) Upon notification of assignment to review Docusigned paperwork, the Regional Supervisor shall ensure that all appropriate forms and addendums have been included with the submission.
(2) All reviews shall comply with the following sections including, but not limited to 7.01, 7.3, 15.1, 15.2, 15.5, 15.12 & 15.16.
F. Record Keeping
(1) All documents electronically signed shall be kept in accordance with the provisions of this SPM generally.
7.15 Reserved
7.15.1 Margin Disclosure Statement Per FINRA Rule 2264, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments will, at least once every year, provide a specific FINRA mandated format of margin disclosure to all margin clients. This is done by the Compliance Department via a “Margin Letter” that discusses the risks associated with Margin and to provide some basic information about purchasing securities on margin. The FINRA Margin Disclosure Document is given to clients by the registered person when the margin account is opened and the client signs the PKS Receipt of FINRA Margin Disclosure form. (Amended 7/2008) Beginning in 2009, industry regulation began allowing broker-dealers to provide clients with margin accounts the annually required mailing of the Margin Disclosure Document via email. PKS created an 'Email Consent Form' which is sent with the Margin Letter, and
is also posted to the PKS Website, if clients prefer to receive this annual mailing via email. (Amended 4/2010) 7.15.2 Order Execution and Routing Practices In November of 2001, the Securities and Exchange Commission began the effective compliance with SEC Rule Ac1-6, requiring all broker dealers to put up, on a free website accessible to the public, its order routing practices. As PKS does not direct order flow or rout any orders to any specific exchange, the firm’s order routing data is provided by FCCS on a quarterly basis and published on the firm’s website under the link “Order Execution Disclosure”. The order routings are listed by quarter and prior quarters will remain accessible to the public from the same web page. 7.15.3 Risks of Concentrated Positions and Active Accounts A. Concentrated Positions The Compliance Department of PKS uses exception reports to check for accounts with concentrated positions. Because the risks to the client multiply when a significant portion of their account is tied up in one particular issue, it is important to take steps to ensure that the client is aware of the risks of a concentrated position and understand the merits of investment diversification. B. Active Accounts The Compliance Department of PKS uses exception reports to check for accounts for buy/sell orders that may possibly appear to cross the FINRA’s “churning” threshold. Because of the risks associated with active trading, specifically “day-trading” strategies, it is important to ascertain that these trading strategies are undertaken only by those few clients for whom active trading is suitable and encourages clients to review their investment objectives. Active trading is mainly suitable to those clients who define speculation and capital appreciation as their investment objectives. Long-term growth and preservation of capital are not compatible with active trading strategies. (Amended 4/2010) 7.15.4 Procedures for Client Notification of Concentrated Positions and Active
Accounts A. Where concentrated positions or active accounts are detected by the Compliance Department, the following procedure shall be followed. (1) Registered Representative Interview: The Compliance Department shall contact the registered representative and obtain an explanation as to the suitability of the client.
(a) Determined to be Unsuitable. If the registered representative is unable to show that the client is suitable, the registered representative shall be directed to contact the client to recommend suitable positions/activity. The Compliance Department shall calendar the matter to reexamine the account to ensure that it has been brought into compliance.
(b) Determined to be Suitable. If the registered representative is able to
demonstrate to the Compliance Department that the client is suitable for the positions/activity, the Compliance Department shall take the following steps:
(i) Discussion with Client. Via telephone the Compliance Department
shall verify with the client the reasoning provided by the rep as to why they believe the position is suitable for the client. They will also advise the client of the risks of engaging in the flagged activity and ascertain from the client that the activity is consistent with the client’s investment objectives and risk tolerance, and that the client is suitable for the activity.
(ii) Follow-up letter to Client. Subsequent to the meeting with the
client, the Compliance Department shall send a follow-up letter to the client, by first class and certified mail, which shall document the matters discussed and the client’s response, and which shall also discuss in general terms the Merits of investment diversification and risks associated with margin.
(iii) Escalation to CCO. If the client is not in agreement with the
reasoning provided by the rep, the issue is escalated to the CCO and Senior Management, if needed.
(2) Documentation. The Compliance Department shall maintain records of its activities undertaken pursuant to this section. (Amended 4/2010)
7.15.5 Regulation SP (Amended 8/2013)
1. SEC Regulation SP. SEC Regulation SP is the rule which broker/dealers must follow with reference to the privacy of consumer information. Regulation SP, in summary, says that PKS must have a privacy policy, notify clients of that policy when they initially open their accounts, and notify them on an annual basis thereafter. Regulation SP further requires financial institutions to have procedures in place for the safeguarding of nonpublic personal information. Under Regulation SP, PKS must clearly state if the broker/dealer sells client information or shares nonpublic personal information with other unrelated parties. PKS must provide clients with an “Opt Out” notice if they do not want to have their information shared or if they do not want departing PKS representatives to take nonpublic personal information with them when they leave. 2. Nonpublic personal information. For the purposes of defining the term “nonpublic personal information”, the term “Client”, as used in this section, shall mean any existing, former, prospective customer of PKS or any other individual regarding whom PKS has received nonpublic personal information, whether or not said established a customer relationship with PKS. Using that definition, the term “nonpublic personal information” means: (a) Client names, addresses, telephone numbers; (b) Client social security numbers; (c) Client account numbers, account balance information, payment history, overdraft history,
credit or debit card purchase information (either PKS or any other financial or credit institution);
(d) Any information contained on an account application or opening form, or otherwise provided by a client;
(e) Any list, description, or other grouping of clients; (f) The fact that an individual is or has been a client or has obtained a financial product or
service from PKS or any other financial institution; (g) Any information about a client if it is disclosed in a manner that indicates that the
individual is or has been a PKS customer 3. Privacy Procedures in General It is the policy of PKS to protect and safeguard the privacy and security of customer information. In furtherance of that policy, the following procedures shall be strictly adhered to: (a) Access to customer information shall be restricted to those persons who need to know
that information to service the client’s account.
(b) No PKS employee shall copy, maintain or disclose information regarding any PKS
customer to any other individual, except as may be needed to service the client account, is expressly authorized in writing by the customer, or as may be directed by a federal or state court or agency or self-regulatory organization.
(c) All PKS employees having access to customer records shall, at the time of hiring or as
soon as practicable thereafter, sign a statement acknowledging their understanding of the PKS privacy policy and their responsibility to keep customer information confidential. All signed statements shall be maintained by the comptroller’s office or compliance department.
(d) PKS employees shall maintain physical safeguards to protect the confidentiality of
customer information. Customer information shall not be left in unsecured areas. (e) In order to protect private or confidential information sent by electronic mail (e-mail), all
such transmission sent on the PKS e-mail system shall contain the following footer: “This message contains confidential information and is intended for the recipient. If you are not the intended recipient you are notified that disclosing, copying, distributing or taking any action in reliance on the contents of this information is strictly prohibited. Email transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free as information could be intercepted, corrupted, lost, destroyed, arrive late or incomplete, or contain viruses. The sender therefore does not accept liability for any errors or omissions in the contents of this message, which arise as a result of any email transmission sent or received. If verification is required, please request a hard-copy version.”
(f) A Registered Representative who leaves PKS and joins another investment firm may
supply his/her client’s nonpublic personal information to the new firm for the sole purpose of soliciting the transfer of the customer account to that investment firm. Pursuant to Regulation SP, however, PKS provides to all PKS customers the opportunity to “opt out” of this policy. In the event that a client chooses to opt out of this policy, the procedure set forth in 7.15.5 (6)(c) shall be followed.
4. E-Mail Encryption Required. All e-mail containing non-public personal information must be encrypted. Encryption procedures are posted on the PKS Website. The PKS IT Department will provide information and assistance for all users regarding encryption procedures. 5. Procedures for Prospective Customers [Deployment Records] On occasion, non-public personal information regarding customers of other firms may be transmitted to PKS from prospective registered representatives. Under no circumstances may any such information be copied or removed from PKS, nor may such information be shared with any other individual except in connection with opening an account at PKS or an affiliated
company. At such time as PKS determines that an individual whose records are transmitted to PKS chooses not to open an account at PKS or an affiliated company, any and all information regarding said person shall be destroyed in the manner set forth at 17.17.2 of this Supervisory Procedures Manual. 6. Privacy Notice
(a) The privacy policy of PKS is posted on the firm’s publicly available portion of its website. The policy may be combined with the privacy policies of affiliates of PKS. The policy is located in Appendix C titled “Form C3”. (Amended 2/2011)
(b) Regulation SP requires annual notice to clients of its privacy policy. PKS may conduct
its annual notification by having the privacy policy printed directly onto the quarterly statements of clients, or by including a “buckslip” imprinted with the notice in with the quarterly statements. The firm may also notify clients by a separate mailing done directly to clients under the supervision of the Compliance Department. (Amended 04/18/2005)
(c) The Compliance Department shall maintain a spreadsheet of all customers who opt in or
opt out as provided in any notice. In the event a Registered Representative’s association with PKS is terminated, the Compliance Department shall notify the Registered Representative in writing that Regulation SP and PKS Procedures prohibit the Registered Representative from taking such client’s nonpublic personal information except as permitted by the privacy policy. (Amended 1/2011)
(d) In the event a client opts out of permitting a Registered Representative to take the client’s
personal nonpublic information to the Representative’s next firm, the Compliance Department shall advise the Registered Representative that Regulation SP and PKS Procedures prohibit the Registered Representative from taking such client’s nonpublic personal information in the event that the Registered Representative ceases to be affiliated with PKS.
7. PKS maintains a separate “Confidentiality Agreement and Safeguarding Customer
Information” form for “PKS / PKS Financial” and for “PKS / PKSA / PKS Financial”. These forms are Confidentiality Agreement for Corporate Headquarters personnel and/or PKSA affiliates.
Blank copies of these forms are available on the PKS Website or by contacting the Compliance Department. (Amended 9/2010)
Those affiliated persons who have executed the Confidentiality Agreement in effect prior to the effective date of this provision shall not be required to execute the foregoing Confidentiality Agreement.
It is the policy of PKS to strictly adhere to the provisions of each Confidentiality Agreement. Any person who violates the agreement shall be subject to discipline, including termination of employment.
7.15.6 Notification and Supervision of Changes of Investment Objective (Amended 12/2018)
Notification to public customers concerning changes to the posted investment objective(s) in their brokerage accounts are handled in much the same way as notifications of changes in account address. .
In the case of direct investments, the client signs and dates the client Profile indicating a desired change in their investment objective. For existing FCCS accounts, if the information is taken over the telephone by the representative of record, the representative must fill out the information and sign. When a change in the investment objective is completed, a notice is sent to the address of record by the clearing firm. (Amended 7/2008)
Client profiles are archived by the Operations Department. In the case of FCCS accounts, the last change date for the account objective information is posted on the account’s main page for easy reference.
7.15.7 Supervision of Outsourcing Arrangements
Prior to the disclosure of non-public personal information to any third party service provider, a contractual agreement must be in place with the third party service provider that prohibits the third party provider from disclosing or using the information other than to carry out the purposes for which the third party service provider is retained.
Copies of contracts with third party service providers shall be maintained by the PKS FinOp. (Amended 2/2010)
PKS does not outsource to any overseas third party service provider. (Amended 3/2010)
7.16 Check, Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT’s) and Wire Request Procedures (Amended 12/2019) A. Applicability of Procedures (1) These procedures are applicable to FCCS Accounts only. (2) Transfers of Funds from Issuers Prohibited
No PKS associated person may initiate a transfer of funds from any account held directly at the issuer to any person other than the account holder of record. B. General Procedures Applicable to Funds Requests
A check, EFT, or wire transfer may be requested by or on behalf of a client by completion and submission of the proper form to the Operations Department. For all transfers of customer funds that are payable to the account registration, the following limitations apply.
(a) Requests for $10,000 or More
All requests for $10,000 or more payable to the account registration must be approved by a PKS Supervisor.
(b) Requests for $25,000 or More
All requests of $25,000.00 or more payable to the account registration require:
(i) A copy of all account holder client's drivers’ license(s), and
(ii) Supervisor approval.
(c) Requests for $100,000 or More
All requests for $100,000.00 or more payable to the account registration require the following:
(i) A copy of all account holder client's drivers’ license(s), and
(ii) Supervisor approval, and
(iii) A letter of instruction signed by all account holders.
C. The above procedures are applicable to all non-qualified accounts held at FCCS. When a
client wishes to withdraw funds from their IRA, the client must sign an FCCS one-time distribution form. Under these circumstances, FCCS as custodian of said funds, has ultimate release authority based on their own paperwork. See below provisions for third- party distributions from IRA accounts.
D. Acceptable Substitute for Drivers’ License(s)
For the purposes of these procedures, acceptable substitutes for drivers’ license is any government issued identification document containing a photograph or confirmation by the Compliance Department for the client’s lack thereof.
E. Location of Required Forms
The appropriate forms for transfer of customer funds are available under the “Forms Library” of the “Broker’s Resource Home Page” ,
F. Sufficient Funds Required
Check Requests, Wire Requests, and EFT Requests will only be processed if the running collected balance in the account reflects sufficient funds.
G. Special Provisions Applicable to Check Requests:
(1) Mailed to Address of Record.
All checks payable from client accounts must be made payable to the account registration and mailed to the address of record except as provided in SPM 7.16 (E) (2), (3) or (4) below.
(2) Mailed to Alternate Address.
In addition to any other requirements imposed by these procedures, checks payable from client accounts and mailed to an address other than the address of record require:
(a) Check request form,
(b) Legible copy of drivers license/government issued photo identification,
(c) Letter of Instruction signed by all account holders, and
(d) Supervisor approval.
(3) Personal Delivery of Checks to a Client.
(a) Restricted to Headquarters Office Only
At the Headquarters Office only, clients may pick up checks drawn on their accounts and made payable to the account registration. However, IRA checks will not be permitted to be picked up by clients.
(b) Procedure for Delivery of a Check to a Client
In addition to any other requirements imposed by these procedures, the following procedure shall be followed for personal delivery of a check to a client.
(i) Check pick-up may be made only by an account holder or his/her/its legal representative (ie. previously filed Power of Attorney).
(ii) Check Delivery must be made by a Supervisor of the firm.
(iii) The client must present a drivers license or other government issued
photo Identification, and a photocopy must be taken of the identification.
(iv) The client must sign an acknowledgment of check pick-up on the
Check-Request form in the designated area as prescribed by the Operations Department, which shall contain/require the amount of the check and the date of delivery to the client noted on the face of the form.
(v) The firm Supervisor supervising the check pick-up shall affix the
photocopy of the client’s identification to the Check Request form, initial the Check Request form and immediately deliver the form and attachment to the Operations Department.
(vi) Upon receipt of the form, the Operations Department shall, as soon
as practicable, file the check pick-up form in the client’s account file or other file maintained by the Operations Department for this purpose. Such filing may be maintained electronically.
H. Special Provisions Applicable to Third Party Checks and Wire Requests: (Amended 12/2019) (1) Additional Requirements for Third Party Checks and Wires
In addition to any other requirements imposed by these procedures, all third party check and wire requests require the following: (a) Principal approval. (b) Executed Letter of Authorization (LOA) signed by all account holders or
authorized account holder. The LOA must be signature guaranteed by:
(i) A commercial bank, or (ii) By the Director of Supervision, Chief Compliance Officer or PKS
Corporate Officer, where the customer or authorized person is personally present before them.
(c) Acceptable and legible photo identification of all account holders, (d) OFAC check on individual or entity sender and recipient. [Note: for
scheduled or regular third party transfers, OFAC check is required to be performed only for the initial transfer], and
(e) If required, additional approval by the FCCS Margin Department.
(2) Exception to Special Provisions for Third Party Checks and Wires (a) Payments to the IRS or a state revenue department,
(b) Checks or wires made payable FBO the same client which is held directly by an issuer (i.e., Roth IRA contribution FBO Jane Smith at American Funds).
(c) Systematic payments to bona fide third parties approved by the Director of
Supervision or his designee, subsequent to the initial approval under SPM 7.16[G][1].
(d) Approval by the CEO, COO, Director of Supervision or their designee, in
situations such as real property closings, charitable gifts, remuneration for professional services rendered or any other situation where the recipient of the disbursement is transparent.
(e) Approval by tge CEO, COO, Director of Supervision or their designee where appropriate measures have been taken to verify and document the client instruction and the propriety of the destination account has been performed by a registered principal of PKS.
(3) Costs (a) An administrative fee of $10.00 shall be charged on every third party check.
(b) An administrative fee of $20.00 shall be charged for every third party wire request.
All fees are assessed against the registered representative of record on the account the funds are being issued from and may not be passed through to the client.
, I. Procedure For Wire Requests To Client Accounts at Other Financial Institutions
A request for a wire transfer of funds to an account with the same name as the account registration may be made on behalf of the client as follows:
(1) Completion and submission of a Wire Request Form to the PKS Operations
Department. In addition to any other requirements imposed by these procedures, necessary information to complete the wire request will include the account number to which the funds are being wired, the amount to be wired, the name of the bank the funds are being forwarded to, the bank’s routing number, city and state of the bank branch office receiving the money, the account to be credited, and if further credit is to be given to any other account.
(2) Banking instructions are verified on a recorded line for wire requests of $25,000 or
more. J. Procedures for Electronic Funds Transfer Requests (EFT) (1) General
An EFT differs from a wire request in that EFT’s take two business days to post and a wire takes one day to post. Standing bank instructions must be established and verified before EFT’s can be used. It takes ten business days to establish and verify standing bank instructions. Funds can be received via EFT into an account held at FCCS as well.
(2) Requirements
(a) The broker of record completes an EFT Request Form and forwards it to the PKS Operations Department. The EFT Request Form include space for the following information; the requesting representative, the date to be initiated, the account number at PKS, the client name, the amount of funds to be transferred, and whether the monies are coming into or out of the account custodied at FCCS.
(b) The approval process for an EFT is the same as if for a wire request and
consistent with these procedures generally. K. Red Flags Relevant to Potential Theft
(1) Definition of Red Flag
A Red Flag is an occurrence that constitutes a warning signs of potential or attempted theft and/or unconsented access to a client’s non-public personal information [i.e. by “hackers”].
(2) Identified Red Flags The following occurrences have been identified as potential Red Flags.
(a) Funds transfer requests that are out of the ordinary in any way,
(b) Funds transfer requests that funds be transferred to an unfamiliar third party account,
(c) Funds transfer requests that indicate urgency or otherwise appear designed
to deter verification of the transfer instructions.
(3) Procedure upon detection of a Red Flag
A firm Supervisor or Registered Representative shall escalate any fund transfer request in which a Red Flag is detected to the Compliance Department for appropriate investigation and action.)
7.17 Fees Charged to Customers Most fees assessed to public customers are the result of a charge issued by the clearing firm. Customers are notified annually of what the fee assessments are going to be for that year. The clearing firm will place a buckslip in a quarterly statement or send a separate mailing when a change is made in the original fee schedule the clients had received. (Amended 4/13/2005) 7.18 Commission Recapture Program (Amended 4/2014) A. General SEC Guidance on Commission Recapture/Commission Rebate Programs of Introducing Brokers [http://www.finra.org/web/groups/industry/@ip/@reg/@rules/documents/interpretationsf or/p037763.pdf] Any introducing broker who rebates a portion of its commission back to its customers either as a cash payment or to a creditor of the customer is required to maintain a minimum net capital requirement of at least $250,000. It is also
considered a carrying firm for purposes of SEA Rule 15c3-3 unless it elects the following method for the handling of the customers’ rebates: The introducing broker deposits money into a separate 15c3-3 bank account similar to those accounts established under a SEA Rule 15c3-3(k)(2)(i) exemption and the balance in the bank account at all times must equal or exceed the payables to customers. The firm issues checks from this bank account to pay the customer or the creditor of the customer. (SEC Staff to NYSE) (No. 02-3, February 2002) B. PKS Membership Agreement Pursuant to a 2006 amendment to PKS’ Membership Agreement with FINRA, PKS was permitted to operate pursuant to the exemption under SEA Rule 15c3-3(k)(2)(i), with respect to a commission rebate program. For an ERISA Plan (the “Plan”) holding mutual funds where PKS is designated broker of record, the program permits PKS to refund commissions and/or 12b-1 fees received from the mutual funds to an investment advisory firm (RIA) providing services to the plan, conditioned on the RIA’s agreement to offset amounts owed by the Plan to the RIA and refund any excess to the Plan. This is accomplished by deposit of the commissions/12b-1 fees into a special account established under a SEA Rule 15c3-3(k)(2)(i) for ultimate disbursement to the RIA. B. Requirements for Commission Rebate Program (1) PKS is designated as Broker of Record by Plan/Customer, with subsequent receipt of commissions/12b-1 fees from the mutual fund company(ies). (2) PKS enters into an Agreement with an RIA who has an investment management contract with the Plan/Customer to (a) Apply Rebated Commissions to amounts owed by Plan/Customer to RIA, and/or (b) Refund balance of rebated commissions/12b-1s to Plan/Customer. (3) Creation of a separate SEA Rule 15c3-3(k)(2)(i) bank account, titled “Special Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers of PKS-(Name of entity)”, subject to the following restrictions: (a) The balance in the account must at all time equal or exceed the payables to customers. (b) Disbursements from the account shall be made in accordance with a schedule to be established by the Financial Operations Officer. C. Administration of Program
(1) Financial Operations Officer. The Financial Operations Officer (“FinOp”) shall be responsible for administration of the program. D. Record Keeping The following records shall be maintained for a period of seven years following closure of an account by the Customer/Plan. (1) Account Opening Documents The Operations Department shall maintain account opening documents for the Plan/Customer. (2) Contracts with RIA The FinOp shall maintain a record of all contracts with the RIA. (3) Financial Records The FinOp shall maintain records relating to the 15c3-3(k)(2)(i) bank account. 7.18.1 Other Special Account For Benefit of Customers (Amended 4/2014) The FinOp shall maintain a Special Account for the benefit of PKS customers pursuant to the SEA Rule 15c3-3(k)(2)(i) exemption for deposit of funds to be rebated to customers upon the direction of PKS Senior Management. 7.19 Disclosure of Compensation in ERISA Accounts (Added 6/2012) A. General
Effective July 1, 2012, the Department of Labor promulgated rules under ERISA 408[b][2] requiring service providers to provide disclosure of compensation and services to plan sponsors, to assist plan sponsors in determining whether such compensation and services are reasonable. [See 29 CFR § 408b-2(C)(1)]. These new rules are intended to act in concert with other rules, made final in 2010, that require plan sponsors to provide access for ERISA participants in self-directed accounts to information regarding their investment alternatives. [See 29 CFR § 404a-5].
As a provider of brokerage services to covered plans [either directly through FCCS or incidentally for plans held directly with the issuer], PKS is required to advise plan sponsors regarding compensation it receives, either directly from covered plans or indirectly from platform providers. This information is generally provided in the documentation from the platform providers. However, to ensure compliance with the rules, these procedures will require a separate document to be provided by PKS directly to the plan sponsors, in a format that will make it easy for the plan sponsors to pass the information on to the participants.
B. Non-covered Plans The following plans are not covered under the ERISA 408[b][2] disclosure rules and these procedures. (1) SEP IRA (2) SIMPLE IRA (3) IRA (4) Non-ERISA Tax Qualified Plans (i.e. one-person 401(k) plan) (5) Annuity contracts and custodial accounts described in section 403(b) of the Code issued to a current or former employee before January 1, 2009, for which the employer ceased to have any obligation to make contributions (including employee salary reduction contributions), and in fact ceased making contributions to the contract or account for periods before January 1, 2009, and for which all of the rights and benefits under the contract or account are legally enforceable against the insurer or custodian by the individual owner of the contract or account without any involvement by the employer, and for which such individual owner is fully vested in the contract or account. C. Covered Plans All other pension plans, not listed in B above, are considered “covered plans” under the ERISA 408[b][2] disclosure rules and these procedures, including the following. (1) 401(k) plans (2) ERISA covered 403(b) plans (3) Defined benefit pension plans (4) Profit sharing plans
D. Required Information The following information shall be delivered to Plan sponsors. (1) The name of the Platform Provider (2) A description of Services that PKS provides to the Covered Plan (3) A statement that PKS does not perform services as an ERISA fiduciary (4) A statement advising the Plan Sponsor of the compensation PKS receives directly from the covered plan, if any. (5) A statement that no compensation will be paid between PKS and related parties (6) A statement advising the Plan Sponsor of the indirect compensation that PKS will receive from other parties not related to PKS (7) A statement that PKS will receive no additional compensation if the plan sponsor terminates the plan or moves it away from PKS. (8) A statement that PKS receives no compensation for recordkeeping services (9) The location of information regarding fees and expenses paid by plan participants relating to the Plan’s investment options. E. Information Gathering Procedures Upon the opening of any ERISA account covered by these procedures, the Operations Department shall obtain the necessary information regarding the covered plan, including but not limited to: (1) Plan Name (2) Administrator/Sponsor Name, mailing address and email address (3) Platform Provider [FCCS/Mutual Fund/Insurance Company] (4) Platform Provider Web Site URL (5) Plan Account Number (6) Description of Services/Investment Education provided to the Plan.
F. Operations Department Notification of Plan Sponsors
(1) 30 Day Time Requirement
Within 30 days of the opening or transfer in of an ERISA covered plan at PKS, the Operations Department shall transmit the required disclosure under Subsection D to the Plan Sponsor.
(2) Method of Transmittal
Transmittal of the required disclosure under Subsection D to the Plan Sponsor may be made by electronic mail.
G. Subsequent Notification For Change in Compensation
(1) Direct Compensation to PKS
The Operations Department shall provide an updated notification to all Plan Sponsors affected by any change in direct compensation to PKS [e.g. commissions or ticket charges].
(2) Indirect Compensation to PKS
Changes in indirect compensation paid to PKS by Issuers pursuant to Prospectus or Contract do not require new notification to Plan Sponsors.
(3) Record Keeping
The Operations Department shall maintain records of all notifications to Plan Sponsors. Such records may be maintained electronically.
7.20 Individual Retirement Account (IRA) Prohibited Transaction Exemption PTE 2020-02 (Amended 02/2022) A. General Under Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), parties providing fiduciary investment advice to plan sponsors, plan participants, and IRA owners may not receive payments creating conflicts of interest, unless they comply with protective conditions in a prohibited transaction exemption. On December 18, 2020, the Department of Labor adopted PTE 2020-02, (Improving Investment Advice for Workers & Retirees), a new prohibited transaction exemption under ERISA and the
Code for investment advice fiduciaries with respect to employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (IRAs). Investment advice fiduciaries who rely on the exemption must render advice that is in their plan and IRA customers’ best interest in order to receive compensation that would otherwise be prohibited in the absence of an exemption, including commissions, 12b-1 fees, revenue sharing, and mark-ups and mark-downs in certain principal transactions. The exemption expressly covers prohibited transactions resulting from both rollover advice and advice on how to invest assets within a plan or IRA. B. Application of PTE 2020-02 to PKS 1. IRA Rollovers
a. A recommendation to roll assets out of any tax advantaged retirement plan subject to ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code, into an IRA or any other investment), is covered under PTE 2020-02.
b. A recommendation to roll assets from an existing IRA or tax qualified
account at another Financial Institution to an IRA at PKS is covered under PTE 2020-02.
c. Recommendations listed above in 7.20[B](1)(a) and (b) are referred to as
“Rollover Advice” in these procedures.
2. PTE Transactions.
The requirements of PTE 2020-02 are applicable to PKS and its registered representatives, with respect to advice on how to invest assets within an IRA.
Those transactions inside IRA accounts recommended by PKS and registered representatives are subject to the requirements of PTE 2020-2 and are referred to in this SPM as “PTE Transactions.”
3. Fiduciary investment advice to plan sponsors, plan participants.
PKS does not provide fiduciary investment advice to plan sponsors or plan participants.
4. Variable Annuities and Variable Life Insurance - Application of PTE 84-24
The Firm relies on PTE 84-24 for variable annuity and variable life insurance). See Section 7.21 infra.
C. General Requirements of PTE 2020-02.
For PKS and its registered representatives to obtain prohibited transaction relief for Rollover Advice and PTE Transactions under PTE 2020-02, the following requirements must be met.
1. Provide advice in accordance with Impartial Conduct Standards, which are
consumer protection standards that require financial institutions and investment professionals to:
a. Give advice that is in the “best interest” of the retirement investor. This
best interest standard has two chief components: prudence and loyalty.
i. Under the prudence standard, the advice must meet a professional standard of care as specified in the text of the exemption.
ii. Under the loyalty standard, advice providers may not place their
own interests ahead of the interests of the retirement investor, or subordinate the retirement investor’s interests to their own;
iii. Charge no more than reasonable compensation and comply with
federal securities laws regarding best execution.
iv. Make no misleading statements. 2. For Rollover Advice and PTE Transactions, acknowledge in writing PKS’ and
its investment professionals’ fiduciary status under Title I of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable, when providing investment advice. (Fiduciary Acknowledgment - See D below).
3. For Rollover Advice and PTE Transactions, describe in writing the services to be
provided. (Description of Services – See E Below)
4. For Rollover Advice and PTE Transactions, describe in writing PKS’ and the financial investment professionals’ material conflicts of interest. (Description of Conflicts of Interest – See F Below)
5. For Rollover Advice, document the reasons that a rollover recommendation is in
the best interest of the retirement investor and provide that documentation to the retirement investor. (Rollover Recommendation Documentation – See G Below).
6. For Rollover Advice and PTE Transactions, adopt policies and procedures
prudently designed to ensure compliance with the Impartial Conduct Standards and that mitigate conflicts of interest.
7. Conduct an annual retrospective review of compliance for all Rollover Advice and PTE Transactions within the applicable time frames.
D. Fiduciary Acknowledgment Requirement. (1) Text of Acknowledgment
Prior to or at the time of a recommendation for an IRA Rollover or the initial PTE Transaction in an existing IRA account following the effective date of these procedures, the following written acknowledgment shall be delivered to the retirement investor. The Registered Representative shall document the delivery of the written Description of Services in the Rollover Analysis in rollover transactions and otherwise in the Best Interest Attestation.
When we provide investment advice to you regarding your retirement plan account or individual retirement account, we are fiduciaries within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and/or the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable, which are laws governing retirement accounts. The way we make money creates some conflicts with your interests, so we operate under a special rule that requires us to act in your best interest and not put our interest ahead of yours.
Under this special rule’s provisions, we must:
Meet a professional standard of care when making investment recommendations (give prudent advice);
Never put our financial interests ahead of yours when making recommendations (give loyal advice);
Avoid misleading statements about conflicts of interest, fees, and investments;
Follow policies and procedures designed to ensure that we give advice that is in your best interest;
Charge no more than is reasonable for our services; and
Give you basic information about conflicts of interest.
(2) Delivery of Acknowledgment.
(a) For RIA Rollovers
For IRA Rollovers from an employee benefit plan or from an IRA at another financial institution, the acknowledgment shall be
delivered by the registered representative to the retirement investor prior to account opening.
(b) For PTE Transactions in existing PKS IRAs
For existing PKS IRAs, the acknowledgment shall be delivered by the Registered Representative prior to or at the time of the first recommendation of a PTE Transaction following the effective date of these procedures, for any transaction affecting the existing IRA account.
E. Description of Services
Prior to or at the time of a recommendation for a Rollover Advice and PTE Transaction, the following written Description of Services shall be delivered by the Registered Representative to the retirement investor. The Registered Representative shall document the delivery of the written Description of Services in the Rollover Analysis in rollover transactions and otherwise in the Best Interest Attestation.
(1) Text of Description of Services
PKS offers brokerage services to retail investors. You can open a brokerage account in which you can buy and sell securities like stocks and/or bonds. In the alternative, you may open an account directly with an issuer (like a Mutual Fund, Variable Annuity or Life Insurance product). Although we offer a broad range of products, including some proprietary products, we do not offer all products of every type. For example, we offer mutual funds and variable annuities, but not every mutual fund and not every variable annuity product. Additional information regarding our services, accounts and investments can be found at www.pksinvest.com. You may select investments or we may recommend investments for your account, but the ultimate investment decision as to your investment strategy and the purchase or sale of investments will be yours.
Account Monitoring: Unlike advisory accounts, we do not monitor your investments on an ongoing basis. If you desire account monitoring, you should discuss third party monitoring (which is monitoring by a company other than PKS) with your registered representative.
(2) Delivery of Description of Services
(a) For IRA Rollovers
For IRA Rollovers from an employee benefit plan or from an IRA at another financial institution, the Description of Services shall be delivered by the registered representative to the retirement investor prior to account opening.
(b) For PTE Transactions in existing PKS IRAs
For existing PKS IRAs, the Description of Services shall be delivered by the Registered Representative prior to or at the time of the first recommendation of a PTE Transaction following the effective date of these procedures, for any transaction affecting the existing IRA account.
F. Written Description of Material Conflicts of Interest
Prior to or at the time of Rollover Advice or a recommendation for the initial PTE Transaction following the effective date of these procedures, the following written description of Material Conflicts of Interest shall be delivered by the Registered Representative to the retirement investor. The Registered Representative shall document the delivery of the written Description of Services in the Rollover Analysis in rollover transactions and otherwise in the Best Interest Attestation.
(1) Text of Written Description of Material Conflicts of Interest
PKS’ Conflict of Interest with you.
The principal conflict of interest PKS has in making an IRA rollover recommendation to you is that PKS will make money if you do a rollover to an IRA through PKS, and will not make money if you don’t. PKS can make money in the following ways. If you invest in stocks or ETFs, PKS charges a commission on trades. If you invest in Mutual Funds, Variable Annuities or Life Insurance Product or certain alternative investments, PKS receives a commission from the fund company or annuity or life insurance carrier and may also receive periodic, or “trail” compensation on such products for as long as you hold the product. This compensation is disclosed in the prospectus or offering documents or on the PKS website as applicable, for the product. For some products, PKS may receive additional compensation in the form of revenue sharing. If you invest in the product of an affiliate of PKS, PKS or related persons will receive additional compensation in the form of management fees or other compensation.
PKS Registered Representative Conflict of Interest with you.
A PKS Registered Representative (RR) making an IRA rollover recommendation has a similar conflict. The RR can make additional money if you accept a recommendation to do a rollover but can’t make additional money if you don’t accept the recommendation or the recommendation is not to do one. Please note that if you accept a rollover recommendation and do it at PKS, the RR will receive compensation. Based on the PKS payment structure, the more business overall that the RR places through PKS, the greater the share of overall
commissions that the RR is paid. Please note that PKS has policies, procedures and supervision in place to mitigate the conflict.
(2) Delivery of Written Description of Material Conflicts of Interest
(a) For IRA Rollovers
For IRA Rollovers from an employee benefit plan or from an IRA at another financial institution, the Description of Material Conflicts of Interest shall be delivered by the registered representative to the retirement investor prior to account opening.
(b) For PTE Transactions in existing PKS IRAs
For existing PKS IRAs, the Description of Material Conflicts of Interest shall be delivered by the Registered Representative prior to or at the time of the first recommendation of a PTE Transaction following the effective date of these procedures, for any transaction affecting the existing IRA account.
G. Rollover Recommendation Documentation
(1) Factors to Consider and Document in Disclosure of Reasons that a Rollover Recommendation is in Customer Best Interest.
(a) The alternatives to a rollover, including leaving the money in the
investor’s employer’s existing plan, if permitted. Factors to consider include:
i. Existing other options in existing plan;
ii. Increased costs of rollover – if so, long term impact of increased costs and why rollover is appropriate notwithstanding increased costs;
iii. impact of economically significant investment features such as
surrender schedules and index annuity cap and participation rates.
(b) the fees and expenses associated with both the plan and the IRA;
(c) whether the employer pays for some or all of the plan’s administrative expenses;
(d) the different levels of services and investments available under the plan
and the IRA.
(2) Documentation Requirement
(a) Information From Customer. The following information should be obtained from the customer, if possible, to document the customer’s current employee benefit plan and specific interest in it, and expenses and options in connection with the current plan.
i. Recent Plan Brokerage statement ii. Summary Plan Description (b) Information From Plan Administrator or Recordkeeper.
In the event the customer is unable or unwilling to provide documents sufficient to document the customer’s current employee benefit plan and specific interest in it, and expenses and options in connection with the current plan, the RR must contact the Plan Administrator or Recordkeeper and request the necessary information.
(c) In the event the Plan Administrator or Recordkeeper will not provide
documents sufficient to document the customer’s current employee benefit plan and specific interest in it, and expenses and options in connection with the current plan, the RR must make a reasonable estimation of expenses, asset values, risk, and returns based on publicly available information. The financial institution and investment professional should document and explain the assumptions used and their limitations. In such cases, the financial institution and investment professional could rely on alternative data sources, such as the most recent Form 5500 or reliable benchmarks on typical fees and expenses for the type and size of plan at issue.
(3) IRA Rollover Analysis
Prior to or at the time of a recommendation for an IRA Rollover, a firm generated analysis (“IRA Rollover Analysis”) of the recommendation of a prospective IRA rollover from an employee benefit plan, or another IRA, as applicable, shall be provided to the client by the Registered Representative. A copy of the IRA Rollover Analysis shall be signed by the client and filed with the rollover paperwork by the Registered Representative. The analysis shall address contain the following points.
We have recommended a Rollover to a PKS IRA from your current employee benefit plan or existing IRA you have at another financial institution. Here are the factors we have considered in determining that an IRA Rollover Is in Your Best Interest.
Information We Have Obtained (Check where Applicable)
_____ Recent Plan Brokerage Statement _____ Summary Plan Description _____ Required Notice of Distribution Options under IRC 402(f) _____ Information from Plan Administrator or Recordkeeper _____ Form 5500 _____ Other. ___________________________________
[Registered Representative to attach applicable documentation to this form following client signature]
Factors We Have Considered in Recommending a Rollover to a PKS IRA.
Alternatives to a Rollover, including leaving money in your current plan, in the same or other existing options in your current plan. The alternatives we have considered are as follows: (Describe)
The fees and expenses that you pay under current plan as opposed to fees and expenses in a PKS IRA?
Expenses of your existing plan:
If you have an employee benefit plan, does the employer pay for some or all of your current plan’s administrative expenses? ___
Expenses of IRA Rollover to PKS
In a rollover to a _________________________ IRA through PKS, you would pay the following fees and expenses.
Are there any Increased costs of rollover? – if so, What are they and the long-term impact of increased costs and why a rollover is appropriate and beneficial notwithstanding increased costs.
What are the different levels of services available under your existing plan and the proposed IRA? How a rollover to a PKS IRA is beneficial taking into consideration the levels of service and protection from creditors, if applicable, of existing plan.
Impact of cashing out existing retirement plan as opposed to (1) keeping the current plan in place or (2) rolling the existing plan into an IRA through PKS.
If applicable, what is the impact of economically significant investment features such as surrender schedules and index annuity cap and participation rates.
H. Elimination or Mitigation of Conflicts of Interest
PTE 2020-2 requires the Firm to eliminate or mitigate conflicts of interests This requirement extends to the Firm as well as its registered representatives. The Firm identifies the following potential conflicts of interest and shall eliminate or mitigate identified conflicts as follows. 1. Commissions and Fees
Mitigation: See Section 7.0.1[F](4)(a) and Section 7.0.1[F](4)(h) for the Firm’s mitigation of this conflict of interest. .
2. Revenue Sharing – Directing Investor to Third Party Products with revenue
sharing
Elimination: The Firm will not direct or incentivize any third-party product to its associated persons.
3. Proprietary or Affiliated Products
Mitigation: See Section 7.0.1[F](4)(d) and Section 7.0.1[F](4)(h) for the Firm’s mitigation of this conflict of interest.
4. Sales Incentives and/or Bonuses
Elimination: The Firm will not permit Sales Incentives and/or Bonuses.
5. Principal Traded Assets
Mitigation: See Section 7.0.1[F](4)(c) and Section 7.0.1[F](4)(h) for the Firm’s mitigation of this conflict of interest.
6. Alternative Investments
Mitigation: See Section 7.0.1[F](4)(g) and Section 7.0.1[F](4)(h) for the Firm’s mitigation of this conflict of interest.
7. Tax Free Municipal Bonds
Elimination The Firm will not permit Rollover Advice or PTE Transactions in Municipal Bonds
I. Periodic Review of Policies and Procedures
The Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee shall conduct a periodic review of these policies and procedures relevant to PTE 2020-02. This review shall be conducted in conjunction with the periodic review of Regulation BI by the Reg BI Committee.
J. Annual Retrospective Review, Report and Certification
(1) Annual Retrospective Review
The Internal Auditor shall conduct an annual retrospective review reasonably designed to assist the Firm in detecting and preventing violations of, and achieving compliance with, PTE 2020-02. This review may be in conjunction with and use materials from the periodic review of policies and procedures. This review shall include testing a sample of Rollover Advice and PTE Transactions to determine compliance with PTE 2020-02 and these procedures.
(2) Written Report Required
The methodology and results of the retrospective review must be reduced to a written report that is provided to a senior executive officer of PKS, who must then make certain certifications related to his/her review of the report.
(3) Certification of Retrospective Review A senior executive must provide a written certification, on an annual basis, that
(A) The officer has reviewed the report of the retrospective review; (B) The Financial Institution has in place policies and procedures prudently designed to achieve compliance with the conditions of this exemption; and (C) The Financial Institution has in place a prudent process to modify such policies and procedures as business, regulatory and legislative changes and events dictate, and to test the effectiveness of such policies and procedures on a periodic basis, the timing and extent of which is reasonably designed to ensure continuing compliance with the conditions of this exemption.
For guidance, the certification may read as follows, but may contain additional language as circumstances require:
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO PTE 2020-02
I, _____________________[Name], ____________ of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (PKS), hereby certify to the following:
That I have reviewed the report of the retrospective review undertaken pursuant to PTE 2020-02 for the calendar year January 1, 20__ to December 31, 20__;
That based on such report, I certify that PKS has in place policies and procedures prudently designed to achieve compliance with the conditions of PTE 2020-02;
That PKS has in place a prudent process to modify such policies and procedures as business, regulatory and legislative changes and events dictate, and to test the effectiveness of such policies and procedures on a periodic basis, the timing and extent of which is reasonably designed to ensure continuing compliance with the conditions of PTE 2020-02.
(4) Time Requirements for Review, Report and Certification (a) General Rule
The review, report and certification are completed no later than six months following the end of the period covered by the review.
(b) Applicability to Firm
The Firm’s review period shall be a calendar annual year, from January 1 to December 31. Therefore, the Review, Report and Certification shall be completed no later than June 30 of the calendar year following the review period.
K. Record Keeping
Pursuant to PTE 2020-02, a Financial Institution must maintain records for six (6) years demonstrating compliance with the exemption. Such recordkeeping may be kept electronically and shall include: (1) Documentation of rollover recommendations, including documentation of
delivery of disclosure and analysis to the customer; (2) Written policies and procedures with respect to PTE 2020-02;
(3) The report of the retrospective review, certification pursuant to PTE 2020-02 and supporting data.
The Compliance Department must provide these documents to the U. S. Department of Labor or the US Treasury Department within 10 business days of a request. All records related to this Section 7.20 may be maintained electronically.
L. Training (1) General
The Compliance Department shall include training for all Registered Representatives as part of the annual Firm Element training program, or other periodic training as determined by the Chief Compliance Officer, or his/her designee.
(2) Training
(a) Registered Representative Training
To educate all Registered Representatives, a module on Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Exemptions is required to be completed through a third-party vendor, Quest CE.
(b) Initial Supervisory and Compliance Department Training
All supervisors and compliance officers will complete training with respect to this Section 7.20 as soon as practicable following the initial effective date of this Section.
(C) Annual Training
On no less than an annual basis, the Compliance Department shall provide training for Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Exemptions through the Annual Compliance Meeting.
M. Self-Correction
[Reprinted from the Adopting Release at Page 84823 for informational purposes]
Under the new Section II(e), the Department will not consider a nonexempt prohibited transaction to have occurred due to a violation of the exemption’s conditions, provided: (1) Either the violation did not result in investment losses to the Retirement Investor or the Financial Institution made the Retirement Investor whole for any resulting losses; (2) the Financial Institution corrects the violation and notifies the Department via email to [email protected] within 30 days of correction; (3) the correction occurs no later than 90 days after the Financial Institution learned of the violation or reasonably should have
learned of the violation; and (4) the Financial Institution notifies the persons responsible for conducting the retrospective review during the applicable review cycle, and the violation and correction is specifically set forth in the written report of the retrospective review.
M. Ineligibility
[Reprinted from the Adopting Release at Page 84823 for informational purposes] Investment Professionals and Financial Institutions will also become ineligible for the commission of certain crimes described in ERISA Section 411 or if they are issued a written ineligibility notice from the Department stating that they (i) engaged in a systematic pattern or practice of violating the conditions of the exemption, (ii) intentionally violated the conditions of the exemption, or (iii) provided materially misleading information to the Department in connection with the Investment Professional’s or Financial Institution’s conduct under the exemption. These categories of noncompliance militate against the Investment Professional or Financial Institution continuing to rely on the broad prohibited transaction relief in the class exemption. Provided that a Financial Institution has established, maintained and enforced prudent policies and procedures as required by this exemption, a minor number of isolated violations of the conditions of the exemption does not constitute a systematic pattern or practice.
A Financial Institution’s ineligibility would be triggered by its own conviction or receipt of a written ineligibility notice, or by the conviction or receipt of such a notice by another Financial Institution in the same Controlled Group. A Financial Institution is in the same Controlled Group with another Financial Institution if it would be considered in the same ‘‘controlled group of corporations’’ or ‘‘under common control’’ with the Financial Institution, as those terms are defined in Code section 414(b) and (c), in each case including the accompanying regulations.
7.21 Transactions Involving the Sales of Insurance Policies and Annuity Contracts to IRAs and Retirement Plans - Prohibited Transaction Exemption PTE 84-24
(Added 02/2022)
A. General
PTE 84-24 is an exemption from the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) for transactions involving the sale of insurance policies and annuity contracts (including variable and fixed life insurance and variable, fixed indexed and fixed rate annuities, each a “Contract”)) to IRAs and plans subject to the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and/or the Code. This exemption will be used when an agent/registered representative makes a recommendation regarding the purchase of a Contract by a plan or IRA that is considered fiduciary advice under ERISA and/or the Code, and the conditions of this exemption will be satisfied as set forth in this Section 7.21. For example, if a registered representative/agent were to recommend that an ERISA plan
participant roll into a fixed indexed annuity or variable annuity where ongoing advice is contemplated as part of the services to be provided to the plan participant, then this would be considered fiduciary advice under ERISA. And, because the fiduciary recommendation results in compensation that the registered representative/agent would not have received absent the rollover recommendation (i.e., the commissions), this is a prohibited transaction for which a prohibited transaction exemption is needed. PTE 84-24 will be used as an exemption in that case as an alternative to PTE 2020-02.
B. PTE 84-24 Requirements.
PTE 84-24 requires that:
• The transaction must be effected by the agent/registered representative in the ordinary course of its/his/her business.
• The transaction must be on terms at least as favorable to the participant as an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated party would be.
• The combined total of all fees, commissions and other consideration received by the agent/registered representative for the provision of services to the plan or IRA and in connection with the purchase of the Contract is not in excess of reasonable compensation.
• The agent/registered representative may not be a trustee of the plan or IRA (other than a nondiscretionary trustee who does not render investment advice with respect to any plan assets), a plan administrator, a fiduciary with discretionary authority to manage plan or IRA assets, or an employer of employees covered by the plan.
• The agent/registered representative provides the information described below in writing to the Independent Fiduciary prior to the execution of the transaction and the Independent Fiduciary approves the transaction prior to its execution. The Independent Fiduciary may be the employer of employees covered by the plan (e.g., the plan sponsor), but may not be an insurance agent or broker, pension consultant or insurance company involved in the transaction. The Independent Fiduciary may be the plan committee of the plan sponsor or in the case of an IRA, the IRA holder.
(1) Indicate whether the agent/registered representative is an affiliate of the insurance company whose contract is being recommended or if the ability of the agent to recommend contracts is limited by any agreement with that insurance company;
(2) Identify the sales commission paid to the agent/registered representative, expressed as percentage of the gross annual premium payments for the first year and for each succeeding renewal year; and
(3) Describe any charges, fees, discounts, penalties or adjustments that may be imposed in connection with the purchase, holding, exchange, termination or sale of the Contract.
C. PTE 84-24 Application
PTE 84-24 applies to the receipt of commissions in connection with sales to IRAs and plans subject to the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and/or of the Code of the following, each a “Contract” -
(1) Sales of variable and fixed life insurance
(2) Sales of variable, fixed indexed and fixed rate annuities
D. Written Disclosure and Acknowledgment Requirements
Prior to effecting the sale of the Contract to an IRA or plan, the agent/registered representative shall -
1. Complete the current PTE 84-24 Disclosure Form set forth in the forms library on the
broker website. a. The following should be identified where indicated at the top of the Form: the plan
or IRA, the insurance or annuity contract and the issuing insurance company. (Note that an IRA cannot invest in a life insurance contract.)
b. The Form provides for the date, name and signature of the agent/registered representative. That should be completed at or near the time of delivery.
2. Deliver the completed PTE 84-24 Disclosure Form to the Independent Fiduciary along
with the materials described in this paragraph 2. The Form needs to describe any charges, fees, discounts, penalties or adjustments which may be imposed in connection with the purchase, holding, exchange, termination or sale of the Contract. These charges and/or other adjustments are described in other document(s) (e..g, the Contract, Rate Sheet, Statement of Understanding, etc.), and accordingly, that/those document(s) should be provided to the Independent Fiduciary along with this Form.
3. Obtain the Independent Fiduciary’s signature on the PTE 84-24 Form indicating that
the Independent Fiduciary has acknowledged receipt of the Form and related materials and approved the transaction, and
a. Provide a copy of the PTE 84-24 Disclosure Form to the Independent Fiduciary:
and b. Place the original (or electronic copy if applicable) in the transaction paperwork
package.
E. Supervisory Review
The Regional Supervisor shall review and approve all transactions covered by this Section 7.21 in accordance with the provisions thereof.
F. Record Keeping
All documents made pursuant to this Section 7.21 shall be retained for a period of not less than six years. Such record retention may be made electronically.
SECTION 8: CUSTOMER COMPLAINTS (Amended 10/2012) 8.0 Customer Complaints (Amended 12/2019)
A. General All Associated Persons of PKS shall immediately report the occurrence of any of the disclosure events listed in SPM Section 8.1, including but not limited to customer complaints as defined therein, customer initiated investment related arbitrations and civil litigation, regulatory proceedings and settlements, whether such events occurred in connection with a PKS client or otherwise.
B. Management of Disclosure Events
The Compliance Department shall conduct a review of all disclosure events and take action as is appropriate.
C. Special Provision for Settlements
(1) Settlements Involving a PKS Account
No Registered Representative may settle any claim or complaint regarding a PKS Account without prior approval of the Compliance Department.
(2) Other Settlements Settlements not involving a PKS Account do not require prior approval of the Compliance Department, and require notice to the Compliance Department only as required in SPM Section 8.1.
D. Special Provisions for Written Complaints from PKS Customers (1) Definition of Complaint and Customer [FINRA Rule 4530]
(a) Definition of Customer: A “Customer” is any person, other than a broker or dealer, with whom the member has engaged, or has sought to engage, in securities activities.
(b) Definition of Complaint: A “Complaint” is any written grievance by a
customer involving the member or person associated with a member. (2) Notification to Compliance Department Immediately upon receiving a written or electronic complaint from a PKS customer, a Registered Representative shall notify the PKS Compliance Department and forward a copy of the complaint by electronic mail See also SPM 6.1[V]. (3) Compliance Department Procedure upon Receipt of Complaint
(a) Upon receiving a customer complaint the Compliance Department shall initiate such investigation of the complaint as it deems necessary and appropriate.
(b) Upon conclusion of its investigation, the Compliance Department shall document its actions and related findings and take such corrective action as is necessary and appropriate. The Compliance Department shall notify the registered representative of its findings by electronic mail
(c) Upon the conclusion of its investigation and within thirty (30) days after
receipt of the complaint directed to the firm by the customer, the Compliance Department shall communicate with the customer in writing and advise the customer of its findings with respect to the complaint and provide such other information as is appropriate to its findings.
E. Filing and Recordkeeping
(1) Regulatory Filing The Compliance Department shall make all required regulatory filings for the disclosure events listed in SPM Section 8.1.
(2) Record Keeping (a) Customer Complaints
The Compliance Department shall maintain a record of all complaints and related documents and/or communications made pursuant to SPM 8.0[D]. Such records shall be maintained electronically.
(b) Regulatory Filings
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of all regulatory filings. Such records may be maintained electronically.
8.1 Disclosure Reporting Requirements (Effective July 1, 2011) (Added 6/2011) A. FINRA Rule 4530(a)(1) Reporting Requirements The following disclosure events must be reported to FINRA via FINRA’s Electronic Form Filing Website within 30 calendar days of the date that PKS receives notice of the following events involving PKS or an associated person of PKS. (1) Finding of violation of laws or standards of conduct. PKS or associated person has been found to have violated any securities-, insurance-, commodities-, financial- or investment related laws, rules, regulations or standards of conduct of any domestic or foreign regulatory body, self regulatory organization or business or professional organization; The term "found" as used in this Section includes among other formal findings, adverse final actions, including consent decrees in which the respondent has neither admitted nor denied the findings, but does not include informal agreements, deficiency letters, examination reports, memoranda of understanding, cautionary actions, admonishments and similar informal resolutions of matters. For example, a Letter of Acceptance, Waiver and Consent or an Offer of Settlement is considered an adverse final action. The term "found" also includes any formal finding, regardless of whether the finding will be appealed. The term "found" does not include a violation of a self regulatory organization rule that has been designated as "minor" pursuant to a plan approved by the SEC, if the sanction imposed consists of a fine of $2,500 or less, and if the sanctioned person does not contest the fine. (2) Written Customer Complaint of Theft/Forgery.
PKS or associated person is the subject of any written customer complaint involving allegations of theft or misappropriation of funds or securities or of forgery;
For purposes of this paragraph (2), a “Customer” is any person, other than a broker or dealer, with whom PKS has engaged, or has sought to engage, in securities activities.
A reporting under this paragraph is also reportable under SPM 8.1(D). (C) Defendant or Respondent in Regulatory Proceeding. PKS or associated person is named as a defendant or respondent in any proceeding brought by a domestic or foreign regulatory body or self-regulatory organization alleging the violation of any provision of the Exchange Act, or of any other federal, state or foreign securities, insurance or commodities statute, or of any rule or regulation thereunder, or of any provision of the by-laws, rules or similar governing instruments of any securities, insurance or commodities domestic or foreign regulatory body or self- regulatory organization; (D) Expulsion/Denial of Registration. PKS or associated person is denied registration or is expelled, enjoined, directed to cease and desist, suspended or otherwise disciplined by any securities, insurance or commodities industry domestic or foreign regulatory body or self regulatory organization or is denied membership or continued membership in any such self-regulatory organization; or is barred from becoming associated with any member of any such self-regulatory organization; (E) Indictment or Conviction of Truth-Related Charge. PKS or associated person is indicted, or convicted of, or pleads guilty to, or pleads no contest to, any felony; or any misdemeanor that involves the purchase or sale of any security, the taking of a false oath, the making of a false report, bribery, perjury, burglary, larceny, theft, robbery, extortion, forgery, counterfeiting, fraudulent concealment, embezzlement, fraudulent conversion, or misappropriation of funds, or securities, or a conspiracy to commit any of these offenses, or substantially equivalent activity in a domestic, military or foreign court; (F) Association with Sanctioned Financial Institution. PKS or associated person is a director, controlling stockholder, partner, officer or sole proprietor of, or an associated person with, a broker, dealer, investment company, investment advisor, underwriter or insurance company that was suspended, expelled or had its
registration denied or revoked by any domestic or foreign regulatory body, jurisdiction or organization or is associated in such a capacity with a bank, trust company or other financial institution that was convicted of or pleaded no contest to, any felony or misdemeanor in a domestic or foreign court; (G) Settlement of $15,000. PKS or associated person is a defendant or respondent in any securities- or commodities-related civil litigation or arbitration, is a defendant or respondent in any financial-related insurance civil litigation or arbitration, or is the subject of any claim for damages by a customer, broker or dealer that relates to the provision of financial services or relates to a financial transaction, and such civil litigation, arbitration or claim for damages has been disposed of by judgment, award or settlement for an amount exceeding $15,000. However, when the member is the defendant or respondent or is the subject of any claim for damages by a customer, broker or dealer, then the reporting to FINRA shall be required only when such judgment, award or settlement is for an amount exceeding $25,000; or (H) Transaction with Person Subject to Statutory Disqualification. PKS or associated person is involved in the sale of any financial instrument, the provision of any investment advice or the financing of any such activities with any person who is, subject to a "statutory disqualification" as that term is defined in the Exchange Act. The report shall include the name of the person subject to the statutory disqualification and details concerning the disqualification. B. FINRA Rule 4530(a)(2) - Associated Person Discipline by PKS Within 30 calendar days of the date that PKS imposes disciplinary action on any associated person, such action must be reported to FINRA via FINRA’s Electronic Form Filing Website.
Disciplinary action is defined as suspension, termination, the withholding of compensation or of any other remuneration in excess of $2,500, the imposition of fines in excess of $2,500 or other discipline in any manner that would have a significant limitation on the individual's activities on a temporary or permanent basis.
C. FINRA Rule 4530(b) and (c) - Self-Reporting Requirements (1) Self-Reporting by PKS (a) General Upon the conclusion of PKS Senior Management that PKS, or an associated person of PKS has violated any securities-, insurance-, commodities-, financial- or investment-related laws, rules, regulations or standards of conduct of any domestic or foreign regulatory body or self-regulatory organization, the Chief Compliance Officer shall make a report of such violation to FINRA, but only where PKS Senior Management concludes that the violation rises to the level described below in SPM 8.1(C)(1)(b). (b) Application For purposes of SPM 8.1(C)(1)(A) above [paragraph (b) of Rule 4530], with respect to violative conduct by a member, FINRA expects a member to report only conduct that has widespread or potential widespread impact to the member, its customers or the markets, or conduct that arises from a material failure of the member's systems, policies or practices involving numerous customers, multiple errors or significant dollar amounts. With respect to violative conduct by an associated person, FINRA expects a member to report only conduct that has widespread or potential widespread impact to the member, its customers or the markets, conduct that has a significant monetary result with respect to a member(s), customer(s) or market(s), or multiple instances of any violative conduct. In addition, with respect to violative conduct by an associated person, the reporting obligation under paragraph (b) must be read in conjunction with the reporting obligation under paragraph (a)(2) of this Rule. If a member has concluded that an associated person has engaged in violative conduct and imposes the discipline set forth under paragraph (a)(2) of this Rule, then the member is required to report the event under paragraph (a)(2), and it need not report the event under paragraph (b).
(2) Self-Reporting by PKS Associated Person Every PKS associated person shall promptly report to the Compliance Department the existence of any of the events set forth in SPM 8.1A [FINRA Rule 4530, paragraph (a)(1)]. Failure to make such reporting shall result in disciplinary action, which may include letter of caution, fine, suspension, or termination of association with PKS. D. FINRA Rule 4530(d) Reporting Requirement [Customer Complaint] (a) Time to Report. A “Complaint” from a “Customer” or “Consumer” as defined below must
be reported to FINRA via FINRA’s Electronic Form Filing Website by the 15th day of the month following the calendar quarter in which the Complaint is received.
(b) Complaints Reportable Customer Complaint:
(i) Customer. A “Customer” is any person, other than a broker or dealer, with whom the member has engaged in securities activities.
(ii) Reportable Complaint: Any written grievance by a customer involving PKS
or a person associated with PKS. (c) Consumer Complaint:
(i) Consumer. A “Consumer” is any person, other than a broker or dealer,with whom the member has sought to engage in securities activities.
(ii) Reportable Complaint: Any securities related written grievance by a consumer
involving PKS or a person associated with PKS, or any written complaint alleging theft or misappropriation of funds or securities or forgery.
E. Rule 4530(f) – Complaint/Indictment/Arbitration Filing with FINRA.
Immediately upon notice of the existence of any document listed in this section, the
Compliance Department shall request a copy and, upon receipt, shall file such document with FINRA within 10 days of receipt. The Documents are:
(1) any indictment, information or other criminal complaint or plea agreement for
conduct reportable under SPM 8.1(A)(E) [FINRA Rule 4530(1)(E)];
(2) any complaint in which PKS is named as a defendant or respondent in any securities or commodities-related private civil litigation, or is named as a defendant or respondent in any financial related insurance private civil litigation;
(3) any securities or commodities-related arbitration claim filed against PKS in any
forum other than FINRA Dispute Resolution forum;
(4) any indictment, information or other criminal complaint, any plea agreement, or any private civil complaint or arbitration claim against a person associated with PKS that is reportable under question 14 on Form U-4, irrespective of any dollar thresholds Form U-4 imposes for notification, unless, in the case of an arbitration claim, the claim has been filed in the FINRA Dispute Resolution forum.
F. Form U4 Disclosures - In addition to any filing under FINRA Rule 4530, the following
disclosure events are required to be filed on the File within 30 days of notice of any of the following events affecting an associated person of PKS.
(1) Question 14A: Criminal Disclosure – Felony
PKS Associated Person or organization PKS Associated Person controlled been charged or convicted of any felony.
(2) Question 14B: Criminal Disclosure – Certain Misdemeanors
PKS Associated Person or organization PKS Associated Person controlled been charged or convicted or pled with certain misdemeanors
(3) Question 14C Regulatory Action. SEC or Commodity Futures Trading
Commission makes finding that PKS Associated Person has committed the
following offense:
(a) False statement or omission (b) Violation of regulations/statutes (c) Cause of investment business regulatory action (d) Entered Order against PKS Associated Person in investment related activity (e) Imposed civil penalty or cease and desist order (f) Found violation of securities laws or regulations or rules (g) Found aiding/abetting violation of securities laws or regulations or rules (h) Found failure to supervise associated person.
(4) Question 14D Regulatory Action. A federal, state or foreign regulatory agency other than
the SEC or Commodity Futures Trading Commission makes finding that PKS Associated Person has committed the following offense:
(a) Finding of false statement/dishonesty/unethical (b) Finding of violation of investment related laws or regulations (c) Finding of causing investment related business to suffer regulatory action (d) Entered Order against PKS Associated Person in investment related activity (e) Denied/Suspended/Revoked or prevented association with investment related
business or restricted activities. (5) Question 14D2 Regulatory Action. A State Securities Commission or Like Agency, State
or Federal Banking Agency or Credit Union Assoc bar from association of financial business or finding of violation of laws or regulations that prohibit fraudulent, manipulative or deceptive conduct, issues a Final Order that:
(a) Bars a PKS Associated Person from association
(b) With respect to a PKS Associated Person, finds violation of laws or regulations
prohibiting fraudulent, manipulative or deceptive conduct. (6) Question 14E: Regulatory Action – SRO. A self-regulatory organization makes finding
that PKS Associated Person has committed the following offense:
(a) False Statement/Omission (b) Violation of SRO Rules (c) Causing investment related business to suffer regulatory action (d) Expulsion/suspension/restriction of activities (e) Finding of securities laws or regulations or rules (f) Found aiding/abetting violation of securities laws or regulations or rules (g) Found failure to supervise associated person
(7) Question 14F Attorney, Accountant, Federal Contractor. A PKS Associated Person who
is an Attorney, Accountant, or Federal Contractor has had his/her authorization suspended or revoked.
(8) Question 14G Regulatory Proceeding: Notification of subject of
(a) A PKS Associated Person is subject to a proceeding that could result in a yes answer to Questions 14C,D or E on the Form U4.
(b) a PKS Associated Person is notified of an investigation that could result in yes
answer to 14A,B,C,D or E on the Form U4. (9) Question 14H Civil Judicial Disclosure. A PKS Associated Person is the subject of the
following action by a Domestic or Foreign Court:
(a) Injunction in connection with investment activity
(b) Finding of violation of securities laws or regulations or rules
(c) Dismissed by settlement an investment related civil action by state or foreign regulatory agency
(d) Named in investment related civil action that could result in yes to (a), (b) or (c)
above [Q 14H(1) on the U4). (10) Question 14I Customer complaint/Arbitration/Civil Litigation Disclosure
(a) A PKS Associated Person is named as respondent/defendant in investment related
consumer initiated arbitration or civil litigation alleging sales practices violations which
(i) is still pending
(ii) resulted in arbitration award or judgment, regardless of amount
(iii) settled (prior to 5/18/09) for $10,000
(iv) settled for $15000 or more.
(b) A PKS Associated Person is the subject of investment related, consumer initiated
written or oral complaint that alleged sales practice violations and which was settled for $15,000 or more
(c) Within last 24 months, a PKS Associated Person is the subject of a investment
related consumer initiated written complaint charging sales practices violations which was not otherwise reported with a claim for compensatory damages over $5,000 [If no compensatory damages listed, complaint must be filed unless PKS makes good faith determination is made that damages are less than $5,000].
(d) Within last 24 months, a PKS Associated Person is the subject of a investment
related consumer initiated written complaint alleging forgery, theft, misappropriation funds or conversion of funds or securities.
(e) Within last 24 months, a PKS Associated Person is the subject of a of investment
related, consumer initiated arbitration clam or civil litigation not otherwise reported that alleged compensatory damages over $5,000 000 [If no compensatory damages listed, complaint must be filed unless PKS makes good faith determination is made that damages are less than $5,000].
(f) Within last 24 months, a PKS Associated Person is the subject of a of investment
related, consumer initiated arbitration clam or civil litigation not otherwise reported that alleged forgery, theft, misappropriation funds or conversion of funds or securities.
(11) Question 14J Termination Disclosure. A PKS Associated Person voluntarily resigns,
permitted to resign or discharged after allegations are made of:
(a) violating investment-related statutes, rules or industry standards of conduct (b) fraud or wrongful taking of property (c) failure to supervise (12) Question 14K Financial Disclosure. Within the past 10 years, A PKS Associated Person
has
(a) made a compromise with creditors, filed a bankruptcy petition or been the subject of an involuntary bankruptcy petition
(b) as a controlling person of any organization, filed a bankruptcy petition or been the
subject of an involuntary bankruptcy petition
(c) while a controlling person of a broker-dealer, has such broker-dealer been the subject of an involuntary bankruptcy petition, had a trustee appointed or had a direct payment procedure initiated under SIPA.
(d) A PKS Associated Person has been had a bond denied, paid out on or revoked
[Question 14L Form U4].
(e) PKS Associated Person has unsatisfied judgments/liens [Question 14M Form U4]. G. Responsibility For Filing Disclosure. The responsibility for filing all disclosures as
noted in this section is with the Chief Compliance Officer or her Designee. H. Associated Person Responsibility for Making Disclosure. Any associated person of PKS
who becomes aware of any event that requires any of the filings delineated in this section shall immediately advise the Chief Compliance Officer of the existence of such event.
I. U5 Exception [FINRA Rule 4530(e)] There is no requirement to report an event otherwise required to be reported under the provisions of SPM 8.1 A and B if the event is disclosed on the Form U5, consistent with the requirements of that form.25 This exception does not extend to the reporting of quarterly statistical and summary complaint information. J. Former Associated Persons (1) General The reporting requirements of this SPM 8.1, with respect to associated persons, only apply to events which occur while the person is associated with PKS. [FINRA Regulatory Notice 11-06]. (2) Inability to Determine If a firm, however, becomes aware of a matter, but based on its records or information available through Web CRD® the firm cannot determine that the person was an associated person of the firm, the firm is not obligated to report it. [FINRA Regulatory Notice 11-06]. 8.2 Complaints Made By Telephone A. Applicability. This Section 8.2 is applicable only for: (1) Complaints received by telephone, which are also
(2) Complaints from customers regarding transactions within the jurisdiction of the National Futures Association (NFA).
B. Procedure. Complaints that fall within the parameters of 8.2(A) shall maintained in a database called “NFA Customer Complaint Log via Phone” which documents the following information: date of call, registered representative involved, client name, client account number, individual who received the call, and any additional notes.
8.3 Written Complaints A. Applicability. This Section 8.3 is applicable only for:
(1) Written complaints, which are also (2) Complaints from customers regarding transactions within the jurisdiction of the
National Futures Association (NFA). B. Procedure. Wirtten complaints that fall within the paratmeters of 8.3(A) shall be filed on
a quarterly basis in a report with the NFA containing statistical and summary information regarding written customer complaints involving security futures products. The report must be filed with NFA, by the 15th day of the month following the calendar quarter in which the complaints are received. The Firm is not required to file a quarterly report for any quarter in which no complaints were received.
SECTION 9: OPENING NEW ACCOUNTS; ACCOUNT TRANSFERS 9.1 New FCCS Brokerage Account Form
(Amended 7/2019)
A. General (1) Requirements
All Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) brokerage account forms shall conform to the following requirements: (a) To be acceptable, the application must have sufficient information to comply with
“Know Your Customer” and SEC Books and Records rule 17a, or it will be rejected, and
(b) The application must bear the signature of the designated registered representative; (c) The application must be reviewed and signed by the appropriately licensed
Principal (2) Availability of Forms
All FCCS brokerage-related forms are available in the Form Library of the PKS Website.
B. Submission of Forms (1) After completion of the FCCS brokerage account form, the Registered Representative
shall forward the form and supporting documentation to the PKS Operations Department within the time required to process any proposed transaction(s).
(2) If all documents are not received within the required time frames, PKS Operations shall so advise the Registered Representative who shall advise the customer that PKS may freeze the account until the documents are received.
(3) Once approved, PKS Operations will forward a copy of the form plus any required supporting documents to FCCS and retain copies for its files.
9.1.1 Omnibus Accounts (Amended 4/2013) A. General (1) Definition An omnibus account is a single account that (a) pools the holdings of more than one beneficial owner, and (b) where the identities of the beneficial owners may not be disclosed to Fidelity Clearing and Custody Solutions or to the Direct Fund companies, and (c) in which the beneficial owners have the ability to effect transactions, and (d) where the account holder of record is a fiduciary who acts on behalf of all of the beneficial owners, such as trustee or a plan sponsor in an ERISA account, and (d) for which sub-accounting is performed by the omnibus account holder or a third party administrator. (2) Examples of Omnibus Accounts Examples of Omnibus accounts include, but are not limited to, (a) ERISA plans, such as 401(k) and 403(b) accounts,
(b) bank-pooled accounts and hedge funds, (c) Certain wrap programs. B. PKS Client Profile - Requirements for Onmibus Accounts (1) Named Account Holder (Fiduciary) The named account holder or fiduciary shall complete a Client Profile or FCCS equivalent, but shall not be required to provide suitability information except as required by the account custodian. (2) Individual Beneficial Owners Notwithstanding any other provision of this SPM to the contrary, the PKS Client Profile form is not required for individual beneficial owners of omnibus accounts. D. Mutual Fund Share Class Disclosure – For Omnibus Accounts The Mutual Fund Share Class Disclosure Form shall not be required to be provided for Omnibus Accounts. C. Account Approval and Recordkeeping Approval, supervision and record keeping of Omnibus Accounts are in accordance with PKS supervisory procedures set forth in this SPM. 9.1.2 Custodial Accounts (Added 8/2020)
A. General
1) Definition:
A custodial account is a financial account set up for the benefit of a beneficiary, and administered by a responsible person, known as a legal guardian or custodian, who has a fiduciary obligation to the beneficiary.
2) Examples of Custodial Accounts
i. Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
ii. Uniform Transfer to Minors Act
iii. Custodial IRA
B. Compliance Department Review
1) Initial Monthly Review. The Compliance Department shall review exception reports provided by
FCCS to detect when the beneficiary of a custodial account has or will reach the age of majority.
2) Custodial Account Notice. For custodial accounts identified where the beneficiary has or will
reach the age of majority, the Compliance Department shall provide written notice to the Custodian with instructions to transfer all property within the account to the beneficiary.
a. The Compliance Department shall copy the registered representative of record on all
impacted accounts.
C. Record Keeping
1) Responsibility
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of its review of exception Reports and notices sent to the account custodian of record. These records may be maintained in electronic format.
9.2 New Account Restrictions
(Added 02/2020)
PKS will not accept any account, Qualified Institutional Buyer or other, that is not subject to Rules of Civil Procedure in any court or is able to claim sovereign-status and exemption from compliance with any FINRA Panel directive or any directive of any court jurisdiction.
Any new account exceeding $5MM of net worth must be approved by a Special Risk Committee of PKS Senior Management prior to allowing transactions.
9.3 Signature Guarantees (Amended 7/2019)
A. General Many mutual funds, clearing companies, banks and other financial institutions require a guarantee of an individual’s signature from a registered entity before the institution will accept a transaction signed by that individual. The guarantee is provided by an entity (bank, brokerage Company or other financial institution) that is a member of a signature guarantee association and can certify that the signature is genuine. All signature guarantee stamps shall be kept secure and returned immediately to the Director of Supervision when no longer in use.
B. Eligibility
Certain Registered Principals of PKS have been issued stamps to provide medallion signature guarantees to customers as an accommodation in transactions in which the firm is involved (e.g. transfer of securities, redemption, etc.). Bonding for this service has been provided by Marsh Affinity Group Services through FINRA’s STAMP Bonding Program.
C. Documentation Required
Signatures requiring medallion guarantee must be accompanied by a photo identification bearing the customer’s signature.
D. Operations Department Procedure Upon receipt of the documentation, the Operations Department shall forward such to one of the Registered Principals.
E. Principal Procedure
After confirming the documentation is in good order, the Principal shall stamp and the sign the document and forward back to the Operations Department for processing.
F. Record Keeping Operations shall maintain a log and a copy of all documents stamped. The Director of Supervision shall maintain a log of all Principals who hold a signature guarantee stamp. All records may be maintained electronically.
9.4 Reserved 9.4.1 Reserved
9.4.2 Reserved
9.5 Reserved
9.6 ACATS and Other Account Transfers When a customer whose securities account is carried by a member firm (the carrying member) wishes to transfer the entire account to another member firm (the receiving member) and gives written notice of that fact to the receiving member, both member firms must expedite and coordinate activities with respect to the transfer. If a customer wishes to transfer a portion of the account, a letter of authorization should be transmitted to the carrying member indicating such intent and specifying the portion of the account to be transferred. Although such transfers are not subject to the provisions of Section 11870 of the FINRA Uniform Practice Code, member firms must expedite authorized partial transfers of customer securities accounts and coordinate their activities with respect to the transfer. Upon receipt from the customer of a signed broker-to-broker transfer instruction to receive such customer’s securities from the carrying member, the receiving member must immediately submit such instruction to the carrying member. The carrying member must, within THREE (3) business days following receipt of such instruction:
• Validate and return the transfer instruction to the receiving member with an attachment reflecting all positions and money balances; or
• Take exception to the transfer instruction. The carrying member and the receiving member must promptly resolve any exceptions taken with regard to the transfer instruction. Account transfers accomplished under the Uniform Practice Code are subject to the following conditions which the customer must be informed of, affirm, or authorize through their inclusion in the transfer instruction form which is required to be completed and signed in order to initiate the account transfer:
1. To the extent that any assets in the account are not readily transferable, with or without penalties, such assets may not be transferred within the time frames required by the rule and the customer will be contacted in writing by the carrying member with respect to the disposition of any assets in the account that are nontransferable;
2 With respect to transfers of securities accounts other than retirement plan securities accounts, the customer affirms that he or she has destroyed or returned to the carrying member any credit/debit cards and/or any unused checks issued in connection with the account; and
3. The carrying member and the receiving member must promptly resolve and reverse any nontransferable assets which were not properly identified during validation.
In all cases, each member shall promptly update its records and bookkeeping systems and notify the customer of the action taken. If an account includes any nontransferable assets, the carrying
member must request, in writing and prior to or at the time of validation of the transfer instruction, further instructions from the customer with respect to the disposition of such assets. In particular, such request should provide the customer, where applicable, with the following alternative methods of disposition for nontransferable assets:
• Liquidation, including specific indication that redemption fees, if any, may be deducted from the money balance due the customer;
• Retention by the carrying member for the customer’s benefit; or
• Transfer physically and directly, in the customer’s name to the customer. If the customer has authorized liquidation or transfer of such assets, the carrying member must distribute the resulting money to the customer or initiate the transfer within five (5) business days following receipt of the customer’s disposition instructions. The provisions of the Rule should be consulted in the case of transfer of retirement plan securities accounts. The FINRA recently established expedited procedures governing ACATS where both the carrying member and the receiving member are participants in a registered clearing agency having ACATS capabilities. Where the capabilities are non-electronic, the Rule simply mandates that the facilities procedures, whatever they may be, should be utilized. Where the capabilities are electronic, the Rule requires that the parties execute an Immobilization Program Agreement designated by the Uniform Practice Code Committee setting forth standardized procedures, including the use of a uniform transfer instruction form (TIF) to be executed by the customer. NTM 02-57, FINRA states that the use of negative response letters for the bulk transfer of customer accounts are appropriate in five specific situations. The situations are: A member experiencing financial or operational difficulties; an introducing firm no longer in business; Changes in a networking arrangement with a financial institution; An acquisition or merger of a member firm; and a change in a clearing firm by an introducing firm. Pursuant to this NTM, bulk transfers of accounts may only take place with prior written authorization of PKS Senior Management. (Amended 7/2008) 9.7 Margin Accounts To open a margin account, the client must sign a margin agreement application and a Receipt of FINRA Margin Disclosure statement. Each margin agreement is reviewed and approved by the Regional supervisor which is evidenced by their signature on the Margin Application. The fully executed Margin Agreement and Receipt of FINRA Margin Disclosure statement are sent to the clearing firm and filed in the client’s account file in the PKS Operations Department. This agreement states the rules the customer must follow and allows Purshe Kaplan Sterling or its clearing firm to hypothecate, or pledge the customer’s securities at the bank to secure the call loan. PKS or the clearing firm may hypothecate securities equal to 140% of the customer’s debit balance; however, the Firm may borrow only an amount equal to the debit balance. Securities exceeding the 140% figure should be segregated. All margin account securities shall be held in the “street name” of the Company so that it may sell them if the customer cannot meet the margin call. Trust accounts, estate accounts and other legally-created entities may not maintain margin accounts unless the documentation (i.e., trust indentures, wills and corporate resolutions)
specifically permit margin transactions. A margin account for any such entity may not be opened unless it is approved by the Regional Supervisor in writing. Custodian accounts for the benefit of a minor or pension or profit-sharing accounts must not, in any case, be maintained on margin. The specific written approval of the Regional Supervisor is required to establish margin accounts for securities industry employees. Before recommending margin transactions to a customer, the Registered Representative should be satisfied that margin transactions are suitable for that customer. The customer should be provided with a copy of the “Truth In Lending Statement” provided by the Company’s clearing firm. Each margin account and must be approved by the Regional Supervisor. The terms of the “Truth In Lending Statement” may not be changed in any way unless written notice of the change is sent to the customer at least 30 days before the effective date of the change. If signed customer account agreements are not received from the customer within the prescribed time, the Operation Department will notify the Registered Representative who will then take steps to obtain the forms from the customer. If the forms are still not received, then the account should no longer be maintained on a margin basis. In such instances, only liquidating orders should be accepted and the account should pay off its debit balances and transact business only on a cash basis. If a Registered Representative effects a margin transaction in an account that has reverted to a “cash only” basis, or has not been approved for margin, the Registered Representative may not receive commissions for either the initial transaction or subsequent liquidating transactions as determined by the Regional Supervisor.. PKS, and its Registered Representatives and customers are subject to all limitations, maintenance requirements, margin calls and sell-outs imposed by PKS’ clearing organization, FCCS The Compliance Department will mail to each margin client, on an annual basis, a letter which describes the risks associated with trading stocks on margin. These letters will be maintained for at least three years by the firm. (Amended 10/2008)
9.8 Short Sales Selling securities short is allowed only for clients for clients who open a margin account that is reviewed and approved by the Regional Supervisor and are.approved by the Regional Supervisor as having an adequate understanding of financial markets and the process of short sales and the financial resources to absorb potential losses from such activity. The Registered Representative must check with the PKS Trade Desk to determine whether the stock can be borrowed and PKS Trade Desk must obtain accepted authorized from clearing firm prior to trade being placed. Short sales can only be effected in listed and OTC marginable securities. All margin agreement forms must be fully executed and approved by the Regional Supervisor. Please refer to section 9.7 of this manual for further information on Margin Accounts.. (Amended 10/2008) NASDAQ “BID TEST” (NMS SECURITIES ONLY): The FINRA Short Sale Rule is in effect during normal, domestic market hours (9:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. EST). The Rule prohibits members
from effecting short sales for themselves or their customers at or below the current inside bid when the current inside bid is below the previous inside bid (i.e. a “down bid” or “downtick”).
1. To effect a short sale when the current inside bid is a down bid, the short sale must be executed at a price at least $0.01 above the current inside bid.
2. The Qualified Market Maker Exemption: qualified market makers conducting bona fide market making activity when executing the short sale are exempt from the Rule. A market maker executing a transaction on an agency basis is not exempt from the Rule with respect to that transaction. A qualified market maker is any market maker that satisfies the standards for a “Primary Market Maker.” At the present time, all registered market makers are deemed to be Primary Market Makers. The clearing firm will advise Trading Desk personnel of the revised eligibility criteria when such criteria have been adopted by the FINRA.
3. Merger and Acquisition Stocks: After a merger or acquisition has been publicly announced, a market maker may immediately register as a qualified market maker in either or both of the affected securities. If the market maker makes an unexcused withdrawal in either of the two merger stocks, it will lose the ability to immediately register in any merger stock for three (3) months.
4. While the rule states that bona fide market making activity does not include activity that is unrelated to market making functions, including risk arbitrage, the rule does provide that “short sale of a security of a Company involved in a merger or acquisition will be deemed bona-fide market making activity if made to hedge the purchase or prospective purchase (based on communicated indications of interest) of another security of a Company involved in a merger or acquisition, which purchase was made, or is to be made, in the course of bona fide market making activity. The purchase of a security of a Company involved in a merger or acquisition made to hedge a short sale of another security involved in the merger or acquisition, which sale was made in the course of bona fide market making activity, will not cause the sale to be deemed unrelated to normal market making activity.” Such short sales must be reasonably consistent with the exchange ratio specified by the term of the merger and acquisition transaction.
5. The market maker may immediately become a qualified market maker in securities that are the subject of an initial public offering. For secondary offerings, the offering must be effective and the market maker must have maintained quotations in the security without interruption for at least forty (40) calendar days.
6. Other Exemptions:
a. A sale for an account in which the broker-dealer has no interest and that is marked “long”;
b. any sale by a market maker to offset odd-lot orders of customers; c. any sale by a market maker to liquidate a long position, which is less
than a round lot, provided the sale does not change the dealer’s position by more than one (1) unit of trading (i.e., 100 shares);
d. convertible arbitrage; e. international arbitrage;
f. short sales by an underwriter or any member of the distribution syndicate in connection with the over-allotment of securities, or any lay-off sale by a person in connection with a distribution of securities pursuant to a rights offering or standby underwriting commitment; and
g. sales of blocks acquired by a market maker acting in the capacity of a block positioner, even if the market maker does not have a net long position in the security, if the net short position is the subject of one or more offsetting positions created in the course of bona fide arbitrage, risk arbitrage, or bona fide hedging.
9.9 Accounts of Associated Persons of Other Firms (FINRA, NYSE, AMEX) Purshe Kaplan Sterling, when knowingly executing a transaction for the purchase or sale of a security for the account of a person associated with another member (employer member), or for any account for which such associated person has a financial interest in, or controls trading in, an account, shall use reasonable diligence to determine that the execution of such transaction will not adversely affect the interests of the employer member. PKS requires that all accounts opened for associated persons of other firms be reviewed and approved by the Regional Supervisor which is evidenced by their signature on the account opening documentation. This account documentation is maintained in the client’s account file in the PKS Operations Department. Additionally, PKS will comply in full with FINRA RULE 3210. The associated person will be informed that written notice was given to their employer that an account is being opened or maintained at PKS. Such diligence will apply to the employees of AMEX firms as well. (Amended 9/2009)
9.9.1 Obligations of Executing Member Where Purshe Kaplan Sterling, acting as an executing member, knows that a person associated with an employer member has or will have a financial interest in, or discretionary authority over, any existing or proposed account carried by PKS, the Company shall:
• Notify the employer member in writing, prior to the execution of a transaction for such account, of the Company’s intention to open the account;
• Upon written request by the employer member, transmit duplicate copies of confirmations, statements or other information with respect to such account; and,
• Notify the person associated with the employer member of the Company’s intention to provide the notice and information required by the above two sections.
9.10 Obligations of Associated Persons Concerning an Account with an Investment Adviser, Bank or Other Associated Financial Institution Any associated person of PKS who opens a securities account or places an order for the purchase or sale of securities with a domestic or foreign investment adviser, bank or other financial institution, except a member, shall:
• Notify the Company in writing, prior to the execution of any initial transactions, of the intention to open the account or place the order; and,
• Upon request by the Company, request in writing and assure that the investment adviser, bank or other financial institution provides the Company with duplicate copies of confirmations, statements or other information concerning the account or order.
If an account subject to this subsection was established prior to the time the Registered Representative joined Purshe Kaplan Sterling, the person shall comply with this subsection promptly after becoming so associated. The provisions of this section shall not be applicable to transactions in unit investment trusts and variable contracts or redeemable securities of companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or to accounts which are limited to transactions in such securities. All Registered Investment Advisors who are also independent contractors are required to give written notice to PKS of their personal accounts that are held at other investment advisory firms. An example of this would be John Doe, a PKS registered representative who also has his own RIA firm, not affiliated with the broker/dealer. Mr. Doe has a personal account held at another wrap- fee based RIA firm, such as Harris Bretall, Saratoga Asset Management, or Neuberger-Berman. Mr. Doe must request that the PKS Compliance Department be noted as an interested party on all statements for his personal accounts, as well as for those of his RIA clients. The purpose of this is to aid the broker/dealer in fulfilling its obligations under FINRA Rule 3280. 9.11 Lost or Stolen Certificate Scenarios (The following procedures have been taken directly from the FCCS Policies and Procedures Manual. They have been reproduced here for the benefit of all PKS employees. 9.11.1 Possible Scenarios
1) The certificate is lost or stolen while in the possession or control of the registered holder (customer).
2) The certificate is lost or stolen on the premises of the correspondent firm or in transit between correspondent branch offices.
3) The certificate has been booked in the BBDS system and is lost or stolen while in transit from the correspondent firm to DTCC or Fidelity Clearing & Custoy Solutions (FCCS).
4) The certificate is lost on the premises of FCCS and has been confirmed as physically received at the FCCS location.
5) The certificate was not received by registered holder (customer) and was mailed by either DTCC or FCCS.
6) The certificate is registered in the name of FCCS or an affiliate and is lost or stolen in transit to FCCS from the registered holder (customer) or from the customer's agent.
9.11.2 Certificates Lost by the Registered Holder Certificates lost or stolen while in the possession or control of the registered holder (customer) are the full and direct responsibility of the registered holder. Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) does not assist with the replacement process except to suggest replacement guidelines. Customers can use the procedure below to try to replace a lost or stolen certificate: 1. Conduct a thorough search prior to notifying the issuer’s transfer agent. 2. Write a letter to the issuer’s transfer agent.
o Give the certificate details, including: Name of issue Class of issue Registration Number Denomination
o Ask that a Stop Transfer restriction be placed on the certificate. o Request the agent’s written confirmation of the Stop Transfer restriction o Request an Affidavit of Loss o Request assistance obtaining an insurance bond to cover the replacement
certificate. Note: The customer can also obtain the bond through an independent agent.
o Request replacement documents by certified mail. 3. Upon receipt of the Stop Transfer restriction confirmation and replacement documents
from the issuer's transfer agent: o Complete the documents, for example, an Affidavit of Loss. o Request the issuance of a replacement certificate. o Return the documents to the transfer agent.
4. If the original certificate is located after the: o Restriction has been requested, but prior to the return of the replacement
documents, notify the transfer agent and request removal of the restriction. o Replacement certificate is issued, send the original certificate to the transfer agent.
The original certificate is now null and void. 9.11.3 Certificates Lost or Stolen in Correspondent Control Correspondents can use the following procedure for a certificate that has been:
• Confirmed as physically received from the customer at the correspondent branch
office
• Lost or stolen prior to being booked to the BBDS system or shipped to DTCC 1. Conduct a thorough search prior to initiating replacement proceedings. 2. If the loss is confirmed, notify the Security Information Center (SIC) by completing
Form X-17F-1A.on the SIC Web site at www.secic.com. Questions concerning either Form X-17F-1A or the SIC Web site can be directed to the SIC Customer Service Support Center at (617) 856–4910. Note: The SIC's receipt of this notification establishes an industry alert that one or more certificates have been lost or stolen.
3. Write a letter to the issuer’s transfer agent. o Give the certificate details, including:
Name of issue Class of issue Registration Number Denomination
o Ask that a Stop Transfer restriction be placed on the certificate. o Request an Affidavit of Loss. o Request assistance obtaining an insurance bond to cover the replacement
certificate. Note: The correspondent can also obtain the bond through its own insurance agent.
o Request the agent’s written confirmation of the Stop Transfer restriction. o Request replacement documents by certified mail
4. Establish a certificate replacement account, if one has not already been established, on the customer information (BNAM) screen in FBSI and complete the fields as follows: o Account #: (branch prefix): 999997
Correspondent firm’s name and address Title of account: Certificate Replacement Account
o Reg Rep: 000 o Confirms: 01 o Statements: 01 o Proceeds: 2 o Sec: 4
o DivInc: 3 5. Send a BADM wire to the Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) Margin
department. Request a journal entry that establishes a long position in the customer’s account against the short position in the correspondent’s certificate replacement account. A journal entry must be processed for each certificate pending physical reissuance.
6. Upon receipt of the restriction confirmation and replacement documents from the issuer's transfer agent: o Complete the documents, for example, an Affidavit of Loss. o Request the issuance of a replacement certificate in the original registered
holder's name. o Return the documents to the transfer agent.
7. If the original certificate is located after the restriction has been requested but prior to return of replacement documents:
o Notify the transfer agent. o Request removal of the restriction. o Update SIC status by selecting the Recovery option of the online X-17F-1A form. 8. If the original certificate is located after the replacement certificate is issued, send
the original certificate to the transfer agent. The original certificate is now null and void.
9. Obtain a stock power signed by the registered holder. File the stock power until the replacement certificate is received.
10. Upon receipt of the replacement certificates: o Attach the stock power form. o Book a Receive Entry (action code: REC) into the certificate replacement
account o Send the certificates to FCCS using:
BBDS system FCCS shipment guidelines
9.11.4 Certificates Lost or Stolen In Transit from the Correspondent to DTCC or FCCS ! Important: Without a signed receipt or signature confirmation from DTCC or Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) and a copy of the certificate, FCCS assumes the certificate was lost by the correspondent. The correspondent is required to initiate the certificate replacement process. See the procedure for handling Certificates lost or stolen in correspondent control. The process below describes the steps to replace one or more certificates, booked to the BBDS system, then lost or stolen while in transit from the correspondent firm to DTCC or FCCS, where the delivery of the deposit package can be confirmed by the courier.
Step 1: The FCCS Control Department contacts correspondents regarding deposits open after 3 business days. The correspondent, DTCC, and the FCCS Securities Processing department conduct a thorough search of their premises prior to initiating replacement proceedings. Step 2: The correspondent faxes a copy of the certificates, with a cover memo, to the FCCS Certificate Replacement department at (508) 263-3644. Step 3: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department obtains a Statement of Loss signed by an authorized person in the FCCS Securities Processing department. Step 4: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department: Files an Affidavit of Premise Loss. Sends the Affidavit of Premise Loss to the transfer agent of each certificate issuer for replacement. Books the shares: Out of the BBDS system Into an FCCS lost certificate account Note: The customer account will show long against the FCCS lost certificate account. 9.11.5 Certificates Lost on Premises at FCCSFCCS ! Important: Without a signed receipt or signature confirmation from DTCC or Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) and a copy of the certificate, FCCS assumes the certificate was lost by the correspondent. The correspondent is required to initiate the certificate replacement process. See the procedure for handling Certificates lost or stolen in correspondent control. The process below describes the steps to replace one or more certificates, booked to the BBDS system, lost on the premises at FCCS: Step 1: The FCCS Securities Processing department conducts a thorough search of its premises prior to initiating replacement proceedings. Step 2: The correspondent faxes a copy of the certificates, with a cover memo, to the FCCS Certificate Replacement department at (508) 263-3644. Step 3: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department obtains a Statement of Loss signed by an authorized person in the FCCS Securities Processing department. Step 4: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department: Files an Affidavit of Premise Loss. Sends the Affidavit of Premise Loss to the transfer agent of each certificate issuer for replacement. Books the shares: Out of the BBDS system Into an FCCS Lost Certificate account
Note: The customer account will show long against the FCCS lost certificate account. 9.11.6 Certificates Not Received by the Registered Holder When a registered holder (customer) claims nonreceipt of one or more physically issued certificate by DTCC or Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS), use the process below. The FBSI Transaction History (BHIS) screen verifies the certificates were delivered (code DEL) from the customer’s account. FCCS replaces certificates for a maximum of 1 year from the indicated delivery date. After 1 year, lost or stolen certificates become the full and direct responsibility of the customer. Step 1: The correspondent must wait 3 weeks after the indicated delivery date on the BHIS screen before initiating replacement proceedings. Step 2: The correspondent sends a Wealthscape® Service Center request as follows: On the Wealthscape® Service Center, select Initiate Service Request (XTRAC). The Initiate a Service Request window appears. In the Switch Account # field, enter the number of the account for which you are reporting a lost certificate and click Go. A list of FCCS departments appears. Under Asset Servicing, click Security Processing & Payments and then click Lost Certificate. The Request to report the loss of a physical certificate window appears. In the Contact Phone # field, enter the phone number of the correspondent firm contact In the Service Request Details section of the window, complete these required fields: CUSIP #. Security Description. Delivery Date. Enter the date in mm/dd/yyyy format or click the calendar icon to select the date. Number of Shares. Certificate Status. Select Non-Receipt. T Number. Replace Certificate? Select Yes. In the Description field, enter any relevant details about the transaction requested not covered in the required fields. Click Verify. The Verification window appears. On the Verification window, review and edit the details of the service request as needed. You can attach a document before submitting the request, or on the Confirmation window after submitting the request, by clicking Attach a file to this request Eligible file formats are .doc, .ppt, .xls, .csv, .pdf, .txt, .tif, and .tiff. After the request is submitted, the Confirmation window provides the tracking number for
the request. Step 3: Within 2 days, the FCCS Certificate Replacement department sends the customer: Letter of instruction Six copies of an Affidavit of Non-Receipt Stock power form Step 4: The customer completes the forms and sends them to the FCCS Certificate Replacement department. Each affidavit must be signed by all registered owners and the addressee. The signature on each copy of the Affidavit of Non-Receipt must be notarized. ! Important: Signature guarantee is not accepted. The stock power form must be signed by all registered holders. ! Important: If the forms are not returned: Within 30 days of the date sent to the customer, the FCCS Lost Certificate department closes the file unless the correspondent specifies otherwise. Within one year from the date of delivery, the customer becomes responsible for replacement of the certificate. Step 5: Upon receiving completed forms from the customer, the FCCS Certificate Replacement department sends the forms to DTCC. Step 6: DTCC credits FCCS with the position, usually within 3 to 5 business days. Step 7: After FCCS receives the DTCC credit, the FCCS Certificate Replacement department credits the customer account with a long position. Note: If instructed by the customer, the correspondent processes Transfer (TFER) instructions to have the replacement certificate issued in the customer’s name and mailed to the customer. 9.11.7 Certificates Lost or Stolen in Transit to FCCS Overview A certificate registered in the name of FCCS or any other Fidelity subsidiary for the benefit of a customer, mailed directly to the customer who claims nonreceipt A certificate registered in the name of FCCS or any other Fidelity subsidiary for the benefit of a customer, mailed directly to any Fidelity or FCCS mailing addresses and is not received A certificate registered in the name of the customer is mailed to any FCCS or Fidelity mailing address and is not received A certificate registered in the name of FCCS or Fidelity is mailed to either a customer or any of our mailing addresses and is not received; however, the transfer agent is notified beyond the time period required (usually 1 year from delivery date) Overview
Nonreceipt losses occur when one of the following situations takes place. The certificate is: Mailed to Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) and is not received. Registered in the name of FCCS or Fidelity, mailed to the customer and not received. In these situations, it is the responsibility of the sender to initiate the replacement process. Once the replacement process is initiated by the sender, the involvement of the FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative varies according to the situation. Note: The role of the correspondent in the replacement process is to act as intermediary between the FCCS Certificate Replacement department and the customer. All documents must be submitted by the customer directly to the correspondent for review. The following scenarios describe various nonreceipt situations and the responsibilities of the parties involved in the process. A certificate registered in the name of FCCS or any other Fidelity subsidiary for the benefit of a customer, mailed directly to the customer who claims nonreceipt A certificate registered in the name of FCCS or any other Fidelity subsidiary for the benefit of a customer, mailed directly to any Fidelity or FCCS mailing addresses and is not received A certificate registered in the name of the customer is mailed to any FCCS or Fidelity mailing address and is not received A certificate registered in the name of FCCS or Fidelity for the benefit of a customer is mailed to either a customer or any of our mailing addresses and is not received; however, the transfer agent is notified beyond the time period required (usually 1 year from delivery date). Note: The transfer agent will, in most cases, issue an Affidavit of Loss in place of an Affidavit of Non-Receipt. 9.11.8 Certificate Registered in Name of FCCS Mailed Directly to the Customer The following process describes the requirements and responsibilities of all parties involved when a certificate, registered in the name of Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) or any other Fidelity subsidiary for the benefit of a customer, is mailed directly to the customer who claims nonreceipt. Note: The role of the correspondent in this process is to act as intermediary between the FCCS Certificate Replacement department and the customer. All documents must be submitted by the customer directly to the correspondent for review. Step 1: The customer must contact the transfer agent to report nonreceipt of the certificate and obtain the necessary replacement paperwork, for example, the Affidavit of Non-Receipt. Step 2: The customer signs and notarizes the Addressee section of the affidavit. The affidavit must include the following information: Name of issue Certificate number Share amount
Registration Mailing date and address Step 3: The customer sends the signed and notarized affidavit to the correspondent. Note: If a correspondent receives an unsigned affidavit from the customer and doesn't know which customer it belongs to, call the FCCS Lost Certificates department. Step 4: The correspondent then forwards the affidavit to the FCCS Lost Certificate department along with a cover letter that includes the following information: Account number Contact name and number at the correspondent firm. Step 5: Upon receipt of the documents, the FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative ensures that the transfer agent is in compliance with SEC Rule 240.17f-1 (Security Information Center reporting). The transfer agent must be in compliance before the affidavit is signed. Step 6: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative obtains a signed internal statement of nonreceipt document from the FCCS Security Processing department. Step 7: When all the above requirements have been satisfied, the FCCS Lost Certificate department will sign off on the Registered Owner section of the affidavit. Step 8: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative forwards the completed affidavit and associated paperwork detailed earlier in this process to the transfer agent. 9.11.9 Certificate Registered in the Name of FCCS Mailed Directly to Fidelity or FCCS The following process describes the requirements and responsibilities of all parties involved when a certificate, registered in the name of Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) or any other Fidelity subsidiary for the benefit of a customer, is mailed directly to any Fidelity or FCCS mailing addresses and is not received Note: The role of the correspondent in this process is to act as intermediary between the FCCS Certificate Replacement department and the customer. All documents must be submitted by the customer directly to the correspondent for review. Step 1: The customer must contact the transfer agent to report nonreceipt of the certificate and obtain the necessary replacement paperwork, for example, the Affidavit of Non-Receipt. Step 2: The customer completes and signs the Statement of Non-Receipt form. Signature guarantee is required. The customer then sends the form, along with the unsigned affidavit, to the correspondent. Step 3: The correspondent sends the completed affidavit to the FCCS Lost Certificate department along with a cover letter. The affidavit must include the following information: Name of issue Certificate number
Share amount Registration Mailing date and address The cover letter must include the following information: Account number Contact name and number at the correspondent firm Step 4: Upon receipt of the above documents, the FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative ensures that the transfer agent is in compliance with SEC Rule 240.17f-1 (Security Information Center reporting). The transfer agent must be in compliance before the affidavit is signed. Step 5: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative obtains a signed internal statement of nonreceipt document from the FCCS Security Processing department. Step 6: When all the above requirements have been satisfied, the FCCS Lost Certificate department signs off on the Registered Owner section of the affidavit. Step 7: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative forwards the completed affidavit and associated paperwork detailed earlier in this process to the transfer agent. 9.11.10 Certificate Registered in Name of Customer Mailed to FCCS or Fidelity The following process describes the requirements and responsibilities of all parties involved when a certificate registered in the name of the customer is mailed to any FCCS or Fidelity mailing address and is not received Note: The role of the correspondent in this process is to act as intermediary between the FCCS Certificate Replacement department and the customer. All documents must be submitted by the customer directly to the correspondent for review. Step 1: The customer must contact the transfer agent to report nonreceipt of the certificate and obtain the necessary replacement paperwork, for example, the Affidavit of Non-Receipt. Step 2: The customer signs and notarizes the Registered Owner section of the affidavit. The affidavit must include the following information: Name of issue Certificate number Share amount Registration Mailing date and address Step 3: The customer sends the signed and notarized affidavit to the correspondent. Note: If a correspondent receives an unsigned affidavit from the customer and doesn't know which customer it belongs to, call the FCCS Lost Certificates department.
Step 4: The correspondent then forwards the affidavit to the FCCS Lost Certificate department along with a cover letter that includes the following information: Account number Contact name and number at the correspondent firm. Step 5: Upon receipt of the above documents, the FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative ensures that the transfer agent is in compliance with SEC Rule 240.17f-1 (Security Information Center reporting). The transfer agent must be in compliance before the affidavit is signed. Step 6: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative obtains a signed internal statement of nonreceipt document from the FCCS Security Processing department. Step 7: When all the above requirements have been satisfied, the FCCS Lost Certificate department signs off on the Addressee section of the affidavit. Step 8: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative forwards the completed affidavit to the transfer agent. 9.11.11 Transfer Agent notification Beyond Required Time Period Note: The transfer agent will, in most cases, issue an Affidavit of Loss in place of an Affidavit of Non-Receipt. The following process describes the requirements and responsibilities of all parties involved when a certificate registered in the name of Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (FCCS) or Fidelity is mailed to either a customer or any of our mailing addresses and is not received. Note: The role of the correspondent in this process is to act as intermediary between the FCCS Certificate Replacement department and the customer. All documents must be submitted by the customer directly to the correspondent for review. Step 1: The customer must contact the transfer agent to report nonreceipt of the certificate and obtain the necessary replacement paperwork, for example, the Affidavit of Non-Receipt. Step 2: The correspondent faxes a copy of the affidavit to the FCCS Lost Certificate department at (508) 263–3644 for review. The affidavit must include the following information: Name of issue Certificate number Share amount Registration Mailing date and address Note: If the original mailing date and address is not included in the affidavit, the customer or the correspondent must request that the transfer agent provides a separate letter with these details.
Step 3: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative responds to the correspondent with instructions, which might include any combination of the following: A cover letter that includes the following information: Customer account number Name and contact number (at the correspondent firm) Description of how the certificate was lost A letter from the transfer agent detailing the original mailing date and address, if not included on the affidavit. A Statement of Non-Receipt completed and signed by the customer. Signature guarantee is required. A check to cover any and all replacement fees required by the transfer agent. ! Important: If the customer chooses to obtain an indemnity bond through the transfer agent, the transfer agent will likely charge a percentage of the market value of the lost securities, usually between 2% and 4%. A processing fee might also be added to this charge. Neither FCCS nor Fidelity is responsible for these fees or charges. The affidavit issued by the transfer agent should include the total replacement cost and payment information. Step 4: Upon receipt of above documents and the affidavit, the FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative ensures that the transfer agent is in compliance with SEC Rule 240.17f- 1 (Security Information Center reporting). The transfer agent must be in compliance before the affidavit is signed. Step 5: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative obtains a signed internal statement of nonreceipt document from the FCCS Security Processing department. Step 6: When all the above requirements have been satisfied, the FCCS Lost Certificate department signs off on the Registered Owner section of the affidavit. Step 7: The FCCS Certificate Replacement department representative forwards the completed affidavit and associated paperwork detailed earlier in this process to the transfer agent. 9.12 Account Transfers and Recruitment Practices
(Added 11/2016) A. General
Effective November 11, 2016, FINRA Rule 2273 requires a member firm that hires or associates with a registered representative (“Recruiting Firm”) to provide to a former customer of the representative, individually, in paper or electronic form, an educational communication prepared by FINRA, that highlights key considerations for former customers in transferring assets to the Recruiting Firm, and the direct and indirect impacts of such transfer on those assets.
(1) “Former Customer” refers to any individual who maintained a securities account with the representative at the previous firm.
(a) Exemption: Institutional accounts are exempt from the requirements of
this Rule, unless the account is held by a natural person.
(2) “Educational Communication” refers to a two-page document prepared by FINRA. (a) Members firms and representatives must use the two-page document
prepared by FINRA and are prohibited from using an alternative format.
B. Purpose of the Rule (1) The Rule is intended to provide Former Customers contemplating transferring
assets to an account assigned to his or her former representative at the Recruiting Firm with information highlighting important considerations including:
(a) whether financial incentives the representative receives may create a
conflict of interest; (b) that some assets may not be directly transferrable to the Recruiting Firm
and as a result the customer may incur costs to liquidate and move those assets or incur account maintenance fees to leave them with his or her current firm;
(c) potential costs related to transferring assets to the Recruiting Firm,
including differences in the pricing structure and fees the customer’s current firm and the Recruiting Firm impose; and
(d) differences in products and services between the customer’s current firm
and the Recruiting Firm. (2) The Educational Communication is intended by FINRA to prompt a Former
Customer to make further inquiries of the transferring representative (and, if necessary, the customer’s current firm), to the extent that the customer considers the information important to his or her decision making.
C. Delivery Obligations of PKS
(4) Pursuant to Rule 2273, PKS shall be required to deliver the Educational Communication, either in paper or electronic form, when it:
(a) directly or through a representative, individually contacts a Former
Customer of that representative to transfer assets; or
(b) a Former Customer of the representative, absent individual contact, transfers assets to an account assigned, or to be assigned, to the representative at PKS.
(5) The following broad range of communications by PKS or its registered
representatives shall trigger required delivery of the Educational Communication to a Former Customer:
(a) Individualized Customer Contact
These communications may include, but are not limited to, oral and written communications by the transferring representative, such as:
(i) informing the Former Customer that he or she is now associated
with PKS; (ii) suggesting that the Former Customer consider transferring his or
her assets or account to PKS;
(iii) informing the Former Customer that PKS may offer better or different products or services; or
(iv) discussing with the Former Customer the fee or pricing structure of
PKS.
(b) Group Communications
Oral or written communications to a group of Former Customers may also trigger the delivery requirement. These types of group communications by PKS, directly or through the representative, may include, but are not limited to:
(i) mass mailing of information;
(ii) sending copies of information via email; or
(iii) automated phone calls or voicemails.
(6) Exception to Delivery Requirement
The requirements of Rule 2273 shall not apply to circumstances where a Former Customer’s account is proposed to be transferred to PKS via a bulk transfer or due to a change of broker-dealer of record.
D. Timing and Means of Delivery
(1) PKS shall deliver the Educational Communication at the time of first individualized contact with a Former Customer, directly or through the representative, regarding the Former Customer transferring assets to PKS.
(a) Written Contact
If such contact is in writing, PKS shall deliver the Educational Communication so that it accompanies the written communication.
(b) Electronic Contact If the rep chooses to use an email communication blast, the rep must hyperlink directly to the Educational Communication.
(c) Oral Contact
If the first individualized contact with the Former Customer is oral, PKS or its representative shall notify the Former Customer orally that an Educational Communication that includes important considerations in deciding whether to transfer assets to PKS will be provided not later than three (3) business days after the contact.
(i) the Educational Communication must be sent within three (3)
business days from such oral contact or with any other documentation sent to the Former Customer related to transferring assets to PKS, whichever is earlier.
(d) If the Former Customer seeks to transfer assets to an account assigned, or to be assigned, to the representative at PKS, but no individualized contact with the Former Customer by the representative or PKS occurs before the customer seeks to transfer assets, PKS shall be required to deliver the Educational Communication to the Former Customer with the account transfer approval documentation.
(2) Applicable Period for the Educational Communication Delivery Requirement
The Educational Communication delivery requirement applies for a period of three (3) months following the date that the representative begins employment or associates with PKS.
(3) When the Educational Communication Delivery Requirement is Not Applicable
The Educational Communication delivery requirement shall not be applicable when the Former Customer expressly states that he or she is not interested in transferring assets to PKS.
(a) If they later decide to transfer assets to PKS without further individualized contact within the period of three (3) months following the date that the representative begins employment or association with PKS, then PKS shall be required to provide the Educational Communication with the account transfer documentation.
E. PKS Procedures
The Institutional Sales Department (“Deployment”) shall be responsible for ensuring that the Educational Communication is delivered to a Former Customer at the time of first individualized contact, directly or through the representative, who is contemplating transferring their assets to PKS.
(1) Onboarding Process Steps
(a) Deployment will conduct a review of a registered representative’s former
customer(s) account(s) under contemplation for transfer to PKS to discern FCCS brokerage accounts from directly-held accounts.
(b) For those customer accounts that encompass FCCS brokerage accounts, Deployment shall attach the FINRA Educational Communication to each ACAT form to be presented to the former customer as a form of delivery of the Educational Communication.
(c) Deployment will have a training phone call with the onboarding
representative in which the following are discussed:
(i) The timing and delivery requirements of Rule 2273; and (ii) The forms that need to be completed in conjunction with the
transfer of assets to PKS, including the ACAT form to which the Educational Communication is attached.
(d) Deployment will send to the onboarding representative a standardized
email template that discusses the requirements of Rule 2273 and includes a PDF of the Rule for that representative’s reference purposes.
(e) In the event the onboarding representative sends an email blast to the former customer, a link to the FINRA Educational Communication must be included.
In the event that the onboarding representative, rather than Deployment, administers the distribution of the packet of forms required to be completed by former customers in conjunction with the transfer of assets to PKS, such onboarding representative shall be required to complete the Certification of Onboarding Representative form three months
after date of registration. The form is located on the PKS Website in the forms library and should be sent to the PKS Compliance Department.
E. Record Keeping
All records relating to the delivery of the Educational Communication documentation shall be maintained by the Institutional Sales Department. All records relating to the certification by onboarding representatives shall be maintained by the Compliance Department. Such records may be maintained electronically.
SECTION 10: TRANSACTIONS 10.1 Mark-Ups/Mark-Downs As a matter of Company policy, PKS adheres to the agency commission guideline as published from time to time by its clearing firm, and the guidelines provided by the FINRA. Mark-ups and mark-downs in excess of these guidelines will not be permitted. The Company’s mark-ups and commission charges will be based upon a consideration of all relevant factors including: 1. Type of security involved, 2. Availability of the security in the market, 3. Price of the security, 4. Disclosure to the customer, 5. Profit resulting from transaction, and 6. Amount of money involved.
In the cases of riskless principal transactions that may occur for corporate or government debt, the mark-up will be based upon contemporaneous cost. It is understood that the 5% mark- up/commission policy represents a guideline only and that the Director of Supervision and/or his designee judgment is necessary in fulfilling the Company’s responsibility in determining the fairness of the mark-ups. (Amended 7/2008) The mark-up/down charged for a principal transaction will be the equivalent commission charged on an agency basis by the clearing firm (or less). Mark-ups in principal transactions in excess of 5% will generally be presumed to be unfair and unreasonable. A mark-up above 5% may be justified upon a consideration of other permitted factors as follows:
1. The type of security involved (some securities customarily carry a higher mark-up or commission than other types of securities);
2. The availability of the security in the marketplace (in the case of an inactive security the effort and cost of buying or selling the security may be greater than in the case of an active one);
3. The price of the security (lower priced securities may require more handling and expense);
4. The amount of money involved in the transaction (small transactions costs as much or more than transactions involving large sums of money); and
5. The types of services and facilities that the member makes available to its customers (provided the costs of these services and facilities are not excessive).
It is the policy of Purshe Kaplan Sterling to fully comply with the rules and guidelines set forth by the FINRA Conduct Rules with regard to fair prices and commissions. 10.1.1 Net Transactions with Customers Prior to executing a transaction for or with a customer on a "net" basis as defined below, a representative must provide disclosure to and obtain consent from the customer. Definition of a Net Transaction : A principal transaction in which a market maker, after having received an order to buy (sell) an equity security, purchases (sells) the equity security at one price (from (to) another broker-dealer or another customer) and then sells to (buys from) the customer at a different price. With respect to non-institutional customers, the representative must obtain the customer's written consent on an order-by-order basis prior to executing a transaction for or with the customer on a "net" basis and such consent must evidence the customer's understanding of the terms and conditions of the order. With respect to institutional customers, a member must obtain customer's consent prior to executing a transaction for or with the customer on a "net" basis in accordance with one of the following methods:
(1) a negative consent letter that clearly discloses to the institutional customer in writing the terms and conditions for handling the customer order(s) and provides the institutional customer with a meaningful opportunity to object to the execution of transactions on a net basis. If the customer does not object, then the member may reasonably conclude that the institutional customer has consented to the member trading on a "net" basis with the customer and the member may rely on such letter for all or a portion of the customer's orders (as instructed by the customer) pursuant to this Rule;
(2) oral disclosure to and consent from the customer on an order-by-order basis. Such oral disclosure and consent must clearly explain the terms and conditions for handling the customer order and provide the institutional customer with a meaningful opportunity to object to the execution of the transaction on a net basis. The member also must document, on an order-by- order basis, the customer's understanding of the terms and conditions of the order and the customer's consent; or
(3) written consent on an order-by-order basis prior to executing a transaction for or with the customer on a "net" basis and such consent must evidence the customer's understanding of the terms and conditions of the order.
PKS expects authorizing a rep to conduct a principal trade on a net basis to be a rare occurrence. Please contact the Compliance Department to review your situation before contemplating this type of business. (Amended 10/01/2006) 10.2 Charges for Services Charges, if any, for services performed, including miscellaneous services such as collection of moneys due for principal, dividends or interest; exchange or transfer of securities; appraisals, safe- keeping or custody of securities and other services, shall be reasonable and not unfairly discriminatory between customers. 10.3 Churning “Churning,” which refers to executing trades in a client’s account for the primary purpose of generating commissions, is forbidden by PKS, and customer account reviews conducted by a member of the Compliance Department will take note of such activity. With regard to this issue, a report is generated by the clearing firm each week to aid the Principals in detecting excessive activity in client accounts. The “character” of the account (i.e. trading) will be taken into account when assessing churning. (Amended 7/2008) 10.4 Mutual Fund Sales Practices in the sale of mutual funds will be carefully reviewed by the Director of Supervision and/or his designee for the following issues:
• Switching • Breakpoint sales • Selling dividends • Rights of Accumulation and Letters of Intent • Addition of “Service Fees” to no-load funds
See below under “Particular Investment Products – Mutual Funds” for a description of these practices. (Amended 3/12/2007) 10.5 Restrictions on IPO Transactions Free-Riding and withholding in the purchase of a new “hot issue” during the initial offering period by a broker-dealer or one of its Registered Representatives (or a member of his or her immediate family). A new issue of a security becomes a “hot issue” if it trades at a premium (i.e., a higher price) on the first day of trading. Registered personnel are not considered members of the general public and are not eligible to purchase “hot issues.” FINRA penalties for proven violations are virtually automatic and normally include censure plus fines in the amount of all profits received.
As Purshe Kaplan Sterling operates as a fully-disclosed Broker/Dealer, the Company may participate in “best-efforts” underwritings only. Thus, many of the issues that may pertain to an introducing Broker/Dealer, such as free-riding, will not appear as major components of Purshe Kaplan Sterling’s Supervisory Procedures. Nevertheless, in anticipation that the Firm may consider changing its Broker/Dealer designation at some point in the future, we have included procedures for review, which would immediately take effect if and when the PKS does indeed alter its B/D status. Since all new issues are potential “hot issues,” no Registered Representative of Purshe Kaplan Sterling may participate in any initial public offering of any security. This is the policy of the FINRA and applies to all trades executed in any account maintained by a Registered Representative at any other firm. It shall be inconsistent with high standards of commercial honor and just and equitable principles of trade for PKS or a person associated with the Firm to fail to make a bona fide public distribution at the public offering price of securities of a public offering which trades at a premium in the secondary market. This shall be the case whenever such secondary market begins regardless of whether such securities are acquired by PKS as an underwriter, a selling group member or from a member participating in the distribution as an underwriter or selling group or otherwise. Therefore, it shall not be permitted for Purshe Kaplan Sterling, or a person associated with the Firm to:
1. Continue to hold any of the securities so acquired in any of the Company’s accounts; 2. Sell any of the securities to any officer, director, general partner, employee or agent of
the Company or of any other broker/dealer, or to a person associated with PKS or with any other broker/dealer, or to a member of the immediate family of any such person within certain provisions;
3. Sell any of the securities to an individual who is a finder with respect to the public offering or to any person acting in a fiduciary capacity to the managing underwriter, including, among others, attorneys, accountants and financial consultants, or to any other person who is supported directly or indirectly, to a material extent, by any person specified in this paragraph;
4. Sell any securities to any senior officer of a bank, savings and loan institution, insurance Company, investment Company, investment advisory firm or any other institutional type account (including, but not limited to, hedge funds, investment partnerships, investment corporations, or investment clubs), domestic or foreign, or to any person in the securities department of, or to any employee or any other person who may influence or whose activities directly or indirectly involve or are related to the function of buying or selling securities for, any bank, savings and loan institution, insurance Company, investment Company, investment advisory firm, or other institutional type account, domestic or foreign, or to any other person who is supported directly or indirectly, to a material extent, by any person specified in this paragraph;
5. Sell any securities to any account in which any person specified under the above paragraphs has a beneficial interest, provided, however, that PKS may sell part of its securities acquired as described above to: (a) persons enumerated in paragraphs (3) or (4) above; (b) members of the immediate family of persons enumerated in paragraph
(2) above, provided that such persons enumerated in paragraph (2) do not contribute directly or indirectly to the support of such member of the immediate family; and (c) any account in which any person specified under paragraph (3) or (4) or subparagraph (b) of this paragraph has a beneficial interest, if the Firm is prepared to demonstrate that the securities were sold to such persons in accordance with their normal investment practice, that the aggregate of the securities so sold is insubstantial and not disproportionate in amount as compared to sales to members of the public and that the amount sold to any one of such persons is insubstantial in amount;
6. Sell any of the securities, at or above the public offering price, to any other broker/dealer; provided, however, Purshe Kaplan Sterling may sell all or part of the securities acquired as described above to another member broker/dealer upon receipt of assurance from the latter in writing that such purchase would be made to fill orders for bona fide public customers, other than those enumerated in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) above, at the public offering price as an accommodation to them and without compensation for such;
7. Sell any of the securities to any domestic bank, domestic branch of a foreign bank, trust Company or other conduit for an undisclosed principal amount, within certain provisions; or
8. Sell any of the securities to a foreign broker/dealer or bank, within certain guidelines. However, this prohibition shall not apply to a person in a limited registration category, nor shall it apply to sales to a member of the immediate family of a person associated with PKS who is not supported directly or indirectly to a material extent by such person if the sale is by a broker/dealer other than that employing the restricted person and the restricted person has no ability to control the allocation of the hot issue unless with certain restrictions. In addition to other persons, the Company may not sell any part of a “hot issue” to any person or a member of the immediate family of such a person who is supported directly or indirectly to a material extent by such person, who has contributed capital to a broker-dealer (other than a limited business broker-dealer) or any account in which such person has a beneficial interest. Exempt from these prohibitions are situations in which the purchasing ownership interest is passive and less than 10% and either (A) such purchaser is purchasing hot issues from other than the broker-dealer in which it has a passive interest and is not in a position to direct the allocation of hot issues or (B) the broker-dealer in which the purchaser has a passive interest or its parent is a Company publicly traded on an exchange or NASDAQ. Similarly exempt are accounts established for the benefit of bona fide public customers, including institutional customers. Exemptions are also available for sales to certain foreign investment companies, pursuant to a written certification from counsel. Further exemptions are available for “secondary offerings” and “issuer-directed” shares to employees and directors, as more particularly specified in the rules. FINRA regularly issues a “Free-Riding” questionnaire to the managing underwriter and other broker-dealers participating in the offering, asking for detail as to certain allocations. Situations in which allocations cannot adequately be explained may be subject to further regulatory scrutiny.
10.6 Fictitious Accounts Establishing fictitious accounts in order to execute transactions is strictly prohibited and considered a fraudulent practice. For example, such accounts could be used to illegally purchase hot issues since neither the selling broker-dealer nor the Registered Representative’s broker-dealer would have knowledge of the transaction. Similarly, a Registered Representative could conceal his/her involvement in an account of an immediate family member in order to execute transactions which otherwise would be prohibited. The term immediate family shall include parents, mother- in-law or father-in-law, husband or wife, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in- law or daughter-in-law, and children. In addition, the term shall include any other person who is supported, directly or indirectly, to a material extent by Purshe Kaplan Sterling or an associated person. 10.7 “Soft Dollar” and Directed Brokerage "Soft Dollar" trades occur under the “safe harbor” provisions of Section 28(e). Following these provisions, the Company can cause transactions to be executed by a more expensive broker-dealer if in return the Company receives research products or services from that broker-dealer that it uses to make investment decisions for client accounts. These products or services include a wide variety as long as they are legitimately used for the benefit of clients and to give lawful and appropriate assistance to the Company in carrying out its decision-making responsibilities. The Company may under controlled circumstances select an executing broker-dealer to do a trade in order to obtain the research product or service from a third party source. “Directed Brokerage” takes place where a client instructs the Company to utilize a particular broker-dealer for executions in exchange for services furnished directly by that broker-dealer to the client. In the event a client does direct brokerage away from the Company’s usual executing broker-dealers, the Company must inform the client that it may forego any benefit from savings on execution costs that would otherwise accrue. ERISA fiduciaries participating in directed brokerage arrangements must act prudently for the benefit of plan participants. Brokerage may be directed for the payment of proper ERISA plan expenses (such as research, performance evaluation or other administrative services, master trustee services and the like), discounted commissions or cash rebates. The Director of Supervision should be contacted before initiating any "soft dollar" or "directed brokerage" trades or relationships to make sure that the rules are being properly observed. (Amended 7/2008)
10.8 "Parking" "Parking" is a process whereby a broker-dealer or Representative arranges for securities actually owned or controlled by one person, Company or corporation to be held or "parked" in street name or record name of another, giving the misleading impression that they are really owned by that other person, Company or corporation. Whether the device is called a "loan,” a "pledge" or a "transfer" the effect is the same: the person doing the "parking" has the capacity to exert ownership or control over the securities under an arrangement which allows that person to direct their sale,
pledge, voting or other disposition as if he/she were the record owner. Often the person and those involved in this activity expect to benefit from an anticipated appreciation in value once the total transaction is accomplished. "Parking" is often utilized to conceal trading activity, to avoid 13D reporting to the SEC of acquisition of a "control" block, to evade net capital requirements, limits on percentage ownership applicable to mutual funds and the like. It is a violation of SEC and FINRA rules (including the net capital rules) for a broker-dealer "park" securities. Any Registered Representative involved in a scheme to "park" securities will be subject to severe disciplinary sanctions by the Company. Electronic surveillance of trading and other securities transfer activity today is so sensitive that the existence of unexplained and significant transfers of securities among related or concerted parties or groups will likely be picked up immediately and a regulatory inquiry will develop.
10.9 Bulletin Board and “Penny Stocks” (Amended 3/2019)
A. Definition PKS defines a “penny stock” as any security that does not trade on a national exchange, and that is priced at less than $5.
B. Solicited Purchase PKS Registered Representatives are prohibited from soliciting purchases of “penny stocks” without prior consent of Senior Management.
The following information is required prior to soliciting penny stock purchases:
(a) Written approval from the Compliance Department (b) Penny Stock Solicitation Request Form (c) Written Investment Thesis (d) Penny Stock Solicitation Matrix (e) Penny Stock Disclosure Form, discussed below.
C. Unsolicited Purchases
If a Registered Representative is willing to place an unsolicited order for his/her client, he/she should discuss with the client before the transaction takes place the risks associated with the purchase of penny stocks and complete a penny stock disclosure form, discussed below.
D. Penny Stock Disclsoure Form
A Penny Stock Disclosure Letter Form must be completed for the first three (3) penny stock purchased, on an account basis. Once three forms have been executed, the client would be noted as a penny stock purchaser and additional disclosure forms would not be required. The Penny Stock Disclosure Form is available on the PKS Website by clicking on “Forms” and then “Compliance Forms.”
E. Surveillance
The purchase of all penny stocks are reviewed by the Compliance Department daily through FCCS exception reports. Registered Representatives are contacted if a transaction has been flagged and an insufficient number of penny stock disclosure letters are on file.
F. Recordkeeping
All Penny Stock Disclosure Forms will be saved by the PKS Compliance Department, which may be maintained electronically.
10.10 International Trading (Added 10/2018) A. Pre-trade Requirements for All Retail Clients
Prior to trade international securities and/or engage in foreign exchange transactions, retail clients must first:
(1) Establish a PKS/FCCS account:
(a) Such account must be approved and enabled to engage in
international securities and/or foreign currency transactions by the Director of Supervision or his designee.
(b) Accounts approved to engage in international securities and/or foreign currency transactions, shall be designated as such in the memo section of the account. No trades shall be placed without this designation.
B. Pre-Trade Requirements for all Institutional Accounts
Prior to trade international securities and/or engage in foreign exchange transactions, institutional accounts as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c) must first:
(1) Complete an Institutional Account Suitability Certification [containing the
information and in the format set forth in SPM 7.3[H](2)] which shall be executed by the owner of the account or its authorized representative and maintained in the account file.
(2) Establish a PKS/FCCS account:
(a) Such account must be approved and enabled to engage in international securities and/or foreign currency transactions by the Director of Supervision or his designee.
(b) Accounts approved to engage in international securities and/or foreign currency transactions, shall be designated as such in the memo section of the account. No trades shall be placed without this designation.
C. Access to International Securities and Foreign Currency
Access to international securities and/or foreign currency for both retail and institutional accounts is restricted to those products offered by PKS' clearing firm, Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions. Registered Representatives are prohibited from placing any trade for a product that is not offered by a PKS approved vendor.
D. Recordkeeping
(1) The Director of Supervision or his designee shall maintain records, which may
be maintained in electronic format, with respect to:
(a) Registered Representatives approved for international trading; and (b) Clients approved to engage in international securities and/or
foreign currency transactions. Section 11: Advertising/Promotion (Revised 1/2015) 11.1 RESERVED
11.2 Product Sales Material Product sales material is all the material accompanying the prospectus or other offering document utilized in connection with a securities product, including mutual funds, annuities, public offerings, private placements and the like. This includes material marked “for broker-dealer use only.” Federal and state securities laws closely control the use of sales literature provided to prospective investors. In the case of a “public offering,” the Advertising Department of FINRA, Inc. must pre-
approve all such literature and none of it may contain any information which has not been included in the prospectus approved by the SEC and applicable states. Any material marked “broker-dealer use only” should NEVER be given to customers as it has generally not been pre-approved and may contain information which would not be allowed in a prospectus. Failure to observe these rules could void any sales made and led to severe discipline and penalties. All advertising and sales literature for registered investment companies (including mutual funds, variable contracts and unit investment trusts) must have been filed with the FINRA Advertising Department within 10 days after its first use or publication by any broker-dealer who has distributed material in connection with the offer for sale of securities issued by such companies. Prior to use of any such advertising or sales literature, Purshe Kaplan Sterling and its Registered Representatives shall ascertain by inquiry addressed to the registered investment Company that this requirement has been complied with and that such material is cleared for use. In particular, “Morningstar” reports on funds, if simply duplicated from the service and mailed or sent to investors as promotional matter, may acquire the character of “sales literature,” particularly if duplicated and mailed in quantity. In many cases such reports are not in compliance with SEC guidelines as to reporting fund performance. The fund sponsor will most often have, and will send to PKS upon request, a current “Morningstar” report that has been cleared for use as sales literature. Many services like “Morningstar” attach disclosure pages for clients with each report that is generated. Often, these reports will state, “This is page 10 of 12. All pages of this report must be included for this document to be shown to the public”, or some such similar statement. PKS Representatives are cautioned that any attempt to modify such a report or its disclaimers may be met with disciplinary action.
11.3 Training or Educational Events (Added 12/2018)
A. PKS Hosted Events
PKS may host training or educational events for associated persons for reasons including but not limited to the following:
due diligence on new or existing
products; annual compliance meeting;
training on products and/or procedures;
education on products and/or
procedures.
B. Attendees of Events
Associated persons must obtain prior approval of the Compliance Department to attend the event and attendance will not be preconditioned on the achievement of any sales target.
(1) Guests of Associated Persons
Guests of Associated Persons are allowed with prior approval by the Compliance Department. PKS will not pay for the travel arrangements for guests. Guests will be allowed to stay in the same room as the associated person and may attend any dinner or entertainment offered during the event.
C. Locations of Events
The Compliance Department will approve the location of any event hosted by PKS. The location must be appropriate to the purpose of the meeting.
D. Business Entertainment
The Compliance Department will approve any entertainment provided at any event hosted by PKS. Business entertainment must not be intended as an improper quid pro quo and must not be preconditioned on the achievement of any sales target.
E. Payment or Reimbursement by Offerors
364
The Compliance Department will approve all invoices issued to any offeror in connection with any event hosted by PKS. All payments or reimbursements for any event hosted by PKS will be used to offset costs incurred for the training, education, meals, lodging, entertainment and transportation for associated persons. All payments shall be paid by offeror directly to PKS.
F. Recordkeeping
The Compliance Department will maintain all records associated with the provisions of this section. All records may be maintained in electronic format.
11.4 Research Reports
The FINRA definition of "sales literature" includes research reports. A "Research Report" is defined as "an analysis of individual companies, industries, market conditions, securities or other vehicles which provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision." Care must be taken to distinguish Research Reports from product sales literature. Where Research Reports recommend the purchase of a particular product or products they are subject to the rules covering prior FINRA review of product sales literature. Research Reports designed for dissemination to the public or customers must, in general, receive the prior review and approval of a member of the Compliance Department indicated by an initial or signature. In special circumstances, certain Research Reports covering corporate debt or equity securities in form as defined by FINRA Rule 2241 may be pre-approved by a "supervisory analyst" who is qualified pursuant to FINRA Rule 1220. At the present time, PKS does not have a Research Department, and any research reports must be generated by a third-party on a subscription basis. These research reports must be “client approved”, the determination of which is up to a member of the Compliance Department, before being shown to members of the public.
11.5 Options Advertising
Every "Advertisement" and all "Sales Literature" and "Educational Material" (as defined below) issued by Purshe Kaplan Sterling and pertaining to options shall be approved in advance by a member of the Compliance Department. Copies of same, together with the names of persons originating and approving and the source of any recommendations shall be retained in Company records in an easily accessible place for at least three (3) years. (Amended 7/2008) In addition a FINRA ten (10) day advance approval shall be required for every Advertisement and all Educational Material. Such material will be forwarded to the FINRA Advertising Regulation Department by a member of the Compliance Department.
365
Review of Advertisements, Sales Literature and Educational Material by Purshe Kaplan Sterling and FINRA shall be conducted to as to make sure that such material complies with detailed FINRA guidelines set out in the rules. These guidelines concern, among other things, full and fair presentation, not omitting material facts, disclosure of risks, compensation to the Company and Registered Representatives, treatment of past performance and availability of backup material. It is the responsibility of all Registered Representatives of PKS to verify that these approvals have been obtained before using any material (including modifications to existing material) and to check with the Compliance Department if there is any doubt. "Advertisement" is defined as any material that reaches a mass audience through public media or through written sales communications to customers or the public that are not required to be accompanied or preceded by one or more current options disclosure documents. "Educational Material" is defined as any explanatory material distributed or made generally available to customers or the public that is limited to information describing the general nature of the standardized options markets or one or more strategies. "Sales Literature" is defined as any written communication (not defined as "Advertising" or "Educational Material") distributed or generally available to the public that contains any analysis, performance reports, projections or recommendations with respect to options, underlying securities or market conditions, any standard form of work sheets or seminar text which pertains to options and which is communicated to customers or the public at seminars, lectures or similar events. PKS Registered Representatives conduct relatively few options transactions in any given year. To date, no sales material pertaining to options has been drafted by any PKS representative.
11.6 Reserved
11.6.1 Purchases and Sales of Mutual Funds and Other Securities Purchases and sales of mutual funds and other securities over the Internet raises issues under two quite distinct sets of regulations: (a) rules governing "public offerings" and permitted trading of securities and (b) rules governing registration as a "broker-dealer" or "market maker.” Offerings. In its recent pronouncements on the subject, the SEC has made it clear that, except in certain controlled circumstances, posting a mutual fund or other securities offering on a web site or utilizing e-mail or other means of communication in interstate commerce to publicize such a securities offering is a "public offering" requiring an SEC registration before it may be made. Similarly the FINRA requires pre-offering review of sales materials. The SEC recently issued a private ruling in which it takes the position that merely posting a web site is not in itself the making of a securities offering. This is generally taken to mean that "unsolicited" orders to purchase may be routed through the
366
web site. In certain circumstances the SEC has allowed offerings to be made "privately" over the Internet to pre-qualified groups of "accredited" investors. As this area is under comprehensive regulatory review, great care should be taken before becoming involved in any electronic securities offerings. At the state level, the North American Securities Administrators Association (NASAA) has adopted model regulations now followed by most states which allow issuers to distribute offering information over the Internet as long as the offer is not directed to the residents of any particular state or to any person in a state. However, no sales of securities shall be made unless the offering has been registered (or is exempt) and a final prospectus has been delivered to the investor. Many issuers display their final prospectus on their web site and direct Registered Representatives, customers and others to "download" the prospectus. Purshe Kaplan Sterling does not forbid this practice as long as (a) the Registered Representative has carefully checked to make sure that the web site version is the current version and (b) the other conditions of electronic communication with customers are observed (see above). Broker-dealer Registration. It is clear that under federal and state regulations the making of solicited offers to sell securities and the transaction of purchases and sales with residents of a given jurisdiction, through a web site or otherwise, requires that the Company register as a broker-dealer in that jurisdiction. Under the laws of some jurisdictions merely posting a web site that allows transactions (unsolicited or otherwise) with residents of that jurisdiction is construed as requiring registration. Extreme caution should be exercised and the Company’s registration in a given jurisdiction should be checked before engaging in an Internet transaction with a resident of that jurisdiction.
11.7 Gifts, Gratuities and Rebates A Registered Representative or employee of Purshe Kaplan Sterling may not give or receive anything of value, including gratuities, in an amount in excess of $100 per person, per year where such payment or gratuity is in relation to the business of PKS. A gratuity in cash or in kind may not be directly or indirectly given by the Company, any Registered Representative or employee to a client or any other person or firm that would constitute a rebate or commission. These rules shall not apply to payments or items of value provided in connection with contracts of employment or compensation for services rendered by persons enumerated above, provided that there is in existence prior to the time of employment or before the services rendered, a written agreement between the Firm and the person who is to be employed to perform such services. Such agreement shall include the nature of the proposed employment, the amount of the proposed compensation, and the written consent of such person’s employer. A separate record must be kept of all payments or gratuities in any amount known to the Firm identifying the employment agreement referred to above. Payments by third parties in respect of services rendered shall be made to PKS, who shall dispose of them in accordance with the respective agreement.
367
11.8 Research Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments does not presently have a research department. PKS does not make markets in any security or offer recommendations, thereby making a traditional Research department unnecessary. Each registered representative has access to research through any number of online research publications. Discussions with clients on equity purchases are to be done with all suitability issues in mind However, not having a research department does not excuse PKS representatives from having a proper due diligence file on the positions held for their clients. A proper due diligence file includes the latest 10K and 10Q reports, articles from periodical publications, and information on that company’s competition. Reps are expected to know the amount of shares in the float of each issue, who the key board members are, where the company is positioned in its industry, and many other aspects of the corporation and its business. Most importantly, registered representatives must know how to access the required information, and be able to demonstrate such skills upon request. (Amended 03/30/2006) SECTION 12: TRADE DESK 12.1 Best Execution (Amended 6/2018) A. General
PKS, as an introducing broker/dealer, routes all equity order flow to its clearing firm for execution, and deals with outside broker/dealers and alternative trading systems (ATS’s) for fixed income execution.
B. Best Execution Obligations of PKS
Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5310, fulfillment of an introducing firm’s best execution obligations requires that the quality of execution of customer orders by the clearing firm, other executing broker-dealers, or ATS’s be examined on a regular and rigorous basis.
C. Procedures
(1) Equity Transactions (a) PKS is an introducing broker/dealer and gives up its equity transactions to
its clearing firm, FCCS, for order handling and execution. The clearing firm conducts regular and rigorous review of its execution quality and provides statistical results of such review and rationale of the review to PKS on a monthly basis (the “Monthly Order Flow Review Report”).
368
(b) The Monthly Order Flow Review Reports shall be reviewed by Compliance and Trading on a monthly basis, and evaluated by the Best Execution Committee on a quarterly basis.
(2) Fixed Income Transactions
(a) PKS executes fixed income transactions on a riskless principal basis with
counterparties who are broker/dealers registered with FINRA and/or the MSRB and/or who are other financial institutions.
(b) PKS’ FI Best Execution procedures compare submitted trade requests first with recent (last 5-10 trading days) trading activity. Prices found to be within prescribed ranges are considered verified and forwarded on for execution.
(i) For trades placed through BondTraderPro (BTP), BTP Market
Check automates the initial best execution procedure, namely comparing requested trades with recent trading activity. Three results are possible.
• Verified – means prices are within acceptable range (discussed in Section 2(b) above) of recent price activity and trades will be released by the PKS Trade Desk and forwarded on for execution.
• Need Further Review – means prices are not in line with recent activity warranting further review and price discovery before determining whether or not to release the trade and forward on for execution
• Insufficient Data – means the bonds have not traded in
the last 5 days warranting further review and price discovery before determining whether or not to release the trade and forward on for execution
(ii) Trade requests that have no recent price activity are further compared against evaluated (bid side) prices from Interactive Data Corporation (IDC).
(iii) Both Bid and Offer Wanted requests are further evaluated by the number of bids or offers received. The greater the number of bids/offers received, the greater weight will be given to those prices relative to evaluated (bid side) prices from IDC.
369
(iv) Additional factors that may be considered include market volatility, relative liquidity, as well as the size and type of transaction,
(c) PKS also routes customer transactions to Advisors Asset Management (AAM), another broker/dealer, for order handling and execution. As a B/D, AAM conducts its own best execution procedures. Results are available for PKS evaluation and review, pursuant to Section 2.9 of this manual.
D. Review of Policies and Procedures and Execution Quality
On a quarterly basis, compliance and trade desk personnel shall present to the PKS Best Execution Committee the following: (1) Summary and review of monthly FCCS equity execution quality reports (2) Summary and review of all PKS Trade Desk FI executions (3) Summary and review of AAMs’ Best Excecution reports (4) Discussion of PKS Best Execution methodology
E. Record Keeping The compliance department shall keep all records pertaining to Best Execution. These may be in electronic format and include documentation of best execution.
12.2 Limit Order Policy As PKS is not a market making firm, and all executions are done through FCCS. Therefore, PKS does not “trade ahead” of customer limit orders, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5320. Rule 2010 of the Association’s Rules states that: “A member, in the conduct of his business, shall observe high standards of commercial honor and just and equitable principals of trade.” Rule 5310, the Best Execution Rule, states that: “In any transaction for or with a customer, a member and persons associated with a member shall use reasonable diligence to ascertain the best inter-dealer market for the subject security and buy or sell in such a market so that the resultant price to the customer is a favorable as possible to the customer under prevailing market conditions.” Although PKS is not a market-making firm, it will diligently observe its trading activity to insure that PKS and its associated persons do not trade ahead of customer limit or market orders.
370
12.3 The Order Ticket (Amended 12/2017) Most agency trades are placed by Registered Reps using the Firm’s electronic order system, which requires that all necessary information be entered before the trade will be submitted. In the case of hand-written tickets, in order to ensure accurate order transmission and compliance with SEC regulations and certain rules of the various SRO’S, PKS and its Registered Representatives shall take great care in preparing order tickets. Order tickets must include all details of the order, particularly the name and account number of the customer for whom the order is being executed, prior to the entry of the order. Before processing, each order ticket shall be signed by the person preparing the order and shall contain the following information:
• Name of security and amount; • Buy or sell instruction and, if selling, indication of long or short. The preparer shall
“short” except that this shall not apply to transactions in corporate debt securities; • Account name and number; • Price or instructions with regard to price; • Whether transaction is solicited or unsolicited; • Whether transaction is for personal/related accounts; and, • Account executive’s number; and, • Time and Date that the order was received. (Amended 02/24/2007)
The following additional information should be provided in the kinds of transactions listed below:
Margin Trades - must be clearly marked as Type 2 accounts. All accounts must first have a signed Margin Agreement on file; “Penny Stock” Trades - Customers must sign forms where required (see “Penny Stocks” above); Firm Orders - All Company orders must be done in the House Account; if the transaction is a firm sale, the purchase date and purchase price of the security being sold should be indicated; However, it must be noted here that Purshe Kaplan Sterling does not carry inventory, nor does it participate in any market-making activities at this time. And; Transactions Requiring Written Explanations - In those instances where a trade is being executed for personal/related accounts or is in opposition to any Company policy, the Registered Representative entering the order should indicate the explanation for such trade in writing on the order ticket and submit to the Director of Supervision and/or his designee for his or her pre-approval a contemporaneous memorandum that documents the circumstances which permitted such trade. Short Sales - Indication of whether the Firm is able to borrow the security and satisfy the requirements for an “affirmative determination” as defined in the Conduct Rules. Failure to obtain “affirmative determination” from the clearing firm prior to initiating a short sale may result a fine of not less then $200 from FCCS on the firm’s clearing statement. Any fines resulting from a registered person’s failure to obtain affirmative determination prior
371
to submitting a short sale for execution will be passed through to that representative by PKS. All Short sales must be conducted on an agency-basis only, in a margin account, and must be clearly marked as such. 12.3.1 Regulation SHO Commencing May 2, 2005, the SEC enacted a pilot phase of Regulation SHO, which is to run through April 28, 2006. Regulation SHO (in its pilot phase) requires that sell orders in all equity securities be marked “long”, “short”, or “short exempt”, per NTM 05-33. In compliance with this new regulation, FCCS issued Important Notices 04-204, 05-025, and 05-048 detailing its response. To prevent short sale abuses, every time a sell order is entered and the securities are not in the account at the time of the sale, a warning screen will flash and a message of “Position Not Held” will appear. Per PKS policy, the representative of record for the account is responsible for making sure that the securities are in the account, in good order, by settlement date. (Amended 05/24/2005)
12.4 Consolidated Audit Trail System (CAT) (Added 6/2020)
A. General Effective June 22, 2020, SEA Rule 613 creates a comprehensive consolidated audit trail that would allow regulators to efficiently and accurately track all activity throughout the U.S. markets in National Market System (NMS) securities. Among other things, the rule requires the self- regulatory organizations (SROs) to jointly submit a plan – called an NMS plan – to create, implement and maintain a consolidated audit trail. The rule specifies the type of data to be collected and when the data is to be reported to a central repository.
B. CAT Principal. PKS has designated the Chief Compliance Officer as the CAT Principal responsible for the Company’s compliance with the CAT reporting regulations.
C. SEA 613 Rule Mandates
The rule mandates that the NMS plan require the following elements:
1. Each national securities exchange and FINRA, as well as their respective members, must provide certain detailed information to a newly created central repository regarding each quote and order in an NMS security, and each reportable event with respect to each quote and order, such as origination, modification, cancellation, routing, and execution.
2. Certain data must be reported to the central repository by 8 a.m. Eastern Time the
following trading day and be subsequently available to regulators for their analysis.
372
3. All reportable events must be reported to the central repository in a way that allows
the central repository to efficiently and accurately link them to an order through its entire life cycle from generation through routing, modification, cancellation, or execution.
4. Each broker-dealer and national securities exchange must be assigned a code that
uniquely and consistently identifies such broker-dealer or national securities exchange that will be reported to the central repository along with every reportable event.
5. SROs and their members must synchronize the business clocks they use to record the date and time of any reportable event and require timestamps for each reportable event to the central repository to be in millisecond or finer increments.
The rule allows the SROs to determine the specifics of how market participants would report data to the central repository. While this might allow for multiple electronic formats, the data must be reported in a way that enables the central repository to send it to regulators in a uniform electronic format.
D. Representations and Warranties
PKS represents and warrants to the following:
1. The reporting obligations of Rule 613 apply to PKS when it receives or handles any Reportable Event in Eligible Securities including, without limitation, OTC Equity Securities, Options and all NMS Securities (including NMS Stocks listed on the NASDAQ and other markets including, but not limited to, regional exchanges, ATSs and ECNs).
2. Rule 613 requires PKS to report specified data and information about Reportable
Events and record this data and information to the hour, minute and millisecond via synchronized clocks, and electronically transmit this data and information to CAT. These requirements apply both to Reportable Events originated by Customers and to Reportable Events originated by PKS.
3. PKS has registered for CAT and received at least one valid IMID, which has been
communicated to FCCS.
E. PKS Procedure PKS has authorized and appointed FCCS to act as its CAT Reporting Agent to record and transmit data and information to CAT in accordance with the terms and conditions set for the below. In connection with such appointment, PKS authorizes FCCS to transmit Proprietary Information and non-proprietary information maintained by FCCS to CAT including, to the extent required by Rule
373
613 or the CAT Reporting Technical Specifications, personally identifiable information regarding customers and accounts.
1. Synchronization of Business Clocks To the extent applicable, PKS shall ensure that time stamp information submitted to FCCS is consistent with Rule 613 and the CAT Reporting Technical Specifications and which clocks are used for purposes of recording the date and time of any event that must be recorded pursuant to Rule 613 and the CAT Reporting Technical Specifications and shall maintain the synchronization of such clocks in conformity with such procedures as prescribed by Rule 613 and the CAT Reporting Technical Specifications.
2. Manual and Electronic Order Reporting PKS’ CAT reporting obligation under Rule 613 includes Manual Orders and Electronic Orders. For the activity entered by PKS into order entry systems approved by FCCS and for which FCCS has stated it will generate CAT reports, FCCS will report to CAT the order events of such Manual Orders and Electronic Orders on behalf of PKS.
3. Orders Routed Through Third Party Vendor Systems
Data regarding Reportable Events that is captured or handled on any third-party systems used by PKS that requires reporting to CAT will be the responsibility of the PKS. PKS will use FCCS’ trading systems to perform inter-dealer trades which shall be reported to CAT by FCCS on behalf of PKS.
4. Directed Orders and Away Trades FCCS will report to CAT the Reportable Events for Directed Orders and Away Trades on behalf of PKS. With respect to Away Trades, FCCS shall submit limited CAT reports to CAT provided that PKS has provided FCCS with all the required data and information for such reports in the format specified by FCCS and through the electronic channel designated by FCCS. FCCS will not submit data or information for Reportable Events on behalf of PKS for Away Trades that are submitted through an electronic channel or interface that is not approved by FCCS.
5. With respect to Reportable Events for which FCCS acts as CAT Reporting Agent, PKS shall:
a. record the required data and information under the Rule 613 and the CAT
Reporting Technical Specification and CAT NMS Plan, including synchronized times, and will provide such data and information to FCCS at or before the time specified by FCCS, as FCCS may from time to time specify;
b. be responsible for the timely submission of complete and accurate data
and information to FCCS for submission to CAT. PKS will, immediately
374
after the receipt or origination of a Reportable Event record each item of information described in the CAT NMS Plan and the CAT Reporting Technical Specification that applies to such order and will record any additional required data and information that applies to such order immediately after such data and information is received or becomes available;
c. designate FCCS as a CAT Reporting Agent and hereby authorizes FCCS
to transmit files and transfer all required data and information to CAT on behalf of PKS via any file or data transfer protocol supported by CAT including Proprietary Information and non-proprietary information maintained by FCCS and, to the extent required by Rule 613 or the CAT Reporting Technical Specifications, personally identifying identifiable information regarding customers and accounts. For each Reportable Event submitted to FCCS for submission to CAT, PKS will provide the required data and information as set forth in Rule 613 and CAT NMS Plan;
d. designate itself as an Industry Member, and shall be authorized to view its
CAT data and shall be responsible for reviewing and monitoring the status of reports submitted by FCCS to CAT and for correcting any errors or omissions in the data, information and files summitted to CAT; and
e. request and obtain required access credentials from FINRA to be used to
repair any rejected information or data previously submitted to CAT. PKS shall repair, in a timely manner, any rejected items through the website maintained by CAT, or through any system that FINRA or FCCS may provide to PKS to repair rejected items. FCCS, however, is not under any obligation to provide such a system to PKS. PKS also will repair, in a timely manner, any rejected data or information that may be caused by duplicate reporting by a third- party reporting CAT data to FINRA on behalf of PKS.
6. PKS shall obtain and maintain all required consents from Customers to submit
data to CAT including, to the extent required by Rule 613 or the CAT Reporting Technical Specifications, personally identifiable information regarding customers and accounts.
F. Monitoring Submitted Order Information
PKS Compliance department is responsible for ensuring that the data and information transmitted on its behalf is transmitted in a timely fashion and that it is complete and accurate through the use of exception reports provided by FCCS. The review to verify the data shall include that the information is:
375
1. Sent to CAT by 08:00 AM ET the following trading day or such other time as may be designated by the Plan Processor; and
2. Complete with no missing events; and
3. Accurate with all the appropriate data fields reported correctly.
G. Record Keeping
The Compliance Department shall keep a record of all data transmittals pursuant to this section, which may be kept electronically. 12.5 TRACE Reporting TRACE is an acronym for Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine. It is the method by which the broker/dealer communicates sales of OTC secondary-market transaction of eligible fixed income securities to the FINRA. This rule was implemented on July 1, 2002. The current TRACE Principal for PKS is the Chief Compliance Officer. TRACE reporting is accomplished on behalf of PKS by its clearing firm. This information is described in the “Letter of Understanding Designating FCCS to Facilitate TRACE Reporting on Behalf of Correspondent, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments.” This letter was executed by both PKS’ CEO, J. Peter Purcell, and Fidelity’s representative in June of 2002. There is, however, certain circumstances whereby the PKS Operations Department may have to access the FINRA’s TRACE website to report a fixed-income transaction that was not accepted for processing by FCCS. Such information is available on WSF2 reports 201 A, B, and C, which are reviewed by the Compliance Department on a daily basis. The basis of TRACE is that all eligible fixed income transactions are reported to the FINRA within a 15-minute time period of the trade being executed. In rare cases, the clearing firm will not have a cusip on file for a given fixed income transaction, and the trade will not be able to be reported within the designated timeframe. There are items in the TRACE reporting site that allow for qualifiers to a transaction, such as flagging a transaction that was a late fill or for those that did not have a cusip. These will be used by both the clearing firm and, upon occasions of self-reporting, the broker/dealer. (Amended 01/03/2007) Commencing April 1, 2006, the Compliance Department will begin receiving TRACE “report cards” on a monthly basis from the FINRA. These report cards will be compared to the daly exception reports from FCCS verify the number of transactions and if any TRACE eligible transactions were reported late. (Amended 7/2008) The following steps will be undertaken by the TRACE Principal, or his designee, when a trade is entered for a security that may be TRACE-eligible:
1. All trades in TRACE-eligible securities flow through PKS’ clearing firm’s Review and Release platform. When trades in securities that are potentially TRACE-eligible are entered they will report to PKS’ Trading Department for review.
376
2. The TRACE Principal, or his designee, will then check the security through PKS’ clearing firm’s FBSI system in the BSEC screen to determine if the security is TRACE-eligible.
3. When a security is determined to be TRACE-eligible the TRACE Principal, or his designee, will take the following steps:
• Determine if the trade was entered in PKS’ house account for future allocation or if the trade was placed in a client account. 1. If the trade was entered in a client account the TRACE Principal, or their designee,
will check the posting time in PKS’ clearing firm’s trade reporting system to ensure that the trade was reported within the 15 minute window. The TRACE Principal, or their designee, may utilize the BTSM screen in PKS’ clearing firm’s FBSI system.
2. If the trade was entered in PKS’ house account for future allocation the TRACE Principal, or his designee, will check the posting time by calling PKS’ clearing firm Trading Services Desk to ensure that the trade was reported within the 15 minute window.
(Amended 7/2008) When the TRACE Principal, or his designee, determines that a trade was not reported within the 15 minute window they will log into the TRACE website and report the trade with the appropriate late trade modifier. The TRACE Principal, or their designee, will print the TRACE submission screen and the Compliance Department will scan the screen print to PKS’ TRACE file for that trade date.(Amended 05/24/2007) The SEC approved major amendments to the TRACE Rules (FINRA Rule 6700 Series) and FINRA Rule 7730 relating to TRACE fees that will increase the number and type of securities and transactions that will be reported to TRACE. The changes became effective March 1, 2010. Debt securities that are issued or guaranteed by an Agency or by a Government-Sponsored Enterprise (collectively, Agency Debt Securities) will become TRACE-Eligible Securities, and transactions in such securities will be reported and disseminated. Primary market transactions in TRACE Eligible Securities will be Reportable TRACE Transactions. (Amended 3/2010) Additional information on TRACE is available on the FINRA’s website, www.FINRA.com/trace. 12.6 Order Processing Orders are entered into the PKS/FCCS systems (Wealthscape/FBSI/Order Entry/Advisor Channel) directly by the registered rep or they are phoned/faxed to the PKS Trade desk for execution. The trade systems check each trade for proper state and licensing registrations. It also alerts the trade desk to trades that may require more scrutiny. Using these systems the Trade Desk shall check that:
• Large orders, low price trades and options trades have cash or securities in the account;
377
• All short sale requests for authorization to borrow shares (SSRP) have been approved prior to initiating the short sale.
• When an order from an account is crossed with, or filled from, any other account it is noted on the order ticket;
• No solicitation of purchases is made in securities of an issuer for which Purshe Kaplan Sterling is engaged in a distribution.
(Amended 7/2008) In the event there is any question concerning the propriety of the trade, the Trade Desk employee taking the order shall refer the order to the Director of Supervision, or his designee for review and approval. Promptly upon receiving a report of execution of the trade from the clearing firm, if applicable, or Trade Desk, the price shall be written on the order ticket and the order ticket shall be annotated on the reverse side to show the time and date of the trade. Under the Automated Confirmation Transaction (ACT) Rules, Purshe Kaplan Sterling is responsible for making sure that the required trade reports are provided within 90 seconds of the trade. Although the firm relies upon its clearing firm in large part to facilitate this, PKS understands that it is ultimately responsible for compliance with ACT reporting obligations. Every effort should be made to ensure that these rules are being observed, particularly where third party trades are being done. (Amended 03/30/2006) Following execution, the clearing firm prepares an Execution Report which contains the following information:
• Name of security; • Amount; • Price; • Account number or customer name when no account number has been • issued; • Registered Representative’s number; • Indication that the entire order is filled; • Date and place of execution; • Clearing broker; and • Settlement date.
It is the responsibility of the individual Registered Representative to provide sufficient funds/securities to accomplish settlement. The Clearing Firm imposes on Representatives a $5.00 charge for each extension in settlement, and a $10.00 mailgram fee to notify the client of their eligibility for an extension. Excessive delays or extensions in client accounts will lead to disciplinary action. (Amended 03/05/2007) In the event there is any question concerning the propriety of the trade, the registered person taking the order shall refer the order to the PKS Trade Desk. If the PKS Trade Desk has any questions concerning the propriety of the trade, the PKS Trade Desk shall immediately request a ruling from the Compliance Officer. (Amended 7/2008) Following execution, the clearing firm will prepare a report which contains the following information: (Amended 03/30/2006)
378
• Name of security; • Amount; • Price; • Account number • Registered Representative’s number; • Indication that the entire order is filled; • Date and place of execution; • Clearing broker; and • Settlement date. 12.6.1 Market-Wide Trading Halts During market-wide trading halts resulting from the triggering of circuit breakers, customer orders should be handled in the same manner as they would have been handled during other regulatory trading halts concerning only individual stocks. During market-wide trading halts of durations that will allow trading to resume on that same trading day, pending and new customer orders should be forwarded to the appropriate market for execution upon the resumption of trading. This should be done unless the member receives contrary instructions from the customer during the halt. During market-wide trading halts with durations that will close the market for the remainder of the trading day, pending and new customer orders should be treated as follows:
• Absent customer instructions to the contrary, orders that are pending at the time
of the halt, and new orders received after the halt has commenced, should be treated as “Good Til Canceled” orders and be held by the member for execution at the reopening of the next trading session.
• “At-the-Close” orders (including “Market-at-Close” orders) pending at the time trading is halted should be treated as canceled orders. Members should not accept, or forward to a market, any new orders related to closing prices received during a trading halt.
12.6.2 Reciprocal Activity Per MSRB Rule G-31, “No broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer shall solicit transactions in municipal securities with or for the account of an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as compensation or in return for sales by such broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer of participations, shares, or units in such investment company.” PKS reps do have accounts for the purchase and sale of investments on behalf of investment companies who forward orders, on an unsolicited basis, to these representatives for execution at PKS. It is important to note, however, that PKS has no “preferred” list of
379
companies it does business with, and thus representatives should be aware that these transactions are to be processed on a pre-arranged commission basis only. No rep is to purchase municipal securities on behalf of an investment company in lieu of shares of that fund company: commission-based business is the only acceptable option. Representatives noted to have violated this regulation may be subject to disciplinary action. (Amended 04/18/2005) 12.6.3 Large Trader Reporting (Added 2/2019) A. General Pursuant to Rule 13h-1 of the Exchange Act, any persons (including firms or individuals) who engage in substantial levels of trading activity are required to register with the SEC as Large Traders and identify themselves as such to U.S. broker-dealers with which they do business. Rule 13h-1, along with the Form 13H reporting form, are designed to enhance the ability of the SEC to identify large market participants, collect information on their trading, and analyze their trading activity. B. Definition of Large Trader A Large Trader is defined under Rule 13h-1 as a person who directly or indirectly, including through other persons controlled by such person, exercises investment discretion over one or more accounts, and effects transactions for the purchase or sale of NMS Securities for or on behalf of such accounts, by or through one or more registered broker- dealers in an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the identifying activity level.
(1) NMS Securities The term “NMS Securities” generally includes any security or class of securities listed on national exchanges or traded through NASDAQ, including equities and options (e.g., common stock, ETFs, ADRs, etc.). NMS Securities do not include exchange-listed debt securities, securities futures, or open-end mutual funds.
(2) Identifying Activity Level
(a) The term “Identifying Activity Level” refers to aggregate transactions in NMS Securities that are equal to or greater than the following specified levels: (i) either two million shares or shares with a fair market value of $20
million in a single day; or (ii) twenty million shares or shares with a fair market value of $200
380
million in a single month. (b) When calculating the threshold trading level, transactions shall not be
netted within or among accounts. The value of purchases and sales of stocks and options should be aggregated, without netting or offsetting these purchases and sales, so that a “gross up” approach is used in calculating activity levels. The Identifying Activity Level applies to all of a person’s trading activity in the aggregate.
C. Calculation of Options Under Rule 13h-1
(1) Equity Options The premium paid for equity options shall be aggregated, pursuant to the provisions of Rule 13h-1(c)(1)(i) and exemptive relief provided thereunder.
(2) Index Options
The fair market value of transactions in options on a group or index of equity securities (or based on the value thereof), purchased or sold, shall be aggregated, pursuant to the provisions of Rule 13h-1(c)(1)(ii).
(3) Calculation of Identifying Activity Level With Respect to Options
For purposes of calculating the Identifying Activity Level with respect to options, only purchases and sales of the options themselves, and not transactions in the underlying securities pursuant to exercises or assignments of such options, need to be counted.
D. Large Trader Self-Identification
(1) Under Rule 13h-1, a Large Trader is required to identify itself to the SEC by filing electronically with the SEC a new Form 13H promptly (i.e., within 10 days) after it effects aggregate transactions at or above the identifying activity levels.
(a) After receipt of the Form 13H, the SEC will assign to each Large Trader an
identification number (the “LTID”) that will identify the Large Trader.
(2) The Large Trader is also required to identify itself to the broker-dealers through which it effects transactions, and must provide to each of these broker-dealers:
(a) its LTID; and
381
(b) all of the account numbers of accounts beneficially held by the Large Trader at
that registered broker-dealer. E. Broker-Dealer Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements
(1) Broker-dealers who carry accounts for Large Traders, are themselves Large Traders, or exercise investment discretion over an account together with a Large Trader, are required to record and maintain the following specific information for each trade effected by a Large Trader:
(a) Information required to be maintained under Rule 17a-25 of the Exchange Act,
which establishes and governs the SEC’s current transaction reporting system, the Electronic Blue Sheet (“EBS”) system.
(b) The Large Trade Identification (LTID) Number of the Large Trader that
effected the trade and the time of the transaction.
(2) Broker-dealers are also required to maintain these records for Unidentified Large Traders (i.e., Large Traders that have not identified themselves that the broker- dealer knows or has reason to know are Large Traders).
(3) Such information must be maintained by the broker-dealer for three years (the first
two in an easily accessible place).
(4) Broker-dealers are required to report Large Trader transaction information to the SEC upon its request.
F. Safe Harbor Provision
Under Rule 13h-1(f), a broker-dealer would be deemed not to know or have reason to know that a person is a Large Trader if:
(1) it does not have actual knowledge that a person is a Large Trader, and
382
(2) it establishes policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify customers
whose transactions at the broker-dealer equal or exceed the identifying activity level and, if so, to treat such persons as Unidentified Large Traders and notify them of their potential reporting obligations under this Rule.
G. PKS’ Requirements Under Rule 13h-1
Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 13h-1, PKS shall:
(1) Maintain records of transactions effected in accounts identified to it as Large Trader Accounts, including the following transaction information:
(a) Date the transaction was executed; (b) Account number; (c) Identifying symbol assigned to the security; (d) Transaction price; (e) Number of shares or option contracts traded in each specific transaction; (f) Whether the transaction was a purchase, sale, or short sale; (g) If an option contract, whether the transaction was a call or put option, an
opening purchase or sale, a closing purchase or sale, or an exercise or assignment;
(h) Clearinghouse number of the entity maintaining the information and the clearinghouse numbers of the entities on the opposite side of the transaction;
(i) Designation of whether the transaction was effected or caused to be effected for the account of a customer of such broker-dealer, or was a proprietary transaction effected or caused to be effected for the account of such broker- dealer;
(j) Identity of the exchange or other market center where the transaction was executed;
(k) Time the transaction was executed; (l) LTID(s) associated with the account, unless the account is for an
Unidentified Large Trader; (m) Prime broker identifier; (n) Average price account identifier; and
383
(o) If the transaction was processed by a depository institution, the identifier assigned to the account by the depository institution.
(2) Electronically report Large Trader transaction information to the SEC upon request.
(3) Monitor customers’ trading activity for purposes of identifying possible Large
Traders.
(a) On a monthly basis, the Compliance Department will review the following reports for account name, tax identification number, and other readily available information such as transfers between accunts, to identify customers whose transactions at PKS equal or exceed the identifying activity level:
(i) Large Trader – Daily Equity (ii) Large Trader – Monthly Equity (iii) Large Trader – Daily Option (iv) Large Trader – Monthly Option
(b) Upon identifying such customers, the Compliance Department will confirm
whether the customer has already provided its LTID to PKS.
(c) If the Compliance Department determines that the customer has not provided an LTID to PKS, the Compliance Department shall treat such customer as an Unidentified Large Trader and promptly notify them via email of their potential reporting obligations under the Rule.
H. Record Keeping
The Compliance Department shall maintain all records generated under this section in the 13h-1 review file. Such records may be maintained electronically.
12.7 Confirmations At or immediately following the completion of each transaction, the clearing firm of Purshe Kaplan Sterling shall send to each customer a written confirmation stating:
384
1. The date and time of the transaction; 2. The identity, price and number of shares or units (or principal amount) of such security
purchased or sold; 3. Whether the Company is acting as agent for the customer, or agent for some other
person or for both, or as principal for its own account and, if the Company is acting as principal whether as market maker (other than by reason of acting as block positioner);
4. If the Company is acting as agent, the name of the person from whom the security was purchased or to whom is was sold or that it will be furnished on request;
5. If the Company is acting as agent, the remuneration received by the Company from the customer, unless remuneration is determined pursuant to written agreement (which may be the customer account form), otherwise than on a transaction basis;
6. If the Company is acting as agent, a statement as to whether payment for order flow is received by the Company for transactions in such securities and that the source and nature of the compensation received in connection with the particular transaction will be furnished on request;
7. If the Company is acting as agent, the source and amount of any other remuneration received or to be received by the broker in connection with the transaction;
8. If the Company is acting as principal for its own account, where it is not a market maker, the differential between the purchase and sale prices; and/or
9. If the Company is acting as a principal for its own account, where the security is a reported security subject to last sale reporting, the reported trade price, the price to the customer in the transaction and the difference, if any, between the two.
There are a number of exceptions contained in SEC Rule 10b-10, mainly having to do with odd- lot sales, debt securities and reporting by non-SIPC members as well as periodic investment plans. The term "payment for order flow" is defined in Rule 10b-10 as any monetary payment, service, property or other benefit that results in remuneration, compensation or consideration to a broker- dealer from any broker-dealer, national securities association, exchange, registered securities association or exchange member in return for the routing of customer orders by such broker-dealer to any broker-dealer, national securities exchange, registered securities association or exchange member for execution, including but not limited to: research clearance, custody, products or services, reciprocal agreements for the provision of order flow, adjustment of unfavorable trading errors, offers to participate as underwriter in public offerings, stock loans or shared interest accrued thereon, discounts, rebates or any other reductions or credits against any fee to, or expense or other financial obligation of, the broker or dealer routing a customer order that exceeds that fee, expense or obligation. At the present time, PKS has no payment for order flow agreements in place. 12.7.1 Markup Disclosure for Corporate and Agency Bonds (Added 6/2018)
In accordance with FINRA rule 2232(c) PKS will disclose to non-institutional customers the amount of mark-up or mark-down the customer paid for a trade in a corporate or agency debt security, if PKS also executes one or more offsetting principal trades in the
385
same security on the same trading day which in the aggregate meet or exceed the size of the customer trade.
A. Disclosure of mark-up
1. The following will be disclosed on confirmations for trades that are subject to
this rule: a. The mark-up, which will be expressed as both a dollar amount and
percentage of prevailing market price (PMP). b. A reference and hyperlink (if the trade is electronic) to a web page
hosted by FINRA that contains TRACE publicly available trading data for the specific security that was traded, along with a brief description of the type of information available on the page.
c. The execution time, which will be disclosed to the second on all trade confirmations subject to this rule.
B. Method for calculating mark-up
1. The mark-up will be calculated based upon the PMP for the security consistent with existing FINRA rule 2121.
2. PKS will use the contemporaneous cost to calculate the PMP.
C. Exceptions
1. Disclosure of markup and mark down is not required for institutional clients. 2. Mark-up disclosure does not need to be provided for bonds that are acquired by
PKS in a fixed-price offering and sold to non-institutional customers at the same offering price on the same day PKS acquired the bonds.
D. Compliance Review
On a quarterly basis, the PKS compliance department will audit a sample of confirmations that fall under this rule to ensure the proper disclosures are listed on the confirmations.
E. Record keeping
The Compliance Department shall keep a record of the sample review, which may be kept electronically.
12.7.2 Markup Disclosure for Municipal Bonds (Added 1/2020)
386
In accordance with MSRB Rule G-15 PKS will disclose to non-institutional customers the amount of mark-up or mark-down the customer paid for a trade in a municipal security, if PKS also executes one or more offsetting principal trades in the same security on the same trading day which in the aggregate meet or exceed the size of the customer trade.
A. Disclosure of mark-up
1. The following will be disclosed on confirmations for trades that are subject to
this rule: a. The mark-up, which will be expressed as both a dollar amount and
percentage of prevailing market price (PMP). b. A reference and hyperlink (if the trade is electronic) to a web page
hosted by the MSRB that contains EMMA publicly available trading data for the specific security that was traded, along with a brief description of the type of information available on the page.
c. The execution time, which will be disclosed on all trade confirmations subject to this rule.
B. Method for calculating mark-up
1. The mark-up will be calculated based upon the PMP for the security consistent with existing MSRB Rule G-30.
2. PKS will use the contemporaneous cost to calculate the PMP.
C. Exceptions to MSRB Rule G-15
1. Disclosure is not required for transaction in municipal fund securities. 2. Disclosure of markup and mark down is not required for institutional clients. 3. Mark-up disclosure is not required for principal trades that a dealer executes on
a trading desk that is functionally separate from a trading desk that executes customer trades, provided the dealer maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the functionally separate principal trading desk through which the dealer purchase or dealer sale was executed had no knowledge of the customer transaction.
4. Disclosure is not required for transactions that are listed offering price transactions.
D. Compliance Review
On a quarterly basis, the PKS compliance department will audit a sample of confirmations that fall under this rule to ensure the proper disclosures are listed on the confirmations.
E. Record keeping
387
The Compliance Department shall keep a record of the sample review, which may be kept electronically.
12.8 Small Order Execution System (SOES) At the present time, Purshe Kaplan Sterling does not make markets in securities, and as such is not required to participate in the Small Order Execution System (SOES). Anticipating that this may change in the future, the Firm has included procedures for review which would immediately take effect if and when PKS does indeed become a market maker. For purposes of this Manual the term “Small Order Execution System” or “SOES” shall mean the automated system owned and operated by FINRA Market Services, Inc. which enables SOES Participants to execute transactions of limited size in active SOES authorized securities. Maximum order sizes are specified for SOES trades in all NASDAQ National Market Securities, based on volume, bid price and number of market makers. These maximums are revised from time to time by NASDAQ. Reports of the transactions are automatically forwarded to the National Market Trade Reporting System, if required, for dissemination to the public and the industry, and to “lock in” these trades by sending both sides to the applicable clearing corporation(s) designated by PKS for clearance and settlement. This is intended to provide the Firm with sufficient monitoring and updating capability to participate in an automated execution environment. Participation in SOES as a SOES Market Maker requires current registration as such with the Association. Such registration shall be conditioned upon the SOES Market Maker’s initial and continuing compliance with the following requirements:
• Execution of an SOES Participant application agreement with the Association; • Membership in, or access agreement with, a clearing agency registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission which maintains facilities through which SOES compared trades may be settled;
• Registration as a Market Maker in the NASDAQ Stock Market pursuant to Schedule D and compliance with all applicable rules and operating procedures of the Association and the Securities and Exchange Commission;
• Maintenance of the physical security of the equipment located on the premises of the SOES Market Maker to prevent the unauthorized entry of information into SOES; and
• Acceptance and settlement of each SOES trade that SOES identifies as having been effected by such SOES Market Maker, or if settlement is to be made through another clearing Company, guarantee of the acceptance and settlement of such identified trade by the clearing member on the regularly scheduled settlement date.
The PKS Trade Desk shall ensure that all transactions are made in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the SOES User Guide, as well as ensure that all transactions executed in SOES shall be cleared and settled through a registered clearing agency using a continuous net settlement system.
Until recently NASD Rule 4720 had been interpreted to require that SOES Company maintain physical security of NASDAQ equipment located on the premises to prevent unauthorized order
388
entry of information into SOES. FINRA regulations have now been amended to allow direct access by SOES customers under the following controlled conditions:
1. Compliance With FINRA Rules, Including SOES Rules (NASD Rules 4710-4770): The Company shall ensure that orders submitted through this service comply with SEC and FINRA rules, including the SOES rules and its interpretations. For example, the Company shall ensure that agency orders for public customers are within the maximum order size as required by NASD Rule 4730(c)(3). In addition, agency orders involving a single investment decision in excess of the maximum order size may not be divided into smaller parts for purposes of meeting the size requirements for orders entered into SOES. Thus, any trades entered within any five-minute period in accounts controlled by an associated person or customer will be presumed to be based on a single investment decision. Furthermore, the Company shall ensure that rules related to the Short-Sale Rule, including the Affirmative Determination Rule, are complied with. Finally, the Company shall continue to meet its obligations to comply with the SEC’s Confirmation Rule, Rule 10b-10.
2. Supervision of Order Submission. Every order submitted by a customer pursuant to
this program shall be visible and accessible to Trade Desk personnel through the Company’s own order entry and monitoring system and must be reviewed an approved by a Trade Desk principal of the Company within twelve (12) hours of entry in order specifically to prevent (1) the entry of unauthorized orders, (2) orders that exceed or attempt to exceed pre-established credit, SOES order size and other parameters, such as order size, that the Company has established for the particular customer, (3) activity by the customer that could be considered manipulative or an attempt to improperly affect the price of the security in question or related products and (4) violations of the Affirmative Determination and Short-Sale Rules.
3. Trading Locations and Support. The Company shall identify locations where the
Company makes SOES order entry devices available to its public customers and provides ongoing technical support and maintenance. If such site does not qualify as a branch office or office of supervisory jurisdiction (OSJ) of the Company under FINRA rules, the Company shall still supervise such activity by providing for periodic visits to such locations by a Company Principal to ensure that certain restrictions on activities are in place and that the site is not conducting a securities business at such locations. See above under "Licensing - Branch Offices."
4. Customer Pre-Qualification. Prior to providing the service to a particular customer
the Trade Desk shall have obtained in writing information as to the customer, in a manner satisfactory to the Compliance Department, showing that the customer is capable of using the SOES system access being provided by the Company in a responsible manner. Such information shall be retained in customer records.
12.9 Solicited/Unsolicited Transactions
389
An “unsolicited” transaction is one initiated by the customer with no recommendation, prompting or other urging by the Registered Representative. While not universally true, in general transactions which are “unsolicited” are thought of as not requiring the same level of “suitability” inquiry as those which are “solicited” since the customer has taken the responsibility to initiate the trade. For this reason it is thought important to record the source of each trade. Trade tickets will be marked to indicate whether the transaction was “unsolicited.” The Registered Representative is responsible for providing this information. The Regional Supervisor reviews of each Representative’s activities in customer accounts are designed to verify that trades were in fact “unsolicited” especially where a large number of such transactions repeatedly appear. (Amended 10/2008) 12.10 Rule 144 Transactions Purshe Kaplan Sterling shall not sell any control or restricted stock (“144 Stock”) unless the following conditions are met (when applicable):
• There must be current information available to the public about the issuer;
• In some instances only a limited quantity of the stock can be sold in any three-month period;
• The securities must be sold in a broker’s transaction or directly to a market maker;
• In some instances a notice of intention to sell the stock must be transmitted to the SEC and the stock exchange on which the stock is listed; and
• In the case of restricted stock, the stock must have been owned and fully paid for a specified period of time.
The Regional Supervisor is responsible for reviewing 144 Stock transactions to ensure compliance with the above conditions. (Amended 10/2008) 12.11 Reserved 12.12 Payment for Order Flow At the present time, PKS has no payment-for-order-flow arrangements or agreements with Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions or any other member firm. Additionally, PKS will not enter into any agreements to accept any payments for order flow unless it can be demonstrated that the customer received the best available price. It shall be disclosed on the customer’s confirmation whether payment for order flow is received by the broker or dealer and the fact that the source and nature of the compensation received in connection with the particular transaction will be furnished upon written request of the customer. On the related matter of revenue sharing, PKS may earn a monthly fee on some money market fund balances at an annualized rate, and may share in margin and free-credit interest.
390
12.13 Payment Rules (Amended 2/2019)
Neither Purshe Kaplan Sterling nor any Registered Representative may loan cash or securities to a client or arrange or facilitate credit for clients except for margin loans in accordance with PKS procedures (see below under Margin Accounts). It is a Company policy that the Registered Representative responsible for causing PKS or any other Representative or customer to incur a loss or liability shall be required to reimburse the injured party and all assets, commissions, dividends, interest or other property of the Representative may be utilized by the Firm to make good on the loss or liability. More information on the supervision of payments and customer funds and securities can be found in Section 13.1.1 of this manual. E. Notifications of Terminations The Compliance Department shall promptly notify the Bank if any associated person of PKS who is also employed by the Bank is terminated for cause by PKS. F. Record Keeping The Compliance Department shall maintain records of all documents generated or approved pursuant to this Section. Registered Representatives of PKS are only authorized to correspond with clients through the email address and domain name that has been provided to PKS for review and retention in the Global Relay system. (Amended 7/2009) 12.14 Reserved 12.15 “Internal Use Only” Material (Amended 7/2013) PKS strictly forbids any employee from distributing any material marked “Internal Use Only.” Any material marked “Internal Use Only” found being distributed to the general public would result in an investigation by the Compliance Department. Corporate memos and other such materials are considered the property of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, and the distribution of said materials outside the firm is strictly prohibited.
391
All registered persons are responsible for checking their email communications daily. Emails are archived electronically through the Global Relay system for a period of not less than 3 years. 12.16 Surveillance Activity to Monitor Trading Purshe Kaplan Sterling takes several measures to monitor trading activity within the firm. The first step in surveillance of the trading activity is the Compliance & Controls and the Review & Release software programs provided by Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions. As the registered representatives enter each order, the software examines the trade to note if it falls within parameters established by the Compliance Department and Senior Management. If the trade falls within the parameters, it passes through to the marketplace for execution. If the order does not fall within the established parameters, it flashes a warning on the screen of the trading desk. The order will then appear on the trading desk screen for review. S/he can pass the order through for execution. If the order is not acceptable, Peter J. Sheehan, or his designee, may reject the order, and contact the registered representative to discuss a more acceptable entry for execution. (Amended 7/2008) Example: A registered individual of PKS wishes to enter an order for $50,000 worth of a new technology fund. However, instead of entering 50,000 “dollars”, the rep enters 50,000 “shares”. This trade would come to the attention of the trading desk via electronic review, because the overall amount of 50,000 shares worth of a technology fund would be far too large to fit into the trading parameters of the software program. The trading desk would then call the rep to verify the entry, and either reject or pass the order through for execution. (Amended 03/30/2006) Example: An order to purchase securities appears on the screen for review. While the order is not significant in size or amount, the account that is making the purchase has a House Call. The trading desk may, after being alerted to this fact, speak with the rep and be sure the rep is aware that the client has a House Call, and if funds will be placed in the account prior to settlement. The trading desk may then permit the execution of the purchase, or reject the order. (Amended 03/30/2006) Example: A very aggressive client places unsolicited orders several times a day. The Compliance Department has entered this particular account into an “Active Traders” profile in the Compliance & Controls software program, to monitor the activity in that account. In this way the account can be inspected for compliance with the new FINRA Day Trading Rules and sufficient excess. Example: Senior Management has decided that a particular registered individual requires closer monitoring. The Compliance & Controls software can be modified to flag every order that rep enters for review by the trading Principal, whether the trade fits within the established parameters or not. Another way PKS surveys its trading activity is through Report #076C. This report, provided by FCCS, gives a detailed report of any account that has generated $1000 in commission or has had more than 10 transactions within the past 30 days. The report is scrutinized each week by the Compliance Department for excessive commissions, evidence of churning, and any irregular activity within the firm. Any findings on this report is documented by a member of the Compliance Department in the Exception Report Summary Spreadsheets, maintained electronically by the Compliance Department. Upon any finding, the registered person in question is contacted and the appropriate measures are then put into place to correct the issue at hand. (Amended 7/2008)
392
FCCS provides numerous reports to assist PKS in the surveillance of its trading activity. Other reports include margin concentration in particular positions, options suitability, and cash delinquency reports. Together, the software and the reports provided by FCCS give Purshe Kaplan Sterling and effective basis for the surveillance of all trading activity. (Amended 03/30/2006) Also, through in-house Exception Reports, PKS downloads of transaction data from many clearing firms which custody RIA assets. These allow PKS to generate its own exception reports of affiliated firms, along with customized reports discussed earlier, which are then reviewed weekly by the Compliance Department and electronically filed. (Amended 4/2010) 12.17 Security Procedures The first line of defense for Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments’ security procedures methodology is the Review & Release software program mentioned above. An additional feature of the software is the ability to detect duplicate orders within the same account. (Amended 09/30/2006) Each business day, J. Peter Purcell, or in his absence a principal designee, will review the incoming mail. The mail will be opened and inspected prior to dissemination to the addressees. All incoming checks will be removed and placed directly with the Operations Department for recording. (Amended 7/2008) The prevention of money laundering is also a topic of PKS security procedures. More on this topic can be found in Section 7.1 below. (Amended 03/30/2006) SECTION 13: CUSTODY 13.1 In General (Amended 12/2020) Pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3, broker-dealers which physically possess or control their customers’ securities must promptly obtain and thereafter maintain physical possession or control of all fully- paid securities and excess margin securities carried by the broker-dealer for the account of customers. PKS is exempted from this rule under the “(k)(2)(ii)” exemption, because it meets the following condition: The broker-dealer is an introducing broker-dealer who clears all transactions with and for customers on a fully-disclosed basis with a clearing broker or dealer, and who promptly transmits all customer funds and securities to the clearing broker or dealer which carries all of the accounts of such customers and properly maintains and preserves such books and records. As such, the Company is an “Introducing Broker” and promptly transmits all cash and securities to its clearing firm for processing on the customer’s behalf. Nonetheless, the Firm’s associated persons are required to fully understand the following:
393
• Checks or securities received from clients should be forwarded promptly to the proper processing area via overnight courier (Amended 1/22/2007); accepting cash from a client is not permitted; • Checks representing customer funds should not be written on a Registered Representative’s own personal or business account; • With regard to redeeming securities, there may not be a sharing in the profits and losses of a client or an agreement to purchase a security from a client at some future date; and • Misappropriation, stealing, or conversion of customer funds is prohibited and is illegal. Examples of such acts include but are not limited to making unauthorized wire or other transfers in and out of customer accounts, borrowing customer funds, cashing or negotiating PKS checks payable to the order or customers or authorized third parties, cashing or negotiating customer checks that are intended to be added or debited to existing accounts, or taking the cash values of insurance contracts or other liquidation values of securities belonging to customers. • When handling a client’s stock certificate a Registered Representatives must immediately call their regional Supervisor for further instruction. The Operations Department will determine if it can be negotiated. If so, the RR must instruct the client to sign a stock power and personally deliver, or otherwise forward the stock power and the certificates to the PKS Operations Department via overnight courier or other traceable means. Should a client in the Headquarters office give a stock certificate to a representative, the representative is to have the client sign a stock power, make a copy of the certificate, and hand both the stock power and the original certificate to the Operations Department. • Except as provided in 7.16 of these procedures, proceeds from sales are only made out to the name(s) on the account title and mailed directly to the address of the account. • Customers are encouraged to send funds directly to the main office. Lockbox locations may be utilized with proper authorization from the PKS Headquarters Office in Albany as well as the consent of FCCS. (Amended 5/2009)
13.2 The Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) (Amended 12/2020) The Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) was established to restore public confidence in the securities industry and to protect customers’ assets held by members. SIPC provides up to $500,000 protection for claims of cash and securities with a limit of $250,000 for claims of cash. Membership is composed of all persons registered as brokers or dealers with the SEC as well as all members of any national security exchange. The protection is per “separate customer” and the SIPC account is funded by brokerage firms based on their gross sales volume. In general, a different name should appear if it is to be considered a separate customer.
394
Only bona fide customers (persons who have stock or cash in their account as a result of or in anticipation of executing trades in the securities market) are eligible for protection under SIPC. Persons, such as providers of services, whose claims for cash or securities are by operation of law and are subordinated to claims of creditors of an SIPC member firm, and persons who are associated with a firm, such as a partner or broker, are examples of persons ineligible for protection. 13.3 Clearing Agreements The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the negotiation and execution of any and all clearing agreements. This includes any addendums and appendices applicable to the service and custody of PKS client accounts. The Chief Operating Officer is responsible for reviewing the clearing agreements and ensuring that the services proposed therein will enable the broker/dealer to meet its regulatory responsibilities. Copies of the clearing agreement with Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions and its addendums and appendices are maintained by the Operations Department. (Amended 7/2008) SECTION 14: INVESTMENT BANKING 14.1 New Issues Through Fidelity Capital Markets (Amended 5/2015) A. General
PKS may offer access to new issues to selected customers through Fidelity Capital Markets in accordance with this Section.
B. Definition of New Issue
The term “new issue” refers to the an initial public offering of equity securities as defined in Section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act made pursuant to a registration statement or offering circular. [FINRA Rule 5130; Regulatory Notice 10-60]
New issue shall not include:
(1) offerings made pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(1), 4(2) or 4(6) of the
Securities Act, or Securities Act Rule 504 if the securities are "restricted securities" under Securities Act Rule 144(a)(3), or Rule 144A or Rule 505 or Rule 506 adopted thereunder;
(2) offerings of exempted securities as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the Exchange
Act, and rules promulgated thereunder;
395
(3) offerings of securities of a commodity pool operated by a commodity pool
operator as defined under Section 1a(5) of the Commodity Exchange Act;
(4) rights offerings, exchange offers, or offerings made pursuant to a merger or acquisition;
(5) offerings of investment grade asset-backed securities;
(6) offerings of convertible securities;
(7) offerings of preferred securities;
(8) offerings of an investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act;
(9) offerings of securities (in ordinary share form or ADRs registered on Form F-6) that have a pre-existing market outside of the United States; and
(10) offerings of a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of
the Investment Company Act, a direct participation program as defined in Rule 2310(a) or a real estate investment trust as defined in Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code.
C. Other Definitions in FINRA Rule 5130. A synopsis of these definitions is also attached
to the IPO Certification Form” as set forth in SPM 14.1.2.
(1) "Beneficial interest" means any economic interest, such as the right to share in gains or losses. The receipt of a management or performance based fee for operating a collective investment account, or other fees for acting in a fiduciary capacity, shall not be considered a beneficial interest in the account.
(2) "Collective investment account" means any hedge fund, investment partnership,
investment corporation or any other collective investment vehicle that is engaged primarily in the purchase and/or sale of securities. A "collective investment account" does not include a "family investment vehicle" or an "investment club."
(3) "Conversion offering" means any offering of securities made as part of a plan by
which a savings and loan association, insurance company or other organization converts from a mutual to a stock form of ownership.
(4) "Family investment vehicle" means a legal entity that is beneficially owned
solely by immediate family members.
(5) "Immediate family member" means a person's parents, mother-in-law or father-in- law, spouse, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in-law or
396
daughter-in-law, and children, and any other individual to whom the person provides material support.
(6) "Investment club" means a group of friends, neighbors, business associates or
others that pool their money to invest in stock or other securities and are collectively responsible for making investment decisions.
(7) "Limited business broker-dealer" means any broker-dealer whose authorization to
engage in the securities business is limited solely to the purchase and sale of investment company/variable contracts securities and direct participation program securities.
(8) "Material support" means directly or indirectly providing more than 25% of a
person's income in the prior calendar year. Members of the immediate family living in the same household are deemed to be providing each other with material support.
(9) "Restricted person" means:
(a) Members or other broker-dealers
(b) Broker-Dealer Personnel
(i) Any officer, director, general partner, associated person or employee of a member or any other broker-dealer (other than a limited business broker-dealer);
(ii) Any agent of a member or any other broker-dealer (other than a
limited business broker-dealer) that is engaged in the investment banking or securities business; or
(iii) An immediate family member of a person specified in
subparagraph (B)(i) or (ii) if the person specified in subparagraph (B)(i) or (ii): a. materially supports, or receives material support from, the immediate family member; b. is employed by or associated with the member, or an affiliate of the member, selling the new issue to the immediate family member; or c. has an ability to control the allocation of the new issue.
(c) Finders and Fiduciaries
(i) With respect to the security being offered, a finder or any person
acting in a fiduciary capacity to the managing underwriter, including, but not limited to, attorneys, accountants and financial consultants; and
397
(ii) An immediate family member of a person specified in subparagraph (C)(i) if the person specified in subparagraph (C)(i) materially supports, or receives material support from, the immediate family member.
(d) Portfolio Managers
(i) Any person who has authority to buy or sell securities for a bank,
savings and loan institution, insurance company, investment company, investment advisor or collective investment account.
(ii) An immediate family member of a person specified in
subparagraph (D)(i) that materially supports, or receives material support from, such person.
(e) Persons Owning a Broker-Dealer
(i) Any person listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule A of a Form
BD (other than with respect to a limited business broker-dealer), except persons identified by an ownership code of less than 10%;
(ii) Any person listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule B of a Form
BD (other than with respect to a limited business broker-dealer), except persons whose listing on Schedule B relates to an ownership interest in a person listed on Schedule A identified by an ownership code of less than 10%;
(iii) Any person listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule C of a Form
BD that meets the criteria of subparagraphs (E)(i) and (E)(ii) above;
(iv) Any person that directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of a
public reporting company listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule A of a Form BD (other than a reporting company that is listed on a national securities exchange or other than with respect to a limited business broker-dealer);
(v) Any person that directly or indirectly owns 25% or more of a
public reporting company listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule B of a Form BD (other than a reporting company that is listed on a national securities exchange or other than with respect to a limited business broker-dealer);
(vi) An immediate family member of a person specified in
subparagraphs (E)(i) through (v) unless the person owning the broker-dealer: a. does not materially support, or receive material
398
support from, the immediate family member; b. is not an owner of the member, or an affiliate of the member, selling the new issue to the immediate family member; and c. has no ability to control the allocation of the new issue.
D. Prohibitions on Sale of New Issues in FINRA Rule 5130
This subsection sets forth verbatim the General Prohibitions of FINRA Rule 5130(a). The terms “member or person associated from a member refers to PKS or any associated person.
(1) A member or a person associated with a member may not sell, or cause to be sold,
a new issue to any account in which a restricted person has a beneficial interest, except as otherwise permitted in FINRA Rule 5130.
(2) A member or a person associated with a member may not purchase a new issue in
any account in which such member or person associated with a member has a beneficial interest, except as otherwise permitted in FINRA Rule 5130.
(3) A member may not continue to hold new issues acquired by the member as an
underwriter, selling group member or otherwise, except as otherwise permitted in FINRA Rule 5130.
(4) Nothing in this paragraph D shall prohibit:
(a) sales or purchases from one member of the selling group to another member of the selling group that are incidental to the distribution of a new issue to a non-restricted person at the public offering price;
(b) sales or purchases by a broker-dealer of a new issue at the public offering
price as part of an accommodation to a non-restricted person customer of the broker-dealer; or
(c) purchases by a broker-dealer (or owner of a broker-dealer), organized as
an investment partnership, of a new issue at the public offering price, provided such purchases are credited to the capital accounts of its partners in accordance with paragraph (c)(4).
E. Exemptions to the General Prohibitions of FINRA Rule 5130
FINRA Rule 5130 (c) through (g) set forth exemptions to the General Prohibitions of FINRA Rule 5130(a).
399
(a) Any claimed exemption under FINRA Rule 5130 (c) through (g) must be documented in the client file.
(b) A list of exemptions is also set forth in the IPO Certification Form” in SPM
14.1.2. F. Pre-Conditions to Sale of New Issue under FINRA Rule 5130(b).
FINRA Rule 5130(b) requires that, before selling a new issue to any account, a member must in good faith have obtained within the twelve months prior to such sale, a representation from:
(1) Beneficial Owners
the account holder(s), or a person authorized to represent the beneficial owners of the account, that the account is eligible to purchase new issues in compliance with the Rule; or
(2) Conduits
a bank, foreign bank, broker-dealer, or investment adviser or other conduit that all purchases of new issues are in compliance with the Rule.
G. PKS Requirements for IPO-Eligible Accounts
Only accounts coded as IPO-Eligible Accounts are eligible to participate in IPO offerings. The Operations Department shall code an account as an IPO-Eligible Account upon certification by the Regional Supervisor that following requirements are met.
(1) FCCS Account Opening
(a) The person or entity requesting a new issue (“client”) must have opened a FCCS account.
(b) An electronic mail consent form executed by the client must be in the
client file. A sample of this form is contained in SPM 14.1.3.
(2) IPO Certification Form” as set forth in SPM 14.1.2 in the file. (a) IPO Certification must be less than 12 months of sale date,
or
(b) IPO Certification greater than 12 months of sale date is accompanied by
negative consent letter within 12 months of sale date. [See FINRA
400
Regulatory Notice 10-60]. A sample negative consent letter is set forth in SPM 14.1.4.
(3) Client is Suitable for IPO Transactions
Prior to the time an indication of interest is transmitted to Fidelity Capital Markets, a Regional Supervisor must have approved, in writing, the investor as suitable to engage in new issue transactions. Such approval may be electronic in form. In making a determination, the Regional Supervisor shall consider the following factors and information.
(a) An IPO is a “risky and speculative investment.” [SEC 6/25/07].
(b) Client information to consider, if applicable to the account, should justify a determination that the investor is suitable to withstand risk and speculation with respect the amount invested, taking into account the following factors:
Age,
Annual Income, Investment Experience, Investment Objectives, Liquid Net Worth, Risk Tolerance, Tax Status
(c) Qualified Investor Presumptively Suitable
In the absence of any red flags raised by the suitability factors in SPM 14.1 (G)(3)(b), a qualified investor [here defined as Individual with Net worth greater than $5MM or an Entity with net worth greater than $25MM] shall be presumptively suitable for IPO transactions.
H. Indications of Interest (IOI) (1) General
From time to time, Fidelity Capital Markets (FCM) will notify PKS regarding IPO’s coming to market through the FCM Syndicate Desk. FCM will request indications of interest from participating broker-dealers such as PKS.
(2) Indications of Interest Limited to IPO-Eligible Accounts
No Indications of Interest may be filed for an account unless the account has been coded as an IPO-Eligible Account.
401
(3) Electronic IOI
An Indication of Interest shall be initiated by use of the IOI Ticketing Email, which shall contain the information set forth in SPM 14.1.5.
I. Participation in IPO Offerings
(1) Requirements for Participation.
Prior to filing an indication of interest in the client FCCS account, the Trading Department shall confirm the following:
(a) The Account is Fully Funded
The account must be fully funded with liquid assets sufficient to support the indication of interest.
(b) The account has been coded as an IPO-Eligible Account.
(c) The Registered Representative managing the IPO-Eligible Account has
transmitted an IOI Ticketing Email in conformance with SPM 14.1.5.
(2) PKS Trading Desk Procedure
Upon a determination that the requirements for participation have been met, the PKS Trading Desk may electronically file an indication of interest the Fidelity Capital Markets Syndicate desk via the NIPO screens within the FCCS FBSI system.
(3) Fidelity Capital Markets Procedure
Upon receipt of a new issue, Fidelity Capital Markets may deliver shares of the new issue to a PKS master account for allocation to IPO-Eligible Accounts containing indications of interest.
(4) Under-Allocation of New Issue
In the event that Fidelity Capital Markets delivers fewer shares of the new issue than requested in the combined indications of interest, the shares may be allocated to preferred IPO-Eligible Accounts upon the request of the Registered Representative managing an account.
I. Delivery of Prospectus/Preliminary Prospectus/ Red Herrings
402
“Red Herring” or Preliminary Prospectus’ will be disseminated to PKS from FCCS’ syndicate desk. FCCS will mail these Red Herring Prospectus’ to the customer however ultimately it is the responsibility of PKS as the Correspondent Broker Dealer to make sure the clients receive a Red Herring, per SEC Rule 240. 15c2-8.
Prior to accepting an indication of interest on an IPO, PKS will obtain an email consent form from each prospective IPO account in order to deliver the Red Herring and Prospectus electronically. The PKS Compliance Department is automatically carbon copied on any Indication of Interest that is sent to the PKS dedicated Indication of Interest email ([email protected]).
When an indication of interest is received, the PKS Compliance Department will send a copy of the Red Herring to the client electronically to the email address they disclosed on the email consent form. Once the transaction has occurred, the PKS Compliance Department will also send a copy of the Prospectus to the client via email.
J. Record Keeping
The Operations Department shall maintain all records generated under this section in the client file. Such record may be maintained electronically.
14.1.1 IPO Certification Form
Execution and filing of the IPO Certification Form in the client file, within the required time frame, satisfies the requirements of FINRA Rule 5130(b) and SPM 14.1(G)(2). The form is located in Appendix C titled “Form C4”. 14.1.2 Electronic Mail Consent Form For IPO Transactions The electronic mail consent form required to be executed by clients with IPO accounts pursuant to SPM 14.1 is located in Appendix C titled “Form C5”. 14.1.3 IPO Negative Consent Letter Pursuant to FINRA Regulatory Notice 10-60, the initial representation under FINRA Rule 5130(b) must be an affirmative representation, but subsequently may be updated annually through the use of Negative Consent Letters.
403
14.1.4 IOI Ticketing E-Mail A. Information Required
(a) General Description of Offering
(b) Account Name and Account Number
(c) Number of shares Requested B. Email Delivery Address
An Indication of Interest shall be initiated by submission of the required information to the PKS Trade Desk via electronic mail to [email protected]
C. Email Subject Field
The e-mail is to be titled 'IOI Ticketing' in the subject field.
D. Authorized Sender
An IOI Ticket EMail will only be accepted by the rep of record on the account or an appropriately registered individual affiliated with the account; i.e., a registered sales assistant. Emails from unlicensed individuals will not be accepted.
E. Time Frame For Submission of IOI Ticketing EMail
The IOI Ticketing Email submission must be received by 3:30pm ET the day prior to pricing.
14.2 New Issues Through Other Dealers (Added 5/2015) A. General
PKS may offer access to new issues to accounts opened by unaffiliated registered investment advisory (RIA) firms, through dealers other than Fidelity Capital Markets in accordance with this Section.
B. Applicability of Other SPM Provisions
The provisions of SPM Sections 14.1[B], [C], [D], [E] and [F] apply to transactions under SPM 14.2.
404
C. Email Communications to PKS
Unless otherwise specified by these procedures, the PKS website or written direction from PKS, all communications to PKS by RIA Firms pursuant to this Section 14.2 must be directed to the following Email address: [email protected]
D. Pre-Qualification by RIA Firm and RIA Client
The following procedures are mandatory. PKS will not take indications of interests [IOI] unless all requirements and steps in this section are satisfied.
A RIA firm that wishes to receive new issues for distribution to its RIA clients must be pre-qualified, for itself and its RIA clients, for participation in syndicate offerings. Pre- qualification shall consist of the following.
(1) DVP Conduit with RIA’s Broker-Dealer/Custodian [RIA Custodian]
Prior to participation in any offering under this section, an RIA firm shall execute documents required by receiving RIA Custodian to:
(a) Establish a Master Account at the RIA Custodian for delivery of shares for subsequent allocation to RIA clients who have been identified pursuant to these procedures.
(b) Establish DVP/Prime Broker Relationship between PKS and the RIA
Custodian, and
(2) DVP Account at PKS
Prior to participation in any offering under this section, an RIA firm shall open a DVP account at PKS
(3) PKS SYNDICATE/ DVP/Prime Broker Agreement
Prior to participation in any syndicate offering under this section, a RIA firm shall execute the PKS SYNDICATE/DVP/Prime Broker Agreement and transmit the executed Agreement to the email address set forth in SPM 14.2(C). The Agreement shall contain a certification by RIA that:
(a) It is a qualified purchaser within the meaning of the securities laws and is suitable to participate in an offering, and (b) It will exercise its fiduciary responsibility as an investment adviser with respect to all RIA clients who will receive shares
405
(c) It will not allocate shares to any RIA client account that has not complied
with the requirements of SPM 14.2[C](4) below.
(4) RIA Client Pre-Qualification
The RIA must transmit to the email address set forth in SPM 14.2(C) the following for all RIA clients who may receive shares:
(a) A list of all RIA clients who may receive shares together with the email address of each email client.
(b) A consent form executed by the RIA itself and each RIA client contained in the list(s) provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above, in a form prescribed by PKS, which consents to email receipt of any red herring and/or prospectus, and any information otherwise required to be delivered to said client by regulation, rule, contract or otherwise
(5) IPO Certification Form Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5130
The RIA and every Qualified RIA client shall execute the “IPO Certification Form” as set forth in SPM 14.1.2, on an annual basis, and transmit each executed IPO Certification Form to the email address set forth in SPM 14.2(C).
E. General Procedures Upon Invitation to Participate in Syndicate Offerings
(1) Upon receiving communication of an offering via the email address set forth in SPM 14.2(C) , the PKS Compliance Department shall:
(a) Disseminate such notification of offers to participate in offerings to all
qualified RIA firms and all qualified RIA clients from the [email protected] email address.
(b) Electronically distribute the Red Herring and/or Prospectus and/or any
other document otherwise required to be delivered to said client by regulation, rule, contract or otherwise to all qualified RIA firms and all qualified RIA clients from the email address set forth in SPM 14.2(C) .
(c) Monitor the mailbox for the email address address set forth in SPM
14.2(C) to confirm that no email sent to an RIA firm or RIA client pursuant to Section 14.2[E](1)(a) or (b) above is returned as undeliverable. In any event where an email to a RIA firm or RIA client is returned as undeliverable, the Compliance Department shall notify the registered representative on the account that the RIA firm or RIA client is ineligible to participate in the offering.
406
(2) Indications of Interest [IOI’s] must be submitted to the PKS Trading Desk by the
representative of record for the RIA DVP account and/or authorized trader assigned to the RIA DVP account.
(i) IOIs must be submitted within the time parameters set by PKS.
(ii) No RIA client’s IOI submitted by a RIA may be accepted if the
RIA client email is returned as undeliverable.
(3) Upon receipt of eligible IOIs, the PKS Trading Desk shall place order for delivery into PKS designated house account, for shares based on IOI totals from participating RIA firms.
(4) Upon receiving shares into PKS designated house account, and subject to SPM
14.2[D](2) below, PKS shall allocate shares into RIA’s account on a DVP basis for transmission to the RIA designated Master Account at RIA custodian.
(5) Where the delivery of shares is insufficient to meet all indications of interests by
participating RIA firms, PKS shall retain absolute discretion to allocate the shares among the various RIA firms’ DVP accounts, and that RIA may receive fewer shares than requested pursuant to its IOIs.
(6) PKS shall retain absolute discretion to not participate in any syndicate transaction.
F. Record Keeping
The Compliance Department shall maintain all records generated under this section in the client file. Such record may be maintained electronically.
SECTION 15: PARTICULAR INVESTMENT PRODUCTS 15.0 New Products
(Amended 3/2020) A. General Policy
It is the policy of PKS that no investment product shall be offered to the investing public through PKS until approved pursuant to the provisions of this section.
(1) General Policy Exceptions
407
(a) Any investment product that is registered with the SEC or a state does not require approval by the New Products Committee.
(b) In certain circumstances, the CEO or the COO may execute a selling agreement for an investment product prior to the New Products Committee reviewing and approving the investment product. However, the new investment product will not be made available for sales until approved pursuant to the provisions of this section.
(c) Any alternative investment product purchased by a registered representative
for their own account may be approved by the New Products Committee without prior due diligence.
B. New Product Committee
(1) Membership of New Product Committee
The Committee (in this section, “Committee”) shall be comprised of members of Senior Management.
President, PKS Chief Operating Officer
Chief Compliance Officer Director of Operations Director of Supervision Director of Licensing and Contracting Assistant Director(s) of Supervision Senior Compliance Officer(s) Independent Due Diligence Officer(s)
(2) Duties of Committee
408
The Committee shall have the following duties:
(a) Determination of whether a product is in fact a new product requiring approval under this section.
(b) Approval or disapproval of new products.
(c) Formulation of procedures to govern the distribution of new products.
C. Approval of Committee Required
No new product may be offered through PKS until approved by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of this section. In order for the committee to take action, the President or Chief Operating Officer must be present.
D. Committee Discretion to Deny Request for Approval
The Committee shall have the discretion to deny any request for approval of a new product, at any time during the review process, and shall not be required to provide an explanation or reason for such denial, other than to communicate the fact of its denial to the requesting party.
E. Limited Approval Permitted.
The Committee shall have the discretion to approve any new product on a limited or contingent basis, or subject to conditions as set forth below.
F. Initial Request for Approval
(1) Request for approval or a new product may be made by any department head or registered representative.
(2) No particular form shall be required for the request. A request for approval may
be made in writing or via email and shall be made to the Chief Operating Officer, Compliance Department or Licensing Department.
409
(3) Prior to consideration by the New Products Committee of a request for approval of a new product, the Committee shall obtain or be furnished with a description of the product, sales and marketing material from the issuer, and any prospectus or other offering documents.
G. Preliminary Review Process
(1) Preliminary Determination of New Product All new products shall be submitted to the Committee for review and approval
unless the Committee determines that review and approval is not necessary based on the preliminary determination as set forth below. The Committee may conduct a review of the materials and determine whether such investment product may be determined to constitute a new product, subject to approval under this section, based upon one or more of the following criteria:
(a) The product is new to the marketplace or to PKS.
(b) A product previously only sold to institutional investors will be offered to
retail investors.
(c) Material modifications have been made to an existing product, including changes in risk to the customer, product structure, or fees and costs.
(d) A product requires material operational or system changes.
(e) An existing product is offered in a new geographic region, in a new
currency, or to a new type of customer.
(f) A product involves a new or significant change in sales practices.
(g) A product raises conflicts that have not previously been identified and addressed.
(2) Presumption That New Product Requires Approval Process
Where uncertainty exists as to whether new product review is warranted, the
410
Committee shall presume that review is warranted and subject any new product or material modification to an existing product to the same level of review as a new product.
(3) Preliminary Determination that New Product Review not required.
In the event that the Committee finds that the investment product is not a new product, the Committee shall document its findings in writing and disseminate same by electronic mail.
(4) Preliminary Determination that New Product Review is Required.
In the event that the Committee finds that the investment product is a new product, the Committee may:
(a) Deny approval of the product. Upon such denial, no further proceedings
shall be required by the Committee. The Committee shall notify the requesting party of the denial in writing by electronic mail.
(b) Determine to conduct further review of the new product.
H. Further Review Process
Upon a determination to conduct further review of a new product, the Committee shall conduct due diligence, which may include investigation relevant to one or more of the further review questions set forth below, as necessary, which shall be housed in a spreadsheet template. The Committee may appoint a member thereof to perform this task and make a summary report back to the full Committee upon completion of the review, or outsource this function to a qualified independent consultant.
➧ For whom is this product intended? Is the product proposed for limited or general retail distribution, and, if limited, how will it be controlled? Conversely, to whom should this product NOT be offered?
➧ What is the product’s investment objective? How does the product add to or
improve the firm’s current offerings? Can less costly, complex, or risky products achieve the objectives of the product?
411
➧ What assumptions underlie the product, and how sound are they? What market or performance factors determine the investor’s return?
➧ What are the risks for investors? If the product was designed mainly to
generate yield, does the yield justify the risks to principal? ➧ What costs and fees for the investor are associated with this product? Why are
they appropriate? Are all of the costs and fees transparent? How do they compare with comparable products offered by the firm or by competitors?
➧ How will the firm and registered representatives be compensated for offering
the product? Will the offering of the product create any conflicts of interest between the customer and any part of the firm or its affiliates? If so, how will those conflicts be addressed? For example, does the firm stand to benefit from the sale of the product beyond the clearly disclosed sales charges or commissions (i.e., revenue sharing arrangements)? If so, the firm may have an obligation under FINRA Rule 2010, governing just and equitable principles of trade, to disclose that conflict, even if the product is otherwise suitable, generally or for a particular investor.
➧ Does the product present any novel legal, tax, market investment, or credit
risks? ➧ What is the complexity of the product in structure, function, and description?
Does such complexity impair understanding and transparency of the product? Does such complexity impact suitability considerations and/or the training requirements associated with the product?
➧ How will the product be marketed? What promotional and sales materials will
be used? What risks must be disclosed, and how will that disclosure be made? ➧ What are the qualifications of the people making determinations about a new
product’s assumptions, performance, and risk, and do such qualifications comport with the expertise necessary to reach sound conclusions?
➧ Will the product necessitate the development or refinement of in-firm training
programs for registered representatives and their supervisors? If so, how and when will the training be provided?
➧ Will this product be sold only by the firm, or by third parties? How liquid is the
product? Is there a secondary market for the product? ➧ Do the firm’s current systems support the product, or will new systems be
required? If promises will be made to customers (such as volume-based discounts), can current systems deliver on those promises?
412
➧ Does the structure or a feature of the new product, including the proposed
sales plan, implicate any additional regulations (i.e., FINRA Rule 2360 or FINRA Rule 5121)?
➧ If a REIT or DPP, has the issuer agreed to certain specified disclosures, pursuant to FINRA Rule 2310, about the value of securities [per Reg Notice 15-02, either Net Investment Methodology or Appraised Value Methodology] in annual/periodic reports distributed to investors; and/or otherwise confirmed in the prospectus, offering memorandum, or other offering documents how such specified disclosures will be addressed in annual/periodic reports? If the issuer has not included or has otherwise agreed to include such specified disclosures in its annual/periodic reports, PKS shall be prohibited from participating in the public offering of that REIT or DPP under the requirements of FINRA Rule 2310.
I. Final Product Assessment
(1) Review of New Product versus Firm Critical Issues
Upon its completion, the due diligence template containing the answers to further review questions shall be transmitted to the Committee members. Thereafter, and upon the agreement of all Committee members that each has had sufficient time to evaluate the product materials and the further review questions, the Committee shall meet and evaluate the product in view of the following critical issues: (a) Should the proposed new product be offered at all (i.e., is it suitable for
targeted investors, and/or does it present insurmountable conflicts between the firm and its customers)? And if so:
(b) What important features of the new product should be highlighted for
investors?
(c) Do current operational systems support the product?
(d) Are operational enhancements necessary?
(e) What training and supervision is required?
(f) How will training be administered?
413
(g) How often will training needs require reassessment?
(h) What is required to ensure that the necessary training is available as long
as the product is offered?
(i) How will the firm ensure that only brokers who have had the required training are allowed to offer the product to customers?
(j) How often must suitability for the product be reassessed?
(k) Will offering the product require any additional licensing for sales
personnel?
(l) Is the product complex or unusual, and if so, should the marketing of such product be made contingent upon specific limitations or conditions, including:
(i) to whom the product can be sold, (ii) what kind of training must be required, (iii) what kind of market conditions must exist for the approval to
remain effective,
(iv) should the product be approved on the condition that it is offered only to customers whose investment objectives are coded “speculative,”
(v) should the product be approved on the condition that it is offered only to customers who have a certain minimum risk tolerance level,
(vi) should the product be approved on the condition that it is offered only to customers who have a minimum net worth,
(vii) should the product be approved on the condition that it is offered only to customers who are sophisticated or institutional investors (QPC Form),
(viii) Should limitations be established limiting to a set percentage the portion of a customer’s net worth that is permitted to be invested in the same or a similar product,
414
(m) What procedures must be established to monitor, on an ongoing basis,
firm-wide compliance with any terms or conditions that have been placed on the sale of the product;
(n) What procedures must be established pertinent to the review of any
product before lifting any restrictions and/or conditions on the sale of the product?
J. Final Decision
After following the procedure as set forth in this section, the Committee shall issue a written decision approving or disapproving the product.
(1) Conditional Decision
The Committee may approve the product on a tentative, contingent, or limited basis, in its discretion.
(2) Recommendation of Procedures Upon Approval
In the event that the Committee approves a new product, the Committee shall recommend procedures relevant to the new product that set forth important features of the product that should be highlighted for investors, registered representative training and supervision and such other matters as the Committee shall deem necessary to comply with the securities laws, rules and regulations.
K. Record Keeping (1) General
For approved new products, the Chief Operating Officer or his designee shall maintain all documents received and made pursuant to this section. Such records may be maintained electronically.
(2) Findings of Committee
415
(a) Approval of New Product
The Committee shall document all factors considered pursuant to these procedures upon the approval of a new product.
(b) Denial of New Product
The Committee shall not be required to document factors or maintain due diligence materials considered in the denial of any application for a new product, except it shall cause to be maintained the initial application documents and the denial communication.
15.0.1 Skybridge Series G (Amended 12/2020) A. General
SkyBridge Multi-Adviser Hedge Fund Portfolios LLC – Series G (“Series G”) is a multi- adviser, multi-strategy fund of hedge funds that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Securities Act of 1933. SkyBridge Capital II, LLC is the investment adviser (the “Adviser” or “SkyBridge”). Series G combines a top- down strategy allocation methodology with bottom-up manager evaluations in an attempt to identify those strategies that the Adviser believes provide opportunities to achieve Series G’s investment objectives during a three- to five-year investment horizon.
Series G is a fund of hedge funds. Hedge funds and fund of hedge funds investing is speculative and involves a high degree of risk.
B. Eligible Investors
Only Eligible Investors may purchase Series G. An Eligible Investor is an “accredited investor” meeting one or more of the “assets tests” set forth in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act. Please see section 7.3 (I) Investor Qualification Distinctions infra for definition.
416
C. Suitability Considerations
The Registered Representative shall certify the following, on the “Series G Suitability Certification” located on the PKS Website, to the following facts with respect to the suitability of any client seeking to invest in Series G, and state the basis of his knowledge.
(1) That the Client is an “Eligible Investor” as defined in SPM 15.0.1(B).
(2) That the Client has sufficient experience in financial and business matters to evaluate the merits and risks of investing in alternative investment products, including the Series G Hedge Fund.
(3) That no more than 10% of the Client’s total net worth is invested in the Series G
Hedge Fund.
(4) That the following documents, all located on the Brokers’ Resource Home Page, were delivered to the client and reviewed with the client prior to the client(s)’ execution of the Subscription Agreement.
(a) Series G Registration Statement/Prospectus
(b) Series G Fact Sheet
(c) Series G Subscription Agreement
(d) Disclosure Document for Placement Fee and Annual Fund Level Expenses
(5) That Series G is a suitable investment for this Client(s). D. Documentation Required
The following original documents shall accompany the Series G Subscription Agreement and be transmitted by the Registered Representative to the Operations Department.
(a) Disclosure Document for Placement Fee and Annual Fund Level Expenses
417
(b) PKS Direct Ticket (c) PKS Client Profile (d) Series G Suitability Certification
(e) FCCS Account Application
(f) FCCS Alternative Investment Custody Addendum
(g) FCCS Request for Alternative Investment Form
(h) Client(s) Government Issued Drivers License or other Government Issued Picture Identification
E. Prohibited Activity
No registered representative shall undertake any of the following in connection the Series G Fund.
(1) Use marketing or advertisements relating to Skybridge other than those contained
on the PKS Brokers Resource Home Page.
(2) Make any representation (oral or otherwise) concerning the Series G Fund except those contained in the Registration Statement and other Approved Offering Material on the PKS Brokers Resource Home Page.
(3) Cause or create any delay in transmitting completed subscription paperwork to the
PKS Operations Department upon execution by the Client. F. Operations Department Procedure
418
(1) Upon receipt of the Series G subscription paperwork, the Operations Department shall transmit same to the appropriate supervisor for supervisory review.
(2) Upon notification that the supervisor has approved the transaction, the Operations
Department shall transmit the paperwork to Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions, LLC (“FCCS”) Alternative Investments Department, for submission to the Fund or any successor entity designated by the Fund.
G. Supervisory Review
The appropriate Regional Supervisor shall review all client paperwork for suitability and completeness in accordance with the supervisory procedures set forth in this SPM.
H. Record Keeping
The Operations Department shall maintain records of all documentation required under subsection D, which records may be maintained electronically and/or in the client file.
15.0.2 Private Placement Variable Life Insurance (Amended 02/2020) A. General “Private Placement Variable Life insurance (PPVLI) is variable life insurance that is sold pursuant to the exemption under section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act") and applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act. PPVLI separate accounts operate either as managed accounts or through subaccounts that invest in funding vehicles. A managed account is managed by the insurance company or an independent investment manager selected by the insurance company. Investments are held directly by the separate account. An account organized on the subaccount model usually has no investment manager and is divided into subaccounts, each of which is invested in a mutual fund or hedge fund selected by the insurance company. Collectively, the subaccounts and underlying investment vehicles represent a range of investment objectives. The policyholder selects the subaccount or combination of subaccounts that best meets his or her needs. Most PPVLI separate accounts use a subaccount structure.”
Investing in Private Placements involves a high degree of risk.
419
B. Eligible Investors (1) Only Qualified Purchasers, as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended, may purchase Interests in Private Placement Variable Life Insurance. (2) To meet the requirement of “Qualified Purchaser”, the investor must be one of the
following: (a) An individual or couple that owns not less than $5,000,000 in investments, as defined by
the SEC; (b) A company that owns not less than $ 5,000,000 in investments and that is owned directly
or indirectly by or for 2 or more natural persons who are related as siblings or spouse (including former spouses), or direct lineal descendants by birth or adoption, spouses of such persons, the estates of such persons, or foundations, charitable organizations, or trusts established by or for the benefit of such persons;
(c) The duly appointed trustee of a trust or other person authorized to make decisions with
respect to the trust, that was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, as to which each settlor or other person who has contributed assets to the trust, is also a qualified purchaser; or
(d) A person, acting for his account or the accounts of other qualified purchasers, who in the
aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis, not less than $ 25,000,000 in investments.
(3) Exception to Qualified Purchaser Requirement Upon application by the Registered Representative and for good reason shown, the New Products Committee may make an exception to the qualified purchaser requirement on a case by case basis. C. Eligible Registered Representatives PPVLI may only be sold by registered representatives who are approved by Senior Management to engage in this business, and who are also approved by the insurance company for this business.
420
D. Suitability Considerations
The Registered Representative shall obtain the signature of a qualified person on the “Third Party Certification” relevant to Private Placement Variable Life Insurance,.
E. Documentation Required
The original PPVLI policy application must be transmittedby the Registered Representative to the Operations Department, together with the following documents.
(1) PKS Direct Ticket
(2) PKS Client Profile
(3) Third Party Certification for customers who are natural persons only
(4) Client(s) Government Issued Drivers License or other Government Issued Picture Identification
F. Operations Department Procedure Upon receipt of the copy of the PPVLI policy application and documents listed in SPM 15.0.4 (E) above, the Operations Department shall transmit same to the appropriate supervisor for supervisory review. G. Supervisory Review The appropriate Regional Supervisor shall review all client paperwork for suitability and completeness in accordance with the supervisory procedures set forth in this SPM. H. Record Keeping
421
The Operations Department shall maintain records of all documentation required under subsection D, which records may be maintained electronically and/or in the client file.
15.0.3 Private Company Access Fund LP
(Amended 12/2020) A. General
Private Company Access Fund, LP, is a limited partnership in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Regulation D promulgated thereunder. The Partnership is offering Interests in separate Series (as defined and described herein).
The Partnership was formed to pool investment funds of its investors for the purpose of gaining access to, and investing in, securities of certain privately held companies (such as Facebook and Twitter), as more fully described in the Private Placement Memorandum, available on the Brokers’ Resource Home Page.
Investing in Private Placements is speculative and involves a high degree of risk.
B. Eligible Investors
Only persons who are both Accredited Investors, as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Qualified Purchasers, as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, may purchase Interests in the Private Company Access Fund, LP. Please see section 7.3 (I) Investor Qualification Distinctions infra for definitions.
C. Suitability Considerations
The Registered Representative shall certify the following, on the “Suitability Certification” relevant to Private Company Access Fund, LP, located on Appendix C of this SPM.
D. Documentation Required
The following original documents shall accompany the Private Company Access Fund, LP Subscription Agreement and be transmitted by the Registered Representative to the Operations Department.
(1) PKS Direct Ticket
422
(2) PKS Client Profile (3) Suitability Certification [see Appendix C of the SPM]
(4) Client(s) Government Issued Drivers License or other Government Issued Picture Identification
(5) Bank or Brokerage Statement(s) and income tax records, or other
acceptable evidence, showing Qualified Investor Status, or Certification of Qualified and Accredited Investor Status [see Appendix C
of this SPM] signed by Client(s). E. Prohibited Activity
No registered representative shall undertake any of the following in connection the Private Company Access Fund, LP.
(1) Use any mass marketing communications or advertisements relating to Private
Company Access Fund, LP.
(2) Make any representation (oral or otherwise) concerning the Private Company Access Fund, LP except those contained in the Private Placement Memorandum or subscription documents.
F. Operations Department Procedure
(1) Upon receipt of the Private Company Access Fund, LP, the Operations Department shall transmit same to the appropriate supervisor for supervisory review.
(2) Upon notification that the supervisor has approved the transaction, the Operations
Department shall transmit the paperwork to DB Hedgeworks, LLC, the Administrator for the Private Company Access Fund, LP.
G. Supervisory Review
The appropriate Regional Supervisor shall review all client paperwork for suitability and completeness in accordance with the supervisory procedures set forth in this SPM.
H. Record Keeping
423
The Operations Department shall maintain records of all documentation required under subsection D, which records may be maintained electronically and/or in the client file.
15.1 Mutual Funds
15.1.1 In General Purshe Kaplan Sterling generally follows these mutual fund sales policies:
• Sales literature should be prepared by the sponsor or underwriter, have FINRA approval and be free of misleading and false information;
• A return of principal (capital gains distributions) should never be represented as income; and
• When dealing with customers, PKS shall not mislead by implying that the investment will provide a guaranteed income or a particular rate of return, or that past asset values and dividends can be depended on in the future.
15.1.2 Mutual Fund and 529 plan Suitability (Amended 2/2019) A. Share Class
A single mutual fund or 529, with one portfolio and one investment adviser, may offer more than one “class” of its shares to investors. Each class represents a similar interest in the mutual fund’s portfolio. The principal difference between the classes is that the mutual fund will charge different fees and expenses depending upon the class chosen.
1) Class A Shares Class A shares typically charge a front-end sales charge. When buying Class A shares with a front-end sales charge, a portion of the dollars is not invested. Class A shares may impose an asset-based sales charge (often 0.25 percent per year), but it generally is lower than the charge imposed by the other classes (often 1.00 percent per year for B and C shares).
2) Class B Shares Class B shares typically do not charge a front-end sales charge, but they do impose asset-based sales charges that may be higher than those that would be paid when purchasing Class A shares. Class B shares also normally impose a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC), which is paid if selling shares within a certain period, often six years. The CDSC normally declines the longer share are held and, eventually, is eliminated. Within two years after the CDSC is eliminated, Class B shares often "convert" into lower-cost Class A shares. When they convert, they begin to charge the same fees as Class A shares.
424
3) Class C Shares Class C shares do not impose a front-end sales charge on the purchase, so the full dollar amount paid is invested. Often Class C shares impose a small charge (often 1.00 percent) if shares are sold within a short time, usually one year. They typically impose higher asset-based sales charges than Class A shares and, since they generally do not convert into Class A shares, those fees will not be reduced over time. Additionally, in most cases, total cost would be higher than with Class A shares, and even Class B shares, if held longer than the break-even point. This can be as short as three years.
4) Other Share Classes There are other types of share classes, and such classes vary with the sponsoring 529 plan or mutual fund family. Typically, these share classes offer a reduced up- front sales charge when the funds will be held for a very long time.
B. Registered Representative Review
FINRA Rules require that Registered Representatives inquire as to the suitability of a mutual fund or 529 plan transaction for a customer. The Representative should consider the customer’s tax status, financial situation, time horizon, and investment objectives before making recommendations on particular funds. If the customer is making a selection of funds, the Representative should ensure that each fund, as well as all the funds in the selection, is suitable, and that the proportions are also suitable. Mutual funds and 529 plans are considered long-term investments in most cases. Therefore, a representative must give significant weight to the share class and possible CDSC’s associated with it as compared to the time horizon of the investor. If an investor plans to make immediate withdrawals, it is probably not wise to place that client in a share class containing CDSC’s. Conversely, a representative might place some of a client’s funds in A-shares (with appropriate breakpoints), and some in B-shares, if those assets are not expected to be utilized for more than the CDSC period extends to.
C. Supervisory Review
It is the duty of the regional supervisors to monitor Registered Representatives order tickets to make sure they are considering client suitability and risk tolerance.
Prior to approval of any C Share 529 or mutual fund purchase, Regional Supervisors will determine the anticipated hold period for the investment.
D. Compliance Review The PKS Compliance Department will conduct periodic reviews of C Share purchases on their three-year anniversary date. The appropriateness of the continued holding of the asset will be reassessed. Absent a compelling reason, these C shares purchases will be converted
425
to another chare class. In the event of no conversion, a follow-up control date will be established for one year.
15.1.3 Disclosure of Fees and Expenses The Representative should provide the customer with a current prospectus of all mutual funds under consideration. In accordance with recent FINRA interpretations it is the Representative's responsibility to make sure that the customer is aware of ALL fees and expenses associated with a particular investment product, particularly mutual funds. It is inappropriate to use sales presentations or materials which give the impression that certain sales charges or "loads" do not apply without a full and fair disclosure of fee and expense requirements which do apply. For example, the term "no load" by itself, with no disclosure of "trails" or other fees, would be inappropriate. The customer should be advised to review the prospectus and keep it for reference. 15.1.3a Addition of “Service Fees” to No-Load Mutual Funds
All mutual funds, including “no-load” funds, are sold by prospectus. Recognizing that there are both tangible and intangible costs associated with the purchase of no- load funds, PKS has initiated the following procedure to address these issues. Service Fees added to no-load mutual funds will be limited to the ticket charge for that fund, plus $35.00. Such charge is to be assessed in the “Miscellaneous Fee” portion of the order ticket. (Amended 03/05/2007)
15.1.4 Breakpoint Sales The Compliance Department is responsible for reviewing regularly its records of mutual fund sales activity by Registered Representatives to ascertain whether breakpoint and other rules are being observed. (Amended 03/30/2006) Open-end mutual funds establish points at which the aggregate sales charge is reduced on quantity transactions. These are called "breakpoints." The breakpoint can be reached:
• In a single purchase, • Over a period of 13 months, with a Letter of Intent, or • From the time of the initial purchase, under Rights of Accumulation.
Other ways in which a breakpoint can be reached include:
• Retroactive Letters of Intent • Net Asset Value Transfer Programs • Rights of Reinstatements
(Amended 01/20/2006)
The Representative should ensure that a customer entitled to volume discounts by reaching breakpoints is charged the lower sales charge. A customer should always be informed of the next available quantity discount breakpoint at which the sales charge is reduced.
426
Selling mutual fund shares just below the breakpoint to receive the higher sales charge is prohibited. The Representative should be sure the customer understands breakpoints before making large purchases. Discussions with the customer are documented by Representatives in their client files or Contact Management system, which are periodically followed up on by Compliance during branch audits. The FINRA gave further information on mutual fund breakpoints in NTM 02-85, issued December 23, 2002. Subsequent to this NTM, the FINRA noted disparate practices within the industry and required all member firms to complete a self-assessment exercise in mutual fund breakpoint compliance. To demonstrate compliance with mutual fund breakpoint regulations, PKS had implemented the following procedure on October 1, 2003.
• The firm created a Class A mutual fund correction sheet, which Compliance will distribute to the Sales Assistants, along with a copy of that day’s 210A Report.
• The Sales Assistants will be responsible for researching the trades and filling out the correction sheet prior to settlement date. The sheets will then be turned in to the Trading Department for correction via ECOR and signature of approval. After correction, the trade sheets may be given to the Operations Department for filing.
Sales of investment Company shares in amounts just below a breakpoint can be a serious violation and have been the subject of strong penalties imposed by the SEC and FINRA. Therefore, where a customer is purchasing funds fairly close to a breakpoint, it is incumbent on each Registered Representative to explain where the breakpoint takes place and how additional money could be saved and/or additional shares could be purchased with a smaller sales charge. Where the amount of money involved would reach a breakpoint if only one fund were purchased (rather than a few funds), this should be pointed out even if more than one fund was recommended. In this way the customer may then weigh the advantages of the reduced sales charge versus that of diversification among funds. With respect to sales at or just above the breakpoint, the Registered Representative should determine that the fund accepts dollar orders or orders for fractional numbers of shares. Care must be taken to ensure that the fund does not automatically convert a dollar order to an order for a specific full number of shares, which could result in a purchase price below the breakpoint. It is the Registered Representative's responsibility to review his or her copy of each customer confirmation for a mutual fund transaction involving a break point to make certain that the customer received the benefit of the breakpoint. Any problems or discrepancies must be brought to the immediate attention of the mutual fund trading desk. In funds where there is no "right of accumulation," when a customer purchases enough shares to achieve a breakpoint, a letter of intent should be obtained. This allows the customer to buy additional shares of the same fund(s) within 13 months at the reduced sales charge (see below).
427
Recent FINRA pronouncements indicate that sales under a genuine "asset allocation" program offered by the Company in which the size of the purchase is determined by asset- based investment strategies will not be automatically labeled as "breakpoint" sales, even though the customer might have gotten a lower commission if he/she had a greater concentration of assets in a particular fund or funds. The record must show that the customer was informed of the options and chose not to take advantage of the "breakpoint.” (Amended 7/2008)
15.1.5 Letters of Intent Nearly all open-end funds at the time of initial purchase permit a purchaser to execute a "Letter of Intent" stretching usually over a 13 month period. This letter of intent, while not obligating the purchaser to make additional commitments, nevertheless permits them to purchase enough shares to secure a reduced sales charge. Letters of intent vary widely between fund management as to the offering price paid on each purchase, the amount of the break point and methods of adjusting if the complete purchase is not made. Each should be studied carefully by the Representative prior to presentation. Retroactive Letters of Intent allow investors to rely upon purchases in the recent past to qualify for a breakpoint discount. However, if an investor fails to invest the amount required by the Letter of Intent, the fund is entitled to retroactively deduct the correct sales charges based upon the amount that the investor actually invested. Representatives should consult the prospectus of funds they are recommending to determine if the fund family permits retroactive Letters of Intent. It is also incumbent upon the representative to diligently question their client to determine if the client may be able to make additional contributions to the purchased funds in the time period prescribed by the fund’s prospectus. Representatives should document this in their client files or Contact Management system which will be periodically checked by the Compliance Department should the need arise and during Branch Audits. (Amended 7/2008) 15.1.6 Rights of Accumulation A right that allows a shareholder to receive reduced sales charges when the amount of mutual funds purchased, plus the amount already held equals an ROA breakpoint. In addition, there is no time limit on how long the mutual fund needs to be held to qualify for a ROA. ROA breakpoints vary widely between fund companies and should be studied carefully by the Representative prior to presentation. Representatives should consult the prospectus of funds they are recommending to determine if the fund family permits ROA breakpoints and at what levels. (Amended 02/20/2007) 15.1.7 NAV Transfer Programs Through an NAV transfer, a client can purchase Class A shares of a mutual fund without paying a front-end sales charge if they invest some or all of the proceeds from the sale of
428
a mutual fund in another mutual fund family for which the client paid a front-end or contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) within a specified period of time.
NAV transfers enable brokers to switch client dollars from one load-fund group to another at net asset value, thereby avoiding an additional round of sales charges. Such transfers have proved popular with investors and allowed brokers and recipient fund groups to build goodwill and assets. As of this writing, many major fund companies have stopped using NAV transfers, and the industry trend is expected to continue.
As of this writing, PKS has direct selling agreements with only three (3) fund families which still offer NAV transfer programs. Such programs tend to be the province of smaller fund families still looking to amass assets. The size of the fund families offering NAV transfers makes them less attractive for use by registered persons, as they offer fewer choices for exchanges and asset reallocation.
PKS representatives will discuss the possibility of NAV transfers with their clients when making the determination of which fund family to use. On the “Direct Mutual Funds” page of the “Broker’s Resource Home Page”, the password-protected portion of the firm’s website, PKS will post the NAV transfer status with each fund listed on that page. It will be the responsibility of the registered rep to check the NAV transfer status prior to presenting the fund family to a client.
15.1.8 Rights of Reinstatement (Amended 10/2016)
A. General
Reinstatement privileges offered by some fund families allow clients to sell shares in a fund and reinvest some or all of the proceeds, without paying a load, in the same share class of that fund or fund family. Funds that offer this feature typically limit the period in which reinstatement is available.
Some funds also allow an investor to purchase front-end load shares at NAV under a "reinstatement" plan, where the investor recently sold shares in that same fund (usually within the past 60-90 days, however times vary between funds) and may repurchase shares at NAV up to the amount that was previously sold. Most fund families offer this service on a one-time basis per client.
B. Registered Representative Responsibility
Registered representatives are required to consult the prospectus of funds purchased to be aware that this privilege may exist in that particular fund family and ensure that the privilege is applied to the transaction, if applicable.
C. Compliance Department Review
429
(1) On a daily basis, the Compliance Department shall conduct a review of the FCCS’ 233k Exception Report. This report displays the potential reinstatement qualified transaction (including any NAV trades and reason codes) along with prior activity to assist in the review process.
(2) On a monthly basis, the Compliance Department shall conduct a review of the Direct Funds Mutual Fund Switching Report. This report displays all mutual fund transactions for funds held directly with the mutual fund companies.
(3) For every position listed on both the FCCS and Direct Funds exception reports, the Compliance Department shall:
(a) Confirm that the rights of reinstatement were applied and if so, was the appropriate amount received by the customer, and
(b) Upon confirmation that the appropriate rights of reinstatement were received by the customer, the Compliance officer shall make a notation on the Exception Report Tracking Spreadsheet.
(c) In any case where the appropriate rights of reinstatement are not received for an eligible transaction, the Compliance Department shall take appropriate action to ensure that the rights of reinstatement are received.
D. Record Keeping
The Exception Report Tracking Spreadsheet shall be maintained electronically by the Compliance Department.
15.1.9 Grouping of Family Orders Some funds permit members of immediate families to group their orders in order to achieve break points or to complete letters of intent. General provisions of this grouping are found
430
in the prospectus of the various funds and should be consulted prior to making an offering to see if grouping is permitted and to what extent. Representatives should be thorough in checking whether their client’s immediate family members have accounts at Fund Families where a purchase is being made. (Amended 7/2008) 15.1.10 "Trails" and Other Contingent Deferred Charges FINRA rules carefully regulate the amount of sales and other charges that can be collected by the Company and its Registered Representatives from the sale of mutual fund shares. The rules define a "sales charge" to include all charges or fees that are paid to finance sales or sales promotion expenses, including front-end, deferred and asset-based sales charges, excluding charges and fees for ministerial, record keeping or administrative activities and investment management fees. A "deferred sales charge" is a sales charge that is deducted from the proceeds of redemption. Sales charges are generally taken directly out of the proceeds of investor payments. The rules also define "service fees" as payments by an investment Company for personal service and/or the maintenance of investor accounts. These fees, known generally as "trails" are paid directly by the issuer to the broker-dealer as a percentage of average annual net assets of the particular investment. FINRA personnel carefully review the prospectus and selling literature of each fund (and any updates or amendments) prior to use to make sure that the rules are being observed and proper disclosures are made. The Company and its Registered Representatives are generally entitled to rely on such pre-cleared material for an accurate description of all sales and other charges. Registered Representatives and other persons involved in the sale of mutual fund shares should exercise extreme care in the use of the term "no load", especially where there are "trails" involved. If the total charges (including sales charges and "trails") exceed 1% of net assets per annum the investment cannot be described as "no load" under FINRA rules. 15.1.11 Repurchases and Redemption Mutual funds may at all times be redeemed by tendering shares directly to the issuer (with or without a charge as set forth in the prospectus) in exchange for the net asset value (NAV) per share. The Company may also arrange for a sale by the customer to an underwriter or the issuer at the quoted bid price plus a disclosed sales charge, as long as the availability of a direct redemption is also disclosed. Occasionally there will be a "repurchase" transaction in which the issuer or an underwriter voluntarily repurchases shares from the investor or from a dealer acting as principal. Such "repurchase" transactions cannot be undertaken unless the investor or dealer (if it is not a member of the selling group) is the record owner of the shares tendered for repurchase.
431
15.1.12 RESERVED 15.1.13 Selling Dividends “Ex dividend” mutual funds reflect that a dividend has been announced. Section 2830 of the FINRA Conduct Rules specifically prohibits the practice of recommending the purchase of mutual fund shares just prior to their going "ex dividend" unless there are specific, clearly described tax or other advantages to the purchaser. No registered Representative shall represent that any capital gains distributions are part of the income yield. No Registered Representative shall withhold placing a customer’s order for any mutual fund so as to personally profit from such a withholding. 15.1.14 Selling Compensation The FINRA severely restricts promotional payments or consideration. Pursuant to Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules governing mutual funds sales practices, PKS will not:
1. Demand or accept directed brokerage business in exchange for favoring the sale of such product;
2. Use the prospect of sales of such product as a means of negotiating favorable concessions on price or commissions from portfolio transactions;
3. Provide incentive or additional compensation for the sale of specific variable product to selected Registered Representatives;
4. Establish “recommended” or “preferred” lists of such product on the basis of brokerage commissions received or expected; or
5. Circulate information as to the level of brokerage commissions received from a particular sponsor.
In addition, all cash or non-cash compensation or reimbursements to be provided directly or indirectly by sponsors to PKS or to selected Representatives in connection with the sale of such product shall be paid or provided directly to the Firm and not to the Representatives. These payments or benefits shall be treated as cash compensation subject to full prospectus disclosure and to the limitations described above. If special compensation arrangements are made with individual dealers, which arrangements are not generally available to all dealers, the arrangements and the identities of the dealers shall also be disclosed. 15.1.15 Prospectus Delivery A prospectus is sent out to each PKS client before or upon the purchase of a mutual fund. Noted on the trade confirmation is the message “Prospectus Sent Under Separate Cover”. A prospectus is sent out each time a new fund is purchased. Additional purchases of the same fund are not accorded prospectus delivery. Compliance Officers verify that the reps are complying with prospectus requirements during the audits of the branches. Prospectus’ are examined to make sure they are no more than 13 months out of date. (Amended 7/2008) PKS has contracted with its clearing firm to provide this service for all mutual fund transactions. However, in the case of direct mutual fund purchases, the prospectus must
432
be delivered prior to the purchase being made. In such a case, the registered representative must have on hand a current prospectus to deliver, either in bound print or downloaded from the Internet, and delivered to the client prior to execution of the mutual fund purchase.
15.1.16 Completion of Direct Mutual Fund Applications and Tickets (Amended 2/2019)
A. General Requirements. All direct mutual fund applications shall conform to the following requirements.
(1) The application must be completed in full, and (2) The application must bear the signature of the designated registered representative
when required by the direct business sponsor paperwork; (4) The applications must be accompanied by a PKS Direct Ticket; (5) The application must be accompanied by a PKS Client Profile; (6) The application must be accompanied by a PKS Mutual Fund Share Class Structure
Disclosure form; (7) The application must be accompanied by a copy of the client(s) drivers’ license(s)
or other form of Government-issued ID. B. Exception In the event of a client death or change in beneficiary where a new account is established for the purpose of inheriting existing funds via a transfer in-kind, neither the direct ticket nor mutual fund share class disclosure will be required. All other documentation on the new client is required. C. Availability of Forms. The PKS Direct Ticket, PKS Client Profile and PKS Mutual Fund Share Class Structure Disclosure forms are available in the PKS Direct Order Ticketing System (DOT). D. Time Requirements for Submission of Paperwork. PKS’ policy is that the rep is required to submit a copy of the paperwork to PKS for approval the same day that the original paperwork is sent to the mutual fund company for processing. E. Recording of Account Numbers by the Operations Department.
433
The account numbers are unknown at the time the paperwork is submitted to PKS for approval, as the mutual fund company only assigns account numbers after it has received the account applications. Effective April 1, 2010, the PKS Operations Department will update the new account documentation and blotter as soon as it receives account numbers from the mutual fund companies. If no ticket is submitted, PKS reserves the right to withhold remuneration for the transaction. (Amended 3/2010) F. Failure to complete submissions All documentation must be submitted by the writing registered representative to PKS within one week from final request from the compliance department. Failure to provide the required documentation may result in disciplinary actions. All direct ticket submissions are required to be completed regardless of any disciplinary actions.
15.1.17 Market Timing of Mutual Funds Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions distributed Important Notice 03-142 which discusses the clearing firm’s policies on this issue. This notice states the following.
“Fidelity Clearing & Custody Soluitons’ policy and system edits prohibit correspondent firms from entering mutual fund orders after the fund family daily trade deadlines (usually the market close of 4 p.m. ET) to receive that day’s NAV. Correspondent firms that enter a mutual fund order after the trade deadlines will receive the following business day’s NAV. All Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions mutual fund trading platforms such as FBSI, Wealthscape,SM and myWealthscape® will disclose that, for orders entered after the trade deadlines, the order entered will be processed at the next available price. As such, correspondent firms that trade through Fidelity Clearing & Custody Soluitons’ mutual fund trading platforms do not have the capability to place an order after the trading deadline for that day’s price.”
15.1.18 Receipt of Non-cash Compensation and Sales Incentives Non cash compensation or sales incentive items (including travel bonuses, prizes and awards offered by any sponsor or program) CANNOT BE PAID DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY to Purshe Kaplan Sterling or to any associated person, in excess of one hundred dollars ($100) per person per issuer annually. The Company itself, however, is permitted to provide such non cash compensation to its Representatives provided no sponsor, affiliate of a sponsor, or program, including an affiliate, directly or indirectly participates or contributes to providing such non cash compensation. Cash compensation must be paid directly to PKS with distribution to Representatives controlled by the
434
Company, disclosed in the prospectus, and reflected on the Company’s books and records, in accordance with NTM 88-88. Recently FINRA amended its rules relative to non-cash compensation in connection with the sale of mutual funds and variable insurance products (NTM 98-75) as follows: Cash Compensation: For both the Variable Contracts and Investment Company Rules, this term is defined to include any discount, concession, fee, service fee, commission, asset- based sales charge, loan, override or cash employee benefit received in connection with the sale and distribution of investment Company and variable contract securities. The new term also includes cash employee benefits to make clear that certain payments of ordinary employee benefits as part of an overall compensation package are not included in the definition of non-cash compensation or governed under the non-cash provisions. Non-Cash Compensation: This term is identical in applicability in both the Variable Contracts and Investment Company Rules and encompasses any form of compensation received by a member in connection with the sale and distribution of variable contracts and investment Company securities that is not cash compensation, including, but not limited to, merchandise, gifts and prizes, travel expenses, meals, and lodging. Prohibition. The rules as amended prohibit any person associated with Purshe Kaplan Sterling from accepting any compensation from any person other than the Firm. An exception from this general prohibition permits the receipt of compensation by an associated person from a non-FINRA member Company if: the Firm has agreed to this arrangement in advance; the receipt is treated as compensation received by the Company for purposes of FINRA rules; the record keeping requirements are satisfied; and the Company is able to rely on an appropriate rule, regulation, interpretive release, interpretive letter, or applicable "no-action" letter issued by the SEC or its staff that applies to the specific fact situation of the arrangement. For example, under SEC interpretations direct commission payments to associated persons may be made under controlled circumstances by a life insurance Company acting on behalf of a subsidiary broker-dealer. The SEC has issued a number of "no-action" letters permitting, among other things, associated persons of members to receive compensation for the sale of variable contract products from a licensed corporate insurance agent acting on behalf of one or more insurance companies. The Investment Company Rule includes the same exception in order to recognize SEC no- action letters that permit an insurance Company to establish a commission account as a ministerial service to make payments of commission overrides for sales of insurance and investment Company securities products. No compensation may be received in the form of securities of any kind. Prospectus Disclosure of Cash Compensation: Purshe Kaplan Sterling shall not accept cash compensation from offerors unless such compensation is disclosed in a prospectus. In the case where special cash compensation arrangements are made available by an offeror to a member, which arrangements are not made available on the same terms to all members to distribute the securities, the disclosure must include the name of the recipient member and the details of the special arrangements. There is an exception from disclosure for
435
compensation arrangements between: (1) principal underwriters of the same security; and (2) the principal underwriter of a security and the sponsor of a unit investment trust which utilizes such security as its underlying investment. By their terms, these provisions describe arrangements that would not trigger the proposed record keeping requirements. Prohibition on Non-Cash Compensation: Neither Purshe Kaplan Sterling nor any person associated with PKS, directly or indirectly, accept or make payments or offers of payments of any non-cash compensation. To follow are several exceptions to the general prohibition that permit certain non-cash arrangements. 1. Minimal Amounts. The rules permit payment and acceptance of gifts that do not exceed an annual amount, currently $100 per person, and an occasional meal, ticket to a sporting event or the theater, or comparable entertainment for persons associated with a member and, if appropriate, their guests, which is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety. Since such gifts and entertainment are considered non-cash items, they are not required to be disclosed in the prospectus. In addition, these two forms of non-cash compensation are specifically excepted from the record keeping requirement of the proposed rules. The provisions also require that the acceptance or payment of such non- cash items not be preconditioned on the achievement of a sales target. Thus, gifts and entertainment are permitted to be provided as recognition for past sales or as encouragement for future sales, but not as part of an incentive program or plan which requires that the recipient reach a specific sales goal as a prior condition to receive the entertainment or gift. These exceptions permit the continuation of long- established, normal business practices, involving benefits with relatively small value such that they are unlikely to impact overall compensation incentives. 2. Training and Education. The rules permit, under certain conditions, payment or reimbursement by offerors in connection with meetings held by the offeror or by the Company for the purpose of training or education of its associated persons. It is not unusual for offerors to pay for such meetings in order to discuss their products and to reimburse certain expenses related to meetings held by members in exchange for the opportunity to make a presentation to the associated persons of the member on a particular training or education topic. Since investment Company and variable contract products are continuously offered, it is particularly important that associated persons receive education opportunities, updates on any portfolio changes or structural changes to a current product, and explanations of new products. Payments for training or education meetings are subject to the record- keeping requirement. The location of the meeting must be appropriate to its purpose. A showing of appropriate purpose is demonstrated where the location is the office of the offeror or the member Company, or a facility located in the vicinity of such office. In order to address meetings where the attendees are from a number of offices in a region of the country, the meeting location may be in a regional location.
436
Associated persons must obtain the Company’s prior approval to attend the meeting and the Company shall not base attendance on the achievement of a sales target or other incentives. Attendance may, however, be permitted to recognize past performance or encourage future performance. A Company Principal with supervisory authority over the associated person shall personally approve such attendance in advance and the record of such approval shall be maintained with the associated person's records at the Company. The payment or reimbursement by an offeror must not be applied to the expenses of guests of the associated person. Finally, the payment or reimbursement by the offeror must not be conditioned by the offeror on the achievement of a sales target or any other incentive. There is an exception permitting non-cash compensation arrangements between the Company and its associated persons, and between a non-member Company and its sales personnel who are associated persons of an affiliated member. For example in the life insurance industry, for example, non-member insurance companies may hold non-cash sales incentive programs for their sales personnel who are also associated persons of the non-member's affiliated broker-dealer and are licensed to sell both variable contract securities and non-securities insurance products. As a practical matter, an insurance Company or investment Company affiliated with a broker-dealer is in a position to contribute to and affect the structure of its affiliated broker-dealer's in-house incentive compensation program. These permissible non-cash arrangements are subject to four conditions: (1) the non-cash compensation arrangement must be based on the total production of associated persons with respect to all investment Company or variable product securities distributed by that member, (2) the credit received for each investment Company or variable contract security must be equally weighted, (3) no unaffiliated non- member Company or other unaffiliated member may directly or indirectly participate in the member's or non-member's organization of a permissible non-cash compensation arrangement, and (4) the record keeping requirements must be satisfied. ANY REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE SEEKING TO ENTER SUCH AN ARRANGEMENT MUST HAVE SPECIFIC, WRITTEN, PRIOR AUTHORIZATION OF THE PKS COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT. (Amended 03/30/2006) 15.1.19 Records Purshe Kaplan Sterling must maintain records of all compensation, cash and non-cash, received from offerors. The records must include the names of the offerors, the names of the associated persons, and the amount of cash and the nature and, if known, the value of non-cash compensation received. Records regarding the "nature" of non-cash compensation received shall disclose whether the non-cash compensation was received in connection with a sales incentive program or a training and education meeting. Thus, for example, records for a training and education meeting shall include information demonstrating that the requirements of a training and education meeting were complied with, including the date and location of the meeting, the fact that attendance at the meeting
437
was pre-approved by a member of the Compliance Department and was not conditioned on the achievement of a previously specified sales target, the fact that the payment was not applied to the expenses of guests of associated persons of the Company , and any other relevant information. (Amended 7/2008) 15.1.20 Unit Investment Trusts (Amended 12/2020) A. Definition of Unit Investment Trust
UITs are investment companies that offer redeemable shares, or units, of a generally fixed portfolio of securities in a one-time public offering, and terminate on a specified date.
Example: Equity Strategy UIT
Typically, equity strategy UITs invest in stocks selected from a well-known index based on objective, easily verifiable criteria. For example, the UIT may purchase the 10 stocks from an index that yielded the highest dividends over the preceding year. The UIT holds the stocks for a short term (one or two years) and then dissolves. The sponsor may offer successive trusts with similar portfolios thereby allowing the investor to pursue the strategy over a number of years.
B. Applicability
The provisions of this section shall not apply to ETFs traded on an exchange at prices established by the market.
C. Suitability
Suitability for a UIT shall be assessed in accordance with the guidelines set forth in SPM Section 7.
D. Price Breaks (1) General
Like mutual funds, some UITs that charge initial sales charges offer discounts in the sales charge based on the dollar amount or number of units of the investment, although in the context of UITs such discounts generally are called price breaks rather than breakpoints. For example, a UIT may charge an initial sales charge of 1.00 percent for purchases of less than 50,000 units; reduce the charge to .75 percent for purchases of between 50,000 and 100,000 units; reduce it again to. 25 percent for purchases of
438
between 100,000 and 250,000 units; and eliminate it entirely for purchases of more than 250,000 units. As in the case of mutual fund shares, investors may be eligible for discounts based on a single transaction.
(2) Rights of Accumulation
A UIT may offer limited rights of accumulation, depending on the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus. A right of accumulation permits a shareholder to receive reduced sales charges where a subsequent purchase of shares within a prescribed time frame equals an UIT price break.
E. Required Methodology for UIT Purchase (1) Purchase Through FCCS Wealthscape System Required
In order to assure compliance with regulatory requirements with respect to price breaks, rights of accumulation, suitability and overall supervisory review, every UIT must be purchased through the FCCS Wealthscape system.
(2) FCCS Wealthscape Systems FCCS systems provide the following compliance safeguards: (a) Customer specific suitability information
On-screen suitability information with respect to each FCCS customer is available prior to the purchase of a UIT. Suitability information is provided to FCCS at the time of account opening and update requests are sent by FCCS to each customer every three years.
(b) Price Breaks and Rights of Accumulation
FCCS systems provide information regarding price breaks and rights of accumulation to the Registered Representative at point of sale.
(c) Trade Confirmation
FCCS provides trade confirmation of UIT transaction to the customer.
(d) Prospectus Delivery
439
FCCS mails copy of the applicable Prospectus upon purchase of UIT.
(e) Exception Reports
FCCS makes exception reports available for detection of regulatory violations regarding price breaks and rights of accumulation
F. Supervisory Review
In reviewing the UIT transaction for compliance with FINRA Rules, the Regional Supervisor shall review FCCS Activity Blotter in accordance with the supervisory procedures set forth in SPM Section 4 generally.
G. Compliance Department Review
The Compliance Department shall review FCCS exception reports pursuant to SPM Sections 5.4 and 5.5 and shall make a record of such review and take appropriate action as set forth in those sections.
H. Record Keeping (1) UIT Transactions
Records of UIT Transactions are generated and maintained through FCCS Activity Blotter.
(2) Supervisory Review
Regional Supervisor approvals are automatically maintained in FCCS Activity Blotter in electronic format.
(3) Review of Exception Reports
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of its review of exception reports as set forth in SPM Section 5.4(C).
(4) Training
The Compliance Department shall maintain a record of training conducted pursuant to Subsection F of this section as required by SPM Section 5.8.
15.2 Variable Products
440
The following sections discuss the procedures for determining suitability for variable products as well as the procedures for the proper processing of variable product purchases.
15.2.1 Product Identification In order to assure that customers of PKS understand what security is being discussed, all communications with the public should clearly describe the product as either a variable life insurance product or variable annuity, as applicable. PKS representatives may use proprietary names in addition to this description. In cases where the proprietary name includes a description of the type of security being offered, there is no requirement to include a generalized description. It is important to remember that a prospectus must be used at the beginning of the sales process. Considering the significant differences between mutual funds and variable products, the presentation should not represent or imply that the product being offered or its underlying account is a mutual fund. In variable annuities, separate “managed accounts” (the underlying mutual fund or investment instruments) reflect various positions in the market. There is no guarantee of income, growth, or safety of principal in this portion of a variable annuity. A separate portion of the annuity, called the “guaranteed account”, offers a fixed rate of interest with a guaranteed safety of principal for a fixed period of time. In the case of fixed annuities, there are typically two rates of interest. The first is the current rate, which would be higher than the guaranteed rate. This rate is generally only offered for a specific number of months, a much shorter time span than the guaranteed rate which is for the life of the contract. The guaranteed rate is the rate printed on the face of the contract. Every guaranteed aspect of the fixed annuity is printed in the contract. As with all investment products, the client must read these contracts and prospectuses carefully, and representatives should review the contract carefully with the client to ensure their understanding of its contents.
15.2.2 Suitability Under FINRA Rule 2330 (Amended 10/2018) A. FINRA Rule 2330 became effective February 8, 2010, and sets forth specific suitability
requirements for deferred variable annuities.
B. FINRA Rule 2330 prohibits the recommendation of a variable annuity unless there are reasonable grounds to believe that the recommendation is suitable for the customer on the basis of the facts disclosed by the customer as to his other security holdings and as to his financial situation and needs. (See FINRA Rule 2111).
C. FINRA Rule 2330 (b)(2) further clarifies FINRA Rule 2111 by requiring FINRA members to make reasonable efforts to obtain the following information prior to recommending the purchase or exchange of a variable annuity:
441
the customer's age, the customer's annual income, the customer's financial situation and needs, the customer's investment experience, the customer's investment objectives, the customer's intended use of the variable annuity, the customer's investment time horizon, the customer's existing assets (including investment and life insurance holdings), the customer's liquidity needs, the customer's liquid net worth, the customer's risk tolerance, the customer’s tax status, and such other information that would be relevant in determining whether a recommendation for a variable annuity should be made. D. Once suitability information is obtained, and prior to the recommendation of a
variable annuity, FINRA Rule 2310 requires a certification as to the following: (1) the customer has been informed, in general terms, of various features of variable annuities, such as the potential surrender period and surrender charge; potential tax penalty if customers sell or redeem variable annuities before reaching the age of 59½; mortality and expense fees; investment advisory fees; potential charges for and features of riders; the insurance and investment components of variable annuities; and market risk; (2) the customer would benefit from certain features of variable annuities, such as tax- deferred growth, annuitization, or a death or living benefit; and (3) the particular variable annuity as a whole, the underlying subaccounts to which funds are allocated at the time of the purchase or exchange of the variable annuity, and riders and similar product enhancements, if any, are suitable (and, in the case of an exchange, the transaction as a whole also is suitable) for the particular customer based on the information required by FINRA Rule 2330 (b) (2), set forth above; and (4) in the case of an exchange of a variable annuity, the exchange is suitable, taking into consideration whether
442
(i) the customer would incur a surrender charge, be subject to the commencement of a
new surrender period, lose existing benefits (such as death, living, or other contractual benefits), or be subject to increased fees or charges (such as mortality and expense fees, investment advisory fees, or charges for riders and similar product enhancements);
(ii) the customer would benefit from product enhancements and improvements; and (iii) The customer has had another variable annuity exchange within the past 36 months. Rule 2330 requires PKS to determine whether the customer has had an exchange at PKS within the prior 36 months. FINRA Rule 2330 also requires PKS to make reasonable efforts to determine whether the customer has had an exchange at a broker dealer other than PKS within the prior 36 months. The rule states that an inquiry to the customer as to whether the customer has had an exchange at another broker-dealer within the last 36 months constitutes a reasonable effort. The rule requires PKS to document both the nature of the inquiry and the response from the customer. E. FINRA Rule 2330 specifically requires the suitability determination required by
the rule to be documented and signed by the associated person recommending the transaction.
F. FINRA Rule 2330 specifically requires that a PKS registered principal shall
approve the recommended transaction only if he or she has determined that there is a reasonable basis to believe that the transaction would be suitable based on the factors delineated in FINRA Rule 2330 as set forth above. FINRA Rule 2330 specifically requires that the approval or rejection of a recommended variable annuity transaction shall be documented and signed by the registered principal who reviewed the transaction.
G. FINRA Rule 2330 requires PKS to 1) implement surveillance procedures to
determine if any of the member's associated persons have rates of effecting variable annuity exchanges that raise for review whether such rates of exchanges evidence conduct inconsistent with the applicable provisions of this Rule, other applicable FINRA rules, or the federal securities laws ("inappropriate exchanges") and (2) have policies and procedures reasonably designed to implement corrective measures to address inappropriate exchanges and the conduct of associated persons
443
who engage in inappropriate exchanges. H. FINRA Rule 2330 requires PKS to develop and document specific training policies
or programs reasonably designed to ensure that associated persons who effect and registered principals who review transactions in variable annuities comply with the requirements of this Rule and that they understand the material features of variable annuities, and specifically that customer has been informed, in general terms, of various features of variable annuities, such as the potential surrender period and surrender charge; potential tax penalty if customers sell or redeem variable annuities before reaching the age of 59½; mortality and expense fees; investment advisory fees; potential charges for and features of riders; the insurance and investment components of variable annuities; and market risk.
I. Variable Annuity Share Class Determination
Variable Annuities have differing surrender charge options also known as share classes. The most common share classes are:
• Share Class B
• Share Class C
• Share Class L
• Share Class X
1) Share Class B B shares generally have a 5 – 7 year surrender period on each contribution with surrender charges or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) that start at approximately 7% and declines each year to zero over the surrender period. M&E charges generally range from 1% to 1.45% with Administration contract fees typically ranging from $0 to $50. Prior to recommending a B Share a representative should consider whether the investor intends to access their investment before the end of the surrender period or consider a lower cost product.
2) Share Class C C shares are generally fully liquid with no CDSC. An investor pays for the flexibility (via higher M&E fees) typically ranging from 1.25% to 1.95%. Administrative contract fees generally range from $0 to $50. Representatives recommending C Shares should consider whether the investor values immediate access to their money and is willing to pay for that flexibility via higher fees.
444
3) Share Class L
L shares generally have a 4 year surrender period on each contribution and a CDSC of approximately 7% - 8% that declines each year to zero over the surrender period. M&E charges generally range from 1.50% to 1.90%. These expenses are typically reduced by 0.35% to 0.50% starting in the fifth year. Administration contract fees typically range from $0 to $50. Representatives recommending L Shares should consider whether the investor values access to their money within a four year time horizon or is willing to pay higher fees in exchange for flexibility to reposition investments if needs or goals change. *** Note PKS prohibits any new L share contracts with living benefit riders but will continue to allow additions to existing contracts, whether the additions to the existing contracts are solicited or unsolicited.***
4) Share Class X
X Shares (Bonus Shares) generally have a 9 year surrender period on each contribution and a CDSC of approximately 10% and declines each year to zero over the surrender period. The contract is credited an additional amount (bonus), calculated as a percentage (1-6%) of the initial premium. M&E charges range from 1.6% to 1.85% with contract administrative fees generally up to $50. Representatives recommending X Shares should consider whether the investor has a long investment horizon without the need to access the funds and believes that the bonus is worth paying the extra charges.
15.2.2.1 PKS Financial Services
At Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, all life insurance products are sold through the firm’s affiliate, PKS Financial Services. PKS Financial Services is administered by Jerome Clement, and is responsible for the oversight of all products that require an insurance license to facilitate their sale to clients. In New York State, all insurance licensed individuals are required to maintain their license through 15 hours of continuing education every two years. Brokers may be required to take continuing education for other states where they maintain insurance licenses as well.
15.2.2.2 Variable Life Insurance (Amended 1/2015) A. Statement of Purpose
With respect to variable life insurance transactions, it is the purpose of these procedures to
445
assure compliance with the provisions FINRA Rule 2111 (Suitability), FINRA Rule 3110 (Supervision) and FINRARule 2210 (Communications With the Public).
B. Required Documents
Every application for a variable life insurance policy (or “VLIP”) must be accompanied by the following PKS forms, completed fully and executed by the registered representative and/or customer in the required places.
l. PKS Variable Life Ticket
2. Copy of Illustration or similar document signed and dated by client(s)
3. Copy of Check or Transfer paperwork 4. PKS Client Profile 5. Legible copy of the client’s driver’s license.
6. All State-required paperwork. Items 1 and 4 listed above are available on the Resource page of the PKS website, in the Forms Library.
C. Procedures
(1) Initial Submission of VLIP Paperwork. Contemporaneously with transmission of original policy application to the insurance company, the registered representative shall send copies of all variable life insurance policy applications and all other applicable paperwork to the PKS Operations Department for processing.
(2) Time Stamp. The Operations Department shall time stamp cover pages on all VLIP
paperwork when received.
(3) VLIP Blotter. The Operations Department shall maintain a blotter/spreadsheet for the purpose of recording each VLIP transaction.
(4) Preliminary Determination. Upon a preliminary determination that the VLIP
paperwork is complete and correct, the Operations Department shall forward the paperwork to the appropriate PKS Regional Supervisor for approval.
(5) Principal Review. The reviewing principal shall review the transaction in
accordance with the supervisory checklist (infra), and shall take the following steps depending upon the conclusions reached upon such review.
(a) In the case of principal approval, the reviewing principal shall:
446
(i) Sign or initial the ticket and indicate approval of the transaction thereon;
(ii) Return the ticket and accompanying paperwork to the Operations Department for filing and recording that the transaction is approved on the VLIP Blotter.
(b) In the case of principal rejection, the reviewing principal shall:
(i) Sign or initial the ticket and indicate rejection of the
transaction thereon;
(ii) Contact the insurance company and take appropriate steps to reverse the transaction.
(c) In the case of “pending” application returned by the reviewing principal as
incomplete, hold the application until such time as the information/forms needed to complete the application is received.
(6) Tracking and Maintenance of VLIP Paperwork. In addition to the VLIP Blotter,
the Operations Department shall maintain an electronic copy of all submitted VLIP paperwork, together with a record of any subsequent approvals or rejection of same by the reviewing principal.
D. Supervisory Checklist.
In reviewing the variable life insurance policy transaction, a checklist of the following criteria shall be evaluated and a like checklist annexed to the application paperwork, as follows.
Be assured of the financial capacity of the purchaser;
Suitability of the product for the client;
What is the source of funding for this variable life insurance policy purchase?
Replacement product: Does this product offer a lower cost, better sub accounts, and more features than the old VLIP?
Senior Investors: What are their financial sources and current income level; Why is this VLIP being purchased?
Is this coverage possibly excessive in light of the client’s needs?;
E. Corrective Measures
447
A determination that a Registered Representative has failed to fully comply with these procedures will result in disciplinary action. Depending on the extent of the infraction, penalties will include forfeiture of the sales commission, letter of caution, fine, suspension or termination of association with PKS. (Amended 4/2010)
15.2.2.3 Whole Life With this type of life insurance, the amount of the insured’s death benefit is guaranteed, as is the cash value of the policy itself. Premium payments for whole life insurance are fixed and do not necessarily increase with the age of the insured, although this is not always the case. Any PKS registered representative who desires to become NYS insurance licensed should consult with a PKS Financial Services administrator. 15.2.2.4 Military Sales Practices The insurance department of each state has set forth standards to protect active-duty service members of the United States Armed Forces from dishonest and predatory insurance sales practices. These standards identify and prohibit certain acts that constitute unfair methods of competition or unfair or deceptive acts and practices in the conduct of business of insurance in its particular state. Also set forth are trade practices that have been determined to be violations.
Since each state has their own document regarding Military Sales Practices, please refer to your resident state department of insurance website. (Amended 12/2008) 15.2.2.5 Reserved 15.2.3 Switching (“Twisting”)
PKS will review all sales of variable product to make sure that the customer is not being subjected to the practice of simply replacing the customer’s existing variable policy or contract with a new one that does not materially improve the customer’s existing position but generates a new sales commission for the Representative. The review procedures are contained in SPM 15.2.8 infra. (Amended 1/27/2010). 15.2.4 Liquidity Considering that variable life insurance and variable annuities frequently involve substantial charges and/or tax penalties for early withdrawals, representatives should not make any representation or implication that these are short-term investments. Presentations regarding liquidity or ease of access to investment values must be balanced by clear language describing the
448
negative impact of early redemption. With respect to variable life insurance, discussions of loans and withdrawals must explain their impact on cash values and death benefits.
15.2.5 Sales Charges; Promotional Payments Purshe Kaplan Sterling will not participate in the sale of a variable annuity where the “sales charges” exceed 9.0% of the total payments to be made thereon as of a date not later than the end of the twelfth or shorter contract year. Single payment charges may not exceed 8.5% of the first $25,000, 7.5% of the next $25,000 and 6.5% over $50,000. “Sales charges” are defined as all charges or fees that are paid to finance sales or sales promotion expenses, including front end, deferred and asset-based sales charges, but excluding charges and fees for ministerial, record keeping or administrative activities, investment management fees and mortality and expense charges. Where the sales charges are not stated separately in the prospectus the total deductions from purchase payments (excluding deductions for insurance premium payments and premium taxes) shall be treated as “sales charges.” The FINRA severely restricts promotional payments or consideration. In NTM 96-52 the FINRA proposed amendments to Rule 2820 of the Conduct Rules, governing sales practices in the sale of variable product. Pursuant to such announced policies, the Company will not:
1. Demand or accept directed brokerage business in exchange for favoring the sale of such product;
2. Use the prospect of sales of such product as a means of negotiating favorable concessions on price or commissions from portfolio transactions;
3. Provide incentive or additional compensation for the sale of specific variable product to selected Registered Representatives;
4. Establish “recommended” or “preferred” lists of such product on the basis of brokerage commissions received or expected; or
5. Circulate information as to the level of brokerage commissions received from a particular sponsor.
In addition, should cash or non-cash compensation or reimbursements be provided directly or indirectly by sponsors to PKS or to selected Representatives in connection with the sale of variable product, such compensation or reimbursements shall be treated as cash compensation subject to full prospectus disclosure and to the limitations described above. Since many insurance companies offer non-commission incentive bonuses, such as trips, to registered representatives, it is important to keep track of those representatives eligible for these bonuses. Each November, the Compliance Department will receive from Operations a list of brokers who have met or may meet the requirements for these bonuses. The registered representative will receive notice of his/her status as it relates to the bonus incentive. The insurance company sponsoring the bonus will issue the registered representative a Form W-2, documenting the bonus value for income tax purposes.
15.2.6.0 Variable Annuity Exchanges from Non-Portable Products (Amended 03/2021)
449
A. Application
These procedures apply to variable annuity exchanges from any type of “non portable products”, which means any product that is proprietary to another broker-dealer.
B. Regulatory Guidance “A recommendation to liquidate, replace or surrender an existing investment must be suitable and based upon the customer’s investment needs and not the financial needs of the firm or its associated persons. A firm may consider the fact that the firm lacks a dealer or servicing agreement with the product sponsor and, therefore, the registered representative cannot provide the customer with the service that the customer desires with respect to the product. The suitability analysis must also include other considerations, however, including whether the customer’s mutual fund or variable product is subject to a contingent deferred sales charge or a required holding (surrender) period, or has other features that materially affect its value or liquidity, and the fees and expenses associated with the new product being recommended. Accordingly, firms should have procedures in place, including supervisory procedures, that are specifically designed to review and evaluate investment recommendations relating to mutual funds and variable products that are made by newly associated persons to their existing customers. See FINRA Rule 3110 and.” NASD Notice to Members 07-06. C. Procedure Prior to Association
Pursuant to SPM 3.4[A], the Deployment Department shall make inquiries if the existing accounts of prospective registered representatives contain non-portable products. If a prospective registered representative business mix contains non-portable products, the Deployment Department shall notify the Supervisory Department and the Compliance Department.
D. Procedures for Exchanges from Non-Portable Products In every case where a registered representative contemplates an exchange from a non- portable product, the following procedures must be followed in addition to the procedures set forth in SPM 15.2.6. (1) Meeting With Prospective Customer
Prior to recommending the exchange of a non-portable product, the registered representative must have a meeting with the customer, which may be in-person or by telephone, and shall advise the customer of the following:
(a) That PKS and the registered representative are unable to service the customer with respect to the non-portable product;
450
(b) That the customer has the option of continuing to hold the product at the prior firm. (2) Non-Portable VA Broker Attestation
(a) As part of the application for the exchange of the non-portable product, the registered representative shall answer the questions at the end of the PKS broker attestation.
(b) A detatiled explanation as the reasons why the exchange is suitable for the prospective customer, making sure to address suitability considerations as set fourth in SPM 15.2.7(F) shall be required as part of the PKS broker attestation.
E. Supervisory Review
Regional Supervisors shall review each Non-Portable VA submission pursuant to Section 15.2.7 of this SPM.
F. Recordkeeping
The Operations Department shall maintain records of all documentation required under this section, which records may be maintained electronically.
15.2.6 Completion of Variable Annuity Applications (Amended 3/2021) A. This procedure became effective on February 8, 2010. B. This Section 15.2.6, 15.2.7, 15.2.8 and 15.2.9 of these procedures do not apply to the
following variable annuity transactions or events: (1) Reallocations among subaccounts made or to funds paid after the initial purchase or
exchange of a deferred variable annuity. (2) Deferred variable annuity transactions made in connection with any tax-qualified,
employer-sponsored retirement or benefit plan that either is defined as a "qualified plan" under Section 3(a)(12)(C) of the Exchange Act or meets the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Sections 403(b), 457(b), or 457(f), unless, in the case of any such plan, PKS or an associated person makes recommendations to an individual plan participant regarding a deferred variable annuity, in which case FINRA Rule 2330 and these procedures (15.2.6 et. Seq.) would apply as to the individual plan participant to whom the member or person associated with the member makes such recommendations.
451
C. With respect to variable annuity transactions, it is the purpose of these procedures (SPM
15.2.6 through 15.2.9) to assure compliance with the provisions of FINRA Rule 2330, as well as FINRA Rule 2111 (Suitability), FINRA Rule 3110 (Supervision) and FINRA Rule 2210 (Communications with the Public). Therefore, except as provided in 15.2.6 (B) above, every application for a variable annuity (or “VA”) must be accompanied by the following PKS forms completed fully and executed by the registered representative and/or customer in the required places.
1. PKS Client Profile 2. PKS Broker Attestation for Variable Annuity [See 15.2.6.1(A)]
3. Morningstar Annuity Intelligence Report or Comparison Report for VA to VA
exchanges [See 15.2.6.2]. 4. Purchaser Attestation 5. PKS Best Interest Attestation 6. Legible copy of the client’s driver’s license. 7. All State-required paperwork.
Items 1, 4 and 5 listed above are available through Sycamore/Laserapp. Items 2 through 3 listed above are available through Morningstar Annuity Intelligence. D. Operations Department Procedures FINRA Rule 2330 requires broker dealer review and approval of variable annuity applications prior to submission of the paperwork to the issuing insurance company for processing. (1) Initial Submission of VA Paperwork. Promptly after the client executes the account paperwork, the registered representative shall submit variable annuity account applications and all other applicable paperwork for approval by a member of the PKS Supervisory staff. This can be done electronically through the Sycamore portal by attaching the docs to the OM record. (2) Submissions accompanied by Client Check(s). Any submissions containing original checks, should be sent to the PKS Operations Department for processing via overnight courier if principal approval is not obtained that same business day.
452
(3) Preliminary Determination. The Operations Department shall conduct a preliminary review of VA paperwork to determine if required paperwork is complete and correct. Subject to the requirements of SPM 15.2.7(D), the Operations Department may request corrections or missing information from the registered representative. Upon a preliminary determination that the VA paperwork is complete and correct, the Operations Department shall forward it for Principal Review. (4) Action after Principal Review. Upon the return of VA paperwork following principal review, the Operations Department shall: (a) In the case of principal approval, ensure the VA paperwork is forwarded to the insurance company for processing by the representative or by Operations staff and maintain an electronic copy for the Operations files. (b) In the case of principal rejection, return any check to the customer, make an electronic copy for Operations files. (c) In the case of “pending” application returned by the reviewing principal as incomplete, and subject to SPM 15.2.7(D), the application will be held until such time as the information/forms needed to complete the application is received, but in no event for a period of time greater than 30 days from the time the application was initially submitted by the registered representative. E. Direct Submission to Insurance Company Prohibited. FINRA Rule 2330 makes it a prohibited practice to send VA paperwork directly to the insurance company. A registered representative who sends VA paperwork directly to the insurance company without first receiving principal review and approval from PKS, may be subjected to disciplinary action. Repeated infractions shall result in additional discipline as described in SPM 15.2.8. F. Tracking and Maintenance of VA Paperwork. The Operations Department shall maintain an electronic copy of all submitted VA paperwork, together with a record of any subsequent approvals or rejection of same by the approving principal. 15.2.6.1 Variable Annuity Compliance Forms (Amended 3/2021) A. PKS Broker Attestation for Variable Annuity (1) The “PKS Broker Attestation for Variable Annuity” is required to be submitted with all
new VA paperwork in accordance with SMP 15.2.6 above. This form is available through Morningstar Annuity Intelligence. After submission, clients receive a letter from the Chief
453
Compliance Officer, or his designee, that memorializes the information from the Brokers’ Attestation.
(2) FINRA Rule 2330 requires the Registered Representative to certify in writing that the client
has been informed of the material features of the variable annuity, such as: (a) surrender period and surrender charges, (b) potential tax penalty, (c) mortality and expense fees, (d) charges for and features of enhanced riders, (e) insurance and investment components, (e) market risk and (f) how the client would benefit from the variable annuity. (See SPM 15.2.2.) The Rule also requires the Rep to ask the client whether the client has affected another exchange at any broker dealer within the preceding 36 months. The PKS Broker Attestation for Variable Annuity form fulfills these requirements.
(3) Senior Investors
For every purchase of a Variable Annuity by an investor age 72 or older, the rep shall also complete that section of the PKS Broker Attestation for Variable Annuity form applicable to senior investors, and state the facts, circumstances and reasons as to why the investment is suitable for the particular senior investor and specifically addressing the senior’s suitability in light of his/her financial sources and current income and addressing whether the VA being purchased for wealth transfer purposes or current income?
(4) The PKS Broker Attestation for Variable Annuity form also indentifies whether an
exchange is for a non-portable product. (5) Qualified Funds in a Variable Annuity
The utilization of qualified funds in a variable product requires additional disclosures, as it must be made clear to the client that there are additional costs involved in the purchase and maintenance of the contract. These disclosures should be discussed with the client and documented on the Broker’s Attestation.
(6) Share Class
For every purchase of a Variable Annuity, the Rep shall also complete that section of the PKS Broker Attestation for Variable Annuity form applicable to share class, and state the facts, circumstances and reasons as to why the chosen share class is suitable for the particular investor.
15.2.6.2 Morningstar Annuity Intelligence ™ (Amended 8/2017)
454
Morningstar Annuity Intelligence ™ is a software product specifically designed to assist in compliance with FINRA Rule 2330. This product assists in the selection of variable annuity products for customers. The product displays a purchase analysis together with a side by side comparison of the relevant features of selected variable annuity products, which provide information to the client. The product allows for the printing of a report that can be reviewed by the Registered Representative and client, and help insure compliance with FINRA Rule 2330. Further information on Morningstar Annuity Intelligence ™ is available on the PKS website. 15.2.7 Principal Review of Variable Annuity Applications (Amended 3/2021) A. This procedure became effective on February 8, 2010. B. In accordance with FINRA Rules 3110, 2111 and 2210 and for the purposes of these procedures, the terms reviewing principal and Regional Supervisor are interchangeable. When necessary, the Director of Supervision may also act as reviewing principal. C. Time Limits. FINRA Rule 2330 requires review and approval of variable annuity applications by the reviewing principal within the following time parameters: (1) Prior to transmitting a customer’s application for a deferred variable annuity to the issuing insurance company for processing, but, (2) For variable annuity applications which are not accompanied by a customer check (i.e. Exchanges), no later than seven (7) business days after the PKS Operations Department receives a complete and correct application package. (3) For variable annuity applications which are accompanied by a customer check, no later than seven (7) business days after the PKS Operations Department receives a complete and correct application package, subject to the provisions of SPM 15.2.7 (D) below. D. Customer Funds (1) FINRA Rule 2330 permits a broker-dealer to hold an application for a deferred variable annuity and a customer’s non-negotiated check payable to an insurance company for up to seven (7) business days, where the purpose of such delay is to allow completion of principal review of the transaction.
455
(2) Where principal approval is not made within 7 business days of receipt of a variable annuity application accompanied by a customer check, the PKS Operations Department shall: (a) Return the check to the customer, or
(b) Forward the check to the insurance company, provided that the following conditions are met:
(i) the PKS Operations Department must disclose to the customer the proposed transfer
or series of transfers of the funds, and
(ii) PKS must enter or have entered previously into a written agreement with the insurance company under which the insurance company agrees that, until such time as it is notified of PKS principal approval and is provided with the application or is notified of PKS principal rejection, it will
(1) segregate PKS customers' funds in a bank in an account equivalent to the
deposit of those funds by a member into a "Special Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers" (set up as described in SEA Rules 15c3- 3(k)(2)(i) and 15c3-3(f)) to ensure that the customers' funds will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of PKS, insurance company, or bank where the insurance company deposits such funds or any creditor thereof or person claiming through them and hold those funds either as cash or any instrument that a broker or dealer may deposit in its Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers,
(2) not issue the variable annuity contract prior to PKS principal approval, and
(3) promptly return the funds to each customer at the customer's request prior
to PKS principal approval or upon PKS rejection of the application. E. Presumption That Transaction Was Recommended The reviewing principal shall treat all transactions as if they have been recommended for the purposes of this principal review. F. Supervisory Checklist. In reviewing the variable annuity transaction for compliance
456
with FINRA Rule 2330, a checklist of the following criteria shall be evaluated by the assigned supervisor when assessing whether the recommendation is in the best interest of the client. Documentation of the financial capacity of the purchaser; Suitability of the product for the client; Sub-account allocation should be consistent with financial condition and client investment
objectives and risk tolerance. While a Dollar Cost Averaging approach into sub accounts is acceptable, an allocation of 100% money market is not;
Any optional contract and/or policy rider selections should be consistent with financial condition and client investment objectives and risk tolerance;
What is the source of funding for this variable annuity purchase? Bonus features; Does the bonus feature subject client to an increased surrender period? Is
this annuity with the bonus feature suitable for the investor? Replacement product; Does this product offer a lower cost, better sub accounts, and more
features than the old VA? Senior Investors: Does the financial sources and current income level information
contained on the PKS Client profile document that the product is suitable? Senior Investors: Is this VA being purchased for wealth transfer purposes or current
income? Is this coverage possible excessive in light of the client’s needs? 1035 Exchange requires appropriate state paperwork (when applicable) and side-by-side
comparison with completed attestation page signed by client, joint owner, and RR ; Has the accompanying side-by-side comparison addressed the surrender/modified
surrender disclosures regarding fees, charges and expenses? Is this an exchange of a Non-Portable Product? If so, has there been compliance with the
required additional procedures set forth in SPM 15.2.6.0? Is it clearly demonstrated that the exchange confers greater benefits on the customer than holding the existing product?
G. Principal Approval or Rejection (1) The reviewing principal/Regional Supervisor is required to make a handwritten or electronic notation of approval or rejection of the transaction on the paperwork or via the Sycamore trade approval process. (2) “Pending” applications. Without approving or rejecting a variable annuity application and subject to SPM 15.2.7(D), the reviewing principal may request corrections from the representative for completion and resubmission to the reviewing principal.
457
(3) Upon approval or rejection of the transaction, the reviewing principal shall notify the representative via electronic or telephonic means and in the case of rejection have funds returned to the client. (4) Rejected Transactions. The Operations Department maintains a spreadsheet of all rejected transactions. 15.2.8 Supervisory Procedures for FINRA Rule 2330 Compliance (Amended 2/2019) A. This procedure became effective on February 8, 2010. B. FINRA Rule 2330 (d) requires the establishment of written supervisory procedures reasonably designed to: (1) Achieve compliance with the rule; (2) Implement surveillance procedures to determine if any Registered Representative has rates of variable annuity exchanges that evidence conduct inconsistent with the rule, other FINRA rules or the securities laws and (3) Have corrective measures in effect to address conduct of Registered Representatives who engage in inappropriate exchanges. PKS has established SPM Sections 15.2.6, SPM 15.2.7, 15.2.8 and 15.2.9 to achieve compliance with FINRA Rule 2330 C. Surveillance Procedures (1) Suspicious activity. The term suspicious activity is synonymous with “red flag,” and is defined as follows: (a) Evidence of a rate of variable annuity exchanges that may be inconsistent with FINRA Rule 2330, other FINRA rules or the securities laws as follows: A percentage rate of variable annuity exchanges for a registered representative in excess of 40 %. (b) Transactions involving Seniors. (c) 1035 Exchanges and Surrenders (2) Exception Reports. The PKS IT Department has designed exception reports that will detect
458
suspicious activity. Information used to build the exception reports will be electronically populated by the PKS Operations Department using the application paperwork listed in 15.2.6 For the purpose of detecting suspicious activity, and to avoid numerous false positives, exception reports will only report data for registered representatives that have 5 or more variable annuity transactions at PKS. (a) Operations Department Responsibility. (i) The Operations Director shall, on or before the tenth (10th) calendar day of every month, ensure that Variable annuity transactions for the prior month is populated to a spreadsheet and transmitted to the IT Department. (ii) Contemporaneously with transmission of the spreadsheet to the Director of Compliance, the Operations Director or his designee shall certify to the Compliance Director by email that the spreadsheet has been transmitted. (b) IT Department Responsibility. (i) Within ten (10) days of receiving the prior month transactional Variable Annuity data by spreadsheet from the Operations Department, and no later than the twentieth (20th) calendar day of every month, the IT Director or his designee shall incorporate the prior month data into the Variable Annuity Exception Report and transmit the Variable Annuity Exception Report to the Director of Compliance (ii) Contemporaneously with transmission of the VA Exception Report to the Director of Compliance, the IT Director or his designee shall certify to the Compliance Director by email that the VA Exception Report has been updated. (Amended 5/2010) (3) Compliance Department Review: (a) Initial Monthly Review. The Compliance Department shall review Variable Annuity exception reports on a monthly basis for suspicious activity. . (b) Red Flags Detected. Suspicious activity/red flags detected in the initial monthly review shall be submitted to the Director of Compliance.
459
(c) Investigation. Upon receipt of information regarding suspicious activity, the Director of Compliance (“Compliance”) or a designee shall initiate an inquiry into the facts and circumstances of the suspicious activity and take such action as may be appropriate. Such inquiry shall follow the following steps. (i) An initial written inquiry to the registered representative requesting information on suitability and recommendations for all noted exchanges. (ii) Upon receipt of a response to the inquiry required in (i) above, Compliance shall review current and past application paperwork submitted by a registered representative for other clients to determine if the explanations provided are appropriate. (iii) If the review of current and past application paperwork supports the explanation given by the registered representative as satisfactory and appropriate, no further action shall be taken. If the review of current and past application paperwork does not support the explanation given by the registered representative as satisfactory and appropriate, Compliance shall schedule an interview with the registered representative to make further inquiry to address discrepancies and questions. (iv) If, after following the steps delineated in 15.2.8 (C) (3) (c) (i), (ii) and (iii) above, Compliance believes that there may be violations of any FINRA rule or the securities laws, Compliance shall take corrective measures as appropriate as noted in 15.2.8 (D) below. (d) Documentation. The Director of Compliance or the designee shall document the results of every investigation into the suspicious activity and any corrective measures taken (e) Record Keeping. The Director of Compliance shall maintain retrievable records of all investigations and proceedings undertaken pursuant to this section. (D) Corrective Measures A determination that a Registered Representative has failed to comply with FINRA Rule 2330 or to fully comply with these procedures will result in disciplinary action. Depending on the extent of the infraction, penalties will include forfeiture of the sales commission, letter of caution, fine, suspension or termination of association with PKS. (Amended 3/2012) 15.2.9 Training for FINRA Rule 2330 Compliance
460
(Amended 6/2013) A. This procedure became effective on February 8, 2010. B. FINRA Rule 2330 (e) requires specific training programs be developed and documented to ensure that both Registered Representatives and reviewing principals understand the requirements of the rule and also the material features of variable annuities, including those features described in FINRA Rule 2230 (b)(1)(A)(i) and restated in SPM 15.2.2 infra. C. In compliance with the training requirements of FINRA Rule 2330 (e), all Registered Representatives licensed to sell variable annuities and all reviewing principals shall undergo the following training: (1) Operations Training. Prior to submitting any application for a variable annuity, a registered representative must complete Operations Training conducted by the Director of Operations or his designee. (2) Morningstar Annuity Intelligence Training Module. Prior to submitting any application for a variable annuity, a registered representative shall electronically attest that he/she has completed Morningstar Annuity Intelligence Training Module. (3) Annual Compliance Meeting. The Annual Compliance Meeting will include robust discussion of issues related to variable annuities. (4) Firm Element. Every insurance registered representative shall take and complete the “Variable Annuities & Life Insurance” module, offered every two years through the Firm Element program. 15.2.9.1 Miscellaneous Variable Annuity Procedures A. PKS reserves the right to hold commissions for incomplete internal forms (those that do not need to be sent to the issuer) as long as they are not in conflict with NtM 07-53 and the requirements therein. (Amended 6/27/08) B. Since the Variable Annuity Companies contact the registered representative directly when a client’s policy has been returned due to a change in address, it is the responsibility of the registered representative to contact the Operations Department that the policy has been returned. C. The rep must contact the client immediately to verify the correct address. All commissions due to the rep for the VA transaction will be withheld until the address is verified. Once verified the rep must contact the Compliance Department who will in turn notify the Operations
461
Department so that they may notify the fund company. The Compliance Department will then re- send the Variable Annuity Follow-up Letter to the client. (Amended 11/2009) 15.3 Corporate Bonds
15.3.1 Secured Bonds The term “secured” is generally used when the issuer has set aside identifiable assets as collateral for the prompt payment of interest and repayment of principal. In a default situation, that is to say when the issuer has failed to meet its obligations to pay principal, interest or both, bondholders would have a claim on the assets. Some common types of secured bonds are as follows: Mortgage Bonds, in a liquidation or reorganization situation, would have a priority standing among claims on the assets used to secure them. While mortgage bonds are generally viewed as relatively safe instruments, individual bonds are ranked against other bonds and given high or low ratings by the bond rating organizations. It should be noted, however, that all mortgage bonds are not equal in that first claims on pledged property would be allocated to first-mortgage bonds, second claim to second-mortgage bonds, and so on. Closed-end indentures occur in a closed-end mortgage arrangement when a corporation issues the maximum number of bonds authorized in the trust indenture as first-mortgage bonds. In numerous cases the corporation will issue the bonds at once. Generally, all other issues would have a subordinated claim on the property. Open-end indentures allows the corporation to issue additional bonds of the same class at a later date. Subsequent issues will be secured by the same collateral backing the initial issue and have comparable liens on the property. Prior-lien bonds often occur when companies in financial trouble attract capital by issuing mortgage bonds that take precedence over first-mortgage bonds. Prior to issuing such bonds, however, the corporation must have the consent of first- mortgage bondholders. Collateral trust bonds are generally issued by corporations that own securities of other companies for investment purposes. The corporation issues bonds secured by a pledge of these investment securities and the trust indenture will generally contain a covenant requiring these pledged securities to be held by a trustee. 15.3.2 Unsecured Bonds Unsecured bonds have no specific collateral backing their issue and are classified into two primary types: debentures and subordinated debentures. Debentures are backed by the general credit of the corporation with the owner of the debenture considered a general creditor of the corporation. The issuing corporation in a sense promises to repay principal and interest, just as it does with secured bonds. Subordinated debentures are structured so that the claims of their owners are subordinated to the claims of other general creditors, including owners of
462
debentures. These instruments often appeal to investors, because subordinated debentures generally offer higher income than either straight debentures or secured bonds and often have conversion features. Other types of unsecured bonds include guaranteed bonds and income bonds. Guaranteed bonds contain a guarantee of principal and interest by a Company other than the issuer. This generally increases the safety of the issue. Income bonds, also called adjustment bonds, are issued with a promise to repay the principal in full at maturity. These bonds pay interest only in such case as the earnings of the corporation are sufficient to meet the interest payment and if the payment is declared by the board of directors. 15.3.3 Zero-Coupon Bonds Zero-coupon bonds comprise another category of corporate bonds. The significant difference between zero-coupon bonds and ordinary bonds is that the issuer does not make interest payments to the owners. Rather, the issuer sells these debt obligations to investors at a deep discount from the face value with a promise to redeem the bonds at face value when they mature. The investor receives the difference between the deep discount purchase price and the full face value of maturity. When pricing a zero-coupon bond, the issuer and underwriter generally take into account the following considerations: interest rates being paid on regular debt obligations of similar safety and maturity; the premium investors may wish to receive in return for giving up a regular income stream; and, the time value of money. The Regional Supervisor approving any zero-coupon bond trade shall ensure that all requirements related to New Account Forms, suitability of investment, Registered Representative supervision, and other applicable and appropriate supervisory procedures as expressed elsewhere in this Manual are met when selling these various corporate bond instruments. This is accomplished by reviewing the application, suitability information, and other applicable documents prior to approving the trade. In principal transactions with customers the Regional Supervisor shall review the mark- ups to assure compliance with the “5% Mark-Up Policy” as defined by Rule 2110 and Rule 2440 of the FINRA Conduct Rules. (Amended 7/2008) 15.3.4 High Yield Debt High yield debt, often called “junk bonds”, are unsecured notes with low credit ratings from all the major rating services. Junk bonds are often issued during a corporate restructuring. The credit ratings are low due to the fact that there is some significant doubt as to whether the issuer will be able to make the interest payments in a timely fashion and if the corporation can endure the restructuring. When selling high yield debt, it is especially important that the product be suitable for the client. Prohibited sales practices as discussed in SEC Rules 10b-5 (manipulation and deceptive devices) are forbidden at PKS. No registered representative or associated person
463
shall edit, highlight, add or remove any information from any prospectus or other investment vehicles disclosure documents. Such conduct constitutes an act of fraud and will result in that employee’s termination with cause. Additionally, all prohibited transactions in connection with partial tender offers, as stated in SEC Rule 14e, will not be tolerated. This includes any manipulation of net long or short positions to participate in a tender, unauthorized short sales, or any act so conceived to interfere with a legitimate tender offer, alone or in concert with others. 15.4 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMO) The CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-throughs or mortgage loans. CMO’s may be collateralized by 1) Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pass- throughs, 2) unsecuritized mortgage loans backed by the FHA or guaranteed by the Department of Veteran Affairs, 3) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, or 4) any combination of the above. In structuring a CMO, an issuer will generally distribute cash flow from the underlying collateral over a series of classes, or tranches, which will comprise the bond issue. Each CMO can be seen as a set of two or more tranches, each possessing an average life and cash flow pattern designed to meet particular customer investment objectives.
15.4.1 Product Identification In order to assure that investors are aware that a CMO is being discussed, Purshe Kaplan Sterling requires registered persons to ensure that all communications regarding this type of security shall clearly describe the product as a “collateralized mortgage obligation.” The Firm shall not simply use the proprietary names for CMO’s as they do not adequately define the product. If a registered person is investing his/her clients in CMO’s, this will be furthered discussed with a member of the Compliance Department during the Branch Office’s audit, or in person if the registered person is located at the home office. This is documented in the audit sheet during the audit and maintained electronically in the Branch Office Audit Files by the Compliance Department, or in the registered person’s file if located at the home office. (Amended 10/2008) To prevent confusion and the possibility of misleading the customer, communications to the public should not contain comparisons between CMO’s and any other investment vehicle, including Certificates of Deposit. 15.4.2 Educational Material PKS, in order to adequately ensure that customers are sufficiently informed about CMO’s, requires that registered representatives offering CMO’s to their clients must also offer educational materials which cover the following topics:
• A discussion of CMO characteristics as investments and their attendant risks; • An explanation of the structure of a CMO, including the various types of
tranches;
464
• A discussion of mortgage loans and mortgage securities; • Features of CMO’s, including: credit quality, prepayment rates and average
lives, interest rates (including effect on value and prepayment rates), tax considerations, minimum investments, transaction costs and liquidity; and
• Questions an investor should ask before investing and a glossary of terms that may be helpful to an investor considering an investment.
If applicable, this will also be discussed further with a member of the Compliance Department during the Branch Office’s audit, or in person if the registered person is located at the home office. (Amended 7/2008)
Safety Claims. A communication made by the Company should not overstate the relative safety offered by the CMO. References to liquidity should be balanced by disclosures that, upon resale, an investor may receive more or less than his or her original investment. Claims about Government Guarantees. Communications with the public should accurately state the guarantees associated with CMO securities. For example, in most cases it would be misleading to state that CMO’s are “government guaranteed” securities: rather, a government agency issue should be characterized as “government agency-backed.” Private issue CMO advertisements should not contain references to guarantees or backing, but may disclose the rating. If the Company offers the CMO at a premium, the communication with the public should clearly indicate that the government agency backing applies only to the face value of the CMO, and not to any premium paid. There should also not be an implication that either the market value or the anticipated yield of the CMO is guaranteed. Simplicity Claims. PKS requires the registered person to present a full, fair and clear disclosure of CMO’s to the investor since they are complex securities. A communication should not imply that these are simple securities that may be suitable for any investor seeking high yields. All CMO’s do not have the same characteristics and it would be misleading of the Company to indicate otherwise. Predictability Claims. It would be misleading if there were assurance given regarding the anticipated yield and average life of a CMO. Communications should indicate that the yield and average life will fluctuate depending on the actual prepayment experience and variability of current interest rates.
15.5 Direct Participation Programs A direct participation program (DPP) is a type of investment whereby the income would generally flow through to the investors. These offerings may be sold as public offerings or private placements. DPP’s are predominantly structured as limited partnerships. Limited partners are viewed as passive investors with little or no say in the managerial decision-making.
465
15.5.1 Reserved 15.5.2 Reserved 15.5.3 Reserved
15.5.4 Reserved
15.5.5 Reserved 15.5.6 Secondary Market Trading Many DPP investments are quoted and traded on the “secondary market.” Recently the FINRA established a quotation system on the NASDAQ system for such trades. Transactions are to be reported through the ACT system pursuant to FINRA Rule 6643. Representatives should be cautioned that quotations and trades are not necessarily indicative of underlying value and extreme care should be taken before executing a “secondary” transaction in a DPP investment. It is recommended that at least three quotations from market makers be obtained to establish market values. See NTM 97-8 for a complete discussion of procedures. The FINRA has recently mandated the use of standardized Limited Partnership Transfer Forms under the Uniform Practice Code. 15.5.7 Valuation of DPP Units for Reporting Purposes In NTM 97-14 the FINRA proposed an amendment to Rule 2340 of the Conduct Rules setting forth the circumstances under which members must ascertain and report to customers in their account statements the fair market value of DPP interests.
15.6 Municipal Securities At the present time, PKS does not participate in underwritings of municipal securities. These guidelines have been included for education and informational purposes. Government securities are securities issued by federal, state and local governments. Special sets of rules control the issuance of such securities, which are generally exempt from the general regulations under the 1933 and 1934 Acts. The issuance and sale of most government securities are governed by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB). Special licensing requirements (Series 72) are applicable to persons engaged in the sale of government securities.
466
Understanding, however, that some municipal securities may be traded in the secondary market, PKS’ Trading, Operations, and Compliance departments will all insure that appropriate rules, regulations, and suitability issues are followed, taking into account the special considerations and characteristics of municipal bonds.
15.6.1 Supervisory Responsibilities (Amended 11/2014) PKS charges its Municipal Principal, Stephen Smith, with overseeing the implementation and execution of all MSRB rules including Rule G-27 (overall supervision) and Rule G-9 (preservation of records). (Amended 2/2012) 15.6.2 Sales Practices (Amended 11/2014) The Municipal Principal, Stephen Smith, shall be responsible for supervising the following sales practices with regard to municipal securities, as stated in SEC Rule 15c2-12:
• Prices for principal transactions with customers should be fair and reasonable. The price and yield should reflect those of the current prevailing market;
• There should be a timely review when a municipal securities account is opened and when a transaction takes place. The review should include correspondence related to the solicitation and the execution of all transactions and will include the approval of the Municipal Principal;
• All customer accounts should be checked regularly for any irregularities or abuses;
• If a customer is employed by another broker-dealer or municipal securities dealer, PKS should notify the employer. If the employer requests it, the Firm should send duplicate confirmations;
• All advertisements should be reviewed, approved, and filed with the FINRA if necessary. A file of all advertisements shall be maintained;
• PKS should promptly supply customers with all pertinent information (for example, the prospectus) when selling new issues;
• PKS should have a copy of the Municipal Securities Regulation Board manual in the office where municipal securities are handled, and in any related Branch Offices, if applicable; and
• The information used by the Firm to determine suitability when making recommendations to customers should be documented.
• Suitability standards shall include a client’s need for income, preservation of capital, or tax efficiency, or some other such criteria as the client or his/her designee indicates. (Amended 7/2008)
467
15.6.2.2 Municipal Bond Material Events and Disclosure Checklist (Amended 12/2020) A. Purpose
To document compliance with MSRB Rules G-17, G-18, G-19, and G-30 every Registered Representative who makes a trade in municipal securities must complete the Municipal Bond Material Events and Disclosure Checklist (“Checklist”) in accordance with this section.
B. Transactions Covered (1) General
Except as set forth in SPM 15.6.2.2(B)(2) and (3) below, the provisions of this section shall be followed for all purchases of municipal securities.
(2) Sophisticated Municipal Market Professional (SMMP).
Transactions by SMMP purchasers shall not be required to comply with the requirements of this SPM 15.6.2.2. See MSRB Rule D-15 and Rule G-17 Interpretation – Notice Regarding the Application of MSRB Rules to Transactions with Sophisticated Municipal Market Professionals (April 30, 2002)
(3) SMMP Certification Required
In order for a purchaser to qualify as a SMMP for exemption from the requirements of this SPM 15.6.2.2, the registered representative must obtain and file a Sophisticated Municipal Market Professional Certification, executed by an authorized person for the institutional investor, which provides as follows:
I hereby certify that the Institutional Investor is a Sophisticated Municipal Market Professional as such term is defined and explained in MSRB Rule D-15 and Rule G-17 Interpretation – Notice Regarding the Application of MSRB Rules to Transactions with Sophisticated Municipal Market Professionals (April 30, 2002), a copy of which is attached to this
468
certification C. Required Disclosure to Customer
All items listed on the checklist must be discussed with the customer. See pages 2 and 3 of the checklist for discussion of resources available to Registered Representatives.
D. Information Sources
The Registered Representative shall document on the Checklist that he/she discussed with the customer due diligence on public material information about the bond or its issuer through established industry sources, including but not limited to EMMA. See pages 2 and 3 of the checklist for discussion of resources available to Registered Representatives.
E. Items to Be Discussed with Customer
The Registered Representative shall document on the Checklist that the items listed below were discussed with the customer, in order to make adequate disclosure to customers under Rule G-17, to ensure that recommendations are suitable under Rule G-19, and to ensure that they are fairly priced under Rule G- 30.
(1) Bond Features
What are the bond’s key terms and features and structural characteristics, including but not limited to its issuer, source of funding (e.g., general obligation or revenue bond), repayment priority, and scheduled repayment rate? (Much of this information will be in the Official Statement, which for many municipal bonds can be obtained by entering the CUSIP number in the MuniSearch box at www.emma.msrb.org.). Be aware, however, data in the Official Statement may have been superseded by the issuer’s on-going disclosures.
(2) Disclosure Filings
Does information available through EMMA or other established industry
469
sources indicate that an issuer is delinquent in its material event notice and other continuing disclosure filings? Delinquencies should be viewed as a red flag.
(3) Bond Rating
What is the bond’s rating? Has the issuer of the bond recently been downgraded? Has the issuer filed any recent default or other event notices, or has any other information become available through established industry sources that might call into question whether the published rating has been revised to take such event into consideration?
(4) Insurance/Third Party Support
Is the bond insured, or does it benefit from liquidity support, a letter of credit or is it otherwise supported by a third party? If so, check the credit rating of the bond insurer or other backing, and the bond’s underlying rating (without third party support). If supported by a third party, review the terms and conditions under which the third party support may terminate.
(4) Price
How is the bond priced? Be aware that the price of a bond can be priced above or below its par value for many reasons, including changes in the creditworthiness of a bond's issuer and a host of other factors, including prevailing interest rates. In addition, each registered representative has a responsibility to fulfill pricing responsibilities under MSRB G-18 and MSRB G-30 to ensure the price to the customer is fair and reasonable in relation to prevailing market conditions and other factors.
(5) Bond Interest
How and when will interest on the bond be paid? Most municipal bonds pay semiannually, but zero coupon municipal bonds pay all interest at the time the bond matures. Variable rate bonds typically will pay interest more frequently, usually on a monthly basis in variable amounts.
(6) Tax Status
470
What is the bond’s tax status, under both state and federal laws? Is it subject to the Federal Alternate Minimum Tax? Is it fully taxable (e.g., Build America Bonds)?
(7) Call Provisions
What are its call provisions? Call provisions allow the issuer to retire the bond before it matures. How would a call affect expected future income?
(8) Risk
Default risk, interest risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, prepayment risk and call risk.
F. Preparation of Checklist (1) Location of Checklist
The Checklist is a fillable PDF document located on the Brokers’ Resource Web Page.
(2) Time of Preparation of Checklist
The Registered Representative shall prepare the Checklist contemporaneously with his/her discussion with the customer and prior to purchase of the bond.
G. Filing of Checklist (1) Time for filing of Checklist
The Registered Representative shall file the Checklist prior to Supervisory approval of the purchase of the bond.
(2) Method of Filing
471
The Registered Representative shall complete the Checklist electronically and attach same to a secure email, which shall be sent to the PKS Supervision Department at the following Email address: [email protected] or faxed to the PKS Operations Department.
H. Supervisory Review In reviewing the Municipal Securities transaction for compliance with FINRA and MSRB Rules, the Regional Supervisor shall review FCCS Activity Blotter in accordance with the supervisory procedures set forth in SPM Section 4 generally. For Municipal Security trades placed through AAM, approval is made upon review of the ticket submitted electronically by AAM. I. Compliance Department Review The Compliance Department shall review FCCS exception reports pursuant to SPM Sections 5.4 and 5.5 and shall make a record of such review and take appropriate action as set forth in those sections. J. Record Keeping (1) Municipal Securities Transactions
Records of Municipal Securities Transactions are generated and maintained through FCCS Activity Blotter.
(2) Checklist
Checklists submitted by Registered Representatives pursuant to this section shall be maintained electronically.
(3) Supervisory Review
Regional Supervisor approvals are automatically maintained in electronic format.
472
(4) Review of Exception Reports
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of its review of exception reports as set forth in SPM Section 5.4(C).
15.6.3 Books and Records Purshe Kaplan Sterling shall keep and preserve the books, accounts, records, memoranda, and correspondence in conformity with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and statements of policy pursuant to FINRA guidelines. Also, PKS is required to maintain customer accounts showing the following information: name, address, and whether the customer is of legal age; signature of the Registered Representative introducing the accounts and the signature of the Director of Supervision or Regional Supervisor accepting the account for the Company. If the customer is associated with or employed by another member, this fact should be noted. In discretionary accounts, the Company shall also record the age or approximate age and occupation of the customer as well as the signature of each person authorized to exercise discretion in such account. (Amended 7/2008) The Firm shall keep and preserve either a separate file of all written complaints of customers and action taken by the Company, if any, or a separate record of such complaints and a clear reference to the files containing the correspondence connected with such complaint. 15.6.4 MSRB Rule G-8 Customer Accounts PKS meets the definition of Introducing Broker as defined in MSRB Rule G-8(xix)(d). Therefore, the clearing firm of PKS is responsible for the maintenance of such books and records that pertain to this Rule. The firm is responsible, however, for the keeping and maintenance of ledgers, trade blotters, and other books of original entry. These records are kept by the Operations Department of PKS for the required period of six (6) years. Some MSRB records are kept by the Compliance Department. This includes, the MSRB Transaction Reporting Telecom, new MSRB rules as they are implemented throughout the year, and any additional information on MSRB procedures required by the clearing firm of PKS. 15.6.5 MSRB Rule G-37
473
Recently, the SEC and FINRA have been concerned about the enforcement of MSRB rules relating to compensation and payments in connection with the new issuance of securities. In many cases such compensation or payments need to be reported. Particular attention is paid to the making of political contributions to persons or groups involved in the decision making process. Any arrangements made by PKS or any Registered Representative for compensation or payments in connection with the distribution of any government securities will be carefully reviewed by the Municipal Principal to make sure that the rules are properly observed MSRB Rule G-37 prohibits brokers, dealers and municipal securities dealers from engaging in any municipal securities business with an issuer for two years after a political contribution to an official of such issuer has been made by the dealer, any municipal finance professional associated with the dealer or any political action committee controlled by either of them. The Rule further restricts both solicitation of such contributions and acts which could be construed to result in a violation of the intent of the Rule. An exception does exist for contributions made by municipal finance professionals, only when such professionals were entitled to vote and when such contributions, in total, do not exceed $250 to each official of such issuer, per election. In order to avoid even the appearance of an impropriety and to comply fully with the intent of MSRB Rule G-37, PKS has adopted the following procedure: Internal Procedure: All employees, brokers, associated persons, and municipal finance professionals associated with Purshe Kaplan Sterling are required to give prior written notification of all potential political contributions to any officials of a municipal issuer, regardless of amount. The notification must contain at a minimum, the name of the official, the amount of the proposed contribution, and a description of the relationship with the official if applicable. The Chief Compliance Officer or other member of senior management will have complete discretion to either approve or deny the proposed contribution. This decision will be in written form and will be given to the requester within a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed ten business days. Copies of both the request and the decision will be kept as part of the routine books and records, regardless of whether the request was approved or denied. If a contribution request is approved, notification will be given to the MSRB ( see below). Pursuant to Rule G-38(a)(xvi) and Rule G-37(e) PKS must report to the MSRB on Form G-37/G-38 within 30 days of the end of any calendar quarter in which any of the following occurs:
• Reportable political contributions or payments to political parties were made;
• PKS “engaged in municipal securities business”; or
• PKS used consultants to obtain or retain municipal securities business. The term “municipal securities business” includes negotiated underwritings as manager or syndicate member; private placements; acting as financial advisor to an issuer (on a negotiated basis); and acting as a remarketing agent (on a negotiated bid basis). A
474
“consultant” is any person used by a dealer to obtain or retain municipal securities business through direct or indirect communication by the person with an issuer on behalf of the dealer with the understanding of receiving payment from the dealer or any other person. Given the limited exception to and the broad application of this Rule, it is therefore the Company’s policy to restrict such activity unless written prior approval is given by the Chief Compliance Officer or member of senior management. 15.6.6 Bonds and Borrowed Loan Transactions
As an introducing, fully-disclosed Broker/Dealer, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments does not hypothecate fixed income products or any other security at a bank or credit union. PKS does not retain physical possession of securities for its customers and does not loan securities to other broker/dealers. PKS has no schedules for compensation of securities to any other broker/dealer. Therefore, compliance with SEC Rule 15c3-3(b)(3) is the responsibility of our clearing firm, FCCS.
Refer to the FCCS/PKS contractual Agreement for further clarification of FCCS’ reporting duties in this matter. 15.6.7 Municipal Fund Securities/529 Plans
At the advent of 529 plans, the FINRA recognized that the market for municipal fund securities, particularly Section 529 college savings plan securities, continues to evolve rapidly. Many FINRA members active in the municipal fund securities market have no other experience effecting municipal securities transactions and therefore may not be familiar with the regulatory treatment of these securities. Further, even when a broker/dealer or municipal securities dealer has a sound understanding derived from its other municipal securities activities relating to traditional debt securities, the unique nature of municipal fund securities may result in these otherwise familiar rules being applied in unfamiliar ways. The SRO wrote NTM 03-17 to assist firms with compliance with MSRB rules as they pertain to 529 plans, specifically to advertising and marketing literature of these plans. NTM 03-17 states that all 529 marketing information must be filed the same way as any other advertising for a municipal security. All MSRB rules apply to sales and marketing material for 529 plans. PKS reps are reminded that they must submit any advertising information to the Compliance Department for approval prior to initial use. (Amended 04/18/2005) 15.6.8 Supervision of Municipal Transaction Reporting Per MSRB Rule G-14, a member must maintain and enforce procedures that discuss the supervision of municipal transaction reporting. Specifically, Rule G-14 (b) (i) states: “Each broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer (“dealer”) shall report to the Board or its designee information about each purchase and sale transaction effected in municipal securities to the Real-time Transaction Reporting System (“RTRS”) in the manner prescribed by Rule G-14 RTRS Procedures and the RTRS Users Manual. Transaction information collected by the Board under this rule will be used to make public reports of market activity and prices
475
and to assess transaction fees. The transaction information will be made available by the Board to the Commission, securities associations registered under Section 15A of the Act and other appropriate regulatory agencies defined in Section 3(a)(34)(A) of the Act to assist in the inspection for compliance with and the enforcement of Board rules.”
PKS reports its municipal securities transactions through its clearing firm, FCCS. Although accuracy and compliant timing of reported transactions is the ultimate responsibility of the broker/dealer, PKS relies upon its clearing firm to offer an aggregate picture of executed municipal transactions. FCCS then provides to PKS a report of all transactions reported on its behalf. If any changes in the report are to be made, i.e., a trade must be cancelled, corrected, or a commission amount modified, PKS is then responsible for making that correction on the RTRS system. As of this writing (10/4/2006), modifications to executed transactions by PKS Registered Representatives will result in incorrect reporting to the MSRB. Therefore, no registered person should attempt to correct a municipal security transaction on his/her own. All corrections must be submitted to the Trading Department for processing and submission of the “correction” modifier to the RTRS system. (Amended 10/4/2006) 15.7 Options
15.7.1 General The options market is generally governed by the Options Clearing Corporation. The OCC issues options, guarantees the options, serves as a clearing house for option transactions and establishes rules and regulations for options trading. The exchanges are where actual trading takes place through market makers or board brokers. Each exchange assigns market makers to optional stocks and these market makers provide bids and offers for their own accounts. If PKS should act as a market maker it shall not be permitted to handle public orders. The board broker or order book official is a member of the exchange and maintains an order book for public customer limit orders. 15.7.2 Types of Options The two types of options that are traded are calls and puts. A call gives the holder the right to purchase a fixed number of shares of a stock in a specified period of time at a given price. A put gives the holder the right to sell a fixed number of shares of a stock in a specified period of time at a given price. It is this fixing of prices to buy or sell that allows an investor to speculate on moves on the market prices of the underlying security. The exercise price or strike price is the fixed price at which the security may be bought or sold. The options may be exercised by the holder at any time prior to expiration. The price for an option is referred to as the premium and is the price paid to purchase an option or the price the seller receives for selling the option.
476
15.7.3 Options Position Limits FINRA regulates the maximum amount of options that can be held by a single holder or group by establishing maximum position limits on the number of “standardized" and "conventional" equity options contracts in each class on the same side of the market (i.e., aggregating long calls and short puts or long puts and short calls) that can be held by a broker-dealer, a registered representative, customer or group of customers or controlled entities. "Standardized" equity options are exchange-traded options traded by the OCC that have standardized terms for strike prices, expiration dates and the amount of the underlying security. "Conventional" equity options are any other option contracts not issued, or subject to issuance, by the OCC. These are also often referred to as "over the counter options.” "FLEX Options" are exchange traded options issued by the OCC which give investors the ability, within specified limits, to designate certain terms of the option (i.e. exercise price, exercise style, expiration date or option type). The FINRA limits are established for various levels of option activity within each category, depending on size of public float, trading volume, etc. The OCC designates within each category which limit applies to a particular option. Exemptions from the position limits are available for accounts that have established hedge positions. Position limits for all categories of options have recently been increased. The Company is required to report to FINRA as to each account in which it has an interest and as to each customer account which has established an aggregate position of 200 or more option contracts (whether long or short) of the put class and the call class on the same side of the market covering the same underlying security. 15.7.4 Opening of Accounts (Amended 11/2014) The Company shall not accept an order from a customer to purchase or write an option contract or approve the customer’s account for trading of such option, until the Company has furnished to the customer the appropriate options disclosure document(s) and the customer’s account has been approved for trading. In approving a customer’s account for options trading, PKS shall exercise due diligence to ascertain the essential facts relative to the customer, his financial situation and investment objectives. Based upon this information, the Registered Options Principal, Stephen Smith, shall approve or disapprove in writing the customer’s account for options trading. Such approval or disapproval shall be maintained as part of the Firm’s permanent records. (Amended 7/2008) The background and financial information shall be sent to the customer for verification within fifteen (15) days of the Company’s approval for options trading. Also, within fifteen (15) days of the Company’s approval for options trading, PKS shall obtain from the
477
customer a written agreement that states, among other things, that the customer is aware of and agrees to be bound by the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation. In addition, the customer should indicate on such written agreement that he is aware of and agrees not to violate the established position limits. The OCC prospectus or disclosure document must be delivered to a client prior to or at the time of any transactions in the account. This prospectus generally warns a client of the risks associated with an investment in options. In addition to a broker’s responsibility, all new accounts must be reviewed and approved by the Registered Options Principal of the Company.
15.7.5 Trading for the Client’s Account (Amended 11/2014) Once a client has been approved for trading by the Registered Options Principal, Stephen Smith, the account is established through an opening transaction, i.e., the purchase or sale of an option. This position can be closed out either through exercise or through a closing transaction, i.e., the repurchase of an option sold or the sale of an option previously purchased. Generally, however, most options are never exercised, but bought and sold through opening and closing transactions. (Amended 7/2008) The type of option and the investor’s position as either a buyer or seller determines his basic trading strategy. The basic appeal to purchasers of options is the ability to leverage an investment or control a relatively large amount of stock with a relatively small amount of money, the premium. The appeal to sellers of an option is the fact that they receive the premium and may or may not be obligated to meet the terms of the contract. Only if the option is exercised will they be forced to provide money or stock to the holder. When buying a call, an investor has paid a premium for the right to purchase stock at a fixed price until the option expires. If the market price falls below the strike price the investor will choose not to exercise and have the possibility of losing his entire investment, the premium. However, if the market price of the underlying security increases, the investor may choose to exercise his option, purchase the stock at the strike price, and finally, sell it at the higher market price. If this situation exists, that is the market price of the stock being greater than the strike price on the call option, the option itself is considered in-the-money. In purchasing a put, an investor pays the premium for the right to sell stock at a specific price until the option expires. If the market price of the underlying security increases above the strike price the investor will not exercise the option and thus stand the risk of losing his entire premium. Should the underlying security fall in value below the strike price, the investor has the opportunity to purchase the stock at the reduced price and sell in through the option at the increased strike price. This relationship, the market price of the stock being less than the strike price in the put, is known as in-the-money. Purchasing puts is, in theory, like selling stock short. Both provide a way to take advantage of a fall in market prices of securities.
478
15.7.6 Exercise Procedures Purshe Kaplan Sterling should follow the approved assignment procedure, as follows:
• Provide information on, and an explanation of, the assignment procedure;
• Exercise notices should be submitted to OCC in a timely manner;
• When an automatic exercise report is received, customers should be notified promptly;
• Unless extenuating circumstances exist, exercise instructions should not be accepted from customers after the cutoff time prior to the expiration date; and
• Ensure that deposit requirements for exercising customers are established and met.
15.7.7 Margin Procedures Customer accounts shall be checked by the Compliance Department, through the review of exception reports from FCCS, to ensure that all options purchases are current and that uncovered short options, option straddles, short options covered by exchangeable or convertible securities and conventional options meet the requirements for margin maintenance. (Amended 7/2008) 15.7.8 Supervision of Options Activity (Amended 11/2014) The Senior Registered Options Principal, Stephen Smith, shall implement these Supervisory Procedures in accordance with FINRA and other regulations for oversight of options transactions undertaken by the Company. The Compliance Registered Options Principal (CROP) (who shall have no sales functions except as set forth in FINRA Rule 2360), shall be responsible to review and propose appropriate action to secure compliance by PKS with these procedures and the regulations. The CROP shall regularly report to the Compliance Officer and other senior management as to the implementation of supervisory procedures. Options business at branches with less than three (3) Representatives shall be supervised either by the Registered Options Principal or a Limited Principal - General Sales Supervisor. (Amended 7/2008)) Purshe Kaplan Sterling shall maintain a Home Office capability to access, retrieve and review on an ongoing basis data on all customer options accounts in such a way as to permit determination of:
1. background and financial objectives; 2. compatibility of options transactions with investment objectives;
479
3. compatibility of options transactions with types of transactions approved for the account;
4. size and frequency of options transactions; 5. commission activity in the account; 6. profit or loss in the account; 7. undue concentration in any option class or classes; 8. compliance with exercise limits and position limits on market opening
transactions; and 9. delivery of required disclosure documents
15.7.9 Customer Complaints A separate complaint file shall be maintained and kept current for all options related customer complaints which shall contain all necessary and reasonable information for the Compliance Deparment to conduct an investigation and take any appropriate action. At a minimum, the complaint file shall maintain the identification of the complaint, date complaint was received, identification of the Representative servicing the account, a general description of the complaint and a record of action taken, if any. (Amended 7/2008)
15.7.9.1 Options in an IRA (Amended 11/2014)
It is PKS’ policy to limit option trading in an IRA to covered call writing unless specific approval is granted by the Options Principal, Stephen Smith. The Internal Revenue Code prohibited transaction rules prohibit an IRA or Keogh Plan account holder from loaning money to the account. Likewise, the holder cannot guarantee borrowing by the account or cover its losses. Furthermore, annual contribution limits restrict new money that can be put into an account. Therefore, any option strategy that could result in losses that could not be covered with cash or by the sale of liquid securities held by the account or by amounts which can be contributed to it within permitted levels is prohibited. Otherwise, it would not be possible to cover account losses without committing a prohibited transaction or over contributing to the account, both of which result in unfavorable tax consequences. (Amended 6/19/08)
15.8 General Fixed Income Products
15.8.1 Reserved 15.8.2 Parking of Securities It is a violation of FINRA Rule 2010 for any member firm to “park” any securities. “Parking” occurs when a member firm sells stock to a customer and promises to buy the stock back at a fixed price. It is also possible to “park” stock for another firm or individual by placing it in an account and not selling it on the open market, or intending to make a
480
bona-fide distribution of the issue. Although PKS does not make markets in any stock, no employee may offer to buy back stock from any client at a fixed price, or make any repurchase arrangements with clients to offset market losses. This is a form of guarantee, and will not be tolerated. Additionally, it is a crime to knowingly permit other firms, brokers, or customers to use PKS as a venue to “park” securities. For example, registered reps should exercise caution in accepting transfers of large stock or bond positions in companies that are in a takeover battle, as such a transfer of ownership might constitute an effort to hinder ownership. Registered reps should immediately consult the Compliance Department if any situation arises which might suggest parking. 15.8.3 Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements PKS does not take custody of customer’s securities. Therefore, SEC Rule 15c3-3(b)(4) is followed through the clearing firm, FCCS. FCCS is responsible for obtaining repurchase agreements in writing, confirming that specific securities are indeed the subject of a legitimate repurchase agreement, advising the counter-party that repurchase agreements are not covered by SIPC insurance, and maintaining possession and control of the securities in question. 15.8.4 Churning in Fixed Income In keeping with FINRA Rule2111, excessive activity in a customer’s account is prohibited and is monitored by the Compliance Department through the review of exception reports from FCCS discussed below. This includes churning in bonds and other fixed income instruments, as well as in equities or mutual funds. The FINRA has set guidelines for churning, i.e. five-times the account value, or turnover on an annual basis. PKS will not wait until account activity approaches this level to act, however. The firm intends to take action well before the threshold is reached. (Amended 7/2008) FCCS, the clearing firm for PKS, supplies daily, weekly, and monthly activity reports that underscore potential churning cases. The firm will diligently follow up on these cases and, as the situation warrants, take disciplinary action against any registered representatives who may be in violation of the rule. 15.8.5 Adjusted Trading The following is a definition of Adjusted Trading as defined by James Coulter, former FINRA Core Examiner for PKS in the District 11 Boston Office. “Adjusted Trading is a manipulative or deceptive practice generally involving a two-step prearranged transaction between a firm and its customer, between two or more brokers, or between a firm, its customers, and another broker/dealer. The transaction involves the purchase of securities from the customer at a price higher than the current market price and
481
the appropriately simultaneous sale to the customer of another security or group of securities at a price higher than the current market price, including markup. The markup on the sell to the customer covers the loss that the firm takes on the buy side.” “The purpose of adjusted trading is to allow a customer (usually a financial institution or a publicly-traded company) to sell securities which are in a loss position without actually showing a loss. This type of activity is considered to be a fraud on the financial institution or shareholders of the publicly traded company.” “The firm engaged in the adjusted trading with the customer is in violations of Rule 2330 (e), guaranteeing a customer against a loss.” (See also section 7.2.1 of this manual for more on the prohibition against guarantees). Purshe Kaplan Sterling will use every means necessary to monitor client accounts for signs of adjusted trading activity. This includes reports from the clearing firm on position concentration and review of all executed trades by a firm Principal. Any representative suspected of this activity will be closely monitored. If adjusted trading activity is found to have taken place, that representative will be terminated with cause from employment with PKS. Information on the activity and all cooperative parties to the transaction will be turned over to the proper regulatory agency.
15.9 Derivative Products (Amended 11/2014) “Derivative Products” is a broad term which included various methods of repackaging securities to hedge issuers’ and investor’s risk exposure. Such products include options, zero-coupon bonds (“strips”), and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (See also section 15.4). As an introducing, fully-disclosed, retail broker/dealer, PKS does minimal business in derivative products. However, the firm does maintain some policies and procedures regarding these investment vehicles. There are more restrictions placed on the accounts trading derivative products. In the case of options, an Options Agreement must be signed and approved by the firm’s Registered Options Principal, Stephen Smith. The client must state that s/he has a certain level of investment sophistication and signs an affidavit to that effect. However, in light of the recent Regulatory Notice 08-28, effective June 23, 2008, the requirement for separate designations of Senior Registered Options Principal and Compliance Registered Options Principal was eliminated, therefore also allowing approval to be done by the Director of Supervisionor his designee. (Amended 7/2008) Additional Management scrutiny is given to the financial situation of the clients when the account contains derivative products. If a margin account is required in order to purchase the derivative security, than the client’s financial status is given more weight. The client must be able to withstand large swings in the value of his portfolio, and be able to meet any type of margin call presented to the account. It is required that when purchasing certain derivative products, such as options, the client is given additional disclosure documents, outlining the particular risks associated with that investment vehicle. Characteristics and Risks of Standardized Options is forwarded to each of the firm’s clients when the options agreement is received, and annually via an “Options Letter” sent by the
482
Compliance Department that discusses the risks associated with options and to provide some basic information about purchasing options. Beginning in 2009, industry regulation began allowing broker-dealers to provide clients with options accounts the annually required mailing of the ‘Characteristics and Risks of Standardized Options’ via email. PKS created an 'Email Consent Form' which is sent with the “Options Letter”, and is also posted to the PKS Website, if clients prefer to receive this annual mailing via email. (Amended 4/2010) PKS’ registered representatives are discouraged from soliciting option orders. Suitability is another issue that must be discussed when dealing with derivative products. Due to the nature of these investment vehicles, derivative products are only suitable for a small number of investors. Registered representatives must pay particular attention to the investment objectives of the derivative investor and to follow all “Know Your Customer” policies when a client asks about derivative products. Although derivative products are not used by all PKS representatives, it is incumbent upon each rep to be compliant with these rules. 15.10 Government Sponsored Enterprises Distribution & Treasury Securities As a fully disclosed broker/dealer, PKS does not participate in the distribution of Treasury securities to its clients, nor does PKS keep such securities in inventory. However, PKS will enforce SEC Rule 10b-5, prohibiting any device, scheme or artifice to defraud in the secondary market for Treasuries and all other securities. PKS will also abide by SEC Rule 15b-4 (e), prohibiting any registered or associated person from aiding, abetting, counseling, commanding, inducing, or procuring any individual from violating the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933. In Compliance with SEC Rule 17a-3, Purshe Kaplan Sterling does keep all records of original entry, such as ledgers and blotters. The clearing firm of PKS, Nation Financial Services, LLC is contractually responsible for other records, such as securities in transfer, failures to receive and deliver, dividends and interest received, securities borrowed and loaned, and long and short positions. PKS does not receive customer securities nor hold customer accounts.
15.10.1 Disclosure of Principal Returns All government securities transactions are subject to record keeping (NTM 95-48) and suitability requirements (NTM 96-66). Additionally, incompliance with SEC Rule 10b-5, no advertising may be false or misleading, or be in any way used as a manipulative or deceptive device. All discussions with clients about mortgage-backed and other government agency securities must contain disclosure of principal returns.
15.11 Certificates of Deposit
Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments purchases CD’s for the benefit of clients only in secondary market transactions. PKS does not underwrite CD‘s for issuers, nor facilitate any distribution of such instruments.
483
Any PKS broker or client wishing to purchase a CD not from FCCS inventory must first obtain prior approval from a Regional Supervisor. Purchases of brokered CD’s that are not FDIC insured will not be permitted. This includes Certificate of Deposit purchased from foreign banks and corporate issuers, as well as instruments from any issuers that are privately insuring their Certificates. (Amended 7/2008) It is the responsibility of the registered representative to be absolutely certain that the client understands that their CD is only insured up to $250,000 until December 31, 2009 (http://www.fdic.gov/deposit/deposits/changes.html ). If PKS, in its sole discretion, determines that a CD issuer is in danger of not being to meet redemption requests, PKS may sell that CD and visit any losses upon the Broker of Record. Brokers should not sell CD’s in excess of the current FDIC limits.. Additionally, the client must be a suitable candidate for CD’s and have an understanding of the investment risks. Beyond the basic aspects of suitability, the broker must disclose to the client the following information:
• The maturity date of the CD;
• whether the instrument is callable, and if so, when;
• the interest rate, and if interest must be paid on the day that the CD becomes due, and if the rate of interest is fixed or variable; and
• if the CD may be redeemed without penalty upon the owner’s death.
• That there are penalties for early withdrawal (Amended 10/17/2008)
15.12 Completion of an Alternative Investment (AI) Submission. (Amended 3/2021)
A. For the purpose of this section, an Alternative Investment shall include: 1. Real Estate Investment Trust- REIT 2. Business Development Company- BDC 3. Limited Partnership- LP 4. Hedge Fund 5. Managed Futures 6. Any unregistered security 7. Any security exempt from registration under the securities laws
484
B. With respect to Alternative Investment transactions, it is the purpose of these procedures
(SPM 15.12) to assure compliance with the provisions of Regulation Best Interest as addressed in section 7.0.1 infra, FINRA Rule 2111 (Suitability), as well as FINRA Rule 3110 (Supervision) and FINRA Rule 2210 (Communications with the Public). Therefore, every application for an AI must be accompanied by the following PKS forms, completed fully and executed by the registered representative and/or customer in the required places.
1. PKS Alternative Investment Suitability Analysis Form 2. PKS Client Profile* 3. PKS Best Interest Attestation located in Laserapp or Sycamore forms library 4. Alternative Investment Addendum (If FCCS will serve as custodian) 5. Request for Alternative Investment Transaction LOI (If FCCS will serve as custodian) 6. Legible copy of the client’s driver’s license. 7. Written request for a volume discount and/or written request to combine more than
one subscription to qualify for volume discount, if applicable. Items 1 through 3 listed above are available through the Sycamore platform forms library, Laserapp or on the PKS website. *- If a new account is opened at FCCS for custody of this AI, the PKS Client Profile is not required. The most recent version of the FCCS applications on the PKS website MUST be used. If this purchase is being made in an existing FCCS account, client(s) may need to complete an updated PKS Client Profile or PKS Suitability Update form. C. Operations Department Procedures
PKS requires broker dealer review and approval of AI applications prior to submission of the paperwork to the issuing Company for processing.
(1) Initial Submission of AI Paperwork. Promptly after the client executes the account
paperwork, the registered representative shall submit all account applications and all other applicable paperwork, for supervisory review via the Sycamore NAF/Enter Trade process.
(2) Submissions accompanied by Client Check(s). Any submissions containing original checks, should be sent to the PKS Operations Department for processing via overnight courier if principal approval is not obtained that same business day.
(3)Preliminary Determination. The Operations Department shall conduct a preliminary
485
review of paperwork to determine if required documentation is complete and correct. Subject to the requirements of this SPM, the Operations Department may request corrections or missing information from the registered representative. Upon a preliminary determination that the paperwork is complete and correct, the Operations Department shall reassign the case in Sycamore or send to the appropriate Supervisor for Principal Review.
(4) Action after Principal Review. Upon the return of paperwork following principal
review, the Operations Department or Representative shall:
(a) In the case of principal approval, forward the AI paperwork to the Alt Sponsor or FCCS Alternative Investment Department for processing and maintain an electronic copy for the Operations files.
(b) In the case of principal rejection, return any check to the customer, make a physical copy and an electronic copy for Operations files.
D. Direct Submission to an Alternative Investment Sponsor is prohibited. A registered
representative who sends these investment types directly to the Sponsor may receive a letter of caution and may forfeit commission on the transaction. Repeated infractions shall result in additional discipline which may include forfeiture of commissions, letter of caution, and fine and/or possible termination of association from PKS.
E. Tracking and Maintenance of Alternative Investment Paperwork. The Operations
Department shall maintain an electronic copy of all submitted Alternative Investment paperwork, together with a record of any subsequent approvals or rejection of same by the approving principal.
15.12.1 Alternative Investment Compliance Forms (Amended 3/2021) A. PKS Alternative Investment Suitability Analysis Form (1) The “PKS Alternative Investment Suitability Analysis Form” is required to be submitted
to the Operations Department in accordance with SPM 15.12.1 above. This form is available on the Sycamore forms library or Laserapp.
(2) PKS requires the client and the Registered Representative to certify in writing that the
client has been informed of the material features of the Alternative Investment, such as: (a) illiquid nature of these types of securities, (b) potential tax penalty, (c) possible loss of
486
principal, (d) that the client will be paying a commission, (e) no more than 10% of the client’s investable assets are in any single illiquid product, (f) no more than 20% of the client’s investable assets are in illiquid investments overall, (g) that a breakpoint/volume discount is available if their purchase exceeds a certain dollar amount, and (h) that the client can apply for a reduction in commission and purchase price per share by submitting a written request to combine their accounts and/or family members accounts for purposes of achieving a volume discount.
(3) The AI shall conform to all applicable state limitations notwithstanding any provision of
this SPM to the contrary. 15.12.2 Principal Review of Alternative Investment Applications (Amended 3/2021) A. In accordance with FINRA Rule 3110, and FINRA rules 2111 and 2210 and for the
purposes of these procedures, the terms reviewing principal and Regional Supervisor are interchangeable. When necessary, the Director of Supervision may also act as reviewing principal.
B. Supervisory Checklist. Beginning in July 2020, in reviewing the Alternative Investment
transaction for compliance with SPM Section 15.12.1 above, a checklist of the following criteria shall be evaluated by the supervisor. When assessing whether the recommendation is in the best interest of the client.
Documentation of the financial capacity of the purchaser; Suitability of the product for the client; Review the Suitability Analysis form to be sure that it has been indicated that the
client does not have more than 10% of their investable assets in any single illiquid product and no more than 20% in illiquid investments overall;
What is the source of funding for this AI purchase? Senior Investors. Does the financial sources and current income level information
contained on the PKS Client profile assure that the product is suitable? Does this product offer any volume discounts? If YES, does this purchase qualify for volume discount? If YES, has the client submitted a written request, either by
indication on the subscription or in a separate request, for the volume discount to be applied?
Supervisor must log this purchase on the Volume Discount Spreadsheet.
487
Does the client and/or any family members already own products offered by this fund issuer?
If YES, has the client submitted a written request to combine more than one subscription to qualify for volume discount?
If YES, review the written request, which must include the basis for the request as well as the identity of the orders to be combined.
If NO, then supervisor should assess whether the total amount of the combined purchases might qualify for a volume discount. If so, then the supervisor must request that the rep obtain a written request signed by client
requesting the volume discount before approving the submission.
Supervisor must log these orders on the Volume Discount Spreadsheet. • Note: The PKS Best Interest Attestation must be submitted with all new accounts.
It can be found on the PKS website, Sycamore forms library or in Laserapp
C. Resolution of Conflicts in Liquidity Preferences There are occasions in which a client has indicated liquidity concerns on the Client Profile, which may conflict with liquidity preferences as indicated on opening account documents for an AI. These conflicts shall be resolved as follows: 1) AI Purchase/Holdings Constitutes Less Than 10% of Investable Assets
In cases where the AI purchase, together will all other holdings in AIs, constitutes less than 10% of the Clients Investable Assets, the Supervisor may approve the purchase of the AI without the necessity to reconcile the conflict.
2) AI Purchase/Holdings Constitutes Greater Than 10% of Investable Assets In cases where the AI purchase, together with all other holdings in AIs, constitutes 10% or greater of the Client Investable Assets, the Supervisor must pend approval until further documentation is received from the client to the effect that the client wishes to purchase the AI notwithstanding his/her liquidity concerns as set forth in the Client Profile.
D. Principal Approval or Rejection.
(1) The reviewing principal/Regional Supervisor is required to make a handwritten notation of approval or rejection of the transaction on the AI Ticket or via the Sycamore trade approval process.
488
(2) Return to Operations Department. Upon approval or rejection of the transaction, the reviewing principal shall return or reassign the paperwork to the Operations Department for further action.
E. Volume Discount
(Amended 8/2017) (1) Definition of Volume Discount
Many alternative investments offer certain volume discounts resulting in reductions in selling commission payable with respect to such excess amount are available to investors. In such event, any such reduction will be credited to the investor by reducing the purchase price per share payable by the investor. Details on volume discounts, including but not limited to the method of calculation, definition of single purchaser, and any other qualifications are specifically outlined in the prospectus.
(2) Tiered Volume Discount
Some issuers use a “tiered” methodology for calculating the applicable volume discount. The reduced selling price per share and selling commissions are applied to the incremental dollar amounts falling within the specific range only.
Example: Dollar Amount Commission Rate Approximate Price Per Share to the Investor Up to $500,000.00 7.0% $ 10.00 $500,000.01 to $1,000,000 6.0% $ 9.90 $1,000,000.01 to $2,000,000 5.0% $ 9.80 $2,000,000.01 to $5,000,000 4.0% $ 9.70 $5,000,000.01 to $7,500,000 3.0% $ 9.60 $7,500,000.01 to $10,000,000 2.0% $ 9.50 $10,000,000.01 and over 1.0% $ 9.40 All commission rates are calculated assuming a $10.00 price per share. Thus, for example, an investment of $1,500,000 would result in a total purchase of approximately 151,525 shares of common stock as follows: • Approximately 50,000 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share (total: $500,000) and a 7.0% commission; and • Approximately 50,505.05 shares of common stock at approximately $9.90 per share (total: $500,000) and a 6.0% commission; and
489
• Approximately 51,020.41 shares of common stock at approximately $9.80 per share (total: $500,000) and a 5.0% commission. (3) Dollar One Volume Discount
Some issuers use a “dollar one” volume discount for calculating the applicable volume discount. The reduced selling price per share and selling commissions are applied to the total amount purchased, not just the portion of the purchase falling within the specific range.
Example: Dollar Amount Commission Rate Approximate Price Per Share to the Investor Up to $500,000.00 7.0% $ 10.00 $500,000.01 to $1,000,000 6.0% $ 9.90 $1,000,000.01 to $2,000,000 5.0% $ 9.80 $2,000,000.01 to $5,000,000 4.0% $ 9.70 $5,000,000.01 to $7,500,000 3.0% $ 9.60 $7,500,000.01 to $10,000,000 2.0% $ 9.50 $10,000,000.01 and over 1.0% $ 9.40 An investment of $1,500,000 would result in a total purchase of approximately 153,061 shares at $9.80 per share and a 5% commission. (4) Single Subscriptions that qualify for a volume discount
For any single subscription which exceeds a certain amount and qualifies for a volume discount as defined in the prospectus, the rep must advise the client who shall submit a written request, either by indication on the subscription or in a separate request, for the volume discount to be applied.
(5) Combining Subscriptions to qualify for volume discount
Subscriptions may be combined for the purpose of determining the volume discounts made by any “single purchaser,” as that term is defined in the prospectus.
Any request to combine more than one subscription must be made in writing submitted simultaneously with the subscription for shares, and must set forth the basis for such request and identify the orders to be combined. Any such request will be subject to verification by the dealer manager that all of such subscriptions were made by a single “purchaser.”
490
F. Volume Discount Spreadsheet
The Supervisory Department shall maintain a spreadsheet of all AI purchases that qualify for a volume discount.
(1) Entry by Regional Supervisor
For every AI transaction that qualifies for a volume discount, the regional supervisor shall enter the trade on the Volume Discount Spreadsheet including: (a) Initial Purchases (b) Subsequent Investments (c) Written Requests to combine investments
(2) Compliance Department Review
On a periodic basis, the Compliance Department shall conduct a review of the Volume Discount Spreadsheet. For every position listed on the Volume Discount Spreadsheet, the Compliance Department shall: (a) Confirm that the volume discount was received by the customer, and (b) Upon confirmation that the volume discount was received by the customer,
the Compliance officer shall make a notation on the Volume Discount Spreadsheet.
(c) In any case where a volume discount is not received for an eligible
transaction(s), the Compliance Department shall take appropriate action to either ensure that the volume discount is received or document the rationale for the transaction(s) not receiving the volume discount (i.e. issuer did not approve the request or the transaction did not qualify as a “single purchaser”, etc.).
(3) Internal Audit Review
491
The internal audit conducted annually will include a review of the Volume Discount Spreadsheet to confirm compliance with the provisions of this section. (4) Record Keeping
The Volume Discount Spreadsheet shall be maintained electronically by the Compliance Department.
15.12.3 1031 Exchanges (Amended 1/2020) Due to the nature of a 1031 Exchange the portfolio limitations set forth in SPM Section 15.13 are not applicable. Prior exchanges into 1031 eligible properties, shall also not be considered in the calculation of a client’s remaining assets.
15.13 Portfolio Limitations on Unregistered Securities and other Illiquid and/or Alternative Investments (Amended 4/2018) A. Definitions
(1) High Net Worth (HNW) Investor
A HNW Investor means a customer with investable assets in excess of $10MM. In the case of natural person(s), a spousal joint account may be considered a single HNW Investor.
(2) Liquid Net Worth
Liquid net worth means a customer’s net worth minus assets that cannot be converted quickly and easily into cash, such as real estate, business equity, personal property and automobiles, expected inheritances, assets earmarked for other purposes, and investments or accounts subject to substantial penalties if they were sold or if assets were withdrawn from them.
(3) Illiquid Investment
Illiquid investment means any security or investment which is not cash or cash equivalents or a security either traded on an exchange or otherwise redeemable at NAV on a daily basis, and further includes every product listed in SPM 7.4[D] below.
(4) Illiquid Product
492
An Illiquid Product is any particular product category of illiquid investment, and includes every product listed in SPM 7.4[D] below.
(5) Cash Equivalents
Cash Equivalents means (i) bank deposits, (ii) certificates of deposit, (iii) bankers acceptances or similar bank instruments held for investment purposes, (iv) money market funds, and the (v) net cash surrender value of an insurance policy.
B. General Limitation At the time of purchase of any of the securities listed below, the client shall be required to attest such client’s investment portfolio, held both at PKS and away from PKS, does not exceed the following limitations with respect to illiquid investments: (1) 20% of illiquid investments in totality, and (2) 10% of any one illiquid product, including the products listed in SPM 15.13[D]. C. Expanded Limitations For High Net Worth (HNW) Investors
The General Limitation set forth in SPM 15.13[B] shall not apply to HNW Investors. Subject to prospectus limitations, any state and/or offering document limitations and the general suitability standards of SPM 7.0 et seq., the following portfolio limitations shall apply to HNW Investors. (1) $10MM – $15MM in liquid net worth: 10% limit in any one illiquid product and
25% limit overall.
(2) $15MM - $20MM in liquid net worth: 10% limit in any one illiquid product and 30% limit overall.
(3) $20MM - $50MM in liquid net worth: 10% limit in any one illiquid product and
35% limit overall.
(4) Over $50MM – No limits imposed
D. Exception to Limitation
The General Limitation set forth in SPM 15.13[B] shall not apply to purchases made in a PKS Registered Representative’s personal account, provided that the purchase will not
493
place them in violation of Prospectus state limitation.
E. List of Products
The following products are subject to the limitations set forth in SPM 15.13[B] and [C] above.
(1) Oil and Gas Limited Partnerships (2) Real Estate Limited Partnerships (3) Non-Traded REITs (4) Equipment Leasing Limited Partnerships (5) Managed Futures products (6) Private Placement Life Insurance, unless sold to an investor who is both a accredited and qualified investor and in compliance with the minimum diversification required by Treasury Regulations and which does not contain more than 20% of assets in any one sub-account (7) Fund of Fund Hedge Funds, including Skybridge Series G (8) All other unregistered securities and/or securities exempt from registration (9) Any illiquid product not otherwise set forth above. F. Alternative Investments Analysis Forms
(1) Retail Client
494
Purchase of any of the investments listed in SPM 15.13[D] above requires the execution of the Alternative Investments Analysis Form, contained on the PKS Website.
(2) HNW Client
Purchase of any of the investments listed in SPM 15.13[D] above requires the execution of the High Net Worth Alternative Investments Analysis Form, contained on the PKS Website. This form is not required for purchases made by HNW investors with over $50MM in investable assets.
15.14 Commodities Futures Transactions (Amended 8/2013) A. Regulatory System (1) Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) The CFTC is an independent federal agency created by Congress in 1975 as part of a revision to the Commodity Exchange Act. Its purpose is to prevent the manipulation of futures and options prices; establish and enforce customer protection rules and create minimum financial and ethical standards; prohibit false and misleading market information; approve new futures and options contracts; regulate exchanges and floor members; and provide for settlement of customer claims. (2) National Futures Association (NFA) The NFA is a self-regulatory organization regulating futures transactions. B. Commodities Transactions Generally Prohibited Other than transactions in Managed Futures as described in SPM 15.14.1, PKS will not carry an account, accept an order or handle any transaction in commodity futures contracts or any other commodity-linked security. Mutual funds and other securities which are not commodities based and do not require a futures license for transactions are not considered commodities-linked securities for the purposes of this section. 15.14.1 Managed Futures (Amended 9/2019) A. Definition
495
Managed Futures are securities issued by entities employing an alternative investment strategy in which professional portfolio managers use futures contracts as part of their overall investment strategy. Managed futures provide may portfolio diversification among various types of investment styles and asset classes to help mitigate portfolio risk in a way that is not possible in direct equity investments.
Theoretically, any collective investment vehicle that trades one futures contract is a commodity pool and its operator is a CPO governed by the Commodities Exchange Act (CEA). The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), has, however, created a number of exclusions and exemptions by rule. CFTC Regulation 4.5 (17 CFR 4.5) excludes certain otherwise regulated entities (e.g., registered investment companies) from the very definition of commodity pool operator, taking them outside of the CEA's reach. CFTC Regulation 4.13 exempts CPOs who operate pools meeting various criteria (e.g., sophisticated investors, limited futures activity) from the CEA's registration requirements, which means that the entities operating these pools are subject only to the CEA's antifraud provisions for their conduct relating to those pools. Non-exempt pools are subject to the CEA's registration requirements and to CFTC and NFA rules. [See July 20, 2007 Comment Letter of Thomas Sexton, General Counsel, to NASD Proposed Rule 2721, at http://www.nfa.futures.org/news/newsComment.asp?ArticleID=1903; see also April 30, 2009 Letter of Karen K. Wuertz, NFA Senior VP, at http://www.nfa.futures.org/news/newsComment.asp?ArticleID=2278].
For the purposes of these procedures, Managed Futures do not include redeemable securities of companies registered pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940 or securities of closed-end companies registered pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940. See FINRA Rule 1220(b)(7)(A),; CFTC Regulation 4.5.
B. Licensure (1) NFA Registration Not Required Registered Representatives holding a General Securities License (Series 7) may conduct transactions in managed futures without additional licensure or NFA registration, provided that the operating entity has filed an exemption notice with the NFA. Documentation of such exemption shall be electronically maintained by the Compliance Department. (2) NFA Registration Required For managed futures business with any non-exempt entity, Registered Representatives will be required to maintain registration with the NFA and hold or acquire the appropriate licensure prior to conducting any Managed Futures transactions and/or receiving commissions from Managed Futures transactions, as follows.
496
(a) A National Futures Commodity (Series 3) License, or (b) General Securities License (Series 7), together with Managed Futures Fund (Series 31) license, provided that the associated person’s activities are limited to the solicitation on behalf of the sponsor of funds, securities, or property for participation in a commodity pool, the solicitation on behalf of the sponsor of clients to open discretionary accounts to be managed by registered commodity trading advisers, or the supervision on behalf of the sponsor of persons whose activities are so limited [See NFA Rule 401].
Pursuant to Section 15.14.1(A), PKS is not a member of the NFA and does not permit transactions in managed futures that require NFA Membership or a Series 3 or 31 license.
C. Suitability Considerations
As condition precedent for approval of a purchase transaction in Managed Futures, the Registered Representative shall certify the following, on the “Managed Futures Suitability Certification” located on the PKS Website, to the following facts with respect to the suitability of any client seeking to invest in Managed Futures, and state the basis of his/her knowledge.
(1) That the Client has sufficient experience in financial and business matters to evaluate the merits and risks of investing in alternative investment products, including Managed Futures.
(2) That no more than 10% of the Client’s total net worth is invested in Managed
Futures and no more than 15% of the client’s portfolio is invested in unregistered securities generally.
(3) That the following documents were delivered to the client and reviewed with the
client prior to the client(s)’ opening of the Managed Futures account and/or execution of a Subscription Agreement.
(a) Managed Futures Registration Statement/Prospectus/Private Placement
Memorandum (b) Managed Futures Fact Sheet, if available (c) Managed Futures Account Opening Documents/Subscription Agreement
497
(4) That Managed Futures are a suitable investment for this Client(s). D. Documentation Required
The following original documents shall accompany the Managed Futures Account Opening Documents/Subscription Agreement and be transmitted by the Registered Representative to the Operations Department.
(a) FCCS Account Application or PKS Direct Ticket
(b) PKS Client Profile (c) Managed Futures Suitability Certification (d) Client(s) Government Issued Drivers License or other Government Issued Picture Identification
(e) Other FCCS documents, if applicable, as follows:
(i) FCCS Alternative Investment Custody Addendum
(ii) FCCS Request for Alternative Investment Form (f) Client check or signed funds transfer paperwork, if applicable. E. Operations Department Procedure
(1) Upon receipt of the Managed Futures account opening/subscription paperwork, the Operations Department shall transmit same to the appropriate supervisor for supervisory review.
(2) Upon notification that the supervisor has approved the transaction, the Operations
Department shall transmit the paperwork as applicable to the appropriate custodian or to Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (“FCCS”).
F. Supervisory Review
(1) All managed futures transactions shall be reviewed by a supervisor holding a National Futures Commodity (Series 3) License and a General Securities Principal (Series 24)
(2) Written Approval Required. The appropriately licensed Regional Supervisor shall review all client paperwork
498
for suitability and completeness in accordance with the supervisory procedures set forth in this SPM. Approval of a transaction shall be in writing, which may be electronic in form.
(3) Approval Explanation Required
In the event that the Regional Supervisor approves a transaction where the account does not meet any criteria set forth in this section, the Regional supervisor shall state the reasons for such approval in writing, which may be electronic in form.
G. Record Keeping The Operations Department shall maintain records of all documentation required under the preceding subsections, which records may be maintained electronically and/or in the client account file. H. Continuing Education (1) Applicability Continuing Education (CE) Requirements under this section shall be applicable to Registered Representatives holding a Series 3 License or a Series 31 License. (2) CE Requirement (a) Ethics Module and (b) Futures/Options Market Module (3) Time Frame CE Requirement must be completed once in each calendar year (4) Record Keeping
499
The Compliance Department shall maintain records of completion of CE Requirements under this section. Such records may be maintained electronically. 15.15 Hedge Funds Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments offers Hedge Funds through a limited number of providers. Hedge Funds are traditionally a more sophisticated product designed for a more sophisticated investor. In many cases these products are limited to purchases made by Accredited Investors and may not be solicited to the general public. The Registered Representative is responsible for researching and following any additional requirements of the specific product that they are contemplating doing business. Please refer to section 15.13 Alternative Products for additional guidelines. (Amended 3/12/2007) 15.16 Equity-Indexed Annuities (Amended 4/2014) Equity-indexed annuities shall be approved and supervised as insurance products in accordance with the rules and regulations applicable to insurance agencies. 15.17 Structured Products (Amended 8/2021) A. Definition
PKS defines Structured Products as the following: Securities derived from or based on a single security, a basket of securities, an index, a commodity, a debt issuance and/or a foreign currency, structured as either subordinated corporate debt instruments or certificates of deposit.
B. Pre-trade Requirements for All Retail Clients
Prior to placing a purchase request for a Structured Product, retail clients must first:
(1) Establish a PKS/FCCS account to purchase Structured Products:
(a) Such account must be approved to engage in Structured Product transactions by the Director of Supervision or his designee, prior to the placement of any Structured Product trade.
(b) Accounts approved for Structured Products shall be designated as such in the memo section of the account. No trades shall be placed without this designation.
500
(2) Submit an Option Account Application and be approved for Level 2 options
trading.
(3) Have on file with PKS a fully executed, approved, and valid Structured Products Approval Request form.
(4) The retail client’s total exposure to Structured Products shall be limited to the
level of approval granted by the PKS Supervisory Department. Level 1 Approval – An investor may be approved for this level of exposure in the stated product mix up to a level of 10% based on a conservative or moderately conservative risk tolerance. Level 2 Approval - An investor may be approved for this level of exposure in the stated product mix up to a level of 20% based on a moderate account profile or up to 30% based on a Moderately Aggressive or Aggressive risk tolerance.
C. Level 3 Approval - An investor may be approved for an enhanced level of exposure to FDIC insured/principal protected notes of 10-20% above and beyond level 2 approval.Supervisory Approval The retail client’s request for total exposure to Structured Products shall be limited to the requested percentage on the approval request form. In some instances, a reduced percentage of exposure may be granted in the Supervisor deems this more appropriate for the client’s financial situation and risk tolerance.
D. Pre-Trade Requirements for all Institutional Accounts Prior to placing any solicited trade request for a Structured Product, institutional accounts as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c) must first:
(1) Complete an Institutional Account Suitability Certification [containing the
information and in the format set forth in SPM 7.3[H](2)] which shall be executed by the owner of the account or its authorized representative and maintained in the account file.
(2) Establish a PKS/FCCS account to purchase Structured Products: (a) Such account must be approved to engage in Structured Product
transactions by the Director of Supervision or his designee, prior to the placement of any Structured Product trade.
(b) Accounts approved for Structured Products shall be designated as such in the memo section of the account. No trades shall be placed without this designation.
501
E. Access to Structured Products
Access to Structured Products for both retail and institutional accounts is restricted to those products offered by approved vendors posted on the PKS website. Registered Representatives are prohibited from placing any trade for a product that is not offered by a PKS approved vendor.
F. Training Requirements
(1) Prior to offering any Structured Product to either retail clients or institutional
accounts, all Registered Representatives are required to complete Structured Products training.
(2) Training is available from the approved vendors posted on the PKS website: (a) Registered Representatives are required to complete training from one of
these approved vendors in order to engage in Structured Product trading on all platforms.
(b) Certificates of completion of such training must be sent to the Director of Supervision for review before the Registered Representative may offer a Structured Product to a client.
(3) On no less than an annual basis, the Compliance Department shall offer Structured Products training to all Registered Representatives approved to engage in Structured Products transactions. Such Registered Representatives shall be required to complete this training in order to maintain their approved status.
G. Recordkeeping
(1) The Director of Supervision or his designee shall maintain records, which may be
maintained in electronic format, with respect to: (a) Registered Representatives approved to offer Structured Products
(2) The Compliance Department shall maintain records with respect to Compliance training offered regarding Structured Products, which may be maintained in electronic format.
SECTION 16: CONTINUING EDUCATION
502
16.1 In General Pursuant to Part XII to Schedule C of the FINRA By-Laws, Purshe Kaplan Sterling is required to develop a program and implement such program for the continuing education of its covered registered persons. These covered registered persons are defined as any person registered with the Firm who has direct contact with customers in the conduct of PKS’ securities sales, trading and investment banking activities, and to the immediate supervisors of such persons. The Compliance Department of PKS shall administer its continuing education program in accordance with its annual evaluation and written plan and shall maintain records documenting the content of the program and completion of the program by its registered covered persons. (Amended 7/2008) All registered persons of the Firm are required to comply with the rules set forth by the FINRA regarding Continuing Education. This rule prescribes requirements regarding the continuing education of certain registered persons subsequent to their initial qualification and registration with the FINRA. The requirements consist of a Regulatory Element and a Firm Element. The Compliance Department will ensure that all registered persons of PKS shall be fully aware of their responsibility to comply with their Continuing Education responsibilities. The requirements for the Regulatory Element and Firm Element are set forth in the sections below.
16.2 Regulatory Element The Regulatory Element of CE is that which is required by the FINRA. PKS does not offer in-firm delivery of the Regulatory Element. Representatives who need to make an appointment to sit for the Regulatory Element should make an online appointment at www.2test.com when notified by the Compliance Department to do so. 16.2.1 Required Participation Cycle The time frames for registered persons to participate in the Regulatory Element Program were revised in1998. FINRA now requires ongoing participation in the Program by registered persons throughout their securities industry careers. Specifically, participation in the Regulatory Element Program is required within 120 days of the second anniversary of initial registration and every three years thereafter (i.e., the 5th, 8th, 11th, 14th, etc., anniversaries), with no graduation from the Program. Incurring a significant disciplinary action will result in an immediate requirement to complete the Regulatory Element within 120 days of the effective date of the significant disciplinary action. The cycle for participation in the Regulatory Element will then be reset based on the effective date of the significant disciplinary action rather than on the initial securities registration date. Formerly, the Rule required registered persons to complete the Regulatory Element Program computer-based training on just three occasions, i.e., within 120 days of their second, fifth, and 10th anniversaries of initial registration (and also when they were the subject of significant disciplinary action), with graduation once persons were registered for more than 10 years. PKS will not permit any registered person to continue to, and no registered person of the Firm shall continue to, perform duties as a registered person unless such registered person has complied with the Regulatory Elements.
503
16.2.2 Customized Programs The Regulatory Element Program applies generally to all registered persons and, as originally adopted, did not discern between registration types or categories. The Rule now allows the FINRA, when appropriate, to designate specific Regulatory Element Programs for various registration categories, thereby providing customized training for such categories. The first initiative will be a principal’s program which will be announced and implemented in the near future. Principals must continue to take the current Regulatory Element program until implementation of the new principal’s program.
For purposes of FINRA rules, the following registrations will be included in the principal category: Series 4 (Registered Options Principal); Series 8 (General Securities Sales Supervisor); Series 26 (Investment Company Products/Variable Contracts Limited Principal); Series 27 (Financial and Operations Principal); Series 28 (Introducing Broker- Dealer Financial and Operational Principal); Series 39 (Direct Participation Programs Principal); Series 53 (Municipal Securities Principal Qualification); and the Government Securities Principal (no series number).
PKS will not permit any registered person to continue to, and no registered person of the Firm shall continue to, perform duties as a registered person unless such registered person has complied with the Regulatory Element requirements. 16.2.3 CRD Notifications and Reports The Regulatory Element of the program is delivered through computer-based training in which participants work through problems related to realistic scenarios at computer terminals in an FINRA PROCTOR Certification Testing Center (PROCTOR Center). The Central Registration Depository (CRD) plays an important role in the implementation of the Regulatory Element by keeping track of those affected by the Regulatory Element and by notifying firms of their employees required to satisfy the Regulatory Element. The CRD issues notices to those whose second, fifth, or tenth anniversary of their initial securities registration or posting of a significant disciplinary matter occurs. The notices state that beginning with the date of the individual’s second, fifth, or tenth anniversary, he or she will have 120 days to satisfy the Regulatory Element, by completing a computer-based training session dealing with regulatory matters relevant to conducting a securities business of any kind. The individual must make an appointment to take the computer-based training at any PROCTOR Center before the end of the 120-day period. (Amended 03/30/2006) The CRD issues several types of notifications:
1. An initial notice is sent, via Web-CRD Firm Queues, 90 days before the registered person’s anniversary. The Principal responsible for Continuing Education must notify the rep of the date to remind the individual of an approaching registration or disciplinary anniversary and to inform him or her
504
of the associated Continuing Education Program requirement; (Amended 03/30/2006)
2. Firm queues must be checked regularly by the Compliance Department in order to monitor the Continuing Education status of individual reps. The firm queues will be updated to reflect the approaching deadline for CE testing, and the Compliance Department will bear the responsibility of making sure that all reps are scheduled for CE.
3. If a registered rep becomes inactive, the Compliance Department must inform the registered person that because the Regulatory Element computer-based training is not complete, his or her registration is no longer active and he or she may not perform, or be paid for, any activity that requires a securities registration; and
4. A notice of Session Completion will be handed to the rep as s/he leaves the testing center after satisfying the Regulatory Element requirements by completing a computer-based training session. The notification will indicate that the person completed all pending requirements of the Regulatory Element, and bear a raised seal.
By the middle of each month, the Firm Queues of Web-CRD advises firms with summary status reports. The Firm Queue radial dials will allow firms to see reps who: 1. Have begun their 120-day window; 2. Have 90 days remaining in their 120-day window; 3. Have 60 days remaining in their 120-day window; 4. Have 30 days remaining in their 120-day window; 5. Have completed their requirement within the past 30 days; 6. Have had their registration changed to inactive within the past 30 days; 7. Have remained inactive for more than 30 days; or 8. Have had their registration status changed from inactive to another status
within the past 30 days. The Compliance Department of PKS monitors the Web-CRD Firm Queues to determine that each registered person is in compliance with the Regulatory Element. All registered persons in compliance are notified in writing of their status. All registered persons who are not in compliance are notified in writing each month upon receipt of the Web-CRD Firm Queues Totals Report of their responsibility to comply with the Continuing Education Regulatory Element and of the disciplinary action for noncompliance. All registered persons determined to have had their registration status changed to inactive are not able to perform, or be paid for, any activity which requires securities registration. All registered persons who have satisfied the requirements of the Regulatory Element shall be exempt from further participation in the Regulatory Element subject to re-entry into the program as set forth below.
505
16.2.4 Failure to Complete Unless otherwise determined by the FINRA, any registered person of Purshe Kaplan Sterling who has not completed the Regulatory Element within the prescribed time frames will have their registrations deemed inactive until such time as the requirements of the program have been satisfied. Any person whose registration has been deemed inactive under this rule shall cease all activities as a registered person and is prohibited from performing any duties and functioning in any capacity requiring registration. A registration that has been inactive for a period of two years will be administratively terminated. A person whose registration is so terminated may reactivate his or her registration only by reapplying for registration and meeting the qualification requirements of the applicable provisions of FINRA Registration Rule 1210 and Rule 1220. 16.2.5 Re-entry into Program Unless otherwise determined by the FINRA, a registered person of PKS will be required to re-enter the Regulatory Element and satisfy all of its requirements in the event such person:
1. Is subject to any statutory disqualification as defined in Section 3(a)(39) of the Act;
2. Is subject to suspension or to imposition of a fine of $5,000 or more for violation of any provision of any securities law or regulation, or any agreement with or rule or standard of conduct of any securities government agency, securities self- regulatory organization, or as imposed by any such regulatory or self- regulatory organization in connection with a disciplinary proceeding; or
Re-entry shall commence with initial participation within 120 days of the registered person becoming subject to the statutory disqualification, in the case of (A) above, or the disciplinary action becoming final, in the case of (B) and (C) above, and on three additional occasions thereafter, at intervals of two, five and ten years after re-entry, notwithstanding that such person has completed all or part of the program requirements based on length of time as a registered person or completion of ten years of participation in the program. 16.3 Firm Element In the future, specific programs may be implemented for other registration categories. The Firm Element requires that each member conduct an annual analysis of its training needs. Members must also administer appropriate training to their registered persons who have direct contact with customers and to immediate supervisors of such registered persons, on an ongoing basis. The training must cover topics specifically related to their business, such as new products, sales practices, risk disclosure, and new regulatory requirements and concerns. The Rule requires members to focus specifically on supervisory needs in their analysis and, if it is determined that supervisory training is necessary, it must be addressed in the Firm Element training plan.
506
Currently, PKS contracts with a third-party vendor, Quest CE (QUEST CE), to provide internet- based firm element of continuing education. All tracking and reporting are done by QUEST CE, who then funnels the information to the Compliance Department. The Compliance Department is responsible for assigning courses to registered persons and verifying that each person has completed his/her required modules. (Amended 03/30/2006)
16.3.1 Persons subject to the Firm Element The requirements of the subparagraph shall apply to any person registered with Purshe Kaplan Sterling who has direct contact with customers in the conduct of the Company’s securities sales, trading and investment banking activities, and to the immediate supervisors of such persons (collectively, covered registered persons). Customer shall mean any natural person and any organization, other than another broker-dealer, executing securities transactions with or through or receiving investment banking services from PKS. 16.3.2 Standards for the Firm Element
1. The Firm must maintain a continuing and current education program for its covered registered persons to enhance their securities knowledge, skill, and professionalism. At a minimum, PKS shall at least annually evaluate and prioritize its training needs and develop a written training plan. The plan must take into consideration the Company’s size, organizational structure, and scope of business activities, as well as regulatory developments and the performance of covered registered persons in the Regulatory Element.
2. Minimum Standards for Training Programs—Programs used to implement the Company’s training plan must be appropriate for the business of the Company and, at a minimum must cover the following matters concerning securities products, services and strategies offered by the Company:
a. General investment features and associated risk factors; b. Suitability and sales practice considerations; and c. Applicable regulatory requirements.
3. Administration of Continuing Education Program—The Compliance Department must administer its continuing education programs in accordance with its annual evaluation and written plan and must maintain records documenting the content of the programs by covered registered persons.
(Amended 7/2008)
16.3.3 Participation in the Firm Element Covered registered persons included in PKS’ plan must take all appropriate and reasonable steps to participate in continuing education programs as required by the Company.
507
16.3.4 Specific Training Requirements (Amended 8/2018) FINRA may require the Firm, individually or as part of a larger group, to provide specific training to its covered registered persons in such areas as the FINRA deems appropriate. Such a requirement may stipulate the class of covered registered persons for which it is applicable, the time period in which the requirement must be satisfied and, where appropriate, the actual training content. PKS requires an “Ethics Training” module through FINRA Firm Element of Continuing Education be completed the first year a registered representative joins PKS, and every three years thereafter. The “Ethics Training” given through Quest CE is a review of practices that Registered Representatives should have or adopt to ensure the well being of their customers, their firm and themselves. Subjects include the avoidance of potentially improper business conduct in addition to sales practices, which have already been defined and strictly prohibited, the clear communication of the investment risks involved to customers and prospects, and the gathering of customer information to determine suitability issues prior to making recommendations. PKS also requires an “Anti-Money Laundering” and an “Identity Theft” module through FINRA Firm Element of Continuing Education be completed every year. These modulesgiven through Quest CE leads participants through a series of scenarios, asks them to make decisions, shows correct and incorrect answers and then prompts them to complete and pass an optional mastery test at the end of the course. (Amended 1/28/2008) Finally, PKS requires a “Variable Annuity” module through FINRA Firm Element of Continuing Education to be completed every two years for all registered representatives of PKS that are also appointed to sell Variable Annuities and Variable Insurance Licensed. The “Variable Annuities and Variable Life Insurance” module given through Quest CE is an extensive analysis covering the characteristics of variable annuities and variable life insurance products. 16.3.5 Regulatory Consequences for Non-Compliance Failure to comply with Firm Element requirements may subject the Company and/or individuals to disciplinary action. Failure by covered registered persons to attend training provided by the Company to comply with the Firm Element requirements may subject them to disciplinary action.
SECTION 17: RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING 17.1 Principal Responsibilities The Chief Operating Officershall be responsible for ensuring that the following procedures are implemented:
508
1. All entries to books and records will be posted in a timely manner; 2. Confirmations are prepared by the clearing firm (FCCS) which contain the disclosures
pursuant to SEC Rule 10b-10, including the following (this is verified by the COO by making sure the Clearing Agreement with FCCS is in good order):
a. Whether Purshe Kaplan Sterling is acting as agent for the customer, as agent for some other person, as agent for both such customer and some other person, or as principal for the Company’s own account;
b. The date and time of the transaction (or the fact that the time of the transaction will be furnished upon written request of such customer) and the identity, price and number of shares or units (or principal amount) of such security purchased or sold by such customer;
c. In the case of any transaction in a debt security subject to redemption before maturity, a statement to the effect that such debt security may be redeemed in whole or in part before maturity, that such a redemption could affect the yield represented and that additional information is available upon request;
d. In the case of a transaction in a debt security effected exclusively on the basis of a dollar price, the dollar price at which the transaction was effected and the yield to maturity calculated from the dollar price; and
e. In the case of a transaction in a debt security effected on the basis of yield, the yield at which the transaction was effected, the dollar price calculated from the yield and, if effected on a basis other than yield to maturity, the yield to maturity if lower than the represented yield; and
3. Bank balances, month-end trial balance proprietary positions, relevant sub-ledger balances and trial balances will be reconciled and duly supervised.
(Amended 7/2008) 17.2 Use of Electronic Media Recently the SEC and FINRA (See NTM 98-3) issued general guidelines as to the use of electronic media for delivery of information to customers and record keeping. In accordance with these guidelines, The Firm expects to make use of electronic media to the extent appropriate in its business operations. See above under "Advertising/Promotion” for a discussion of the Company’s use of electronic media in its communications with the customers. In general, required records may be maintained and stored electronically by the Company subject to the following conditions:
1. Written records shall be maintained and stored where legally required.(i.e. original customer signatures, canceled checks or certificates, other documentation required to be available for legal, evidentiary purposes);
2. The Company shall maintain duplicate "backup" records in electronic form in a secure storage facility to guard against inadvertent erasures, casualties, theft, etc.; and
509
3. Where required by regulatory and Compliance Department policies and procedures, all such records shall be immediately accessible and capable of being downloaded and printed out for examination.
PKS shall receive electronically formatted copies of all Registered Investment Advisory firm trades whenever the RIA is maintained by a registered PKS representative. 17.3 Net Capital Requirements PKS’ minimum net capital requirement is $250,000.00; however, the Company is required to maintain at 120% of this amount, or $300,000.00, in net capital at all times. However, in accordance with FCCS, PKS maintains a minimum net capital of $350,000.00 at all times. Under the provisions of the federal securities laws and under state Blue Sky regulations, “net capital” is defined as net worth adjusted as follows: 1. Adding unrealized profits (or deducting unrealized losses) in the accounts of the Company; 2. Adding satisfactory subordinated loans; 3. Subtracting federal or state tax liabilities (if any) stemming from accrued income or unrealized appreciation; 4. Adding future income benefits resulting from unrealized losses (if any); and, 5. Subtracting fixed assets and assets that cannot readily be converted into cash, including, but not limited to, real estate, furniture, fixtures (if any), prepaid rent, insurance expenses (if any), prepaid administrative expenses, goodwill and organization expenses, unsecured advances and loans, and mutual concessions receivable that are outstanding longer than 30 days; 6. Subtracting haircuts on securities positions. The Securities Exchange Act requires varying sums contingent on the nature of the business conducted by the Company. Note, however, that some states require a greater amount of net capital. SEC and Blue Sky regulations also state that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital cannot exceed 15:1 under applicable regulations. The Chief Financial Officer, Tracey Bohley, shall ensure the Company’s compliance with net capital rules by performing computations at least once per month. Monthly computations will be retained for three (3) years. The audited financial statements on Form X 17A-5 (the “Focus Report”) contain a net capital computation under Securities Exchange Act Rule 15c3-1; this format can be used for the basic computation. State filings are also required, as are registration amendments and renewals. PKS, if and when so directed by FINRA, shall not expand its business during any period in which any of the following conditions exist, or have existed for more than fifteen consecutive business days: 1. The Company’s net capital is less than 150 percent of the total net capital minimum requirement or such greater percentage thereof as may from time to time be prescribed by FINRA; 2. The Company’s aggregate indebtedness is more than 1000% of it’s net capital; or 3. The deduction of ownership equity and maturities of subordinated debt scheduled during the next six months would result in any of the above two conditions. FINRA may direct the Company to reduce its business to a point enabling its available capital to comply with the standards set forth above if any of the following conditions continue to exist, or have existed for more than fifteen consecutive business days:
510
1. The Company’s net capital is less than 125 percent of it’s net capital minimum requirement or such greater percentage thereof as may from time to time be prescribed by FINRA; 2. The Company’s aggregate indebtedness is more than 1200% of it’s net capital; or 3. The deduction of ownership equity and maturities of subordinated debt scheduled during the next six months would result in any of the above two conditions. 17.4 Annual Financial Audit PKS shall file annually, on a calendar or fiscal year basis, a report that shall be audited by an independent public accountant. The annual report shall be filed not more than sixty (60) days after the date of the financial statements. One copy of the report shall be filed at the regional or district office of the SEC., two copies at the SEC’s principal office in Washington DC and to all self- regulatory organizations and states (if required) of which PKS is a member. 17.5 Focus Reports On behalf of Purshe Kaplan Sterling, the designated Financial and Operations Principal (FINOP) shall file Monthly FOCUS reports as required by FINRA rules. In all cases the forms shall be filed electronically, utilizing the FINRA’s Web based FOCUS system. (Amended 03/03/2007). 17.6 Reporting Required Under SEC Rule 17a-11 Additional financial reporting may be required in order to comply with SEC Rule 17a-11 if the Company finds itself in net capital violation, approaches financial difficulties and/or experiences a books and records problem. Rule 17a-11 is designed to function as an all-encompassing reporting vehicle and requires the Company to send immediate “telegraphic” notice to the SEC and FINRA at any time when: 1. The dollar amount of the Company’s net capital is less than its required minimum; or 2. The Company’s aggregate indebtedness exceeds 1,500 percent of its net capital (800 percent for the Company’s first twelve months after its effective date of membership with the FINRA). Additionally, in accordance with Rule 17a-11, the Company will file notification within 24 hours to the SEC and FINRA if at any point in time: 1. The Company’s aggregate indebtedness exceeds 1,200 percent (12 to 1) of its net capital; or 2. Its net capital is less than 120 percent of its required net capital. Other provisions of SEC Rule 17a-11 requires the Company to send telegraphic notice to the SEC and other appropriate agencies when: 1. The Company fails to make and keep current the books and records specified under SEC Rule 17a-3. The telegraphic notice must be sent immediately; and within 48 hours of the telegraphic notice the Company must file a report stating what corrective actions have been taken; or 2. The Company discovers or is notified by an independent public accountant, pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of SEC Rule 17a-5, of the existence of any material inadequacies in its accounting system, internal accounting control, or the procedures for safeguarding securities. The telegraphic notice of such material inadequacy shall be made to the SEC and the FINRA within 24 hours, and within 48 hours of the telegraphic notice a report shall be filed stating the corrective steps which have been and are being taken.
511
The Firm’s designated FINOP shall ensure the timely filing of all telegraphic notices required under SEC Rule 17a-11 with the SEC’s principal office in Washington, DC, the Regional Office of the SEC where the Company’s main office is located and FINRA. 17.7 Customer Account Statements (Amended 8/2013) A. Brokerage Account Statements from FCCS
Pursuant to Rule 2340 of the FINRA Conduct Rules, FCCS provides no less frequently than each calendar quarter a customer account statement showing securities positions, money balances and account activity during the period.
B. Direct Account Statements Customers holding accounts directly with a mutual fund, variable annuity, or alternative investment company will receive statements directly from the direct account custodian. 17.8 Record of Written Complaints Purshe Kaplan Sterling shall keep and preserve in each of its offices. either a separate file of all written complaints of customers and action taken, if any, or a separate record of such complaints and a clear reference to the files containing the correspondence connected with such complaint as maintained in such office. Recent SEC/FINRA proposals, if adopted, will require the following minimum record keeping:
1. A description of the nature of the complaint; 2. The name, address and account number of the complainant; 3. The date the complaint was received; 4. The name of any associated person named in the complaint; 5. The disposition of the complaint; and 6. The Company shall maintain a record indicating that each customer has been notified
of 7. the name, address and telephone number of the department to which complaints may
be addressed. 17.9 Reserved 17.10 Customer Account Information Currently, the FINRA requires that the Firm shall maintain at a minimum the following information for its accounts:
512
1. The customer’s name, 2. Residence, 3. the customer’s date of birth (as opposed to whether or not the customer is of legal age), 4. The signature of the Registered Representative introducing the account and signature
of the member or partner, officer or manager who accepts the account, and 5. If the customer is a corporation, partnership or other legal entity, the names of any
persons authorized to transact business on behalf of the entity. 6. The customer's tax ID number or social security number, 7. The customer's occupation, 8. Name and address of the customer's employer, and 9. Whether the customer is an associated person (Registered Representative), of another
registered broker-dealer. (Amended 03/30/2006) An "Institutional Account" is an account of a bank, savings and loan association, insurance Company or registered investment Company, an investment adviser registered either with the SEC or a state, or any other entity with total assets of at least $50 million.
PLEASE NOTE: that if a customer fails or refuses to provide a tax ID number, IRS regulations require that the Company withhold 31% of all redemption or distributions.
UPDATING OF CUSTOMER ACCOUNT DATA. PURSHE KAPLAN STERLING REQUIRES THAT ITS REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE USE ALL REASONABLE EFFORTS TO UPDATE CUSTOMER ACCOUNT DATA ON A REGULAR BASIS, NOT LESS THAN EVERY THREE (3) YEARS. PROPOSED TRANSACTIONS IN A CUSTOMER ACCOUNT WITH DATA MORE THAN THREE (3) YEARS OLD MAY BE SUBJECT TO REJECTION OR CANCELLATION UNTIL THE ACCOUNT IS UPDATED. (Amended 03/30/2006). The following account information will be acquired:
1. Name, 2. Social security number (or other tax identification number), 3. Address and telephone number, 4. Date of birth, 5. Marital status, 6. Number of dependents, 7. Employment status including occupation 8. Annual income and net worth (excluding value of primary residence), 9. Investment objectives or risk tolerance, 10. In case of a joint account, same information for BOTH persons , 11. Indication that the account has been approved by the Registered Representative and
by the Director of Supervision or Regional Supervisor (Amended 7/2008) Furthermore, where the account record is updated to reflect a change of name, address or investment objective, the proposal requires the Company will furnish the customer with a copy of
513
the record within thirty (30) days of such change. This record is automatically generated by FCCS and sent to the customer via first class mail. Where a change of address is involved, the account record must go to the new address with a change of address form to the old address. (Amended 7/2008) 17.11 Release of Confidential Customer Information In NTM 97-12 the FINRA proposed new Rule 3121 of the Code of Conduct Rules, governing release of confidential “customer financial information.” Pursuant to the proposed Rule, PKS has adopted the following policies to be administered by the Compliance Department:
1. “Confidential financial information” is any financial information concerning the customer other than name, address(es) and telephone number(s) or information that can be obtained from unaffiliated credit bureaus or other similar businesses in the ordinary course of business;
2. Before releasing any such information (other than to the Company’s clearing agency or a government or self-regulatory authority or court with jurisdiction pursuant to a duly approved order) the Company will obtain the customer’s authorization in writing which clearly and conspicuously discloses the release and states that the customer has the right to object; and
3. The Company will retain such written authorization in the customer’s files as long as the customer maintains any account with the Company.
17.12 Preparation of Required Records The Company shall make and keep current, or obtain from its clearing firm, the following books and records relating to its business:
1. Blotters (or other records of original entry) containing an itemized daily record of all purchases and sales of securities, all receipts and deliveries of securities (including certificate numbers), all receipts and disbursements of cash and all other debits and credits. Such records shall show the account for which each such transaction was effected, the name and amount of securities, the unit and aggregate purchase or sale price (if any), the trade date and the name or other designation of the person from whom purchased or received or to whom sold or delivered;
2. Ledgers (or other records) reflecting all assets and liabilities, income and expense and capital accounts;
3. Ledger Accounts (or other records) itemizing separately to each cash and margin account of the Firm, its customers, brokers or dealer and partners thereof (if appropriate), all purchases, sales receipts and deliveries of securities and commodities for such account and all other debits and credits to such account;
4. Ledgers (or other records) reflecting the following as applicable:
a. Securities in transfer, b. Dividends and interest received, c. Securities borrowed and securities loaned, d. Moneys borrowed and moneys loaned (together with a
514
e. record of the collateral and any substitutions in such collateral), f. Securities failed to receive and failed to deliver, g. All long and short securities record differences arising from the examination,
verification, count and comparison pursuant to SEC Rule 17a-13, Rule 17a-5 and similar SEC rules; and/or
h. Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements.
5. A Securities Record or Ledger reflecting separately for each security as of the clearance dates of all “long” or “short” positions (including securities in safekeeping and securities that are the subjects of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements) carried by PKS, broker or dealer for its account or for the account of its customers or partners or others and showing the location of all securities long and the offsetting position to all securities short, including long securities count differences and short securities count differences classified by the date of the physical count and verification in which they were discovered, and in all cases the name or designation of the account in which each position is carried;
6. A memorandum of each brokerage order, and any other instruction, given or received for the purchase or sale of securities, whether executed or unexecuted. Such memorandum shall show the terms and conditions of the order or instructions and of any modification or cancellation, the account for which it was entered, the time of entry, the price at which executed and, to the extent feasible, the time of execution or cancellation. The memorandum needs to also show the name of the associated person who entered the order, the identity of any other person who entered or accepted the order on behalf of the customer and the time at which the Company received the order. Orders entered pursuant to the exercise of discretionary power by PKS or any employee shall be so designated;
7. A memorandum of each purchase and sale for the account of Purshe Kaplan Sterling showing the price, and to the extent feasible, the time of execution, and where such a purchase or sale is with a customer other than a broker or dealer, a memorandum of each order received, showing the time of receipt, the terms and conditions of the order and the account in which it was entered;
8. Copies of confirmations of all purchases and sales of securities, including copies of all purchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and copies of notices of all other debits and credits for securities, cash and other items for the account of customers and partners of the Firm.
9. A Record of each cash and margin account with the Company, indicating: a. The name and address of the beneficial owner of the account, b. Exempt employee benefit plan securities, but only to the extent such by
employee benefit plans established by the issuer of the securities, whether or not the beneficial owner of securities registered in the name of such members, brokers or dealers, or a registered clearing agency or a nominee objects to disclosure of his or her identity, address and securities positions to issuers, and
c. In the case of a margin account, the signature of such owner;
515
10. A Record of all puts, calls, spreads and other options in which PKS has any direct or indirect interest or which the Firm has granted or guaranteed, containing at least, an identification of the security and the number of units involved;
11. A Record of the proof of money balances of all ledger accounts in the form of trial balances, and a record of the computation of aggregate indebtedness and net capital, as of the trial balance date, pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-1;
12. A U-4 Form executed by each associated person of Purshe Kaplan Sterling which shall be approved via signature by the CEO or their designee, and shall contain, at a minimum, the following information: (Amended 7/2008)
a. Name address, social security number and the starting date of association with
PKS; b. Date of birth; c. A complete, consecutive statement of all business connections for at least the
preceding ten years, including whether any employment was part-time or full- time;
d. A record of any denial of membership or registration, and of any disciplinary action taken, or sanction imposed, by any federal or state agency, or by any national securities exchange or national securities association, including any finding of cause of any disciplinary action or violation of any law;
e. A record of any denial, suspension, expulsion or revocation of membership or registration of any member, broker or dealer with which he or she was associated in any capacity when such action was taken;
f. A record of any permanent or temporary name by which he or she has been known or which he or she has used, provided however, that if he or she had been a Registered Representative of PKS or his/her employment had been approved the FINRA or any stock exchange, then retention of a full, correct and complete copy of any and all applications for such registration or approval shall satisfy these requirements.
In other formats outside of a Registered Representative’s personnel file, the firm may also keep:
1. Any agreement between the Registered Representative and the Company; 2. Any customer complaint information; 3. All client trading records; 4. A summary of the Representative's compensation plan with the Company, including
commission schedules.; and 5. Internal identification numbers and CRD numbers.
The Compliance Deparment maintains a list of all associated persons working out of, or being supervised at, each branch office. (Amended 7/2008)
516
17.13 FINRA Fees and Assessments FINRA fees, such as those assessed by the CRD, are the responsibility of the Compliance Department. Annual Renewal fees and the Annual Assessment are also the responsibility of the Compliance Department, as is any other fee associated with FINRA membership. (Amended 4/13/2005) 17.14 Records Regarding Approval of Communications The Company shall also maintain records of any written approvals of outgoing communications sent. The Compliance Department is responsible for reviewing outgoing communications. When a mass-mailing (more than 25) will be sent to clients, the letter must be sent to the Compliance Department via mail, email ([email protected] ) or fax for approval. If approved, the Compliance Associate will sign and date the approved piece and email it the registered person stating that it has been approved and that they must maintain a copy of the approval along with a list of clients that the letter will be mailed to in their required Advertising File. If not approved, the Compliance Associate will make corrections and/or suggestions to the document and require re-submission. (Amended 7/2008) 17.15 Records of Examination Reports The Company shall keep and retain for three (3) years copies of all examination letters by any securities or regulatory authority and any securities regulatory authority examination reports. These letters are maintained electronically by the Compliance Deparment. (Amended 7/2008) 17.16 Records of Cash and Non-Cash Compensation Purshe Kaplan Sterling must maintain records of all compensation, cash and non-cash, received from offerors. The records must include the names of the offerors, the names of the associated persons, and the amount of cash and the nature and, if known, the value of non-cash compensation received. Records regarding the "nature" of non-cash compensation received shall disclose whether the non-cash compensation was received in connection with a sales incentive program or a training and education meeting. Thus, for example, records for a training and education meeting shall include information demonstrating that the requirements of a training and education meeting were complied with, including the date and location of the meeting, the fact that attendance at the meeting was pre-approved by a member of the Compliance Deparment and was not conditioned on the achievement of a previously specified sales target, the fact that the payment was not applied to the expenses of guests of associated persons of the Company , and any other relevant information. This record is maintained electronically by the Compliance Department. (Amended 7/2008) 17.17 Record Keeping Requirements
517
17.17.1 Preservation of Required Records PKS shall preserve for a period of not less than six years, the first two years in an easily accessible place, the following records, as applicable:
1. Blotters (or other records of original entry); 2. Ledgers (or other records) reflecting all assets and liabilities, income and expense and
capital accounts.; and, 3. Ledger accounts (or other records) itemizing separate entries as to each cash and
margin account of every customer and of PKS, broker or dealer and partners thereof (if appropriate) all purchases, sales receipts and deliveries of securities and commodities for such account and all other debits and credits to such account.
PKS or its clearing agent must preserve for a period of not less than five years the transfer notice records required to be kept under the Bank Secrecy Act (see above under “Trade Desk”). The Firm or its clearing agent shall preserve for a period of not less than three years, the first two years in an accessible place, the following records:
1. Ledgers (or other records) required to be made pursuant to SEC Rule 240.17a-3(a)(4); 2. Memoranda of brokerage orders required to be made pursuant to SEC Rule 240.17a-
3(a)(6); 3. Memoranda of purchases and sales required to be made pursuant to SEC Rule 240.17a-
3(a)(7); 4. Copies of confirmations of all purchases and sales of securities required to be made
pursuant to SEC Rule 240.17a-3(a)(8); 5. Records of each cash and margin account with PKS required to be made pursuant to
SEC Rule 17a-3(a)(9); 6. Records of all puts, calls, spreads and other options required to be made pursuant to
SEC Rule 17a-3(a)(10); 7. All checkbooks, bank statements, canceled checks and cash reconciliations; 8. All bills receivable or payable (or copies), paid or unpaid, relating to the business of
PKS; 9. Originals of all communications received and copies of all communications sent by
the Company, including interoffice memoranda and communications relating to its business;
10. A record of each written customer complaint as required by SEC Rule 17a-3(a)(18); 11. All trial balances, computations of aggregate indebtedness and net capital (and
accompanying working papers), financial statements, Branch Office reconciliations and internal audit working papers relating to its business; and
518
12. All guarantees of accounts and all powers of attorney and other evidence of the granting of any discretionary authority given in respect of any account and copies of resolutions empowering an agent to act on behalf of a corporation.
Purshe Kaplan Sterling shall preserve, for a period of not less than six years after the closing of any customers account, any account cards or records which relate to the terms and conditions with respect to the opening and maintenance of such account. PKS shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place, all applications for employment pursuant to SEC Rule 240.17a-3(a)(12), until at least three years after the “associated person” has terminated his or her employment and any other connection with the Firm. All articles of incorporation or charters, minute books and stock certificate books shall be preserved during the life of the enterprise and of any successor enterprise.
17.18 Municipal Securities Business (Amended 11/2014) For municipals, Purshe Kaplan Sterling can comply with either SEC Rules 17a-3 or MSRB Rules G-8 and G-9. Stephen Smith shall ensure that the following records are prepared and maintained in a timely manner and that they comply with requirements:
• Ledgers for repurchase, reverse repurchase, and put options; • A syndicate transaction ledger; • An uncompleted transaction ledger; • Customer account records; and • Customer suitability information, as appropriate.
Municipal customers must also provide their employer name and occupation. 17.19 Investment Banking At this time, Investment Banking is non-applicable to PKS. However, should it become applicable in the future the designated Principal of Purshe Kaplan Sterling will ensure that, at a minimum, the following records of its investment banking business are kept:
• Agreements with client companies; • Final copies of all offering materials; • Originals of all opinions, certificates and reports; • Lists of persons contacted with pre-qualifications; • Log of all investor contacts; • Record of “due diligence” or other studies or investigations performed; • Copies of all regulatory filings, clearance notices, etc.; • Any advertising or promotional material; and • “Closing” file of basic legal documents.
(Amended 7/2008)
519
17.20 Options Business (Amended 11/2014) Under the direction of Stephen Smith, PKS shall follow these additional requirements for options transactions:
1. Providing confirmations to customers who make options transactions. These confirmations should include all required information, such as the opening or closing transaction;
2. Maintenance of specific customer approvals for options transactions, plus written acknowledgments of the applicability of OCC and SRO rules;
3. Verification of procedures for supplying monthly and quarterly statements to customers; and
4. Maintenance and periodic review of all customer complaints for options transactions. A separate file should be kept for such complaints.
SECTION 18: REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVES ALSO ASSOCIATED WITH REGISTERED INVESTMENT ADVISORY FIRMS 18.1 Independent Advisory Activities (Amended 03/2022) A. General:
PKS has registered representatives who are also associated persons of independent registered investment advisory (RIA) firms who are not affiliated with PKS. This section pertains to PKS’ activities with respect to such RIA firms.
B. Record Keeping
The Compliance Department will request and maintain, in electronic format or otherwise, the following data from RIA firms associated with PKS Registered Representatives.
(1) Duplicate customer account statements in paper or electronic format or an
electronic download of transactional information if provided by the RIA account custodian (“Custodian(s)”) or ;
(2) Advertising materials and sales literature (including letterhead and business
cards) used to promote brokerage commission business (including variable annuities), or wherein the RIA holds itself out as a broker-dealer or having a PKS relationship;
(3) IARD Filings including completed Form ADV, Annual Updating Amendment
that is required by the SEC and most recent SEC audit;
520
(4) Sample of Client Advisory Agreements;
(5) All web sites and web addresses used by the RIA firm. C. RIA Advertising
(1) PKS will review for compliance with FINRA and SEC rules, advertising materials and sales literature in cases where such materials (including web sites) either specifically promote or advertise brokerage commission business (including variable annuities), or wherein the RIA otherwise promotes the PKS relationship.
(2) PKS will not review RIA advertising materials and sales materials that do not specifically promote PKS or commission based products.
(3) RIA advertising materials that specifically promote PKS or commission based
products will be subject to the advertising rules as set forth by FINRA and this SPM. In addition, every such advertisement shall display, in a prominent place, in bold capital letters in at least 10 point type that all advertised investment products are “Not FDIC Insured – Not Bank Guaranteed – May lose value, including loss of principle – Not insured by any state or federal agency.” Such advertisement shall also display, in a prominent place, a disclosure that securities are offered through PKS in accordance with PKS requirements.
D. RIA Letterhead.
(1) PKS will not review RIA communications with RIA customers that do not reference PKS or brokerage. Letterhead containing such communications may contain a reference to an RIA website and need not contain a disclosure regarding any relationship with associated persons of the RIA and PKS.
(2) A communication with a PKS customer or that makes reference to PKS and/or
brokerage may only be transmitted on PKS letterhead or on RIA letterhead approved by the PKS Compliance Department. If on RIA letterhead, such letterhead must contain a disclosure that securities are offered through PKS. Such letterhead may not contain any reference to the RIA website or other RIA materials not approved by the PKS Compliance Department.
E. RIA Business Cards
(1) PKS does not review or approve RIA business cards that (1) are used for RIA business and customers/prospective customers only and (2) make no reference to PKS or brokerage. Such RIA business cards may contain a reference to an RIA
521
website and need not contain a disclosure regarding any relationship with associated persons of the RIA and PKS.
(2) A business card used for any discussion regarding PKS or brokerage must be a
PKS business card or an RIA business card approved by the Compliance Department. Such RIA business card must contain a disclosure that securities are offered through PKS, and may not contain any reference to the RIA website or other RIA materials not approved by the PKS Compliance Department.
(3) An RIA business card may not contain a reference to the holder as a “registered representative.” Such a designation may only be made on a PKS business card.
F. RIA Performance Reports (1) Approval Required
Registered representatives seeking to use performance reports in an advisory capacity that include assets held in a PKS customer account must first obtain written approval from the PKS Compliance Department by completing and submitting the “Performance Report Request” form located on the PKS website in the forms library. Upon receipt of the request, the PKS Compliance Department will review the process and systems used to generate the reports.
(2) Review of Reports
(a) Branch Office Inspection Review
If the PKS Compliance Department determines that data may be modified manually, then the PKS Compliance Department will periodically test a sample of the reports for data accuracy with respect to those securities held through PKS. This test will be conducted as part of the Branch Office Inspections conducted by the firm pursuant to FINRA Rule 3110.
The review will ask the following questions: (i) Do the reports allow manual adjustments? (ii) If YES, then the auditor will choose ten random accounts and review the
following data: a. Is PKS listed as the Broker-Dealer on the statement? b. Is proper PKS Disclosure on the report as described in Section
18.1(F)(3) below? c. Does each position listed on the statement match the position listed on
the report?
522
(iii) Has the methodology used to generate the Performance Reports changed since submitting for approval?
(iv) Do the reports contain Alternative positions not held at major custodians? (v) If so, the auditor will also review the top ten largest alternative investment
accounts.
(b) Annual Review In addition to the review conducted at the branch office inspection, the PKS Compliance Department will conduct a remote annual review utilizing email, telephonic or other communications as appropriate, using the same parameters as described in Section 18.1(F)(2)(a) above.
(3) Disclosure Required
The report must include a disclosure that contains the following points:
(a) This is a performance report and not a statement. The statement comes from the custodian of the account on a regular basis.
(b) Not all the assets that are presented are necessarily being billed on. (c) The assets shown are net of fees. This is SEC mandated. (d) Securities are offered through Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments,
member FINRA/SIPC. Headquartered at 80 State Street, Albany, NY 12207. Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments and [Insert RIA Name Here] are not affiliated companies.
(4) Annual Attestation
(a) On an annual basis, registered representatives distributing performance reports pursuant to this section must complete an attestation confirming that the process and systems used to generate the reports have not changed.
(5) Recordkeeping
Registered Representatives are required to upload all performance reports requiring approval to this section to the PKS SharePoint site or other approved electronic medium or platform. The PKS Compliance Department shall maintain records of all reviews conducted, which may be maintained electronically.
G. State Requirements
523
Some states require disclosure by a RIA of any brokerage relationship by an associated person on all of its communications with the public. Before electing not to disclose such relationship any communication or advertising, the RIA is advised to check with competent counsel or state regulatory authorities. (Amended 9/2010)
H. Review of Investment Advisory Transactions (1) Review of Electronic Transactional Downloads
PKS shall conduct a review of electronic downloads of transactional information (“Downloads”) provided by the Custodians. (a) Identified RIA Transactions. Upon receipt of Downloads, the Compliance
Department shall review RIA Transactions for the possible unsuitable activity pursuant to (b) below.
(i) Cherrypicking (ii) Frontrunning (iii) Penny Stocks (iv) Inverse or leveraged securities, where practicable (v) Inappropriate Options trading, where practicable (vi) Other derivative securities, where practicable (b) Review Criteria
On an ongoing basis, the Compliance Department shall review a sampling of the RIA Transactions for the purpose of detecting unsuitable transactions. The Compliance Department review process shall be a Risk based review.
(2) Review of Paper Account Statements and or Trade Log
(a) Identified RIA Transactions. Upon receipt of paper statements, the
Compliance Department shall review RIA Transactions pursuant to (b) below for the possible unsuitable activity. In the alternative, the Compliance Department may review an electronic monthly trade log. The review shall search for the following unsuitable activity.
(i) Cherrypicking
524
(ii) Frontrunning (iii) Penny Stocks (iv) Inverse and/or leveraged securities, where practicable (v) Inappropriate Options trading, where practicable (vi) Other derivative securities, where practicable
(b) Review Criteria
On an ongoing basis, the Compliance Department shall review a sampling of the RIA Transactions for the purpose of detecting violations of the securities laws and rules. The Compliance Department review process shall be a Risk based review.
(3) Investigation of Potential Violations
Identified Transactions which appear to be unsuitable for advisory accounts shall be investigated by the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall take appropriate action based upon the findings of the investigation.
I. Cryptocurrency The Compliance Department, through exception reports, will periodically review cryptocurrency transactions through the approved vendor platform. J. Review of Data and Associated Record Keeping Review of data collected under this section and record keeping in connection with such data shall be the responsibility of the Compliance Department. SECTION 19 – INFORMATION SECURITY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 19.1 Comprehensive Information Security Program (CISP). (Amended 3/2015) A. This Section 19 shall comprise the PKS CISP. The CISP program is based on the following parameters:
525
(1) Identification of Risks Identification of Risks requires (a) The identification of critical functions, (b) The identification of resources that support critical functions, (c) The identification of devices and/or areas containing data, and specifically non-public personal information [PI], which requires protection. (d) The identification of paper and electronic records and storage media, including laptops and portable devices that contain non-public personal information [PI] (e) The identification of internal and external risks to records and media containing PI. (2) Protection From Risks The Protection from Risks requires the implementation of appropriate safeguards. These safeguards include (a) Risk mitigation procedures. Mitigation procedures include (i) Measures to safeguard data,
(ii) Training of associated persons, and administrative/operations staff of affiliated companies, and
(iii) Imposing Disciplinary Measures for violations of policies. (iv) Contain reasonable restrictions for access to records containing PI (v) Oversight of third party providers,
(vi) Acquisition and implementation and maintenance of protective technology.
(vii) Evaluation of effectiveness of current safeguards through periodic
audits, mock examinations, and retention of consultants as determined to be warranted by the CS Committee.
526
(3) Detection of Threats and Cybersecurity Events
The detection of threats consists of measures to detect internal threats, which may result from the actions of inside persons for failure to follow the Firm’s security procedures and external cyber threats.
(a) Detection Processes. Detection processes include: (i) Audit and Inspection procedures (ii) Continuous IT Monitoring and Detection Processes
(iii) Periodic Risk Assessment
(iv) Acquisition of updated and/or replacement systems/software
(v) Review of Incident Reports and After Action Recommendations
(vi) Monitoring Regulatory developments
(b) Description of Categories and Events
The CISP shall maintain records of detected threats and events. Such records shall be made available to the Cyber Security Committee for review. The CISP shall make recommendations to the Committee as appropriate.
(4) Response to Threats, Events and Breaches of Security
Procedures to Respond to Cybersecurity threats, cybersecurity events and breaches of security shall be developed by the Cyber Security Committee in consultation with the CISO. Some or all of these procedures shall be set forth as follows:
(a) In Section 19.5 of these procedures (b) In the Business Continuity Plan (c) In internal IT Department procedures, (5) Recovery from Cybersecurity Event
527
Where a cybersecurity event has caused a disruption of operations or a breach of security, the recovery to normal operations following a cybersecurity event include an analysis of the event and responsive improvements where necessary.
B. Officers in Charge of CISP (1) Cyber Security Committee
The Cyber Security Committee is established pursuant to SPM Section 2.8 and is responsible for development and approval of the CISP. The provisions of Section 2.8 are also incorporated into this Section 19 by reference.
(2) The Chief Information Security Officer [CISO] The IT Director is designated as the Chief Information Security Officer [CISO]. The terms CISO and IT Director may be used interchangeably in these procedures. The CISO has responsibility for implementation and maintenance of the CISP. (a) Headquarters Branch The CISO shall be responsible for ensuring that the CISP is followed in the Headquarters Office (b) Other Branch Offices. Person In Charge. The Person In Charge shall be responsible for . . ensuring that the CISP is followed in the Branch Office, and shall perform
the following tasks.
(i) Identification of Branch Personnel having access to PI.
The Person In Charge shall provide a current and up to date list of all non-registered Branch personnel having access to PI to the IT Director ad Compliance Department.
The Person in Charge shall provide an updated list to the IT Director and Compliance Department at any time where additional non-registered persons having access to PI become associated with the Branch personnel and shall obtain a signed PKS confidentiality agreement from the added non-registered person at that time.
528
The Compliance Department shall ensure that confidentiality agreements have been executed by all persons whose names are on the list of non-registered persons having access to PI.
(ii) Email Encryption. The Person In Charge shall advise all Branch Office personnel that
no email containing PI may be transmitted unless the email is encrypted.
(iii) The Person In Charge shall certify in writing that the PKS policies
and procedures regarding the protection of customer PI are strictly complied with, including the securing of work areas and computers to prevent unauthorized access to PKS customer or consumer PI. Such certification shall be made on an annual basis as part of the Annual Compliance Meeting.
(iv) The Person In Charge shall certify that PKS policies and
procedures regarding secure document destruction have been implemented, and that any unneeded documents containing non- public customer information are destroyed either by: Document shredding machine or by a vendor offering secure destruction of documents. Such certification shall be made on an annual basis as part of the Annual Compliance Meeting.
C. Protection against data breaches.
The following eight steps identify action that PKS has taken to protect against data breaches.
1. User Name and Password Protection - PKS applies a strict and robust password
security requirement regimen which includes the following: • Complexity • Minimum Length • Uniqueness
2. Control Administrative and Privileged Access - Only authorized individuals may
have access to PKS's systems and data. The Firm limits access to its systems and data to only such Firm personnel having a legitimate need to have access in order to perform their designated functions. PKS considers following factors in whether or not to grant access:
(1) Mapping user access privileges by job function; (2) Establishing controls to prevent unauthorized persons from accessing or
529
altering Firm systems and data; and (3) Implementing controls to detect any such unauthorized activity.
3. Application White Listing - PKS utilizes an Application White List to ensure that
only ''trusted software" is executed on Firm operating systems. The list of approved applications (the "White List") which has been approved by IT Department of the Firm are the only applications to be used in Firm operating systems. Any non-approved application on a Firm operating system is prohibited and PKS senior management retains the discretion to apply whatever sanction it determines to be necessary in order to sanction violations of Firm policy. PKS will prevent users from downloading malicious files and infecting Firm devices and systems and any individual or group of individuals found to have downloaded unapproved information may be immediately terminated.
4. Anti-Virus. E-Mail and Website Filters - PKS maintains updated anti-virus
software as well as web security software, and trains personnel to exercise personal vigilance against suspicious e-mails and attachments. .
5. Secure Standard Operating Systems - The IT Department will conduct a review
and inventory of outmoded operating systems and/or unsupported operating systems and insure that such outdated operating systems are removed and only supported current operating systems are installed.
6. Automated Patching Tools and Processes - PKS shall utilize automatic software
updates and spot check that updates are applied frequently. The IT Department shall keep an inventory or spreadsheet ("White List") of all tools identified and updates/patches that are approved and installed. To the extent that additional action is required to be taken after a software patch is applied and installed, such vulnerability shall be identified to the Cyber Security Committee for further action as it may determine to undertake, unless circumstances dictate immediate protective action by the IT Department.
7. Backup Data Regularly - PKS has determined to use multiple backup systems,
including but not limited to hard drive, disk, cloud based storage, worm tape and paper, and, in conformity with the Firm's business continuity plan and IT policies and procedures, will continue to address how the Firm's data is backed up and how it is made recoverable.
8. Mobile Device Security and Encryption Data - PKS policies and procedures
require that Mobile Devices used to access PI remain secure with passwords and that no PI is stored on such devices.
19.2 Definitions
530
(Amended 3/2015) As used in Section 19, the following words as used herein shall, unless the context requires otherwise, have the following meanings: A. Breach of Security
Breach of security, is defined as an intentional event perpetrated by a third party that (1) compromises or impedes the business activities of PKS or an affiliated
company, or is (2) the unauthorized acquisition or unauthorized use of unencrypted data or,
encrypted electronic data and the confidential process or key that is capable of compromising the security, confidentiality, or integrity of non-public personal information, maintained by a person or agency that creates a substantial risk of identity theft or fraud against a PKS Customer or associated person.
B. Threat
A Threat is a potential attack or risk to information systems, whether electronic or otherwise.
C. Cybersecurity Event
. A cybersecurity event (or incident) is any observable occurrence in the Firm's systems or network, that constitutes a violation or imminent threat of violation of PKS’ information/data security integrity, policies and/or procedures. (The terms "incident", "computer security incident" and "cyber event" are interchangeable).
D. Encrypted
The term Encrypted means the transformation of data into a form in which meaning cannot be assigned without the use of a confidential process or key.
E. PI
PI means Non-Public Personal information, or Personal Information. PI is defined as a combination of the elements contained in (a) and (b) below.
(1) A PKS Customer or Consumer first name and last name or first initial and
last name, in combination with (b) below;
531
(2) Any one or more of the following data elements that relate to such customer or consumer:
(a) Social Security number; or (b) driver's license number or state-issued identification card number;
or (c) financial account number, or (d) credit or debit card number or access code, or (e) date of birth.
(3) The items listed in (a) and (b) constitute personal information, regardless
of whether they are accessed in combination with or without any required security code, access code, personal identification number or password, that would permit access to a customer’s financial account; provided, however, that “Personal information” shall not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.
F. Records
Record or Records means any material upon which written, drawn, spoken, visual, or electromagnetic information or images are recorded or preserved, regardless of physical form or characteristics.
G. Third Party Provider Third party provider means any person that receives, stores, maintains, processes, or otherwise is permitted access to PI through its provision of services directly to PKS. H. Incident Response Team
An incident response team (IRT) is an interdisciplinary group of experienced employees and qualified managers whose role is to respond quickly and effectively to a breach of security.
I. Incident Detection
The Firm uses automation and manual forms of surveillance to analyze data and select for human review. The effectiveness of incident detection is an essential part of the Firm's Cyber Security Program and depends on all employees and management to vigilantly follow Firm Policy and Procedures and the CISP program. The Firm's policy/procedures
532
are designed to minimize the risks to the Firm, financial and regulatory or reputational exposures through prevention, early detection and incident response and remediation.
J. Incident Response Plan
The IT Department utilizes a checklist for the implementation of the [its] incident response capabilities that provides (i) a definition of "reportable incidents/events", and (ii) "metrics" for evaluating the IRT's response capabilities and effectiveness. The checklist is periodically reviewed by the IT Department for lessons learned from both mock and actual incidents, and to assure compliance with most current industry best practices and latest regulatory developments.
K. Threat (attack vectors)
Potential or imminent risk of attack or unauthorized infiltration/access to the Firm's (or branch office) network or systems, using a variety of methodologies, devices and sources. Threats can be "internal" to our organization by an employee affiliate or client, or "external" by an individual, group of individuals, criminal enterprise, or rogue-state actors who are unrelated to the Firm. Examples of attack vectors are:
• External/Removable Media - Flash drive, CD, peripheral device.
• Attrition or Denial of Service (DOS) - Brute force is needed to compromise, degrade or destroy networks, systems, services; can include use of ''malware.''
• Web-based application.
• E-mail phishing or hacking through "imposter"
• Loss/theft of Equipment (laptop, mobile, flash drive, disk) • Improper usage - unauthorized use through hacked/stolen password/device (Le., whether firm issued or belonging to employee/other).
19.3 Risk Mitigation Practices and Procedures (Amended 2/2019) A. General Section 19.1 requires that risks to information security be identified and procedures be implemented to mitigate such risks. The Cyber Security Committee has identified risks to PKS
533
essential systems and to PI that can be prevented and mitigated by user adherence to required procedures. These risk mitigation procedures apply to the Headquarters Office and all branch offices. B. Procedures for Non-Electronic [Paper] Records.
(1) Paper Records containing PI and /or other hard documents containing PI must be secured in a locked area at the end of the individual’s work day.
(2) Access to paper records is restricted to individuals with a “need to know”.
(3) Paper Records containing PI may not be removed from business premises unless
as necessary to meet with clients away from the business premises. In cases where paper records containing PI are removed from the premises, or PI
is obtained from a customer away from the business premises, the PI must be returned to the business premises and secured as provided in these procedures as quickly as is practicable.
(4) Destruction of paper records. See SPM 19.7, Data Destruction Policy.
(5) Remote Storage of Paper Records. Remote Storage of Paper records with a third party service provider and away from the business premises must comply with the procedures set forth in Sub-Part J of this section.
C. Procedures for On-Site Access to Electronic Records.
(1) Computer Access Control. All computer users must lock any machine having access to PKS customer data by
(a) Use of the Ctrl-Alt-Del at any time that they leave their desk area, or (b) Branch office procedures and systems that mandate an automated system
causing each computer to default to a password protected screen saver after not greater than 30 minutes of inactivity.
(2) Encryption of Laptops, Removable Storage Media and Smart Phones. Any desktop computer, laptop computer, removable storage media or other
electronic device which is used to access PKS customer PI must be encrypted. It is the responsibility of every employee or registered representative to advise the IT Department if he/she is using such a device. Such devices include smart phones, tablets, memory sticks, external data storage devices and drives, CDs and DVDs.
D. Password Policies
534
(1) Password Parameters. For all devices used to access PI of PKS customers the following password
parameters shall be followed:
(a) Passwords are to be a minimum of 8 characters in length; (b) Passwords shall have both lower and upper case alphabet characters where the device permits such variation; (c) Password Lockout threshold will be 4 attempts (if a password is typed incorrectly 4 times) it will lockout the user account (see #f);
(2) Password Location. All users are required to maintain passwords in a physically separate location
from all machines. For example, passwords may not be kept on paper taped to the machine or on or in nearby desks.
(3) Password Security. Passwords may not to be shared among other users, managers, and outside
sources unless approved in writing by the IT Manager.
(4) Downloads Prohibited.
Downloads of PKS and/or PKS customer data from PKS internal systems, whether by data stick, CD/DVD burner or any other method, is prohibited without administrator approval. The IT Department shall track and prepare reports of any unauthorized download activity to the Compliance Director and shall assist in any investigation of such activity. Unauthorized downloads of PKS and/or PKS customer data from PKS internal systems shall be addressed in accordance with SPM Sections 19.5 or 19.6 as applicable.
E. Procedures for Access of Electronic PI
“PKS records” are records maintained by PKS pursuant to SEC and FINRA books and records rules. Records maintained by unaffiliated companies containing PI of PKS customers are not PKS records.
For any access to PKS records containing customer PI through any device that is not connected by wire to PKS internal systems to at the Headquarters office, the following procedures are mandatory.
535
(1) Storage and Access of PKS Records containing PI (a) Cloud Storage Required
PKS records containing PI of Customers may only be stored in a secure cloud based environment.
(b) Storage on Devices Prohibited
Except as provided in SPM 9.3[E](1)(c), (f) and (g), the storage of PKS records containing PI of PKS customers in the memory of any electronic device is prohibited.
(i) Included Devices Devices subject to the prohibition of SPM 9.3[E](1)(b) include but are not limited to computer servers, desktop computers, laptop computers, tablets, smartphones, mass storage devices, personal digital assistants (PDAs), plug-ins, Universal Serial Bus (USB) port memory devices, Compact Discs (CDs), Digital Versatile Discs (DVDs), flash drives, modems, handheld wireless devices, wireless networking cards, and any other existing or future mobile computing or storage device.
(c) Compliance Department Review
The Compliance Department shall make such inspection, in the course of the Branch Office audits and also the On-Site Cyber Audits, as is necessary to check for compliance with this subsection E.
(d) Exemption For Comptroller, IT and Development Personnel
The provisions of SPM 19[E](1) shall not apply to PI stored in the electronic memory of devices used by the Comptroller, IT or Development personnel, provided the following requirements are observed. (i) The device is owned and controlled by PKS, and approved by the
IT Director for remote use. The IT Director shall maintain a record of all such devices, which may be maintained electronically.
(ii) The device has been encrypted by the IT Department;
536
(iii) The device is powered off at all times when not actually in use.
(2) PKS Device Policy.
Policy. It is the policy of PKS that any electronic device used to access the PI of PKS customers must be encrypted.
(3) PKS Remote Access/VPN Policy. All Remote Access / VPN requests are reviewed and approved by the PKS IT Director . All approved VPN Users must execute a Remote Access/VPN User Agreement as a condition to approval for remote access.
The IT Director shall maintain copies of all such agreements, which may be maintained in electronic format.
(4) Email Encryption. All email containing PI must be encrypted. Registered Representatives are
required to use a secure email platform that has been approved by the PKS IT Department.
(5) Virus and Malware Protection Any laptop or desktop computer containing or used to access PKS customer PI
shall have up-to-date versions of system security agent software which must include malware protection and reasonably up-to-date patches and virus definitions, or a version of such software that can still be supported with up-to- date patches and virus definitions, and is set to receive the most current security updates on a regular basis.
F. [Reserved] G. [Reserved]
H. Disciplinary measures for violations of the CISP rules.
A determination that an employee or associated person has failed to fully comply with these procedures will result in disciplinary action. Depending on the extent of the infraction, penalties will include letter of caution, fine, suspension or termination of employment or association with PKS. In any case where an employee or associated person intentionally causes a security breach, PKS may refer the matter to appropriate law enforcement agencies.
I. Terminated employees.
537
The following procedures apply to all persons whose association with PKS is terminated, and also as applicable to non-registered Branch personnel who have access to the PI of PKS customers..
(1) Immediately upon termination from employment, the IT Director or his designee
shall remove all email and systems entitlements of such former employee to prevent accessing records containing personal information.
(2) Immediately upon termination from employment, the Compliance Department (in
the headquarters office) or Person In Charge (in an independent office) shall remain with the terminated employee to ensure that no paper records or electronic storage media is removed from PKS premises and/or independent office premises.
(3) Terminated Registered Representatives. Except as the Compliance Department
may deem necessary to protect customers, a terminated Registered Representative may have access to PI of any client for whom such access is permitted pursuant to the PKS Privacy Policy and Regulation SP.
(4) Immediately upon termination from employment, the Compliance Department (in
the headquarters office) or Person In Charge (in an independent office) shall remove all keys, access cards and other means of entry to PKS premises.
(5) Steps (1) through (4) above shall be documented by the PKS Compliance
Department, either in the U-5 Checklist or equivalent (for non-registered persons). The Person In Charge shall provide the appropriate documentation to the Compliance Department.
J. Information Security Oversight of Third Party Service Providers.
The IT Director shall review all third-party service providers having access to PI of any PKS Client, to ensure that each is capable of maintaining appropriate security measures to protect PKS personal information consistent with these procedures and any applicable federal and state laws and regulations, and shall obtain and keep no less than one of the following documents as appropriate:
(1) SSAE 16 and ISAE 3402 or equivalent documents, and/or
(2) Contractual provisions that the third-party service provider has implemented and
maintains such appropriate security measures that conform to industry best standards such as is contained in contracts with Microsoft and Global Relay as supported by websites, privacy policy, white papers and other similar documentation.
(3) Prospective Third Party Providers and Other Third Parties. Any prospective third
party provider and any other third party who does not supply satisfactory
538
materials as set forth under (1) or (2) above must, prior to gaining access to PI, execute a confidentiality agreement acceptable to PKS Counsel and undertake that its officers, employees and/or agents will maintain confidentiality of any records containing PI and has implemented security measures for data that conform to industry best standards.
(4) All third party service providers must provide assurances that the confidentiality
of records they receive will be maintained either in the contract itself or in published privacy policies.
K. Training. The Compliance Department shall conduct training in conjunction with the IT Director.
(1) Annual Compliance Meeting. The Annual Compliance Meeting will include discussion of issues related to information security.
(2) [RESERVED].
L. Annual Review On an annual basis, or whenever there is a material change in business practices that may reasonably implicate the security or integrity of records containing personal information the IT Director shall review the scope of the security measures and provide a report to the Cyber Security Committee. Such review shall coincide with testing of the Business Continuity Procedures (BCP). 19.4 Detection of Threats to Information Security (Amended 12/2019) A. Monitoring of Program at Headquarters Office (1) For the PKS Headquarters Office and for PKS internal systems, the IT Director shall regularly monitor the systems incorporated in these procedures to ensure that the CISP is operating in a manner reasonably calculated to prevent unauthorized access to or unauthorized use of personal information; and upgrading information safeguards as necessary to limit risks. Such monitoring shall coincide with testing of the Business Continuity Procedures (BCP).
(2) In consultation and with approval of the Cyber Security Committee, the IT Director shall implement electronic safeguards to detect attempts to breach security of PKS systems and information. Such safeguards include firewall and monitoring systems, and up-to-date versions of system security agent software
539
which must include malware protection and up-to-date patches and virus definitions, or a version of such software that can still be supported with up-to- date patches and virus definitions, and is set to receive the most current security updates on a regular basis.
(3) The Chief Compliance Officer shall designate a compliance officer to perform a visual inspection of the Headquarters office to ensure compliance with these procedures.
Such inspection shall be performed every business day at the close of business. Non-compliance with these procedures shall be addressed in accordance with SPM Sections 19.5 or 19.6 as applicable.
B. Monitoring of Program at Branch Offices (1) Branch Office Audits
The Compliance Department shall, in connection with its customary audit, examine the Branch procedures to the best extent practicable and report any observed violations to the IT Director, Chief Compliance Officer and Cyber Security Committee.
(2) Any laptop or desktop computer and any vulnerable system used to access PKS
customer PI shall have active versions of system security agent software which must include malware protection and up-to-date patches and virus definitions, or a version of such software that can still be supported with up-to-date patches and virus definitions, and is set to receive the most current security updates on a regular basis.
C. Detection of Malware in Equipment Detection of malware, such as virus, worm or Trojan horse, in equipment, shall not be considered a breach of security unless there is an indication that one or more of the conditions set forth in SPM 19.5[B] are met. In the event that malware is detected, the following steps shall be immediately taken: (1) In the PKS Headquarters Office The IT Director shall take whatever action necessary to remove the malware and restore the equipment to secure status. (2) In Other Branch Offices For Equipment used to access PKS customer PI:
540
(a) The Person in Charge shall take whatever action necessary to remove the malware and restore the equipment to secure status. (b) The Person in Charge shall notify the IT Director, who shall take or require such additional action as the IT Director deems necessary and prudent given the circumstances. 19.5 Response to Breach of Security (Amended 12/2017) A. General
The IT Director shall document any incident involving a breach of security, and conduct a post-incident review of events and actions taken, if any, to make changes in business practices. The IT Director or his designee shall document and conduct an assessment of the breach as may be required to make specific written recommendations to the Cyber Security Committee for measures that are reasonably believed will prevent a recurrence of the breach and reduce exposures to the Firm and its clients. The IT Director shall, in coordination with the Firm's General Counsel, prepare recommendations based upon the After Action Assessment that was performed after each breach.
In every instance after the receipt of a notice of a security breach (regardless of source of notice), the IT Director shall establish an Incident Response Team ("IRT") with a "Leader" selected based on the specific nature of the identified breach. The IRT shall utilize the procedures and forms established by the Firm and/or take such other and/or additional actions as may be necessary or appropriate in the judgement of the IRT.
The Cyber Security Committee shall approve such recommended actions and implement changes to systems, policies, procedures and resources as shall be determined to be appropriate.
B. Determination of Breach of Security Involving PI
Whether there has been an unauthorized acquisition of customer records to computerized data that compromises the security, confidentiality, or integrity of PI shall be determined based on the following factors:
(1) indications that PI is in the physical possession and control of an unauthorized
person, such as a lost or stolen computer or other device that contains the PI of PKS customers and is not encrypted; or
(2) indications that PI has been downloaded or copied by an unauthorized person; or
541
(3) indications that PI was used by an unauthorized person, such as fraudulent accounts opened or other evidence of identity theft, in combination with
(4) indications that the source of the compromised PI was a PKS system, associated person, or system or device owned or used by a PKS associated person, except that a breach of security that occurs on electronic systmes owned, controlled or under contract by an unaffiliated registred investment advisory firm, insurance agency, broker-dealer, bank, third party custodian, or other financial institution shall not be considered a breach of security for the purposes of these procedures.
C. Notifications for Breach of Security Involving PI (1) PKS Headquarters Office
Any breach of security shall immediately be reported the IT Director via electronic mail or telephone. If contact with the IT Director is not possible, the breach of security shall be reported to the COO and/or the CCO.
(2) Other Branch Offices
The Person In Charge of any PKS Branch office shall immediately notify the IT Director via electronic mail or telephone. If contact with the IT Director is not possible, the breach of security shall be reported to the COO and/or the CCO.
(3) At Unaffiliated Financial Institutions
The Person in Charge of any PKS Branch Office shall notify the IT Director when a breach of security occurs at an unaffiliated registered investment advisory firm, insurance agency or other financial institution or service provider, that is also associated with a PKS Registered Representative and where such breach of security affects the PI of any PKS customer. In such circumstances, PKS shall provide all available information to such entity and take whatever action is appropriate to assist such entity in resolving its breach of security.
D. Procedure Upon Confirmation of Breach of Security Involving PI
Upon a determination made by the IT Director that there has occurred an unauthorized acquisition of customer records and/or computerized data that compromises the security, confidentiality, or integrity of PI,
(1) An IRT shall be formed and an IRT leader shall be designated.
542
(2) The IRT Leader, in conjunction with PKS Operations and IT Departments shall identify and confirm the customer data compromised;
(3) The IRT Leader shall identify in the Incident Report the (i) manner/method of
breach (e.g., internal or external, theft, denial of service, malware, imposter, etc.), (ii) number of customer accounts affected by breach, and (iii) measures implemented to remediate the breach.
(4) Affected account(s) shall be frozen pending contact with the affected
Client(s); (5) The IT Director shall take immediate and appropriate steps to contain further
access by wrongdoer(s) and/or restore systems in event of denial of service or malware incident;
(6) The IRTshall attempt to ascertain the potential for misuse of the compromised data;
(7) The IRT shall report to the COO and/or CCO, who shall notify law enforcement
as required by state law and provide relevant information and
(8) Upon clearance by law enforcement, the COO and/or CCO shall take steps to provide for such notification as required by the circumstances and in conformance with the law of the state of residence of the affected customer.
(9) IRT shall provide immediate notice of the breach to the Cyber Security
Committee, and the IRT Leader shall submit the IRT's After Action Analysis report to the Committee.
E. Breach of Security Affecting PKS Business Operations In the event of any breach of security that affects PKS business operations or systems, the IT Director shall:
(1) Implement remediation and recovery measures as necessary and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate to alleviate the breach of security and restore the firm to normal operation, and
(2) Test and verify adequacy of recovery measures,
(3) Notify PKS senior management and the Cyber Security Committee of the breach and the steps taken in response, and
543
(4) Take additional actions as appropriate following consultation with the Cyber Security Committee based on the IRT's findings and After Action
Analysis report. F. Monitoring of Breach Notification Requirements
The IT Director or his designee shall monitor regulatory reporting and filing obligations, and state-imposed data breach notification requirements, on an ongoing basis.
19.6 Response to Other Information Security Incidents
(Amended 5/2016) (1) At the PKS Headquarters Office
Based on results of IRT analysis reported to the IT Director, he shall take appropriate measures to respond to security incidents that do not rise to a breach of security, and shall keep and maintain a report detailing the incident and the measures taken to contain and remove any threats to security. Depending on the nature/severity of the identified threats: the IT Director shall report to the Cyber Security Committee by ranking or prioritizing the level of the threat to the Firm's systems and procedures and recommend responsive measures as determined to be required, including a forensic audit. The Cyber Security Committee shall exercise its judgment in determining whether to engage third party consultants to assess the impact of the identified threat(s).
(2) At Branch Offices
(a) The Person in Charge shall report to the IT Director
(i) All identified threats that do not rise to a breach of security, and provide such information as the IT Director shall request on a form prescribed by the IT Director, and/or
(ii) The loss or theft of any electronic device such as a laptop,
smartphone or tablet used to access PKS customer information or records.
(b) The IT Director shall give such advice and direction to the Person in
Charge as he deems necessary and appropriate after consultation with the Firm's Legal counsel and/or CCO, COO, based on the Firm's assessment of the severity of the threat identified at the Branch Office level.
544
(3) Record Keeping. The IT Director shall keep a record of all incidents for a period of three years, which records may be kept electronically, and periodically deliver a report of all new cybersecurity incidents to the Cyber Security Committee at its scheduled meetings. 19.7 Secure Disposal of Documents and Data (Amended 3/2015) It is PKS’ policy to assure compliance with SEC, FINRA, and state laws regarding books and records, including secure document and data maintenance, preservation and destruction. The following procedures shall be used for the destruction of paper records or electronic media or memory devices. A. PKS Headquarters Office (1) Paper Documents PKS has contracted with document disposal services through 3N Document Destruction, located in Clifton Park NY, that provides secure receptacles to ensure the security of all written documents earmarked for disposal, and destroys documents placed in the secure receptacles so as to render them illegible and/or unreadable, prior to disposal at a state or municipal disposal service. Any paper containing PI and/or or any birth date, account number, social security or tax identification number must be disposed of in a secure receptacle provided by the document disposal service referred to in the paragraph above. (2) Electronic media or memory devices. (a) Prior to the disposal of any computer memory system/hard drive, the IT Department shall take whatever action to ensure that all data has been deleted and is irretrievable, including, if necessary, destruction of the memory system. All floppy disks, computer tape and other “soft” memory systems containing customer names, addresses, phone numbers, social security or tax identification numbers must be disposed of in a secure receptacle provided by the document disposal service referred to in subsection [A](1) (1) of this section. B. Branch Offices
545
(1) Paper Documents
(a) The Person in Charge shall ensure the following steps to ensure that written documents containing PI are destroyed in a process s so as to render them illegible and/or unreadable, prior to disposal at a state or municipal disposal service.
(b) Contracting with a document disposal service that provides secure document destruction similar to the service described in SPM 19.6[A](1), or (c) Ensuring documents are destroyed by use of a shredder or other device that will render documents illegible and/or unreadable, prior to disposal at a state or municipal disposal service.
(2) Electronic media or memory devices Any electronic device used to access PI must be disposed of as described in
SPM 19.6[A](2). 19.8 Reserved 19.9 Reserved 19.10 Other Electronic Safeguards (Amended 3/2015) The IT Director shall institute and maintain the following practices and procedures to ensure the security of electronic records containing PI in an IT Policies and Procedures Manual. The IT Policies and Procedures Manual may (for security reasons) contain non-published policies which shall be available only to PKS Senior Management, the Cyber Security Committee, the IT Department and federal, state, or self-regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over PKS. The IT Director shall disseminate relevant portions of the following IT policies as appropriate. (1) PKS Acceptable Use Policy (2) PKS Acceptable Encryption Policy (3) PKS Approved Application Policy (4) PKS Application Service Provider Policy
546
(5) PKS Data Classification Policy (6) PKS Mobile Device Policy. . (7) PKS Network Password Policy. (8) PKS Remote Access/VPN Policy (9) PKS Server Security Policy (10) PKS Wireless Communication Policy
(11) PKS Firewall Protection. PKS shall maintain reasonably up-to-date firewall protection and operating system security patches, reasonably designed to maintain the integrity of the personal information for any server connected to the internet.
(12) PKS Virus/Malware Protection. PKS shall maintain reasonably up-to-date
versions of system security agent software which must include malware protection and reasonably up-to-date patches and virus definitions, or a version of such software that can still be supported with up-to-date patches and virus definitions, and is set to receive the most current security updates on a regular basis.
19.11 Acceptable Use Policy (Amended 3/2015) 19.11.1 Overview For the Headquarters Office, Internet/Intranet/Extranet related systems, including but not limited to computer equipment, software, operating systems, storage media, network accounts providing electronic mail, internet browsing, and FTP, are the property of PKS. These systems are to be used for business purposes in serving the interests of the company, our clients and customers in the course of normal operations. With respect to Independent Offices, Internet/Intranet/Extranet-related systems related to FCCS access, certain VPN (Virtual Private Network) access and network accounts providing electronic mail are the property of PKS. These systems are to be used for business purposes in serving the interests of the company, our clients and customers in the course of normal operations. Effective security is a team effort involving the participation and support of every PKS employee and affiliate who deals with information and/or information systems. It is the responsibility of every computer user to know these guidelines, and to conduct his/her activities accordingly. 19.11.2 Purpose
547
The purpose of this policy is to outline the acceptable use of computer equipment and network resources either at PKS or used to access PI of PKS customers. Inappropriate use exposes PKS to risks including virus attacks, compromise of network systems and services, legal issues, and data breaches. 19.11.3 Scope This policy applies to employees, other authorized persons (including contractors, consultants, temporaries, and other workers at PKS, including all personnel affiliated with third parties and agents of regulatory agencies), independent Registered Representatives and persons and electronic equipment under their control at independent offices (collectively users). This policy applies to all Users and equipment that is owned or leased by PKS and all systems managed by or through PKS. 19.11.4 Policy 19.11.4.1 General Use and Ownership Users are responsible for exercising good judgment regarding the reasonableness of personal use. If there is any uncertainty, Users should consult with the PKS IT Director for clarification. The PKS IT Department requires that any device used to access PI of PKS customers or other information that is considered sensitive or vulnerable to be encrypted. For security and network maintenance purposes, the PKS IT Department is authorized to monitor equipment, systems and network traffic at any time. PKS reserves the right to audit its networks and systems on a periodic basis to ensure compliance with this policy. 19.11.4.2 Security and Proprietary Information The user interface for information contained on Internet/Intranet/Extranet-related systems should be classified as either confidential or not confidential, as defined by corporate confidentiality guidelines, details of which can be found in SPM 7.15.5. Examples of confidential information include but are not limited to: company private information, corporate strategies, competitor sensitive information, trade secrets, customer lists, customer non public information, and research data. Users should take all necessary steps to prevent unauthorized access to this information. All PCs, laptops and workstations should be secured when not in use with a password-protected screensaver with the automatic activation feature set at 30 minutes, or by logging-off (control- alt-delete) when the host will be unattended. This feature is automated at the PKS Headquarters Office. All Branch Offices shall implement this feature on any computer from which access to PKS customer PI is obtained, and shall certify same to the PKS Compliance Department. This requirement shall be subject to audit by the Compliance Department or IT Department. Use encryption of devices in compliance with PKS Acceptable Encryption Use policy.
548
Because information may be accessed from electronic devices, special care should be exercised. All desktop and laptop Hard Drives (HDD) and portable electronic storage media are required to be encrypted. All smart phones (such as BlackBerry or IPhone) that can access PI of PKS customers or confidential, personal, or sensitive PKS information are required to be encrypted. All hosts used that are connected to the PKS Internet/Intranet/Extranet, whether owned by the PKS or otherwise, or any network through which PI of PKS customers is accessed shall be continually executing approved virus-scanning software with a current virus database. Users must use extreme caution when opening e-mail attachments received from unknown senders, which may contain viruses, worms, or Trojan payloads. 19.11.4.3 Unacceptable Use The following activities are, in general, prohibited. Under no circumstances shall an associated person of PKS engage in any activity that is illegal under local, state, federal or international law The lists below are by no means exhaustive, but attempt to provide a framework for activities which fall into the category of unacceptable use. System and Network Activities The following activities are strictly prohibited, with no exceptions: Violations of the rights of any person or company protected by copyright, trade secret, patent or other intellectual property, or similar laws or regulations, including, but not limited to, the installation or distribution of "pirated" or other software products that are not appropriately licensed for use by PKS. Exporting software, technical information, encryption software or technology, in violation of international or regional export control laws, is illegal and prohibited. The appropriate management should be consulted prior to export of any material that is in question. Introduction of malicious programs into the network or server is prohibited (e.g., viruses, worms, Trojan horse payloads, e-mail bombs, etc.). Revealing your account password to others or allowing use of your account by others prohibited. This prohibition includes family and other household members when work is being done at home. Procuring or transmitting material that is in violation of sexual harassment or hostile workplace laws in the user's local jurisdiction is prohibited. Effecting security breaches or disruptions of network communication is prohibited. Security breaches include, but are not limited to, accessing data of which the employee is not an intended recipient or logging into a server or account that the employee is not expressly authorized to access, unless these activities are within the scope of regular duties. For purposes of this section,
549
"disruption" includes, but is not limited to, network sniffing, pinged floods, packet spoofing, denial of service, and forged routing information for malicious purposes. Port scanning or security scanning is expressly prohibited. Executing any form of network monitoring which will intercept data not intended for the employee's host, unless this activity is a part of the employee's normal job/duty is prohibited. Circumventing user authentication or security of any host, network or account is prohibited. Interfering with or denying service to any user other than the employee's host (for example, denial of service attack) is prohibited. Using any program/script/command, or sending messages of any kind, with the intent to interfere with, or disable, a user's terminal session, via any means, locally or via the Internet/Intranet/Extranet is prohibited. Providing information about, or lists of, PKS Users to parties outside the company is prohibited. Email and Communications Activities The following activities are prohibited. Any form of harassment via email, telephone or paging, whether through language, frequency, or size of messages. Unauthorized use, or forging, of email header information. Sending customer non public information (social security numbers, account numbers, driver’s license, etc) through email in an unencrypted format. Creating or forwarding "chain letters", "Ponzi" or other "pyramid" schemes of any type. 19.11.4.4 Blogging and Instant Messaging Blogging by employees while connected to the PKS network is prohibited. All Blogging attempts from PKS’ systems are monitored and any violations are reported to the Chief Compliance Officer. Instant Messaging is prohibited unless approved by the PKS Compliance Department. All Instant Messaging attempts from PKS’ systems are monitored and any violations are reported to the Chief Compliance Officer. 19.11.4.5 Internet Usage Acceptable Use:
550
All PKS Users accessing the internet through PKS’ network resources are representing the company. Users are responsible for insuring that the internet is used in an effective, Ethical, and lawful manner. Examples of acceptable use are: Using the internet to conduct research (business related) Using the internet to obtain business information from commercial websites. Using Outlook Web Access for business contacts and email communications Accessing database portals for information. The internet is not to be used; for illegal, harmful or nonproductive purposes. 19.12 Non-Published IT Department Procedures (Amended 3/2015) The IT Department is authorized and directed to maintain an IT Department Policy Manual, which shall, in addition to the procedures set forth in this SPM, also contain, on a non-public basis, those procedures deemed necessary by the IT Department to maintain the security and privacy of PKS Systems and the client and proprietary information contained therein 19.13 IDENTITY THEFT PREVENTION PROGRAM (Amended 3/2015) A. Statement of Purpose
The PKS Identity Theft Prevention Program (the “Program”) is instituted pursuant to regulations implementing SEC Regulation S-ID, the Identity Theft Flag Rule , and Sections 114 and 315 of the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (FACT Act) issued by the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) [16 CFR Part 681] and the federal banking regulators. The purpose of this program is to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of certain accountsor the maintenance of certain existing accounts. Regulation S-ID applies to both Broker-Dealers and SEC registered Investment Advisers and requires PKS to have the following 4 elements in its written Program:
1. Red Flags Identification in its written policies/procedures, tailored to PKS
business that identifies and incorporates "red flags" (indicators) of risks of identity theft.
2. Effective Detection Red Flags incorporated into PKS policies/procedures
551
3. Effective Responses to Red Flags within PKS Policies/Procedures that determine
how to respond suitably to the detected risk 4. Periodic Review/Updating of PKS Program that reflect changes in risks to
customers and the Firm.
PKS considers in its Program, the methods it provides (a) customers to open accounts (considered covered accounts); (b) to access accounts, and (c) experiences with Identity Theft.
PKS is deemed a creditor for the purposes of the FTC Regulations as it provides certain customers with margin, which is a form of credit. [See FINRA Regulatory Notice 08- 69]. As a “creditor” under the FTC rules, PKS is required to develop and implement a written Program with respect to “covered accounts”, which are defined as (1) an account primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, that involves or is designed to permit multiple payments or transactions, such as a credit card account, margin account or checking account, or (2) any other account for which there is a reasonably foreseeable risk to customers or the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft. “Red Flags” are defined as a pattern, practice or specific activity that indicates the possible existence of identity theft. This Program is designed to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of a covered account or any existing covered account, by: Identifying relevant Red Flags for covered accounts and incorporate those Red Flags into the Program; Detecting Red Flags that have been incorporated into the Program; Responding appropriately to any Red Flags that are detected to prevent and mitigate identity theft; and Ensuring the Program is updated periodically, to reflect changes in risks to customers or to the safety and soundness of the financial institution or creditor from identity theft.
552
B. Application of Procedures These procedures apply to Covered Accounts at PKS. Accounts held at FCCS through PKS shall be considered covered accounts for the purpose of the Identity Theft Prevention Program. C. General Categories of Red Flags The Program shall identify the following categories of Red Flags: (a) Alerts, notifications, or other warnings received from consumer reporting agencies or service providers, such as Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions (“FCCS”) and/or fraud detection services; (b) The presentation of suspicious documents; (c) The presentation of suspicious personal identifying information, such as a suspicious address change; (d) The unusual use of, or other suspicious activity related to, a covered account; and (e) Notice from customers, victims of identity theft, law enforcement authorities, FCCS or other persons regarding possible identity theft in connection with covered accounts. D. Specific Examples of Red Flags (1) Alerts, Notifications or Warnings from a Consumer Reporting Agency (a) A fraud or active duty alert is included with a consumer report. (b) A consumer reporting agency provides a notice of address discrepancy.
553
(2) Suspicious Documents (a) Documents provided for identification appear to have been altered or forged. (b) A photograph or physical description on provided identification is not consistent with the appearance of the applicant or customer presenting the identification. (c) Other information on provided identification is not consistent with information provided by the person opening a new covered account or customer presenting the identification. (d) Other information on the identification is not consistent with readily accessible information that is on file, such as a signature card or a recent check. (e) An application appears to have been altered or forged, or gives the appearance of having been destroyed and reassembled. (3) Suspicious Personal Identifying Information (a) Personal identifying information provided is inconsistent when compared against available external information sources. For example: The address does not match any address in an FCCS or the consumer report; or The Social Security Number (SSN) has not been issued, or is listed on the Social Security Administration’s Death Master File. (b) Personal identifying information provided by the customer is not consistent with other personal identifying information provided by the customer. For example, there is a lack of correlation between the SSN range and date of birth. (c) Personal identifying information provided is associated with known fraudulent activity as indicated by internal sources, FCCS and/or other third-party sources, such as: (i) The address on an application is the same as the address provided
554
on a fraudulent application; or (ii) The phone number on an application is the same as the number provided on a fraudulent application. (d) Personal identifying information provided is of a type commonly associated with fraudulent activity as indicated by internal sources, FCCS and/or other third-party sources, such as: (i) The address on an application is fictitious, a mail drop, or a prison; or (ii) The phone number is invalid, or is associated with a pager or answering service. (e) The SSN provided is the same as that submitted by other persons opening an account or other customers. (f) Exception Reports indicate that a provided address provided is the same as or similar to the account number submitted by an unusually large number of other persons opening accounts or other customers. (g) The person opening the covered account or the customer fails to provide all required personal identifying information on an application or in response to notification that the application is incomplete. (h) Personal identifying information provided is not consistent with personal identifying information that is on file. (4) Unusual Use of, or Suspicious Activity Related to, the Covered Account (a) A covered account that has been inactive for a reasonably lengthy period of time is used (taking into consideration the type of account, the expected pattern of usage and other relevant factors). (b) Transactions in an account in which mail sent to the customer is returned repeatedly as undeliverable.
555
(c) Notification that the customer is not receiving paper account statements. (d) Notification of unauthorized charges or transactions in connection with a customer’s covered account. (5) Notice from Customers, Victims of Identity Theft, Law Enforcement Authorities, or Other Persons Regarding Possible Identity Theft in Connection With Covered Accounts Held by the Financial Institution or Creditor (a) Notification by FCCS, a customer, a victim of identity theft, a law enforcement authority, or any other person that it has opened a fraudulent account for a person engaged in identity theft. E. Procedure Upon Detection of Red Flag Upon the detection of a “red flag” in a covered account as set forth in section (c) above, the following policies and procedures shall be followed. (1) The employee or representative identifying the red flag shall immediately notify the COO and Director of Operations. (2) Upon notification of the existence of a red flag, the COO and Director of Operations shall review the account to determine the degree of risk posed and the appropriate response. In making their determination, the COO and Director of Operations shall determine if any aggravating factors exist that may heighten the risk of identity theft, such as a data security incident that results in unauthorized access to a customer’s account or notice that a customer has provided information to someone fraudulently claiming to represent PKS or to a fraudulent website. (3) The IT Director shall provide necessary assistance with regard to any potential breach of PKS data systems and the appropriate response thereto. (4) Appropriate Response. Depending on the degree of risk posed and the presence of aggravating factors, the COO and Director of Operations shall take one or more of the following actions: (a) Monitor the account for evidence of identity theft;
556
(b) Contact the customer; (c) Change any passwords, security codes, or other security devices that permit access to the account; (d) Reopening the account with a new account number; (d) Not opening a new account; (e) Closing an existing account; (f) Freezing or restricting the account; (g) Notifying law enforcement; or (h) Determining that no response is warranted under the particular circumstances. (i) In the event it is determined that an unauthorized third party has obtained access to customer nonpublic personal information, the procedure contained in SPM 19.5[D] herein shall be followed. F. Third Party Service Providers It shall be the policy of PKS to require any third party service provider having access to covered accounts to have policies and procedures in place in order to detect, prevent and mitigate the risk of identity theft. This shall be accomplished by (i) contractually requiring the service provider to have policies and procedures to detect relevant red flags that may arise in the performance of its responsibilities and either report the red flags to PKS and/or take appropriate steps to prevent and mitigate identity theft, or (ii) conducting due diligence on the third party service provider to ensure that the service provider has policies and procedures to detect relevant red flags that may arise in the performance of its responsibilities and will either report the red flags to PKS and/or take appropriate steps to prevent and mitigate identity theft.
557
G. Updating the Program On an annual basis, the COO shall conduct a risk assessment to determine the necessity of updating the program. The risk assessment should examine changes in risks to customers or to the safety and soundness of PKS from identity theft and take into consideration the following factors. (1) Past experiences with identity theft; (2) Changes in methods of identity theft; (3) Changes in methods to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft; (4) Changes in the types of accounts offers or maintains which might expand the definition of covered accounts; and (5) Any relevant changes in business arrangements which might increase the risk of identity theft, including mergers, acquisitions, alliances, joint ventures, and service provider arrangements. H. Training (1) PKS will provide ongoing employee training on at least an annual basis. (2) Training shall include identification and detection of red flags and appropriate responses, upon detection of red flags. (3) Delivery of the training may include educational pamphlets, videos, intranet systems, internet webcasts, in-person lectures, and explanatory memos. Records will be maintained identifying individuals trained and dates and subject matter of their training. (4) The firm has also added an Identity Theft module to the firm’s Firm Element of Continuing Education program. Effective in 2010, this module will be required annually. The module used is being accessed via the firm’s third-party vendor for the Firm Element, Quest CE.
558
(5) A review will be conducted to determine if certain employees, such as those in compliance, operations, and corporate security, require specialized additional training. Our written procedures will be updated to reflect any such changes. I. Oversight of Program. By Corporate Resolution dated January 2, 2009, the Board of Directors have designated the COO as the Officer in Charge of development, implementation and administration of the Program. As Officer in Charge, the COO shall, on an annual basis: (1) Receive and compile reports by the Operations Director, Compliance Director and IT Director on compliance issues regarding the Program, and (2) On an annual basis, report to the board of directors regarding compliance with these procedures. The report shall include the reports by staff set forth in (I)(1) above and also contain: (i) Significant incidents involving identity theft, if any, and the response taken; (ii) Assessment of the effectiveness of the Program; (iii) Recommendations for necessary material changes to the Program (iv) A review of the firm’s Identity Theft Program by an independent auditor to assess and make recommendations to improve the firm’s ability to detect, prevent and/or mitigate identity theft. (3) The Board of Directors shall, on an annual basis, review the reports provided by the COO pursuant to (I)(2) above and approve and implement material changes to the Program as necessary to address changing identity theft risks.
559
560
Part II: Appendices Appendix A: PKS Anti-Money Laundering and Supervisory Procedures Appendix B: PKS Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plan for Registered Representatives Appendix C: PKS forms referenced in Part I Appendix D: Procedure Amendments due to COVID-19
561
Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Program:
Compliance and Supervisory Procedures
Amended December 2019
562
1. Firm Policy (Amended 6/2013) Money laundering is generally defined as engaging in acts designed to conceal or disguise the true origins of criminally derived proceeds so that the unlawful proceeds appear to have derived from legitimate origins or constitute legitimate assets. Generally, money laundering occurs in three stages. Cash first enters the financial system at the "placement" stage, where the cash generated from criminal activities is converted into monetary instruments, such as money orders or traveler's checks, or deposited into accounts at financial institutions. At the "layering" stage, the funds are transferred or moved into other accounts or other financial institutions to further separate the money from its criminal origin. At the "integration" stage, the funds are reintroduced into the economy and used to purchase legitimate assets or to fund other criminal activities or legitimate businesses. Terrorist financing may not involve the proceeds of criminal conduct, but rather an attempt to conceal the origin or intended use of the funds, which will later be used for criminal purposes. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 3310, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5311, et seq.), and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder by the Department of the Treasury, it is the policy of PKS to continue to administer its written anti-money laundering (AML) program, to (a) Continue to establish and implement policies and procedures that can be reasonably expected to detect and cause the reporting of transactions required under 31 U.S.C. 5318(g) and the implementing regulations thereunder; (b) Continue to establish and implement policies, procedures, and internal controls reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and the implementing regulations thereunder; (c) Continue to provide for annual (on a calendar-year basis) independent testing for compliance to be conducted by a qualified outside party; (d) Continue to designate and identify to FINRA (by name, title, mailing address, e-mail address, telephone number, and facsimile number) the PKS associated person responsible for implementing and monitoring the day-to-day operations and internal controls of the AML program and provide prompt notification to FINRA regarding any change in such designation(s); and (e) Provide ongoing training for appropriate personnel.
2. AML Compliance Officer Designation and Duties (Amended 10/2012) (a) Designation
563
The firm designates Peter Kvam as its Anti-Money Laundering Program Compliance Officer, with full responsibility for the firm’s AML program. Mr. Kvam is qualified by experience, knowledge and training. (b) Duties The duties of the AML Compliance Officer are as follows: (i) To monitor the firm’s AML compliance. Such monitoring efforts shall consist of the following: (1) Quarterly Review Meeting with members of the Compliance Department and other members of senior management as warranted to conduct a quarterly review of the firm’s AML procedures to ascertain whether updates are warranted based on regulatory notices or firm issues. (2) On an annual (on a calendar-year) basis, schedule independent testing for AML compliance to be conducted by a qualified outside party.
(3) Based on the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (FACT Act) ‘red flag’ requirements, on an annual (on a calendar-year) basis, schedule a Meeting with members of the Compliance Department and members an “Identity Theft Prevention Program Committee” (containing representatives from the following departments: Compliance, Supervisory, Operations, Technology and Legal) for the purpose of reviewing and implementing changes and additions suggested by the independent AML audit report, as appropriate.
(ii) To oversee training for employees.
The Compliance Department has created and maintained an AML research library to supplement AML training of registered representatives and staff, which includes record keeping relating to Compliance and Operations staff participation in AML-related seminars/webinars/trainings, as well as any new industry AML- related policies and procedures. This research library is currently being maintained by the PKS Compliance Department. In conformance with Section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act, PKS will monitor for any proposed new AML rule and take appropriate action if and when a new rule is passed.
(iii) To coordinate the firm’s AML procedures with the policies of the Fidelity Clearing & Custody’s Risk Management division.
564
(iv) To ensure that proper AML records are kept. Such recordkeeping shall be kept electronically and shall consist of: (1) Maintenance of a spreadsheet containing details regarding the quarterly and annual meetings, and containing the date of each quarterly/annual meeting, who attended, whether or not updates to the manual resulted from the meeting and a written summary describing the meeting agenda and any resulting changes (2) All reports delivered by the qualified outside party conducting the annual independent testing for AML compliance. (3) All Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs) (4) Training Records. (5) Transmission of AML information to clients. (6) All other records relevant to the AML program. (v) To file Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs) when warranted (vi) To coordinate transmittal to clients regarding relevant AML information in the Annual Client Mailing (c) Contact Information The firm has provided FINRA with contact information for the AML Compliance Officer, including name, title, mailing address, email address, telephone number and fax number. (d) Change in Compliance Officer Pursuant to FINRA Rule 3310, the firm will promptly notify FINRA of any changes to this information. As part of the FINRA-required Annual Client Mailing, PKS’ stance on Anti-Money Laundering and the steps the firm will take to enforce compliance in this area will be discussed. (Amended 9/2009)
565
3. Giving AML Information to Federal Law Enforcement Agencies and Other Financial Institutions
A. FinCEN Requests Under PATRIOT Act Section 314
PKS will, under Treasury’s proposed regulations (published in the Federal Register on March 4, 2002), respond to a Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) request about accounts or transactions by reporting to FinCEN the identity of the specified individual or organization, the account number, all identifying information provided by the account holder when the account was established, and the date and type of transaction. The Firm will report to FinCEN as soon as possible either by e-mail to or by calling the Financial Institutions Hotline (1-866-556- 3974), or by any other means that FinCEN specifies. The Firm will respond by immediately searching our records at our corporate office operating in the U.S. to determine whether the firm maintains any account for, or have engaged in any transaction, with any individual, entity or organization named in FinCEN’s report. The firm has designated the AML officer or a specific designee to be the point of contact regarding the request. The Operations Department maintains an electronic file that evidences the past twelve months of searches. (Amended 10/2012)
The US governmental bodies responsible for AML oversight have promised amnesty to any financial institution, broker/dealer, credit union, etc. who uncovers an internal error in their AML procedure and voluntarily reports the information. PKS Senior Management has committed itself to maintaining the integrity of the financial markets and will appropriately volunteer information to the proper authorities at any time in which it detects possible AML violations on the part of its employees or clients. (Amended 08/15/2004)
B. Confidentiality of Information
In line with Section 314 of the PATRIOT Act, the firm will not disclose the fact that FinCEN has requested or obtained information from PKS except to the extent possible to comply with the information request.
PKS will share information about those suspected of terrorism and money laundering with such RIA firms, banks, or any other financial institutions with whom PKS maintains a relationship, for the purposes of identifying and reporting activities that may involve terrorist acts or money laundering activities. The firm will file with FinCEN an initial certification [Section 314(b)] before any sharing occurs and annual certifications afterwards. The firm will use the certification form found at http://www.fincen.gov/. The firm will employ strict procedures both to ensure that only relevant information is shared and to protect the security and confidentiality of this information. (Amended 9/2009)
566
In addition to sharing information with other financial institutions about possible terrorist financing and money laundering, the firm will also share information about particular suspicious transactions with Fidelity Clearing & Custody for purposes of determining whether either entity will file a SAR. In cases in which the firm files a SAR for a transaction that has been handled both by PKS and by the clearing broker, the firm may share with the clearing broker a copy of the filed SAR, unless it would be inappropriate to do so under the circumstances, especially if the firm filed a SAR concerning the clearing broker or one of its employees. This procedure will be followed per FINRA Rule 3310;Section 314 of the PATRIOT Act; 31 C.F.R. §103.19.
The program at PKS is tailored to the firm’s business model as an introducing broker/dealer, clearing through Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions, LLC, pursuant to the Clearing Agreement between FCCS and PKS denoting the responsibilities of each party in anti-money laundering efforts. This document may be further amended at the discretion of either party, pursuant to proper notification. It must be noted here that PKS is reliant upon FCCS for some of the monitoring functions associated with its anti-money laundering program with respect to FCCS accounts, as the clearing firm has the ability to make exception reports and notify PKS of any problems with social security numbers and dates of birth as submitted on an account application. The PKS Operations and Compliance Departments maintain the exception reports and notifications that are received from FCCS. (Amended 10/2012)
Through discussions with the FCCS Risk Department, it has been made clear that FCCS considers the introducing broker/correspondent and their registered representatives the first line of defense in preventing money-laundering activities through observance of the “Know Your Customer” rule.
4. Customer Identification and Verification
A. Definitions
(a) Customer. For purposes of § 1023.220:
(1) Customer means:
(i) A person that opens a new account; and
(ii) An individual who opens a new account for:
(A) An individual who lacks legal capacity; or
(B) An entity that is not a legal person.
(2) Customer does not include:
567
(i) A financial institution regulated by a Federal functional regulator or a bank regulated by a state bank regulator;
(ii) A person described in § 1020.315(b)(2) through (4) of this Chapter; or
(iii) A person that has an existing account with the broker-dealer, provided the broker-dealer has a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of the person.
(b) Account. For purposes of § 1023.220:
(1) Account means a formal relationship with a broker-dealer established to effect transactions in securities, including, but not limited to, the purchase or sale of securities and securities loaned and borrowed activity, and to hold securities or other assets for safekeeping or as collateral.
(2) Account does not include:
(i) An account that the broker-dealer acquires through any acquisition, merger, purchase of assets, or assumption of liabilities; or
(ii) An account opened for the purpose of participating in an employee benefit plan established under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
B. Regulations
These regulations apply only to "customers" who open new accounts with PKS after the effective date of this regulation. However, a person who opened an account at PKS before that effective date would be considered a new "customer" if that person opens another account after the effective date. Similarly, a person who was granted trading authority over an account after that effective date would be a new "customer," even if for an account that existed before the effective date and even if that person had previously been granted trading authority for another account before the effective date. Once PKS verifies the identity of a customer under these regulations, it does not need to re-verify that customer's identity if the customer opens a new account or is granted trading authority, as long as PKS has previously verified the customer's identity under these regulations and continues to have a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of the customer, excluding Financial Institutions and State Authorities.
568
In addition to the information the firm must collect under FINRA Rules 2010 (Standards of Commercial Honor and Principles of Trade), 2111 (Recommendations to Customers - Suitability), and 4510 (Books and Records), and SEC Rule 17a-3(a)(9) (Beneficial Ownership regarding Cash and Margin Accounts), the firm, at a minimum must verify, to the extent reasonable and practicable, the identity of any customer seeking to open an account; maintain records of information used to verify a customer's identity; and check that a customer does not appear on government terrorist lists, such as the list on Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) Web Site at www.treas.gov/ofac, which is also available through an automated search tool on https://ofac.finra.org.
On an ongoing basis, the Operations Department checks to ensure that a customer does not appear on OFAC’s list, and is not from, or engaging in transactions with people or entities from, embargoed countries and regions listed on the OFAC Web Site. Because the OFAC Web Site is updated frequently, the firm consults the list on a regular basis and subscribes to receive updates when they occur. In the event that the firm determines a customer, or someone with or for whom the customer is transacting, is on the SDN List or is from or engaging in transactions with a person or entity located in an embargoed country or region, the firm will reject the transaction and/or block the customer’s assets and file a blocked assets and/or rejected transaction form with OFAC. The firm will also call the OFAC Hotline at 1-800-540-6322. (Amended 10/2012)
The kinds of information that the firm collects before opening different types of accounts are listed below. The firm will make any necessary modifications to these procedures whenever the Treasury/SEC regulations make such changes necessary.
C. Risk-Based Information On Various Account Types (Amended 12/2019)
Registered representatives, prior to submission to the Operations Department, collect the following information for all accounts, if applicable, for any person, entity or organization who is opening a new account (or is being granted trading authority over a new or existing account) and whose name is on the account or has authority over the account: the name and mailing and residential (or principal place of business) street address of the customer; the customer’s date of birth; and, for U.S. persons, the customer’s Social Security number or taxpayer identification number (including U.S. tax forms), customer’s age, investment experience, time horizon, liquidity needs, risk tolerance nature and purpose of the account, and/or a photocopy of an unexpired, state or government-issued identification, such as a driver’s license or passport or number from such document. This information will be collected on either the FCCS Account application or PKS Client profile, which will be used as
569
the customer’s stated risk profile. For non-U.S. persons without a taxpayer identification number, an alien identification card number or number and country of issuance of any other government-issued document evidencing nationality or residence and bearing a photograph or other biometric safeguard. Recognizing that different types of accounts pose different risks and trigger different requirements under the rules, the firm will gather the additional information specified below for each of the following categories of accounts the firm provides:
(1) Individual Accounts –The firm will make reasonable efforts to obtain the customer’s net worth, annual income, occupation and employment data, such as the employer’s address, citizenship and the customer’s investment experience and objectives. Some clients refuse to give their net worth or annual income to their registered representative, citing personal privacy. (Amended 4/21/2008)
Accounts that have applied for a Tax Identification Number (TIN), whose application for the TIN is pending, will not be accepted. (Amended 12/2010)
(2) Non-U.S. Person Accounts – The firm may inquire more fully depending on a number of factors, such as the country of origin of the account holder or persons authorized to trade. PKS acknowledges that under the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA), firms must record a current passport number or other valid government identification number for non-U.S. person account transfers or transmittals of $3,000 or more. Additionally, the PKS Operations Department will compare the application title to the currently published OFAC list at account opening and periodically thereafter against the 314(a) lists. If the title of the account matches any listing on the OFAC list, the AML Compliance Officer will immediately notify FinCEN. (Amended 5/2012)
(3) Domestic Operating or Commercial Entities – The firm will collect information sufficient to determine the corporate or business entity’s identity, and the authority of its business representative to act on its behalf.
(4) Domestic Trusts – The firm will identify the trustee and the authority of the trust’s representative to act on its behalf.
(5) Foreign and Offshore Entities –PKS will follow the procedures for “new clients” as stated above. The firm will identify the account holder and other persons or entities authorized to trade for the account and the firm will consider the person’s location and other factors to determine what additional identifying information is necessary and available. In addition, for any such prospective account, the firm will consult the FCCS Country
570
List to ensure that the account holder does not reside in any country not approved by FCCS. (Amended 4/2012)
(6) Institutional Accounts, Hedge Funds, Investment Funds and Other Intermediary Relationships – While our AML procedures cover institutional clients, the firm recognizes that certain types of institutional accounts are different from retail accounts. Institutional accounts often are opened for financially sophisticated customers who trade frequently, in volume, and usually through an intermediary, some of whose AML policies and procedures are sufficient and verifiable. When dealing with an institutional client, the firm will consider whether it has an AML program and the quality of that program, the length and nature of our experience with the institution, and the history of the institution. In addition, in determining whether it is necessary to identify the investors of non-U.S. institutions, the firm will consider the regulation of the institution by its home country and whether the institution is located in a bank secrecy haven or a non-cooperative country. The PKS Compliance Department maintains a file for any above- named relationship and a copy of their AML procedures. In the instance in which the firm was unable to attain a copy of the AML procedures the firm has obtained verification from the appropriate individual attesting that they do indeed have AML procedures in place. (See Sections 5 and 6 below for special procedures governing correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and other foreign financial institutions and foreign private banking accounts.)
(7) High Risk and Non-Cooperative Jurisdictions – PKS will refuse to accept any account application from any individual or entity that are located in a problematic country. The firm will check the lists and accompanying narrative information of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), FinCEN, and the “Major Money Laundering Countries” section of the “Money Laundering and Financial Crimes” part of the U.S. Department of State’s annual International Narcotics Control Strategy Report to determine problematic countries and will categorically deny any application from an individual or entity seeking to open or maintain an account that is based in these jurisdictions. Any application that is denied will be maintained in a database that is monitored by the Operations Department. (Amended 2/15/2008)
(8) Senior Foreign Government/Public Officials – Firms must conduct enhanced scrutiny of accounts requested or maintained by or on behalf of senior foreign political figures (including their family members and close associates), regardless of whether or not they are personally know or related to a PKS Registered Representative. This is addressed in greater detail below in Section 6 “Private Banking Accounts/Foreign Officials.” The firm will conduct enhanced due diligence of accounts of "senior foreign political
571
figures," as well as their families and business associates, to detect and report transactions that involve the proceeds of foreign corruption.
(9) Transferred Accounts – Although the firm is not required to verify the identity of a customer whose account is transferred to our firm if the customer does not initiate the transfer (i.e. block transfers), the firm will still consider the scenarios above in deciding if the risks of a particular transferred account require our obtaining and verifying information from the transferred customer.
D Customers Who Refuse To Provide Information
If a potential or existing customer either refuses to provide the information described above when requested, the account will be rejected. If the client appears to have intentionally provided misleading information, our firm will not approve a new account and, after considering the risks involved, consider closing any existing account. In either case, our AML Compliance Officer will be notified so that the firm can determine whether the firm should report the situation to FinCEN or file a SAR. (Amended 10/2012)
E Verifying Information
Based on the risk, and to the extent reasonable and practicable, the firm will ensure that the firm has a reasonable belief that the true identity of our customers is known by using risk-based procedures to verify and document the accuracy of the information about our customers. In verifying customer identity, the firm will analyze any logical inconsistencies in the information the firm obtains.
The firm will verify customer identity through documentary evidence, non- documentary evidence, or both. The firm will use documents to verify customer identity when appropriate documents are available. In light of the increased instances of identity fraud, the firm will supplement the use of documentary evidence by using the non-documentary means described below whenever possible. The firm may also use such non-documentary means, after using documentary evidence, if the firm is still uncertain about the true identity of the customer.
PKS receives several reports that detail customer accounts with missing information. They are WSF2 Report 213A, WSF2 Report 215A, and WSF2 Report 216A.
WSF2 Report 216A is titled “CIP Equifax Response”. This report is received daily by the Operations department and archived by the Compliance Department. When an account number appears on this report, the Operations department will contact the representative of record via email and notify them that they will have a
572
reasonable time frame to submit the required information necessary to verify the identity of the client. If for some reason the representative needs additional time to obtain the necessary documents, the representative must request an extension from the Operations Manager in writing. The account will be restricted at that point until the proper documentation has been collected.
WSF2 Report 213A is titled “CIP restriction code activity- add/delete”. This report is received daily by the Compliance Department. When an account appears on WSF2 216A, it is subsequently “added” on WSF2 213A then, when Operations receives the required paperwork and the accounts temporary restriction is lifted, the account will again appear on WSF2 Report 213A as “deleted”. Compliance monitors WSF2 213A to make sure that all added accounts eventually receive the proper documentation and are deleted. Compliance follows up with the Operations department for any account that is not deleted after a 3 month period.
WSF2 Report 215A is titled “CIP missing field” summarizes accounts that were opened with missing CIP fields. This report is monitored daily by Compliance. As there should be no accounts opened without proper identification, this report should always contain no information. Should an account appear on this report, it would immediately be brought to the CCO and COO’s attention. (Amended 1/2011)
1. Appropriate documents for verifying the identity of natural persons include the following:
(a) An unexpired driver’s license, passport, or other government identification number
showing nationality, residence, and photograph or other biometric safeguard, or, for non-U.S. persons, an unexpired alien registration card or other government issued identification showing nationality, residence and photograph or other biometric safeguard.
(b) The PKS Compliance Department may accept an expired government-issued identification when, in its sole discretion, the department determines that all good- faith efforts to locate an unexpired, government-issued i.d. have been exhausted. (Amended 08/15/2004)
(c) For clients not possessing a government-issued ID, the Compliance Department may accept a social security check stub or bank statement showing direct deposit. (Amended 6/2013)
(d) In the event that the documentation in (a), (b), or (c) is not available, verification of identity may only be made after consultation and agreement of the CEO, COO and CCO. (Amended 6/2013)
2. The following documents are appropriate for verifying the identity of businesses:
(Amended 10/2011)
a. A certificate of incorporation, a government-issued business license, any partnership agreements, any corporate resolutions, or similar documents.
573
b. Verification of customer identity through the use of non-documentary evidence may be used in the following situations:
(i) when the customer is unable to present an unexpired identification card with a photograph or other biometric safeguard; (ii) when the documents the customer presents for identification verification are unfamiliar to PKS; (iii) when the customer and firm do not have face-to-face contact; and/or (iv) when there are other circumstances that increase the risk that PKS will be unable to verify the true identity of the customer through documentary means.
c. Under the circumstances that would fall under (iv) above, PKS and/or its clearing firm may use one or more of the following non-documentary methods of verifying identity:
(i) Contact the customer after the account has been opened (although the firm cannot rely solely on customer contact as a means for verification);
(ii) Obtain financial statements from the customer; (iii) Compare information obtained from the customer against databases, such as Equifax, Experion, Lexis/Nexis, MacDonald Information Services (MIS) or other in-house or custom databases;
(iv) Compare information obtained from customer with information available from a trusted third-party source (such as a credit report);
(v) Check references with other financial institutions; and (vi) Any other non-documentary means deemed appropriate.
The firm must verify the information within a reasonable time before or after the account is opened. Depending on the nature of the account and requested transactions, the firm may refuse to complete a transaction before the firm has verified the information, or in some instances when more time is needed, the firm may restrict the types of transactions or dollar amount of transactions pending verification. This is at the discretion of Senior Management. The firm documents verification, including all identifying information provided by a customer, the methods used and results of verification, and the resolution of any discrepancy in the identifying information. The firm maintains those records for five years after the account has been closed or the customer's trading authority over the account has ended. (Amended 7/2011)
As required under the BSA, the firm records a current passport number or other valid government identification number for transfers or transmittals of $3,000 or more by or for non-resident alien accounts
574
PKS’ clearing firm utilizes outside vendors, such as McDonald Information Services (MIS) and Compliance Data Center, Inc., to verify the social security number, address, phone number and criminal background history of all new accounts as they are being opened. The Compliance, Operations, and Trading Departments are all regularly contacted by the FCCS Risk Department whenever an account has triggered a MIS report.
In the case of a MIS report being triggered, FCCS contacts the above-listed departments via email in regards to a potential suspicious activity. The Director of Supervision, or his designee, will contact the representative of record to obtain information on the client. Based on the information provided, she will determine whether to advocate on behalf of the client or ask the client to transfer his/her account out of PKS. (Amended 4/2009)
Additionally, FCCS has pre-set parameters by which it monitors the account activity of any existing account. Whether it be generated by either a single wire or regular activity, the parameters are set forth as “trigger points” by Risk itself, and PKS is expected to respond to such notices in a timely fashion. These notices, along with the generating of exception reports, will assist PKS in scrutinizing the activities of its clients and assessing “red flags” that may possibly indicate money-laundering activity.
(e) Using Government Provided Lists of Terrorists and Other Criminals.
Shortly after opening an account, and on an ongoing basis, the PKS Operations Department will check to ensure that a customer does not appear on a list provided to us by the government, like Treasury’s OFAC “Specifically Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” List (SDN List), and is not from, or engaging in transactions with people or entities from, embargoed countries and regions listed on the OFAC Web Site. Because the OFAC Web Site is updated frequently, the firm will consult the list on a regular basis and subscribe to be sent updates when they occur. The firm may access these lists through various software programs to ensure speed and accuracy. The firm will document its review electronically. FCCS will review existing accounts against Equifax lists when the OFAC lists are updated. (Amended 10/2012)
In the event that the firm determines a customer, or someone with or for whom the customer is transacting, is on the SDN List or is from or engaging in transactions with a person or entity located in an embargoed country or region, the firm will reject the transaction and/or block the customer's assets and file a blocked assets and/or rejected transaction form with OFAC. The firm will also call the OFAC Hotline at 1-800-540-6322.
575
a. Notice to Customers
PKS is aware that it must notify customers that it is requesting information from them to verify their identities. PKS may provide notice by a sign in the lobby, through other oral or written notice, or there may be notice posted on the PKS Web site or written notice to all customers via an annual notice. No matter which methods of giving notice PKS uses, notice must be given before an account is opened or trading authority is granted. (Amended 4/21/2008)
b. Additional Inquiries
PKS recognizes its obligations under suitability and fair dealing requirements to collect customer identification information. Depending on the nature of the account, PKS will take the following additional steps, to the extent reasonable and practicable, when the firm opens the account.
The Registered Representative shall inquire about the source of the customer’s assets and income so the firm can determine if the inflow and outflow of money and securities is consistent with the customer’s financial status. The firm notes that this information is required from foreign private banking accounts (See Section 6 below, Private Banking Accounts/Foreign Officials), and for foreign correspondent banking accounts where the firm has determined that a foreign correspondent banking account poses a significant risk of money laundering (See Section 5.d. below, Enhanced Due Diligence from Risk Based Assessments).
5. FinCEN Customer Due Diligence Rule (CDD Rule) (Amended 09/2020)
A. General
On May 11, 2016, FinCEN issued the CDD Rule to clarify and strengthen customer due diligence for covered financial institutions, including broker dealers. The Four components of the CDD Rule apply to customer relationships maintained by a financial institution. The recent enhancements to the CDD Rule [31 CFR 1010.230] effects the Rule’s second component where financial institutions are now required to obtain information about the beneficial owners on behalf of the legal entity customer. Covered financial institutions have until May 11, 2018, to implement and comply with the CDD Rule. The Rule does not cover existing accounts that were opened before the applicability date. FinCEN identifies four components of customer due diligence: 1) Customer identification and verification 2) Beneficial ownership identification and verification of legal entity customers 3) Understanding the nature and purpose of customer relationships
576
4) Ongoing monitoring for reporting suspicious transactions and, on a risk basis, maintaining and updating customer information
B. FinCEN Definitions
1) Beneficial owner
Each individual, if any, who directly or indirectly, owns 25% or more of the equity interest of a legal entity customer; a single individual with significant responsibility to control, manage, or direct a legal entity customer, including an executive officer or senior manager (e.g., a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Managing Member, General Partner, President, Vice President, or Treasurer); or any other individual who regularly performs similar functions.
2) Legal entity customer
A corporation, Limited Liability Company, limited partnerships, other entity created by the filing of a public document with a Secretary of State, business trusts that are created by filing with a state office, and any other entity created in this manner. Entities excluded from the rule of obtaining Beneficial Ownership identification and verficiation; Truts, natural persons, sole proprietorships, unincorporated associations, financial institutions subject to Federal or State regulation, insurance company, banks, a public accounting firm, or SEC-registered investment adviser Accounts excluded from the rule;
• Accounts established to provide credit products, solely for the purchase of retail goods and/or services at these retailers, up to $50,000;
• Accounts established to finance the purchase of postage where payments are remitted to the provider of the postage products;
• Accounts established to finance insurance premiums where payments are remitted to the provider of the insurance provider;
• Accounts established to finance the purchase or lease of equipment where payments are remitted to the provider of the vendor or lessor of the equipment.
C. PKS Procedures
1) Customer identification and verification
See Section 4 of the PKS Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Program for procedures that address this aspect of the CDD Rule.
2) Beneficial ownership identification and verification of legal entity customers (a) Information to be Obtained
PKS Registered Representatives shall undertake reasonable efforts to obtain the following information from a beneficial owner of a legal entity customer:
i. Name; ii. Date of Birth;
iii. Address; iv. Social Security Number
577
v. Other government identification number or photo copy of government issued ID;
vi. Percent Ownership vii. Nature and purpose of relationship [Business Title]
The Operations department shall perform an OFAC screening for each beneficial owner on an account.
(b) FCCS Accounts i. New FCCS Accounts
For all accounts established with PKS at FCCS on or after May 11, 2018, the FCCS Account Application shall be used by all Associated Persons to obtain the beneficial ownership interest and to verify the identity for each individual that qualifies as a beneficial owner for legal entity customers.
(c) Direct Business Accounts
i. New Direct Business Accounts For All Direct Business accounts opened on or after May 11, 2018, the Client Profile form shall be used by all Associated Persons to obtain the beneficial ownership interest and to verify the identity for each individual that qualifies as a beneficial owner for legal entity customers.
(d) Customer Refusal or Failure to Respond If a customer declines to provide such information or fails to respond, PKS shall not be prevented from opening or maintaining the customer’s account. However, trading activity will be restricted until such information is received.
(e) Registered Representative Failure to Provide a. Operations Department Action. Upon the receipt of a new client account
application from a Registered Representative that does not include the beneficial ownership interest for a legal entity customer, the Operations Department shall log the information into the Beneficial Ownership Database. Compliance Department Action. On a periodic basis, the Compliance Department shall review the Beneficial Ownership Database, and for each client account listed; and shall follow-up with the representative for the missing Beneficial Ownership information.
3) Ongoing monitoring for reporting suspicious transactions and, on a risk basis, maintaining and updating customer information
(a) This shall be governed under Section 9 Monitoring Accounts for Suspicious Activity of the PKS AML Manual.
578
D. Training The Compliance Department shall, during the Annual Compliance Meeting, conduct training regarding the FinCEN CDD rule and this SPM section.
E. Record Keeping All records pertaining to the FinCEN CDD will be maintained in the FCCS account application and the PKS Client Profile maintained by the Operations Department. Such records may be maintained electronically. All records relating to the failure of the Registered Representative to provide the required beneficial ownership information shall be maintained by the Compliance Department. Such records may be maintained electronically.
6. Foreign Correspondent Accounts and Foreign Shell Banks
(A) Detecting and Closing Correspondent Accounts of Unregulated Foreign Shell Banks
Broker dealers are prohibited from maintaining correspondent accounts for unregulated foreign shell banks. Foreign shell banks are foreign banks without a physical presence in any country. The prohibition does not include foreign shell banks that are affiliates of a depository institution, credit union, or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the U.S. or a foreign country, and are subject to supervision by a banking authority in the country regulating that affiliated depository institution, credit union or foreign bank.
The firm will detect correspondent accounts (any account that permits the foreign financial institution to engage in securities or futures transactions, funds transfers, or other types of financial transactions) for unregulated foreign shell banks by reviewing account opening documents and requiring a copy of the corporate resolution. (Amended 10/2011)
Upon finding or suspecting such accounts, firm employees will notify the AML Compliance Officer, who will terminate any verified correspondent account in the United States for an unregulated foreign shell bank. PKS will also terminate any client account that the firm has determined is not maintained by an unregulated foreign shell bank but is being used to provide services to such a shell bank. The firm will exercise caution regarding liquidating positions in such accounts and take reasonable steps to ensure that no new positions are established in these accounts during the termination period. The firm will terminate any client account for which the firm has not obtained the information described in Appendix A of the proposed regulations regarding shell banks within the time periods specified in those regulations. A list of these clients will be maintained by the Operations Department. (Amended 2/15/2008)
PKS will also, in conjunction with its clearing firm, take steps to restrict any transactions that may further distance assets from their source, such as the transfer of assets between accounts.
579
(B) Mandatory Enhanced Due Diligence
PKS does not open or maintain accounts for foreign financial institutions. There is a corporate prohibition against opening accounts for foreign correspondent accounts or foreign shell banks (Amended 10/2011)
(C) Exception for Federal Reserve Designated Jurisdictions
PKS will not automatically apply these enhanced due diligence procedures for foreign banks operating under offshore branch licenses if the bank is located or chartered in a jurisdiction that has been found by the Federal Reserve to be subject to comprehensive supervision or regulation on a consolidated basis by relevant supervisors in that jurisdiction, provided that the jurisdiction is not on the FATF list or Treasury’s list of jurisdictions requiring special measures. Instead, the firm will follow the risk-based assessment specified below for whether any enhanced scrutiny is appropriate.
(D) Enhanced Due Diligence Resulting From Risk-Based Assessments
Should the business plan change, PKS would then make a risk-based assessment as to whether any foreign correspondent account poses a significant risk of money laundering activity, considering the foreign financial institution’s lines of business, size, customer base, location, products and services offered, nature of the correspondent account, the type of transactions for which it will be used. In making this risk assessment, the firm will consider any publicly available information from U.S. governmental agencies and multinational organizations on regulation and supervision, if any, applicable to the foreign financial institution, as well as public information about jurisdictions in which our foreign financial institution customers are organized or licensed. The firm will also consider any guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury, the SEC, any other government agency, or FINRA regarding money laundering risks associated with particular foreign financial institutions and types of correspondent accounts, as well as any public information on whether our customers have been the subject of any criminal action of any kind, or any regulatory action relating to money laundering.
If the firm determines that an account poses a significant risk of money laundering activity, the firm will respond in one or more of the following ways, as circumstances may dictate. This response may include, additional scrutiny, obtaining information about sources and beneficial ownership of funds, demands for additional information from the customer, investigation through third parties or publicly available information, limitations on account activities, account freezes/closings, SAR filings, emergency calls to the government, or any other means deemed necessary.
(E) Record-keeping for Foreign Correspondent Accounts
The firm will require our foreign bank account holders to complete model certifications issued by the Treasury. The firm will send the certification forms to our foreign bank account holders for completion, which includes certification that they are not shell banks
580
as well as providing ownership and agent information. The firm will re-certify when the information is no longer accurate and at least every two years. The firm will close within 10 days any such account for a bank where the Treasury or the Department of Justice has failed to comply with a summons or has contested a summons. The firm will scrutinize any account activity during that 10-day period to ensure that any suspicious activity is appropriately reported and to ensure that no new positions are established in these accounts.
7. Private Banking Accounts/Foreign Officials (A) Due Diligence Program
PKS is aware that it must have a due diligence program for "private banking" accounts
for non-U.S. persons that is reasonably designed to detect and report any known or suspected money laundering conducted through or involving any private banking account maintained by or on behalf of a non-U.S. person. This requirement applies to all private banking accounts for non-U.S. persons, regardless of when they were opened. Accounts requested or maintained by or on behalf of "senior foreign political figures" (including their family members and close associates) require enhanced scrutiny. At the outset, decisions to open accounts for senior foreign political figures should be approved by senior management.
(B) Private Banking
A "private banking" account is an account that requires a minimum deposit of $1,000,000, is established for one or more individuals, and is assigned to or administered or managed by, in whole or in part, an officer, employee, or agent of a financial institution acting as a liaison between the financial institution and the direct or beneficial owner of the account.
(C) Senior Foreign Political Figure
A "senior foreign political figure" includes a current or former senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a foreign government (whether elected or not), a senior official of a major foreign political party, or a senior executive of a foreign government-owned commercial enterprise; a corporation, business, or other entity formed by or for the benefit of any such individual; an immediate family member of such an individual; or any individual publicly known (or actually known by PKS) to be a close personal or professional associate of such an individual.
(D) Due Diligence Review
The firm will review our accounts to determine whether any "private banking" accounts are offered and will conduct due diligence on such accounts. This due diligence will include, at least:
581
(1) ascertaining the identity of all nominal holders and holders of any beneficial ownership interest in the account (including information on those holders' lines of business and sources of wealth); (2) ascertaining the source of funds deposited into the account; (3) ascertaining whether any such holder may be a senior foreign political figure; and (4) reporting, in accordance with applicable law and regulation, any known or suspected violation of law conducted through or involving the account. The firm will also annually pull a report of all non-U.S addresses to ascertain if any of these are shell banking institutions. (Amended 4/21/08)
PKS will review public information, including information available in Internet databases, to determine whether any "private banking" account holders are "senior foreign political figures." If the firm does not find information indicating that a "private banking" account holder is a "senior foreign political figure," and the account holder states that he or she is not a "senior foreign political figure," then additional enhanced due diligence is not required.
If, however, the firm discovers information indicating that a particular "private banking" account holder may be a "senior foreign political figure," and upon taking additional reasonable steps to confirm this information, the firm determine that the individual is, in fact, a "senior foreign political figure," the firm will conduct additional enhanced due diligence to detect and report transactions that may involve the proceeds of foreign corruption.
In so doing, the firm will consider the risks that the funds in the account may be the proceeds of foreign corruption, including the purpose and use of the private banking account, location of the account holder(s), source of funds in the account, type of transactions engaged in through the account, and jurisdictions involved in such transactions. The degree of scrutiny the firm will apply will depend on various risk factors, including, but not limited to, whether the jurisdiction the "senior foreign political figure" is from is one in which current or former political figures have been implicated in corruption and the length of time that a former political figure has been in office. Our enhanced due diligence might include, depending on the risk factors, probing the account holder's employment history, scrutinizing the account holder's sources of funds, and monitoring transactions to the extent necessary to detect and report proceeds of foreign corruption, and reviewing monies coming from government, government controlled, or government enterprise accounts (beyond salary amounts).
If due diligence cannot be performed adequately, the firm will, after consultation with PKS' AML Compliance Officer and as appropriate, not open the account, suspend the transaction activity, file a SAR, or close the account.
8. Supervisory Procedures for Opening Accounts
582
Pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act, PKS uses new account opening procedures designed to detect and deter possible money laundering and terrorist financing. The Operations department will verify the client’s identification by checking the OFAC list. This review includes checking against a list of the types of information required for each type of account and documenting why any account is not approved absent that information. (Amended 10/2012)
9. Monitoring Accounts for Suspicious Activity (Amended 12/2019)
(A) General
As previously stated in section 4(B) above, the firm utilizes the information gathered at account opening tas the customer risk profile to monitor for suspicious activity.
(B) Exception Reports
PKS will monitor its accounts through the automated means of exception reports for unusual size, volume, pattern, or types of transactions.
The Compliance Department will specifically monitor WSF2 576A “Accounts with more than $2000 Commission Fees or 10 Commission Transactions” in order to detect accounts that may show unusual trading activity versus their stated objectives. The Compliance Department monitors this report on a monthly basis and has developed criteria for each trading objective that require additional follow up. If an account labeled “Conservative” appears on the 576A exception report with 6 or more trades, it is flagged; for Moderate accounts, with 18 or more trades, it is flagged; and for Aggressive accounts with 24 or more trades, it is flagged. When an account has been flagged, the Compliance Department reaches out to the Registered Representative and inquires on the recent activity. If the representative’s answer is satisfactory, the issue is documented and closed. Should the representative be unable to provide an adequate explanation, the Compliance Department may follow up with the client directly, notify the AML Compliance Officer, and draft a letter to the client discussing the risks of active trading as the situation warrants.
Among the information the firm will use to determine whether to file a SAR are exception reports that include transaction size, location, type, number, and nature of the activity. Our AML Compliance Officer will conduct an appropriate investigation before a SAR is filed. Our monitoring of specific transactions includes changes in address and account authority, the addition of margin agreements, and accounts with aggressive activity.
If a law enforcement agency is conducting an investigation into a particular individual, who is also a client of PKS, they may request that the client account remain open even if the activity within the account would be considered suspicious. This may be because they are developing a case against the holder of the account and the activity in the account is part of the evidence for that case. The written request from law enforcement to keep the account open will be maintained on file for 5 years from the date of the initial request. (Amended 9/2010)
583
(B) Emergency Notification to the Government by Telephone
When conducting due diligence or opening an account, the firm will immediately call Federal law enforcement when necessary, and especially in these emergencies: a legal or beneficial account holder or person with whom the account holder is engaged in a transaction is listed on or located in a country or region listed on the OFAC list, an account is held by an entity that is owned or controlled by a person or entity listed on the OFAC list, a customer tries to use bribery, coercion, or similar means to open an account or carry out a suspicious activity, the firm has reason to believe the customer is trying to move illicit cash out of the government’s reach, or the firm has reason to believe the customer is about to use the funds to further an act of terrorism. The firm will contact the Hotlines of the following institutions:
1) OFAC Hotline www.treasury.gov/about/organizational.structure/offices/pages/office-of-foreign-assets-contro.aspx 2) Financial Institutions Hotline www.fincen.gov/fi_hotline.html 3) Local U.S. Attorney’s Office www.justice.gov/usao/office/index.html 4) Local FBI Office www.fbi.gov/contact-us/field 5) Local SEC Office www.sec.gov
(Amended 1/2011)
(C) Red Flags (Amended 12/2019)
Red flags that signal possible money laundering or terrorist financing include, but are not limited to:
• The customer exhibits unusual concern about PKS' compliance with government reporting
requirements and PKS’ AML policies, particularly on his or her identity, type of business and assets, or is reluctant or refuses to reveal any information concerning business activities, or furnishes unusual or suspect identification or business documents.
• The customer wishes to engage in transactions that lack business sense or apparent investment strategy, or are inconsistent with the customer's stated business or investment strategy, and/or risk profile.
• The information provided by the customer that identifies a legitimate source for funds is false, misleading, or substantially incorrect.
• Upon request, the customer refuses to identify or fails to indicate any legitimate source for his or her funds and other assets.
• The customer (or a person publicly associated with the customer) has a questionable background or is the subject of news reports indicating possible criminal, civil, or
584
regulatory violations.
• The customer exhibits a lack of concern regarding risks, commissions, or other transaction costs.
• The customer appears to be acting as an agent for an undisclosed principal, but declines or is reluctant, without legitimate commercial reasons, to provide information or is otherwise evasive regarding that person or entity.
• The customer has difficulty describing the nature of his or her business or lacks
general knowledge of his or her industry.
• The customer attempts to make frequent or large deposits of currency, insists on dealing only in cash equivalents, or asks for exemptions from PKS’ policies relating to the
deposit of cash and cash equivalents.
• The customer engages in transactions involving cash or cash equivalents or other monetary instruments that appear to be structured to avoid the $10,000 government reporting requirements, especially if the cash or monetary instruments are in an amount just below reporting or recording thresholds.
• For no apparent reason, the customer has multiple accounts under a single name or multiple names, with a large number of inter-account or third-party transfers.
• The customer is from, or has accounts in, a country identified as a non- cooperative country or territory by the FATF.
• The customer's account has unexplained or sudden extensive wire activity, especially in
accounts that had little or no previous activity.
• The customer's account shows numerous currency or cashiers check transactions aggregating to significant sums.
• The customer's account has a large number of wire transfers to unrelated third parties
inconsistent with the customer's legitimate business purpose.
• The customer's account has wire transfers that have no apparent business purpose to or from a country identified as a money laundering risk or a bank secrecy haven.
• The customer's account indicates large or frequent wire transfers, immediately withdrawn
by check or debit card without any apparent business purpose.
• The customer makes a funds deposit followed by an immediate request that the money be wired out or transferred to a third party, or to another firm, without any apparent business purpose.
585
• The customer makes a funds deposit for the purpose of purchasing a long-term investment followed shortly thereafter by a request to liquidate the position and transfer of the proceeds out of the account.
• The customer engages in excessive journal entries between related or unrelated accounts
without any apparent business purpose.
• The customer requests that a transaction be processed to avoid PKS’ normal documentation requirements.
• The customer, for no apparent reason or in conjunction with other red flags, engages in
transactions involving certain types of securities, such as penny stocks, Regulation S stocks, and bearer bonds, which although legitimate, have been used in connection with fraudulent schemes and money laundering activity. (Such transactions may warrant further due diligence to ensure the legitimacy of the customer's activity.)
• The customer's account shows an unexplained high level of account activity with very low
levels of securities transactions.
• The customer maintains multiple accounts, or maintains accounts in the names of family members or corporate entities, for no apparent purpose.
• The customer's account has inflows of funds or other assets well beyond the known income
or resources of the customer.
• The customer is domiciled in, doing business in or regularly transacting with counterparties in a jurisdiction that is known as a bank secrecy haven, tax shelter, high-risk geographic location (e.g., known as a narcotics producing jurisdiction, known to have ineffective AML/Combating the Financing of Terrorism systems) or conflict zone, including those with an established threat of terrorism.
• The customer has no discernable reason for using the firm’s service or the firm’s location (e.g., the customer lacks roots to the local community or has gone out of his or her way to use the firm).
• The customer’s legal or mailing address is associated with multiple other accounts or businesses that do not appear related.
• The customer is publicly known or known to the firm to have criminal, civil or regulatory proceedings against him or her for crime, corruption or misuse of public funds, or is known to associate with such persons. Sources for this information could include news items, the Internet or commercial database searches.
• An account is opened in the name of a legal entity that is involved in the activities of an association, organization or foundation whose aims are related to the claims or demands of a known terrorist entity.
586
• A customer opens a new account and deposits physical certificates, or delivers in shares
electronically, representing a large block of thinly traded or low-priced securities.
• A customer has a pattern of depositing physical share certificates, or a pattern of delivering in shares electronically, immediately selling the shares and then wiring, or otherwise transferring out the proceeds of the sale(s).
• A customer with limited or no other assets at the firm receives an electronic transfer or journal transfer of large amounts of low-priced, non-exchange-listed securities.
• The customer’s explanation or documents purporting to evidence how the customer acquired the shares does not make sense or changes upon questioning by the firm or other parties. Such documents could include questionable legal opinions or securities purchase agreements.
• The customer deposits physical securities or delivers in shares electronically, and within a short time-frame, requests to journal the shares into multiple accounts that do not appear to be related, or to sell or otherwise transfer ownership of the shares.
• Seemingly unrelated clients open accounts on or at about the same time, deposit the same low-priced security and subsequently liquidate the security in a manner that suggests coordination.
• There is a sudden spike in investor demand for, coupled with a rising price in, a thinly traded or low-priced security.
• The customer’s activity represents a significant proportion of the daily trading volume in a thinly traded or low-priced security.
• A customer attempts to influence the closing price of a stock by executing purchase or sale orders at or near the close of the market.
• A customer engages in transactions suspected to be associated with cyber breaches of customer accounts, including potentially unauthorized disbursements of funds or trades.
• Two or more unrelated customer accounts at the firm trade an illiquid or low-priced security suddenly and simultaneously.
• The customer’s purchase of a security does not correspond to the customer’s investment profile or history of transactions (e.g., the customer may never have invested in equity securities or may have never invested in a given industry, but does so at an opportune time) and there is no reasonable explanation for the change.
• The customer seemingly breaks funds transfers into smaller transfers to avoid raising attention to a larger funds transfer. The smaller funds transfers do not appear to be based
587
on payroll cycles, retirement needs, or other legitimate regular deposit and withdrawal strategies.
• The customer frequently changes bank account details or information for redemption proceeds, in particular when followed by redemption requests.
• Incoming payments are made by third-party checks or checks with multiple endorsements.
• Funds are transferred to financial or depository institutions other than those from which the funds were initially received, specifically when different countries are involved.
• The customer uses a personal/individual account for business purposes or vice versa. (D) Principal Approval Required
It is the policy of PKS to have Principal approval of all wire transfers and check requests for $10,000 or more. Principal approval is required for all checks being sent to an alternative address, and for all third-party checks and wires. For all third-party checks and wire requests, please see Section 7.16 of the PKS Supervisory Procedures Manual. (Amended 8/2013)
(E) Responding to Red Flags and Suspicious Activity
When a member of PKS detects any red flag he or she will investigate further under the direction of the AML Compliance Officer. This may include gathering additional information internally or from third party sources, contacting the government, freezing the account, and filing a SAR. In the event a red flag inquiry takes place documentation will be maintained by the CCO and Compliance Department electronically via a database detailing the appropriate responses taken. (Amended 12/2019)
10. Suspicious Transactions and BSA Reporting (A) Filing a SAR
PKS will file SARs for any account activity (including deposits and transfers) conducted or attempted through our firm involving $5,000 or more where the firm knows, suspects, or has reason to suspect:
1) the transaction involves funds derived from illegal activity or is intended or conducted in order to hide or disguise funds or assets derived from illegal activity as part of a plan to violate or evade federal law or regulation, 2) the transaction is designed to evade any requirements of the BSA regulations, 3) the transaction has no business or apparent lawful purpose or is not the sort in which the customer would normally be expected to engage, and the firm knows,
588
after examining the background, possible purpose of the transaction and other facts, of no reasonable explanation for the transaction, or 4) the transaction involves the use of PKS to facilitate criminal activity.
(B) When to File
The firm will not base our decision on whether to file a SAR solely on whether the transaction falls above a set threshold. The firm will file a SAR and may notify law enforcement of all transactions that raise an identifiable suspicion of criminal, terrorist, or corrupt activities. In high-risk situations, the firm will notify the government immediately and will file a SAR with FinCEN. Securities law violations that are reported to the SEC or an SRO may also be reported promptly to the local U.S. Attorney as appropriate.
The firm will not file SARs to report violations of Federal securities laws or Self Regulatory Organization rules by our employees or registered representatives that do not involve money laundering or terrorism, but will report them to the SEC or SRO.
All SARs will be periodically reported to senior management, with a clear reminder of the need to maintain the confidentially of the SAR. SAR filings may also be shared with the FCCS Risk Department or the Direct Fund Company Risk/Compliance Department
(C) Verification
PKS will verify that any request for SAR-SF information is actually coming from a representative of FinCEN or another appropriate agency. The request must be made in writing and the contact information for the supervisor for the individual requesting the SAR-SF information must be provided so that PKS can verify that the request is valid. (Amended 9/2010)
FinCEN has issued a SAR form for use by broker/dealers for reporting suspicious transactions. The form is titled Form SAR-SF. FinCEN’s Web Site contains additional information. It can be found at www.fincen.gov. The site includes annual SAR Activity Reviews and SAR Bulletins, which discuss trends in suspicious reporting and give helpful tips.
(D) SAR Maintenance and Confidentiality
This firm will hold SARs and any supporting documentation confidential. The firm will not inform anyone outside of our clearing firm’s or direct fund company’s Risk Department, law enforcement officials, a regulatory agency or securities regulator about a SAR. The firm will deny any subpoena requests for SARs or SAR information and immediately tell FinCEN of any such subpoena received. The firm will segregate SAR filings and copies of supporting documentation from other firm books and records to avoid disclosing SAR filings. Our AML Compliance Officer will handle all subpoenas or other requests for SARs. The firm will share information with our clearing broker about
589
suspicious transactions for determining when a SAR should be filed. As mentioned earlier, the firm may share with the clearing broker a copy of the filed SAR – unless it would be inappropriate to do so under the circumstances, such as where the firm file a SAR concerning the clearing broker or its employees.
(E) Currency Transaction Reports (CTR)
CTRs are filed only for certain transactions involving "currency." "Currency" is defined as "coin and paper money of the United States or of any other country" that is "customarily used and accepted as a medium of exchange in the country of issuance." Currency includes U.S. silver certificates, U.S. notes, Federal Reserve notes, and official foreign bank notes that are customarily used and accepted as a medium of exchange in a foreign country.
PKS prohibits the receipt of currency and has the following procedures to prevent its receipt: No cash will be accepted in the course of PKS business. If the firm discovers currency has been received, PKS will file with FinCEN, within three business days, CTRs for transactions involving currency that exceeds $10,000. Multiple transactions will be treated as a single transaction if they total more than $10,000 during any one business day. The firm will use the CTR format. (Amended 9/2009)
(F) Currency and Monetary Instrument Transportation Reports (CMIR)
CMIRs are filed for certain transactions involving "monetary instruments." "Monetary instruments" include the following: traveler's checks in any form; all negotiable instruments (including personal and business checks, official bank checks, cashier's checks, third-party checks, promissory notes, and money orders) that are either in bearer form, endorsed without restriction, made out to a fictitious payee, or otherwise in such form that title passes upon delivery; incomplete negotiable instruments that are signed but with the payee's name omitted; and securities or stock in bearer form or otherwise in such form that title passes upon delivery.
PKS prohibits the receipt of currency and has the procedures described in the previous subsection to prevent its receipt. If the firm discovers currency has been received, PKS will file with the Commissioner of Customs a CMIR within three business days whenever PKS transports, mails, ships or receives or causes or attempts to transport, mail, ship or receive monetary instruments of more than $10,000 at one time (on one calendar day or, if for the purposed of evading the reporting requirements, on one or more days) in or out of the U.S. The firm will file a CMIR for all such shipments or receipts of monetary instruments, except for currency or monetary instruments shipped or mailed through the postal service or by common carrier. The firm will, however, file a CMIR for such receipts of currency and monetary instruments and for shipments and deliveries made by PKS by means other than the postal service or common carrier, even when such shipment or transport is made by PKS to an office of PKS located outside the U.S. The firm will use the CMIR Form at http://www.fincen.gov/. (Amended 9/2009)
590
(G) Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Reports (FBAR)
The firm will file with FinCEN an FBAR for any financial accounts held, or for which the firm has signature or other authority over, in a foreign country of more than $10,000 within three business days. The firm will use the FBAR Form at http://www.fincen.gov , as per Rules 31 C.F.R. §103.24. (Amended 9/2009)
(H) Transfers of $3,000 or More Under the Joint and Travel Rule
When the PKS Operations Department effects a transfer funds of $3,000 or more, it will record on the transmittal order at least the following information: the name and address of the transmitter and recipient, the amount of the transmittal order, the identity of the recipient’s financial institution, and the account number of the recipient. The firm will also verify the identity of transmitters and recipients who are not established customers of PKS (i.e., customers of PKS who have not previously maintained an account with us or for whom the firm has not obtained and maintained a file with the customer's name, address, taxpayer identification number, or, if none, alien identification number or passport number and country of issuance). This will be done in accordance with Rules 31 C.F.R. §103.33(f). (Amended 8/2009)
11. AML Record Keeping
(A) Responsibility for AML Records and SAR Filing
PKS’ AML Compliance Officer and/or his designee will be responsible to ensure that AML records are maintained properly and that SARs are filed as required. (Amended 11/20/2007)
(B) Notice to Customers
The firm will provide notice to customers that PKS is requesting information from them to verify their identities, as required by Federal Law. Such notice is posted on FCCS’ New Account Form and the PKS Client Profile, and is stated within our Privacy Policy which is mailed to all clients on an annual basis. (Amended 4/2009)
(C) Records Required
As part of our AML program, our firm will create and maintain SARs, CTRs, CMIRs, FBARs, and relevant documentation on customer identity and verification (See Section 4.c. above), and funds transfers and transmittals as well as any records related to customers
591
listed on the OFAC list. The firm will maintain SARs and their accompanying documentation for at least five years. Other documents will be kept according to existing BSA and other record keeping requirements, including certain SEC rules that require six- year retention. This will be done to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 3310 and 31 C.F.R. §103.19; 31 C.F.R. §103.33(f). (Amended 2/15/2008)
12. Clearing/Introducing Firm Relationships
PKS will work closely with our clearing firm or the direct fund companies to detect money laundering. The firm will exchange information, records, data and exception reports as necessary to comply with AML laws. As a general matter, the firm has agreed that our clearing firm will monitor customer activity on our behalf, and will provide our clearing firm with proper customer identification information as required to successfully monitor customer transactions.
The clearing agreement has been amended to reflect the individual responsibilities of each party. This amendment from FCCS was signed by PKS’ CEO, J. Peter Purcell, on May 18, 2010.
PKS understands that, regardless of the amended status of the clearing agreement, such agreement will not relieve either of us from our independent obligation to comply with AML laws. (Amended 08/15/2004)
13. Training Programs (Amended 8/2018)
PKS requires ongoing employee training under the leadership of the AML Compliance Officer and senior management. Our training will be required to be completed each calendar year. It will be based on our firm’s size, its customer base, and its resources.
Our training will include, at a minimum: how to identify red flags and signs of money laundering that arise during the course of the employees’ duties; what to do once the risk is identified; what employees' roles are in PKS’ compliance efforts and how to perform them; PKS’ record retention policy; and the disciplinary consequences (including civil and criminal penalties) for non-compliance with the PATRIOT Act.
This training is conducted through both an AML module and an Identity Theft module of PKS’ Firm Element of Continuing Education program and is required annually. The module used is being accessed via PKS’ third-party vendor for the Firm Element, Quest CE.
PKS requires certain operations personnel to complete an Anti-Money Laundering module through a third-party vendor, Quest CE. Completion documentation is maintained by the Compliance Department.
592
14. Program to Test AML Program
The procedures here will be tested by means of internal review, examining the various means of anti-money laundering surveillance given to PKS by the clearing firm (i.e., exception reports), frequency of Suspicious Activity Report filings, notices from FCCS Risk Department, and any other data that may prove pertinent to the review of these procedures.
A review of PKS’ AML procedures will be conducted each calendar year by an independent auditor to assess and make recommendations to improve PKS’ ability to detect money laundering by its clients, affiliates, and employees. (Amended 10/2011)
After having completed the testing, staff will report its findings to senior management. The firm will address each of the resulting recommendations.
15. Monitoring Employee Conduct and Accounts
PKS is aware that under FINRA Rule 3310 and Section 352 of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is responsible for the monitoring of employee accounts for potential signs of money laundering. PKS will subject employee accounts to the same account identifying and monitoring procedures as customer accounts. PKS will also review supervisors’ performance of their AML responsibilities. Therefore, this firm will subject employee accounts to the same AML procedures as customer accounts, under the supervision of the AML Compliance Officer. The AML Compliance Officer’s accounts will be reviewed by the COO. (Amended 2/15/2008)
16. Confidential Reporting of AML Non-Compliance
Employees will report any violations of PKS’ AML compliance program to the AML Compliance Officer, unless the violations implicate the Compliance Officer, in which case the employee shall report to J. Peter Purcell, CEO. Such reports will be confidential, and the employee will suffer no retaliation for making them.
Any registered representative of PKS who does not comply with these Anti-Money Laundering procedures will be subject to disciplinary action including, but not limited to, fines, suspension, and/or termination. (Amended 9/2010)
17. Additional Areas of Risk
PKS has reviewed all areas of its business to identify potential money laundering risks. PKS believes that, as an introducing broker/dealer, it has procedures in place to coincide with all aspects of PKS’ business.
593
Additional areas of risk will not present themselves unless PKS substantially modifies its business plan or requests permission of the FINRA to commit itself to new lines of business, some of which may incur some additional risk of money laundering. If such business changes do occur, PKS will re-address its AML Procedures to state its policy of reviewing that particular new area of exposure.
18. Senior Manager Approval
I have approved this AML program as reasonably designed to achieve and monitor our firm’s ongoing compliance with the requirements of the BSA and the implementing regulations under it, per FINRA Rule 3310.
Signed: __________________________ Christopher J. Motta Title: COO Date: _______________
594
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
595
Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments
Business Continuity Plan Amended 12/2021
I. PKS Corporate Planning Guidelines It is the policy of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (“PKS”) to respond to a Significant Business Disruption (SBD) by safeguarding employees’ lives and firm property and employing procedures designed to enable PKS to meet its existing obligations to customers, critical business constituents, counterparties and intermediary customers. These procedures and its attachments address (1) data backup and recovery, (2) mission-critical systems; (3) financial and operational assessments; (4) alternate communications between PKS and its customers; (5) alternate communications between PKS and its employees; (6) alternate physical location of employees/disaster recovery site; (7) critical business constituent, bank and counter-party impact; (8) regulatory reporting; (9) communications with regulators; and (10) how PKS will assure customers prompt access to their funds and securities in the event it determines it is unable to continue in business. As more fully described herein, PKS provides its customers with a summary disclosure of its Business Continuity Plan (1) by mail, on an annual basis and/or (2) on the PKS Website.
II. Significant Business Disruptions (SBDs) This plan anticipates three levels of business disruptions, minor, moderate and severe. Minor SBDs affect PKS’ short-term ability to communicate and do business, such as an unplanned facilities evacuation and local short-term power disruptions. A moderate SBD is a minor SBD that extended for a period of more than a few hours. A severe SBD would be prolonged and/or regional in scope, such as a terrorist attack, a city flood, a prolonged regional blackout or other wide-scale, regional disruption, and might prevent the operation of the securities markets or a number of firms. In the event of a severe SBD, PKS would rely heavily on its clearing firm, Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions(“FCCS”), and direct account custodians. In the event of the occurrence of an event causing or threatening a business disruption, the following steps shall be taken immediately.
• Assemble Managers with approval and execution authority; • Identify the nature and scope of the business disruption; • Move key personnel and assets to PKS Backup Recovery Site, another secondary site, or
work remotely via secure VPN portal as required;
596
• Re-establish electronic and communications capabilities, from Corporate Headquarters, if possible, through VPN access;
• Transition incoming telephone calls to the PKS Backup Recovery Site or other designated number;
• Initiate Email and FCCS contact from PKS Backup Recovery Site or secondary site; • Initiate Website notification to PKS Clients and correspondents; • If necessary, transfer laptops and computers to or from PKS Backup Recovery Site or
secondary site to provide additional support; • If necessary, facilitate direct communication between clients & FCCS. • When possible, restoration services to the Corporate Headquarters or other designated
permanent location by reversal of the preceeding procedures following the conclusion of the SBD.
Specific responsibilities for the implementation of these steps and designated backup personnel are assigned and contained in the task list annexed to this plan as Attachment “B.”
III. Approval and Execution Authority – Business Continuity Committee Chris Motta , Chief Operating Officer, is responsible for approving the plan. The Internal Auditor conducts the required annual review as part of the internal audit. The following individuals are designated as members of the Business Continuity Committee and shall have authority to implement and manage the plan in the following hierarchy:
1. Christopher Motta, COO, 2. Harlow Diegel, IT Director, 3. Ryan D’Antonio, Director of Supervision, 4. Timothy Linehan, Operations Director, 5. Peter Kvam, CCO, and 6. Tracey Bohley, CFO.
The Committee shall meet on a quarterly basis. In addition, the Committee shall meet as needed during the course of any SBD, and subsequent to any SBD, for review and assessment of the performance of the BCP.
IV. Plan Location, Access and Supplemental Information Copies of the updated BCP shall be included as an addendum to PKS’ Written Supervisory Procedures. Supplementary BCP Documentation, including responsibility for specific tasks, alternated designees, emergency contact information and task instructions are contained in the attachments to the plan stored in the IT and Compliance Departments and available upon request. The attachments are:
597
Attachment A: PKS BCP Summary Disclosure Statement Attachment B Disaster Recovery Incident Plan Matrix Attachment C PKS Managers List Attachment D Gap Analysis Template Attachment E Incident Review Template Attachment F NFS Emergency Contact List Attachment G FCCS Business Continuity Plan Attachment H Posting Message to PKS Website Attachment I Phone System Recovery Procedures Attachment J Telephone Re-routing from PKS/Remote Location Attachment K PKS Emergency Numbers Attachment L Global Relay Email Instructions Attachment M Registered Representative List Attachment N Persons In Charge List Attachment O PKS Advisory Services IAR List Attachment P PKS Employees DR Phone List V. Emergency Contact Persons: Our firm’s two emergency contact persons are: Ryan D’Antonio, 1-518-436-3536 x1802, [email protected] and Christopher Motta, 1-518-436-3536 x1807, [email protected]. These names will be updated in the event of a material change, and our Executive Representative will review them within 17 business days of the end of each quarter. FINRA will be notified of such changes through the FINRA contact system. VI. Business Description: PKS conducts business in equity, fixed income, open and closed-end investment company securities, and other investment products. PKS is an introducing broker-dealer and does not perform any type of clearing function for itself or others. PKS does not custody customer funds or securities. (Through the Commission Recapture Program PKS holds customer funds in a 15c3-3(k)(2)(i) Special Account at Key Bank for “THE CUSTOMER”.) PKS accepts and enter orders for execution on behalf of its clients on either an agency or a riskless principal basis. All transactions are routed to appropriate broker-dealer and/or issuerFCCS,. FCCS maintains PKS customers’ accounts, grants customers access to their accounts, and delivers funds and securities. PKS services both retail customers and institutional clientele. Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions, LLC, is located at 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02109 and also at 499 Washington Blvd- Mail Zone NJ4A, Jersey City, NJ 07310. The website is www.Fidelity.com, and our contact people at that clearing firm are Craig Donnelly, 617-563- 7327, [email protected], Carl Mosier, (800) 877-2410 Option 6, [email protected], and John Cicchetti, 800-877-2410 Option *2 ext 56910, [email protected]
598
VII. Alternative Physical Location(s) of Employees PKS Office Locations: PKS Corporate Headquarters Office is located at 80 State Street, Albany, NY 12207. Its main telephone number is 1-518-436-3536 or toll-free 1-800-801-6851. PKS has independent offices located throughout the United States. PKS Headquarters is equipped with redundant Internet connections to minimize business disruption. Critical systems are equipped with UPS devices to maintain power for a limited time during an SBD encounter. PKS Secondary Sites
• PKS Backup Recovery Site is located at 410 Troy-Schenectady Road, Latham, New York 12210, with the main telephone number of 1-518-782-4926. This office serves as the primary-secondary site if an SBD is encountered at Corporate Headquarters.
• Remote Access – in addition, key personnel and administrative staff can work remotely
through a secure VPN portal. The secondary site is equipped with computers, telephones, and Internet access. This Secondary site is on a different connectivity platform for phones and Internet access than the PKS Corporate Headquarters. During any period in which Corporate Headquarters is inoperable, operations will continue from the PKS Backup Recovery Site and remote access. In the event that an SBD renders the PKS Recovery Site unavailable to receive staff, remote operations will be conducted from the offices of one or more PKS independent contractor Registered Representatives, or the nearby residences of PKS Senior Management, and other safe locations.
VIII. Phone and Email Communications During a SBD event PKS may re-route critical hotline numbers including PKS’ Trading Department and Operations Department, as well as the PKS toll-free number, PKS main number and other departments of interest to the secondary site. In the event that PKS’ Outlook storage of email is disrupted, PKS may obtain duplicate email transmissions, and restore any missed emails, from its email retention vendor, Global Relay Communications, and continue normal email operations. PKS Senior Management, Operations, Trading, and IT Managers have cellular telephones and
599
personal laptops with broadband wireless capability in order to (1) communicate with FCCS directly in the event of a severe and widespread disaster event necessitating transfer of PKS functions to FCCS, (2) to maintain business functionality during transfer to personnel and functions to secondary site during a less severe SBD event, and (3) provide support to secondary recovery sites in the event that operation from PKS Corporate Headquarters and/or the PKS Backup Recovery Site in Latham, New York is not possible.
A. Customers: PKS communicates with its customers by telephone, e-mail, our Web site, fax, U.S. mail, and in person. In the event of an SBD, a communications assessment will be performed by the Business Continuity Committee to determine the best available communications, and such methodology shall be utilized. As soon as practical, the Business Continuity Committee shall ensure that informing customers of alternate means of communication is posted on the PKS web site.
B. Employees:
In the event of an SBD, a communications assessment will be performed by the Business Continuity Committee to determine the best available communications methods with essential employees. In the event of an SBD event at Corporate Headquarters, PKS’ landlord 80 State Street, LLC has been directed to notify Ryan D’Antonio, Director of Supervision, Peter Kvam, CCO, or Christopher Motta, COO. In the event that it has determined that a disruption has impacted the Headquarter offices’ ability to open on the next business day, the following call tree will be invoked to inform staff that the 410 Troy-Schenectady Road location needs to be staffed. Any individual who invokes the use of the call tree is responsible for ensuring contact with all other listed individuals by use of the call tree. In the event any person on the call tree (Caller) cannot be contacted by the individual invoking the use of the tree, that individual invoking the use of the tree shall make all calls required by the unavailable Caller.
Caller Call Recipients
Christopher Motta Harlow Diegel, Ryan D’Antonio, Ryan Barnett, Kathy Flouton, Tracey Bohley, Jason Day, Peter Kvam, and Timothy Linehan.
Ryan D’Antonio Pamela Young, and Supervisory Personnel.
Timothy Linehan Operations Personnel, FCCS Client Service Manager and Relationship Manager
Ryan Barnett Trading Personnel, DVP Arrangements, if applicable
Harlow Diegel ISP, Telecom, Strategic IT Vendors and IT Departmental Staff.
600
Sales Assistants Local Albany brokers Pamela Young Sales Assistants, Outside IAR’s / Person In
Charge, RIA Custodians, PKS Advisory Personnel.
Tracey Bohley Receptionist Personnel, Key Bank, ADP, Insurance Representative (when applicable) and Acct’s Payable Personnel.
Peter Kvam Compliance Personnel, Jerome Clement and Regulators, if applicable
Kathy Flouton David Purcell, Peter Purcell, Craig Gould Jerome Clement PKS Financial Personnel, Insurance vendor
partners, if applicable
IX. Regulatory Reporting Purshe Kaplan Sterling is subject to regulation by: FINRA, MSRB, NFA and the SEC. PKS presently files reports with the regulators by U.S. mail (hardcopy), and electronically using fax, e-mail, and the Internet. In the event of an SBD, a communications assessment will be performed by the Business Continuity Committee to determine any necessary filing notifications to regulators. PKS’ Core Examiner is Kelli Wilson, NJ District 9 Office, 581 Main Street, 7th Floor, Woodbridge, NJ 07095. Ms. Wilson’s email address is [email protected] , and her telephone number is 732.596.2046. The District 9 main phone number is 732.596.2000, the fax number is 732.596.2001.
X. Mission Critical Systems PKS’ “mission critical systems” are those that ensure prompt and accurate processing of securities transactions, including order taking, order entry, comparison, allocation, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, the maintenance of customer accounts, access to customer accounts, and the delivery of funds and securities. More specifically, these systems include:
FCCS Systems:
• FBSI systems: Used to access customer records, place trades, review trades. • Order Entry: Used to place trades and look up accounts details. • Review and Release: Used to Review Orders / Trades for approval prior to execution. • Fidelity Wealth Central: Used to look up account details, place trades and allocate
portfolios. • Wealthscape: Web-based FCCS platform for accessing accounts, order entry, quotes, and
news. • FBSI Online: Web-Based version of FBSI.
PKS has primary responsibility for establishing and maintaining its business relationships with its
601
customers. PKS and FCCS share responsibility for the mission critical functions of order taking and order entry. FCCS provides, through contract, the execution, comparison, allocation, clearance and settlement of securities transactions, the maintenance of customer accounts, access to customer accounts, and the delivery of funds and securities. FCCS maintains a business continuity plan. FCCS represents that it will advise PKS of any material changes to its plan that might affect PKS’ ability to maintain its business and has provided an executive summary of its plan. In the event that FCCS executes its plan, it represents that it will notify PKS of such execution and that they will provide equal access to services as its other customers. FCCS represents that it backs up its records several times per day and electronically delivers backup files to a secure alternate site. FCCS represents that it operates a back-up facility in a geographically distant area, and that this facility possesses identical capability to conduct business as its primary site. The distance between these facilities renders it unlikely that both would be impacted by a catastrophic same event. FCCS has confirmed the effectiveness of its back-up arrangements to recover from a wide scale disruption by testing and it has confirmed that it tests its back-up arrangements twice a year. Recovery-time objectives provide concrete goals to plan for and test against. They are not, however, hard and fast deadlines that must be met in every emergency situation, and various external factors surrounding a disruption, such as time of day, scope of disruption, and status of critical infrastructure—particularly telecommunications—can affect actual recovery times. Recovery refers to the restoration of clearing and settlement activities after a wide-scale disruption; resumption refers to the capacity to accept and process new transactions and payments after a wide-scale disruption. FCCS maintains the following SBD recovery time: less than one hour. Order taking in FBSI and resumption of the majority of FBSI functionality, including the ability to input orders, should be available in less than one hour and resumption time of full functionality of FBSI should be available in less than one day.
The following systems are considered “mission critical”:
• Amazon Web Services S3 – Data Feeds to PKS Amazon S3 and feeds directly into Sycamore.
• Arcus Finity 360 Docs – Permanent Records stored under the Rep for Business submitted and a Finity 360 Tab on the Rep Portal for Cloud Storage.
• Global Relay Communications : Email host, used to also archive PKS electronic
communications for both internal and external uses. • BAE Silver Sky – Email host for external users email accounts and is used to record
archive external electronic communications to the Global Relay Email Archive. • Office 365 Hosted Email – Email host for users email accounts and is used to record
Broker Dealer electronic communications to the Global Relay Email Archive. • Office 365 SharePoint Online - SharePoint keeps user documents in a permanent, read-
only archive accessible to all registered representatives, persons in o charge and branch personnel as designated by the branch. Ends Q1 2022- Then Arcus
Finity 360 only.
602
• Morningstar Annuity Intelligence (MAI) – MAI is a tool that generates the required Variable Annuity reports for variable annuity purchases and exchanges.
• Microsoft Azure Cloud – The Azure cloud hosts several cloud applications, SQL databases and associated storage components that are used by the PKS to conduct day to day basis.
• ADP: payroll service used to issue checks and EFT’s to employee and independent contractor accounts.
• Quickbooks: System used for all accounting functions • Xtiva: Web-based payroll system which tracks rep commissions and payouts.
Accessible to all producing representatives and senior administrators.
XI. Cyber-Attacks and Data Back-Up and Recovery (Hard Copy and Electronic) A. Primary Record Maintenance Location PKS maintains its books and records in hard copy and /or electronic records at 80 State Street, Albany, NY 12207. Timothy Linehan, Director of Operations is responsible for the maintenance of these books and records. B. Back-Up Record Maintenance Locations PKS maintains its back-up hard copy books and records at two separate locations. Paper copies and other hard copy records are stored at the Arnoff Moving and Storage facility located at 10 Stoneback Road Malta, NY 12020, with a telephone number of (888) 430-9542. Electronic storage is located at The Archive, 247 Altamont Avenue, Schenectady New York 12304.. Electronic storage media consists of Tape Media, HDD and CD / DVD Optical Disks. PKS backs up its paper records by scanning them to electronic storage and Transferring the paper records to Arnoff Moving and Storage facility referenced above.. The firm backs up its electronic records daily by Disk-Disk backup, and weekly backups using Tape (WORM) Media. These electronic records are maintained at The Archive facility referenced above. These records are transported to The Archive facility on a monthly basis by Harlow Diegel, Director of IT or his designee. In the event of a SBD that causes the loss of PKS paper records, physical recovery will be accomplished from electronic records maintained at The Archive and/or PKS Latham Location. C. Procedure For SBD Resulting From Cyber-Security Incident In the event of a SBD that is suspected to be caused by a security breach and or cyber-attack, the IT Director or his designee shall activate its Incident Response Plan in order to identify, isolate and mitigate the cyber-attack. The IT Director shall establish an Incident Response Team (IRT) that shall implement remediation and recovery measures as necessary and take whatever action is necessary and appropriate to alleviate the breach of security and restore the firm to normal operation, generally in the order set forth in the outline below.
603
1. Identification: The IRT is activated to determine whether the business disruption is related to a security incident.
2. Containment: In the event that the IRT determines that a security breach or cyber-attack has
occurred, the IRT will: (a) Conduct an investigation to determine the extent of the security incident and
implement appropriate steps to contains the damage by disconnecting all affected systems and devicesfrom the network to isolate the cyber-attack and begin to determine the scope of the cyber-attackand;
(b) In cases where critical PKS internal systems and/or network needs to be taken offline,
activates the PKS business continuity plan and directs necessary staff to the PKS Backup Recovery Site.
3. Eradication: The IRT investigates to determine the origin of the security incident. After
determining the origin of the security incident, the IRT takes appropriate steps to ensure that the root cause of the problem and all traces of malicious code are removed.
4. Recovery: The IRT ensures that data and software are restored from clean backup files and resources, ensuring that no vulnerabilities remain. The IRT ensures that systems are monitored for any sign of weakness or recurrence.
5. Restoral of Network: At such time as the IRT is satisfied that affected systems show no signs
of additional cyber-attack and monitoring has shown no signs of vulnerabilities, the IRT shall take appropriate action to bring affected systems online based on critical function.
6. Threat to Unaffected Systems or Data. If the IRT determines that the cyber-attack
threatens non-affected critical PKS internal systems and or data, the IRT shall take appropriate steps to protect the unaffected systems by taking them offline, and shall notify the following individuals: Tim Stowell, CISO, Christopher Motta COO, Senior Management and Partners.
7. Restoral of Unusable Data. If a cyber-attack renders PKS electronic data un-usable,
the affected electronic data shall be restored from the following resources listed below.
Restore Resources Retention of Data on Media Storage Area Network (PKS HQ) Hourly
Storage Area Network (PKS Latham)
Hourly
Tape Media Sycamore Data: Backed up
WORM and nightly full backups- Finity 360
30 days (depends on media)
1-2 Days
604
In the event electronic records are destroyed, recovery is possible through retrieval of hard copy storage or electronic retrieval of records stored at the PKS Backup Recovery Site or The Archive facility.
8. Reporting – The IRT will report any and all outages to Senior Management and provide senior management with updates throughout this entire process. Once the incident is contained and completed the IRT will provide a report to the Cybersecurity Committee.
XII. Customers’ Access to Funds and Securities As a general rule, PKS does not maintain custody of customers’ funds or securities. Custody of customer’s funds or securities are maintained with our clearing firm, FCCS. or directly at the various issuers. (In certain circumstances PKS does have limited custody of certain client funds under the commission recapture program customer funds are segregated and maintained in a SEC 15c3-3(k)(2)(i) Special Account at Key Bank for the Exclusive Benefit of Clients. These funds are accessible through Key Bank, as listed in the Banks section, in the event of a SBD.) In the event of a SBD at the PKS Headquarter Office, clients will continue to be able to contact the issuers directly to access their funds. For clients’ FCCS accounts, clients will continue to be able to view their brokerage accounts using FCCS’ WealthScape system. Provided that telephone/cell service is available, PKS registered persons will take customer orders or instructions and contact FCCS and/or the issuers, other broker-dealers, and ATS on their behalf. In the event the PKS must cease operation due to a significant business interruption, PKS will notify its business partners and customers and provide FCCS Customer Service Information [617.563.5977]. XIII. Counter-Parties and Intermediary Customers, Business Constituents, and Banks The Business Continuity Committee will determine the necessity for contacting the following business contacts. Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions, LLC 800-877-2410 FCCS Relations Manager: Craig Donnelly 617-563-73217 Key Bank 877-634-2968 DVP Arrangements Fidelity 800-877-2410 Option 1-3-2 Schwab – Dawn Frasier 800-404-6996, Option 2 TD Ameritrade –Vivian Tran 800-431-3500 x 500365 All branch offices via a phone tree
• HQ Property Management
605
o Eighty State Street, LLC Main Phone 518-462-5626 o Building Manager: Anthony Garcelon W: 518-462-5626, C: 518-281-6422,
[email protected] o Tenant Manager: Marie Didonna, W : 518-462-5626,
• Mitel Phone System
o Inflow Communications 855-9-INFLOW o Mitel (Direct), Mike Ramsey 469-680-4775
• Arcus (Finity 360)
o Paul Stringer Founder/COO 888-942-7287; [email protected] o David Richards Director of IT 888-972-7287; [email protected]
• AT&T Circuits
o Fiber contacts issue call 855.263.7647 Support 888-613-6330 Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. When you call in provide the below Acct# for location or issue. Headquarters Account Number #8310009951329 500MB Line Account Number #831-000-9951-331 20MB Line Account Number #831-000-9951-332 Latham Account Number #831-000-9951-333
• Web Host/DNS for PKSinvest.com, PKSA.net, and PKSlife.com
o Pork Bun 1-855-PORKBUN (7675-286)
• Internet Service Provider 1 Lumen o Support 1-800-829-0420 o Customer number 3-KGQMKS o Service ID 440859412 o Circuit ID: NY/KFXN/065178/LVLC
• HQ DIA: Service ID: 441992302
• Internet Service Provider 2 First Light
o Support 1-800-461-4863 option 1 or 518-598-0940 o Circuit ID 34.KRGS.024634..FL
• Dell (Storage and Servers) o Support (based on service tag) 866-516-3115
• Quote System: Thompson 1 (Connectivity though SVPN )
o Tech Support: 1-800-544-4917 option 4.
606
• FCCS o Tech Support: 1-800-544-4917 o Suffix # is PKS, for FCCS FTP problems, Option 4 o [email protected]
• FBSI ID / Cactus ID Resets
o 1-800-292-4839 Need user ID and Name (7:30 AM – 5PM)
• Fee Based Tools o Support: 1-800-544-4917 (Brokerage Business)
• Fidelity Wealth Central
o 1-800-523-7166 (FIWS / PKSA Business)
• Century Link Telecom (Phone Service) o 1-800-829-0420 (NOC)
• Microsoft Azure o Cloud Support – 1-855-229-9980
• Office 365 Email
o Support – 1-866-676-6546 or 1-800-865-9408
• Office 365 SharePoint o Support – 1-800-865-9408
• Global Relay Archive
o Support – 1-866-484-6630 or email [email protected]. o Billing: [email protected] o Data Service Exports/Imports: [email protected]
• Global Relay Provisioning
o Support: 1-866-484-6630 Luca Dell’Isola at [email protected] o David Lumley at [email protected]
• BAE / Silver Sky
o Support: (E-mail) 1-800-353-4322 [email protected]
• APP River o Support (Cipher Post and Spam Filtering): 1-850-932-9900 or email
• APP River Provisioning o Account Manager Steve Harris 1-850-932-5338 or email [email protected]
607
• ADP o Support (payroll) – 1-855-669-6159 (will need company codes to access support)
• LaserApp o Eric Steffensen (801) 410-7148; [email protected]
• Xtiva
o Support (payroll) – 1-415-982-9882 x 2 or 646-747-4719 or [email protected]
• Commission and Payment Axis Files: o NSCC Connectivity: [email protected] o Relationship Manager: Amanda Babicke; [email protected] ; Tel: 212-855-4182 o Mutual Fund Support- [email protected] o Insurance files- [email protected]
• Orion
o Ryan Donovan 1-888-695-0462 or [email protected]
• The Archive o Fred (Warehouse Manager) or Jean (Support) 518-382-8900.
• FIWS (RIA) o New England Green Team: [email protected] o CM: Emma Gilbert; 800-523-7166 o Fidelity Retail: 800-544-6666 o FITSCO (403B/Tax Exempt Plans): 888-766-6815
• Schwab
o CORE Service Team: 1-877-774-3892 o CM: Lori Walters; [email protected]
• TD Ameritrade
o Team Independence; [email protected]; 800-400-6288 Option 2. o
• DR Site Internet Provider Verizon
o FIOS Tech Support – 1-800-837-4966
• DR Site Telephone System o Colbert Communications, Jerry Colbert 598-6787
• DR Site Phone Provider
o Verizon 890-6464 8:30 AM – 5 PM or for repairs 890-7711 24 hours
• DR Site Backup Generator o Troy Generator – David Begin 518-281-6306 (Primary Maintenance and repair)
608
o Ambrose Electric – Michael Stein 783-0741 Cell: 858-7127 (Alternate)
• DR Site Property Manager o Jon Brower – Cell 518-857-2566 email [email protected]
• DR Site Breaker Access
o Photo Phrame Photography – Thomas Bryant 518-258-1832 (Power Panels in the Adjacent Suite) – Call 24 hours ahead if at all possible (Only Call if Jon Brower “Property Manager” is not available)
XIV. PKS Bank Accounts The bank maintaining the PKS operating accounts, and Special Account for Exclusive Benefit of Clients, are: Key Bank and First Financial Bank: Key Bank, 475 Albany Shaker Rd., Loudonville, NY 12211. The phone number is 518.435.1500. Key Bank’s Nationwide Toll-Free Number for Corporate and Commercial Banking is 800.600.2680, and the Customer Service Number is 800.539.2968. First Financial Bank, 300 High Street, PO Box 476 Hamilton, OH 45012, the Business Support Center phone number is 866-604-7946. The bank maintaining our Proprietary Account of Introducing Brokers/Dealers (PAIB account) is engaged by our clearing firm under SEC Rule 15c3-3, per the PAIB Agreement signed by J. Peter Purcell and Kenneth Klipper of National Financial Services Corporation on August 19, 1999; amendment signed by J. Peter Purcell and Katie Zack of FCCS on 5/24/2010.
XV. Disclosure of Business Continuity Plan
PKS discloses on its’ public website a written summary of the BCP (See Section XVII below). It can also be mailed to customers upon request. The summary is posted on the PKS Web site at Http://www.PKSinvest.com/BCP.
For reasons of security, the PKS’ Summary Disclosure Statement made available to the public will not disclose the following factors: the specific location of any back-up facilities; any proprietary information contained in the plan; or the parties with whom the firm has back-up arrangements. XVI. Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments – Summary Disclosure Statement The following statement is posted to the PKS website for viewing by the general public. “In the event of a significant business disruption, whether it be internal or external, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (PKS) will post on its website all necessary information for clients to continue accessing their accounts and maintaining contact with the broker/dealer. On the web page you will find all the information you will require during a significant disruption in either the financial markets or the operation of the firm as a whole.
609
As all securities are held in custody by Fidelity Clearing & Custody Solutions, LLC, the clearing firm of PKS, or directly at the fund companies or variable annuity complexes (insurance companies) as the case may be, client’s access to their funds and securities is assured. In the event of a significant business disruption at the location of the Headquarters Office, PKS has made arrangements to relocate all mission critical information, personnel, and documentation to an alternative location. This plan is subject to modification at any time, or as the need arises. All updated information will be posted to the web site. Clients may obtain a written copy of this business continuity summary by contacting the PKS Compliance Department at 80 State Street, Albany, NY 12207.”
XVII. Updates and Annual Review Our firm will update this plan whenever we have a material change to our operations, structure, business or location. In addition, our firm will review this BCP on a calendar year basis, to modify it for any changes in our operations, structure, business, or location.
XVIII. Senior Manager Approval I have approved this Business Continuity Plan as reasonably designed to enable our firm to meet its obligations to customers in the event of an SBD. Signed: _______________________________ Title: _______________________________ Date: _______________________________
610
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
611
PKS forms referenced in Part I Form C1: Audit Checklist Form C2: PKS Internal Audit Checklist Form C3: PKS Privacy Policy Form C4: IPO Certification Form Form C5: Electronic Mail Consent Form-IPO’s
612
C1: Audit Checklist Files/Logs Needed for Review (if applicable):
Correspondence File-any outgoing letters to clients for the year Copies of checks/log that were sent to PKS or to Direct MF Company Copies of Certificates/log that were sent to PKS Customer Complaint File Personal File
Form U-4 Previous Broker-Dealer Complaints
Compliance File Email/Correspondence from the Compliance Department Compliance Policies and Procedures
Muni Bond Disclosure File Signature Guarantee File
Log of paperwork stamped Copies of all paperwork stamped
Due Diligence Files
613
Files that contain adequate information for each position held for clients Includes but not limited to company's annual report, most recent 10Q report,
articles from periodicals, prospectus, Morningstar Report List of Accounts RR is listed as Trustee/Executor Hold Ticket File Gifts and Gratuities Log Address Changes file/log Account Information Update file/log Margin File (House or Federal Calls)
Provide Copies/Electronic or Paper (if applicable):
Professional Designations-proof of good standing Private Placement/Equity Due Diligence Files Form ADV Part 2a Brochure RIA Client Agreement Prime Brokerage Agreement RIA State or SEC audits w/in past 3 years
Items to be Shown to Auditor (if applicable):
Encryption on all BlackBerry, IPhone, Smart Phone Devices Encryption on all laptops SIPC Sign PKS Sign Direct Fund Statements-may be paper or electronic FINRA Manual-may be bookmarked MSRB Manual-may be bookmarked PKS Supervisory Procedures Manual-may be bookmarked Yellow Pages-Company directory section Approved sales literature/prospectuses Access to SharePoint:
Advertising File Approved Business Card Approved Letterhead Other approved advertising material
Direct fund tickets Client Files:
Account Application Evidence of Suitability: Investment Objective Correspondence from client (if applicable) Photo Identification (USA Patriot Act)Customer
614
C2: PKS Internal Audit Checklist Audit Time Period:
Matter Examined Documents Reviewed Deficiencies
Trades/Corrective Action Taken
Prior Year PKS Internal Audit Prior Year PKS FINRA 3130 Report FINRA Audit findings, if applicable Other regulatory audit findings, if applicable Regulatory issues raised, if applicable FINRA Notices SEC Rule Filings
615
MSRB Rules/Notices NFA Rules/Notices Customer complaints/arbitrations/ litigation Outside Audit Findings Corporate Governance Equity Trades Suitability Commissions Excessive Trading Unauthorized Trading Equity Trades under $5 Suitability Commissions Excessive Trading Unauthorized Trading Penny Stock/Disclosure Letter Margin Accounts Suitability Concentrated Positions Options Trades Suitability Approved Option Level Bond Trades Investment grade Commission TRACE Late Trading Municipal Bond Trades Commission Tax Qualified Account Late Trading /MSRB Mutual Funds [through FCCS] Switching Share Class Suitability Break Points Rights of Reinstatement Books and Records Mutual Funds [Direct to Issuer]
616
Switching Share Class Suitability Break Points Books and Records Variable Annuities Ticket Client Profile Application Visible Choice™ Senior Investor Qualified Funds Supervisory Review Books and Records Variable Life Insurance Ticket Client Profile Application Senior Investor Books and Records Hedge Funds Suitability Books and Records Structured Products Suitability Qualified Purchaser Rep Books and Records New Products New Products Submitted New Products Committee Unregistered Securities Suitability Books and Records REITs/BDCs Volume Discount Review Reg D – Private Placement Suitability Qualified Purchaser Rep Books and Records
617
Supervision Letters of Caution Heightened Supervision Branch Office Audits Most Common Deficiencies OATS Time of Transaction[seconds] Senior Investor Issues Advertising Professional Designations Senior Designations Outside Business Activities 3210 Letters OBA Spreadsheet vs. CRD Report Denied OBAs Trustee/Executor Accounts Fidelity Bond Insurance Signature Guarantee Business Continuity Plan Bank Secrecy Act [CIP] OFAC/AML FOCUS Report/Net Capital Safeguarding Customer Information SPM Changes PKS Department Processes Supervision Compliance Deployment IT Operations Licensing Trading Payroll Email Review Email Reviews Conducted by ACO's Review of Keyword Search terms Quarterly Domain Reviews Blotter Review Spot Check Monthly Reviews
618
Variance Registered Representative/Branch Offices Rep Spreadsheet vs. CRD Branch Spreadsheet vs. CRD Audit Database vs. CRD 3210 Download Review By Custodian Cyber Security Review Areas of CS noted during last FINRA exam Review of Form BR for Accuracy Review of FCCS Exception Reports Available (w/KMF)
619
620
621
C3: PKS Privacy PolicyPrivacy Policy Notice Maintaining your trust and confidence is among our highest priorities. We recognize that protecting the privacy and security of our customers is an important responsibility. That’s why we at Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc. want you to understand how we protect your privacy when we collect and use information about you, and the steps that we take to safeguard that information.
Privacy Policy of Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc., Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc., and its affiliated companies, have each adopted our privacy policy in recognition of our important responsibility in protecting the privacy and security of the personal information we obtain about our clients and customers. We also know that you expect us to service you in an accurate and efficient manner. To do so, we must collect and maintain certain personal information about you. We want you to know what information we collect and how we use and safeguard that information. What Information We Collect
We collect certain nonpublic personal identifying information about you (such as your name, address and social security number) from information that you provide on applications and other forms and through other communications (such as email and telephone) with you or your authorized representatives (such as your attorney and accountant). We also collect information about your brokerage accounts and transactions (such as purchases, sales, account balances and inquiries). What Information We Disclose
We do not disclose the nonpublic personal information we collect about you to anyone except to further our business relationship with you and then only to those persons necessary to effect the transactions and provide the services that you authorize (such as broker-dealers, custodians and independent managers) or as otherwise provided by law. We do not share any information with our affiliates so that they can offer their products and services directly to our clients and customers. We are permitted by law to disclose nonpublic personal information about you to governmental agencies and other third parties in certain circumstances (such as allowing third parties to perform administrative or marketing services on our behalf or for joint marketing programs). These third parties are prohibited to use or share the information for any other purpose. Security of Your Information
We restrict access to your nonpublic personal information to those employees who need to know that information to service your account. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that comply with applicable federal or state standards to protect your nonpublic personal information.
Departing Representatives
Departing investment advisor and registered representatives may take nonpublic information about a client or customer with them to their new firm, unless the client or customer objects. We understand the importance of the personal relationship between an advisor or representative and his or her clients and customers. However, if you wish to prevent your advisor or representative from taking nonpublic personal information to the new firm, please “opt out” by following the instructions on the attached form.
Departing Representatives in Affirmative Consent States
622
If you live in California, Maine, Massachusetts, New Mexico, North Dakota or Vermont, a departing investment advisor and/or registered representatives may not take nonpublic information about a client or customer with them to their new firm, unless the client or customer affirmatively consents in writing. If you wish to permit your advisor or representative to take nonpublic personal information to the new firm, please “opt in” by following the instructions on the attached form.
Changes to our Privacy Policy or Relationship with You
Our policy about obtaining and disclosing information may change from time to time. We will provide you notice of any material change to this policy before we implement the change.
We will continue to adhere to our privacy policy, as may be amended from time to time, even if you decide to terminate our services or become inactive.
Important Privacy Choice for Consumers This notice should not be construed as a notification that your Investment Advisor or Registered
Representative is leaving Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments but is required to be sent annually by law. At some point in the future, your Investment Advisor or Registered Representative could decide to join a
different financial institution. In the event that should ever happen, you have the right to control whether your investment advisor representative or registered representative takes your personal information to his or
her next firm. Please read the following information carefully before you make your choices below.
Your Right You have the right to prevent your investment advisor representative or registered representative from taking nonpublic personal and financial information in the event he or she leaves at some point in the future and to prevent the representative from sharing this information with his or her new firm.
Your Representative Choose one or both of the options below.
□ My choice on this form applies to the following investment advisor representative(s) or registered representative(s):
□ My choice on this form applies to the investment advisor representative(s) or registered representative(s) who primarily serviced my accounts in the last six months.
Your Choice Unless you choose “No” below, your Registered Representative may take nonpublic personal and financial information about you should he or she move to a new firm.
If you live in California, Maine, Massachusetts, New Mexico, North Dakota or Vermont , you must choose "Yes" below to permit your Registered Representative may take nonpublic personal and financial information about you should he or she move to a new firm.
□ Yes, the investment advisor representative(s) or registered representative(s) listed or described above may take nonpublic personal and financial information and share that information should he or she move to a new firm.
□ No, the investment advisor representative(s) or registered representative(s) listed or described above may not take nonpublic personal and financial information nor share such information should he or she move to a new firm. Time Sensitive Reply You may make this privacy choice at any time. Your choices marked here will remain unless you state otherwise.
Name:
623
Account Number(s): [to be filled in by consumer]
Signature:
To exercise your choices do one of the following: (1) Fill out, sign and send this form to PKS Compliance Department, 80 State Street, Albany NY, 12207
(you may want to make a copy for your records); or (2) Fill out, sign and fax this form to us at (518) 935-2309; or (3) Fill out, sign and email this form to [email protected]
C4: IPO Certification Form
IPO CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATE FOR THE PURCHASE OF INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5130 (the Rule), Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc. (PKS)
may not sell or cause to be sold a new issue (as defined in the Rule; generally, initial public offerings of equity securities) to any account in which a restricted person (all bolded terms are defined in the attached) holds a beneficial interest unless the account qualifies for a general exemption under the Rule. PKS requires that you sign and return this Certificate indicating whether or not your account is eligible to purchase IPO shares in accordance with the Rule. In addition, in connection with any new issue, you hereby represent that you will not act as a finder (i.e., a person who receives compensation for identifying potential investors in an offering) or in a fiduciary capacity to any managing underwriter of any new issue and that you shall notify PKS immediately in the event that such representation ceases to be true and correct.
PLEASE CHECK ONE BOX FROM SECTION “A” AND COMPLETE THE ACCOUNT INFORMATION BELOW. SECTION A.
The undersigned hereby certifies that with respect to each PKS account in which it has the opportunity to purchase and/or allocate new issues: The account is eligible to purchase new issues either because no restricted person (which includes those accounts that meet a general exemption and, by definition, are not restricted persons) holds a beneficial interest in the account, or because the account has implemented procedures to reduce the beneficial interests of all restricted persons with respect to new issues to in the aggregate below 10%, and the undersigned hereby represents that it will follow such procedures in connection with the purchase by the account of all new issues; or The undersigned is a conduit (such as a bank, foreign bank, broker/dealer, or investment adviser) and all purchases of new issues are, and will be, in compliance with the Rule. If the
624
beneficial interests of all restricted persons in any one account exceeds in the aggregate 10% of the account but the account has implemented procedures to reduce the beneficial interest of all restricted persons with respect to new issues to in the aggregate below 10%, the undersigned hereby represents that it will follow such procedures in connection with the purchase by the account of all new issues; or The account is a restricted person and is not eligible to purchase new issues.
The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is authorized to provide this Certification and that the undersigned or an authorized representative of the account will promptly notify PKS in the event this Certification ceases to be true and correct.
THE SIGNED CERTIFICATE SHOULD BE RETURNED TO: __________________________________________.
Print Client Name
Account Number
Signature of Authorized Signatory X
Date
Print Name of Authorized Signatory Print Title of Authorized Signatory
625
General Exemptions: 1. An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 2. A common trust fund or similar fund as described in Section 3(a)(12)(A)(iii) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, provided that: (i) the fund has investments from 1,000 or more accounts, and (ii) the fund does not limit beneficial interests in the fund principally to trust accounts of restricted persons.
3. An insurance company general, separate or investment account, provided: (i) the account is funded by premiums from 1,000 or more policyholders or, if a general account, the insurance company has 1,000 or more policyholders, and (ii) the insurance company does not limit the policyholders whose premiums are used to fund the account principally to restricted persons, or if a general account, the insurance company does not limit its policyholders principally to restricted persons.
4. An account, including a fund, limited partnership, joint back office broker-dealer or other
entity, if the beneficial interests of restricted persons do not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the account.
5. A publicly traded entity (other than a broker-dealer authorized to engage in the public offering of new issues either as a selling group member or underwriter, or an affiliate of such a broker-dealer) that is: (i) listed on a U.S. national securities exchange, (ii) traded on the FINRAaq National Market, or (iii) a non-U.S. issuer whose securities meet the quantitative designation criteria for listing on a national securities exchange or trading on the FINRAaq National Market.
6. An investment company organized under the laws of a non-U.S. jurisdiction, provided that: (i) the investment company is listed on a non-U.S. exchange or authorized for sale to the public by a non-U.S. regulatory authority, and (ii) no person owning 5% or more of the shares of the investment company is a restricted person.
7. An ERISA benefits plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; provided that the plan is not sponsored solely by a broker-dealer.
8. A state or municipal government benefits plan that is subject to state or municipal regulation.
9. A tax-exempt charitable organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
10. A church plan under Section 414(e) of the Internal Revenue Code. Restricted Persons/Entities:
626
1. A FINRA member firm or other broker-dealer.
2. An officer, director, general partner, associated person or employee of a FINRA member firm or any other broker-dealer (other than a limited business broker-dealer).
3. An agent of a FINRA member firm or any other broker-dealer (other than a limited business broker-dealer) that is engaged in the investment banking or securities business.
4. A person who has authority to buy or sell securities for a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser (whether or not registered as an investment adviser) or collective investment account.
5. A person listed, or required to be listed, on one of the following schedules to Form BD as filed, or required to be filed, with the SEC by a broker-dealer (other than with respect to a limited broker-dealer): (i) Schedule A, unless the person is identified by an ownership code of less than 10%; (ii) Schedule B, unless the person’s listing on Schedule B relates to an ownership interest in a person that is listed on Schedule A and identified by an ownership code of less than 10%; or (iii) Schedule C, unless the person would be excluded under the percentage ownership criteria for Schedule A or B above.
6. A person that directly or indirectly owns an interest, in the amounts specified below, of a public reporting company listed, or required to be listed, on Schedule A or B of Form BD relating to a broker-dealer (other than a limited business broker-dealer), unless the public reporting company is listed on a national securities exchange or is traded on the FINRAaq National Market: (i) 10% or more of a public reporting company listed, or required to be listed, on Schedule A; or (ii) 25% or more of a public reporting company listed, or required to be listed, on Schedule B.
7. A person acting: (i) as a finder in connection with any new issue in which the person is
participating or (ii) in a fiduciary capacity to the managing underwriter(s) in connection with any new issue in which the person is participating.
8. An immediate family member of: (i) a person specified in items 2-7 that materially
supports, or receives support from, that person; (ii) a person specified in items 2-3 that is employed by or associated with the FINRA member or its affiliate selling the new issue to the immediate family member, or that has an ability to control the allocation of the new issue; or (iii) a person specified in items 5-6 that is an owner of the FINRA member or its affiliate selling the new issue to the immediate family member, or that has an ability to control the allocation of the new issue.
FINRA Rule 5130 Definitions:
Associated person or employee of a FINRA member firm. (1) Any natural person registered with FINRA and (2) any natural person, whether or not registered or exempt from registration with FINRA, who is a sole proprietor, partner, officer, director, or Person In Charge of a FINRA member firm, or any natural person occupying a similar status or
627
performing similar functions, or any natural person engaged in the investment banking or securities business who is directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by a FINRA member firm (for example, any employee). Beneficial interest. Any economic interest, including the right to share in gains or losses, other than management or performance based fees for operating a collective investment account, or other fees for acting in a fiduciary capacity. Collective investment account. Any hedge fund, investment partnership, investment corporation, or any other collective investment vehicle that is engaged primarily in the purchase and sale of securities, but not (1) a legal entity that is beneficially owned solely by immediate family members or (2) an investment club comprising a group of friends, neighbors, business associates or others who pool their money to invest in stock or other securities and are collectively responsible for making investment decisions. Immediate family member. A person’s parents, mother-in-law or father-in-law, spouse, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in-law or daughter-in-law and children, and any other individual to whom the person provides material support. Limited business broker-dealer. Any broker-dealer whose authorization to engage in the securities business is limited solely to the purchase and sale of investment company/variable contracts securities and direct participation program securities. Material support. Directly or indirectly providing more than 25% of a person’s income in the prior calendar year. Members of the immediate family living in the same household are deemed to be providing each other with material support.
628
C5: Electronic Mail Consent Form-IPO’s
Electronic Mail Consent Form-IPO’s
In accordance with FINRA Rule 5130, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments (PKS) is required to provide a red herring/prospectus to clients who make an indication of interest in an Initial Public Offering. PKS will be delivering the red herring/prospectus via electronic mail (e- mail). In order to do so, we are required to obtain consent from clients prior to them making an indication of interest.
I consent to receive any red herring/prospectus for any equity securities in which I make an indication of interest via e-mail.* ______ _________________________ ______ Signature Date Joint Tenant Signature Date _________________________________ ________________________________ Print Name Print Name Account Number(s): _____________________ ____________________ _____________________ E-Mail Address (es): _______________________________
Please return completed form to the PKS Compliance Department via mail, SECURE email ([email protected]) or facsimile (518) 935-2309.
* E-Mail address will be used for the sole purpose of sending the Red Herring/Prospectus. No
solicitations/advertisements of any kind will be sent to the e-mail address provided. Purshe Kaplan Sterling does not share its client’s private information with any third party vendors.
629
Procedure Amendments due to COVID-19
Due to the coronavirus pandemic employees of the firm started working remotely. Below are the temporary adjustments that were made to the firms’ procedures because of this. Operations:
• The firm has allowed all new Variable Annuity, Indexed Annuity and Alternative Investment account paperwork to be submitted electronically in lieu of requiring the original forms to be sent to the Operations Department. Registered Representatives were informed to hold onto the applications until receiving approval and then they are instructed to forward the case to the carrier by Operations and/or their Supervisor.
• For new or contribution to existing Alternative Investments the firm no longer requires
the registered representative to send the original forms to the Operation Department for review and processing. The Operations Department has been electronically submitting the Alternative Investment trades to various sponsors after affixing principal e-signature to the subscription document.
Supervisory:
• In lieu of physically signing/approving account paperwork of all kinds, the Supervisory Department has been documenting their approval of various transactions and account applications via email to the Operations Department. In some cases, principal approval/signatures are affixed via electronic signature.
• The Supervisory checklists that are typically completed by the reviewing principal for
direct business transactions have been included with submissions; however, they are not completed. The supervisor has any/all communications with the registered representative archived via email exchanges as to conducting their reviews.
IT Department:
• All Department and support personnel now have VPN access and can remotely connect to the firm’s network. All Desktops are powered on and protected behind our Sophos VPN Red Box. The Sophos VPN Red Box is a VPN appliance that automatically connect to the remote system when booted up and connect to the PKS network. All laptops connect via Sophos VPN Client/SonicWall.
• Private Information (PI) may reside on any PKS devices since they are with their
assigned personnel. All computers are still protected by our malware protection software and have installed policies and protective software which uses the firm’s web protection the same as they do in network. All Computers are required to be on to get and install updates, while remotely working outside of the headquarters. VPN client users disconnect at the end of the day, but they remain protected.
630
Compliance: • Branch Offices Inspections will temporarily be conducted virtually. There have been no
changes to the items being audited. All required documents will be submitted electronically via email. A phone call and Zoom conference will be conducted with the Person in Charge or Branch Office Contact.
- 10.8 "Parking"
- C. Access to International Securities and Foreign Currency
- 11.4 Research Reports
- 15.0.3 Private Company Access Fund LP
- (Amended 12/2020)
- 15.1.9 Grouping of Family Orders
- 16.2 Regulatory Element
- The Compliance Department shall conduct training in conjunction with the IT Director.
- 2. AML Compliance Officer Designation and Duties
- 3. Giving AML Information to Federal Law Enforcement Agencies and Other Financial Institutions
- A. FinCEN Requests Under PATRIOT Act Section 314
- PKS will share information about those suspected of terrorism and money laundering with such RIA firms, banks, or any other financial institutions with whom PKS maintains a relationship, for the purposes of identifying and reporting activities that ma...
- 4. Customer Identification and Verification
- C. Risk-Based Information On Various Account Types (Amended 12/2019)
- D Customers Who Refuse To Provide Information
- E Verifying Information
- (e) Using Government Provided Lists of Terrorists and Other Criminals.
- a. Notice to Customers
- b. Additional Inquiries
- 6. Foreign Correspondent Accounts and Foreign Shell Banks
- (A) Detecting and Closing Correspondent Accounts of Unregulated Foreign Shell Banks
- 7. Private Banking Accounts/Foreign Officials
- 8. Supervisory Procedures for Opening Accounts
- 9. Monitoring Accounts for Suspicious Activity
- (C) Red Flags
- (E) Responding to Red Flags and Suspicious Activity
- (E) Currency Transaction Reports (CTR)
- (F) Currency and Monetary Instrument Transportation Reports (CMIR)
- (G) Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Reports (FBAR)
- (H) Transfers of $3,000 or More Under the Joint and Travel Rule
- 11. AML Record Keeping
- (A) Responsibility for AML Records and SAR Filing
- 12. Clearing/Introducing Firm Relationships
- 13. Training Programs
- 14. Program to Test AML Program
- 15. Monitoring Employee Conduct and Accounts
- 17. Additional Areas of Risk
- 18. Senior Manager Approval
- Business Continuity Plan
- I. PKS Corporate Planning Guidelines
- II. Significant Business Disruptions (SBDs)
- III. Approval and Execution Authority – Business Continuity Committee
- IV. Plan Location, Access and Supplemental Information
- VII. Alternative Physical Location(s) of Employees
- VIII. Phone and Email Communications
- IX. Regulatory Reporting
- X. Mission Critical Systems
- XI. Cyber-Attacks and Data Back-Up and Recovery (Hard Copy and Electronic)
- XII. Customers’ Access to Funds and Securities
- XV. Disclosure of Business Continuity Plan
- PKS discloses on its’ public website a written summary of the BCP (See Section XVII below). It can also be mailed to customers upon request. The summary is posted on the PKS Web site at Http://www.PKSinvest.com/BCP.
- For reasons of security, the PKS’ Summary Disclosure Statement made available to the public will not disclose the following factors: the specific location of any back-up facilities; any proprietary information contained in the plan; or the parties wit...
- XVI. Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments – Summary Disclosure Statement
- XVII. Updates and Annual Review
- XVIII. Senior Manager Approval